The first book of Tullies Offices translated grammatically, and also according to the propriety of our English tongue; for the more speedy and certain attaining of the singular learning contained in the same, to further to a pure Latin stile, and to expresse the mind more easily, both in English & Latine. Done chiefly for the good of schools; to be vsed according to the directions in the admonition to the reader, and more fully in Ludus lit. or Grammar-schoole
         De officiis. Book 1. English
         Cicero, Marcus Tullius.
      
       
         
           1616
        
      
       Approx. 493 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 177 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2004-08 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A18817
         STC 5288
         ESTC S107968
         99843659
         99843659
         8405
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A18817)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 8405)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 1062:02)
      
       
         
           
             The first book of Tullies Offices translated grammatically, and also according to the propriety of our English tongue; for the more speedy and certain attaining of the singular learning contained in the same, to further to a pure Latin stile, and to expresse the mind more easily, both in English & Latine. Done chiefly for the good of schools; to be vsed according to the directions in the admonition to the reader, and more fully in Ludus lit. or Grammar-schoole
             De officiis. Book 1. English
             Cicero, Marcus Tullius.
             Brinsley, John, fl. 1581-1624.
          
           [14], 320 p.
           
             Printed by H. Lownes, for Thomas Man, dwelling in Pater-noster-rowe, at the signe of the Talbot,
             At London :
             1616.
          
           
             Translator's dedication signed: Iohn Brinsley.
             A translation of book 1 of: De officiis.
             The first leaf is blank except for signature-mark "A2".
             Reproduction of the original in the British Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Conduct of life -- Early works to 1900.
        
      
    
     
        2003-10 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2003-11 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2004-04 Tonya Howe
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2004-04 Tonya Howe
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2004-07 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           FIRST
           Book
           of
           Tullies
           Offices
           Grammatically
           ,
           and
           also
           according
           to
           the
           propriety
           of
           our
           
             English
             Tongue
          
           ;
        
         
           For
           the
           more
           speedy
           and
           certain
           attaining
           of
           the
           singular
           Learning
           contained
           in
           the
           same
           ,
           to
           further
           to
           
             a
             pure
             Latin
             stile
             ,
             and
             to
             expresse
             the
             mind
             more
             easily
             ,
             both
             in
             English
             &
             Latine
             .
          
        
         
           Done
           chiefly
           for
           the
           good
           of
           Schools
           ;
           to
           be
           vsed
           according
           to
           the
           directions
           in
           the
           
             Admonition
             to
             the
             Reader
             ,
             and
             more
          
           fully
           in
           
             Ludus
             lit
          
           .
           or
           Grammar-Schoole
           .
        
         
           
             At
             LONDON
          
           ,
           Printed
           by
           
             H.
             Lownes
          
           ,
           for
           
             Thomas
             Man
          
           ,
           dwelling
           in
           Pater-noster-rowe
           ,
           at
           the
           Signe
           of
           the
           Talbot
           .
        
         
           1616.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           RIGHT
           worshipfull
           Maister
           Doctour
           Hunton
           ,
           
             D.
             of
             Physicke
             ,
             and
             his
          
           most
           reuerend
           and
           worthily
           
             respected
             friend
          
           ,
           I.
           B.
           
             wisheth
             all
             true
          
           happinesse
           in
           Christ
           both
           now
           and
           euermore
           .
        
         
           COnsidering
           with
           my selfe
           (
           right
           worshipfull
           )
           to
           whō
           I
           should
           dedicate
           this
           small
           part
           of
           my
           schoole
           indeauours
           ,
           I
           could
           bethink
           me
           of
           none
           to
           whom
           it
           might
           be
           more
           iustly
           due
           ,
           then
           to
           you
           ;
           sith
           I
           owe
           vnto
           you
           euen
           mine
           owne
           selfe
           and
           all
           my
           later
           trauels
           :
           for
           I
           must
           needes
           acknowledge
           your
           vnfained
           loue
           and
           tender
           care
           for
           mee
           ,
           to
           the
           glorie
           and
           praise
           of
           our
           blessed
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           bind
           my selfe
           still
           more
           
           vnto
           his
           heauenly
           Maiestie
           ,
           and
           euen
           vnto
           your
           owne
           selfe
           to
           testifie
           my
           thankfulnesse
           ,
           all
           my
           daies
           .
           Because
           ,
           besides
           all
           your
           regarde
           which
           you
           haue
           euer
           had
           of
           my
           health
           ,
           when
           as
           through
           long
           affliction
           by
           sundrie
           most
           heauie
           trials
           ,
           and
           by
           ouer-toyling
           both
           minde
           and
           bodie
           (
           in
           lacke
           of
           all
           meet
           helps
           and
           means
           ,
           to
           performe
           that
           seruice
           which
           I
           had
           entered
           into
           ,
           and
           so
           much
           desired
           for
           the
           good
           both
           of
           Church
           and
           common
           weale
           )
           my
           life
           was
           become
           most
           miserable
           and
           a
           burden
           vnto
           me
           ,
           by
           changing
           the
           best
           humors
           of
           my
           bodie
           into
           lumpish
           melancholy
           ,
           it
           pleased
           him
           ,
           to
           make
           you
           his
           principall
           instrument
           for
           my
           recouerie
           and
           restoring
           .
           Whereby
           in
           stead
           of
           that
           heauie
           dumpishnesse
           ,
           by
           which
           I
           was
           made
           vnfit
           for
           my
           calling
           ,
           and
           almost
           vtterly
           ouerwhelmed
           ,
           as
           you
           well
           knowe
           ;
           that
           our
           holy
           and
           most
           gratious
           God
           ,
           to
           bee
           praised
           for
           euermore
           ,
           hath
           caused
           me
           to
           finde
           euen
           heauen
           vppon
           the
           earth
           ,
           so
           that
           I
           can
           againe
           reioice
           
           in
           all
           my
           labours
           ,
           and
           especially
           in
           my
           calling
           :
           by
           which
           ,
           my
           ioy
           in
           him
           ,
           is
           vnto
           mee
           indeed
           a
           continuall
           feast
           ,
           yea
           my
           strength
           and
           health
           ,
           and
           such
           a
           portion
           ,
           as
           in
           regard
           whereof
           I
           can
           account
           basely
           of
           all
           earthly
           things
           .
           And
           secondly
           ,
           for
           that
           loue
           and
           fauour
           ,
           which
           you
           haue
           continually
           shewed
           to
           all
           my
           poore
           labours
           ,
           so
           incouraging
           me
           therein
           .
           And
           moreouer
           also
           ,
           for
           that
           you
           are
           able
           to
           iudge
           of
           the
           hope
           of
           this
           Worke
           ,
           for
           the
           perpetuall
           benefit
           of
           Schooles
           ,
           by
           the
           more
           speedie
           and
           certaine
           attayning
           both
           of
           the
           singular
           matter
           and
           latine
           contained
           in
           that
           booke
           of
           Offices
           ,
           which
           I
           haue
           thus
           farre
           proceeded
           in
           .
           For
           the
           book
           it self
           I
           cannot
           but
           admire
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           high
           commendations
           giuen
           vnto
           it
           ,
           by
           the
           most
           learned
           :
           who
           preferre
           it
           before
           all
           others
           of
           this
           kind
           ,
           which
           haue
           beene
           written
           by
           the
           light
           of
           nature
           alone
           ;
           for
           that
           it
           doth
           so
           diuinely
           point
           out
           the
           true
           pathway
           to
           all
           vertue
           ,
           and
           guide
           vnto
           a
           right
           course
           of
           life
           ,
           as
           if
           
           it
           had
           receiued
           direction
           from
           the
           sacred
           Scriptures
           themselues
           .
           So
           that
           it
           i●…
           graced
           ,
           as
           a
           mirror
           of
           wisedome
           ,
           a
           fortresse
           of
           Iustice
           ,
           the
           teacher
           of
           valour
           ,
           a
           schoole
           of
           temperance
           ,
           the
           iewell
           of
           cōlinesse
           ,
           containing
           in
           so
           fewe
           leaues
           ,
           so
           many
           excellent
           instructions
           ,
           as
           no
           other
           the
           like
           .
           Whence
           ,
           Erasmus
           wonders
           tha●…
           a
           heathen
           man
           should
           write
           so
           much
           to
           heathens
           ;
           admireth
           the
           equitie
           in
           it
           ,
           holinesse
           ,
           veritie
           ,
           sinceritie
           ,
           agreement
           of
           euerie
           part
           with
           right
           nature
           &
           amongst
           themselues
           ,
           as
           also
           the
           conscience
           he
           requireth
           especially
           in
           gouernours
           ,
           the
           amiable
           beautie
           of
           vertue
           which
           he
           setteth
           before
           the
           faces
           of
           all
           .
           Yea
           ,
           he
           thinketh
           it
           strange
           ,
           that
           he
           should
           write
           so
           religiously
           and
           so
           like
           a
           Diuine
           ,
           of
           helping
           and
           rele●…uing
           one
           another
           ,
           of
           procuring
           and
           maintaining
           friendship
           ,
           of
           the
           contempt
           of
           those
           vanities
           which
           the
           common
           sort
           of
           Christians
           doe
           so
           doate
           after
           .
           And
           finally
           iudgeth
           it
           most
           worthie
           and
           meet
           for
           schoole-masters
           to
           
           teach
           ,
           and
           scholars
           to
           learne
           ;
           and
           not
           onely
           for
           all
           young
           men
           ,
           but
           euen
           olde
           men
           themselues
           againe
           and
           againe
           both
           to
           vse
           and
           peruse
           .
           Inregard
           of
           all
           which
           ,
           so
           many
           learned
           men
           haue
           not
           disdained
           to
           beare
           it
           in
           their
           bosome
           ,
           lay
           it
           vnder
           their
           pillows
           ,
           make
           it
           their
           companion
           ,
           which
           way
           soeuer
           they
           haue
           gone
           .
           Now
           what
           I
           haue
           done
           heerein
           ,
           that
           all
           who
           are
           truely
           studious
           of
           good
           learning
           ,
           though
           children
           in
           yeares
           ,
           may
           more
           easilie
           beholde
           and
           bee
           more
           fully
           partakers
           of
           these
           rich
           treasures
           ,
           for
           which
           the
           Learned
           haue
           had
           this
           Worke
           in
           so
           high
           estimation
           ,
           I
           referre
           to
           all
           who
           are
           truely
           learned
           to
           iudge
           ,
           and
           chiefly
           to
           your selfe
           who
           are
           better
           acquainted
           with
           my
           indeuours
           in
           it
           .
           For
           my self
           ,
           my
           hope
           is
           ,
           that
           whereas
           it
           hath
           formerly
           seemed
           to
           sundrie
           so
           obscure
           ,
           as
           that
           they
           haue
           read
           with
           very
           little
           fruit
           or
           delight
           ,
           because
           they
           haue
           not
           vnderstood
           it
           ;
           that
           they
           may
           now
           at
           the
           first
           viewe
           ,
           liuelilie
           beholde
           the
           true
           lustre
           thereof
           ,
           
           and
           receiue
           most
           sweete
           content
           ,
           to
           cause
           them
           euer
           to
           delight
           therein
           .
           Which
           if
           the
           Lord
           shall
           vouchsafe
           ,
           as
           I
           vndoubtedly
           trust
           ,
           I
           shall
           receiue
           the
           end
           of
           my
           desires
           ,
           and
           bee
           incouraged
           to
           proceede
           to
           the
           accomplishing
           of
           the
           rest
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           euer
           to
           be
           imployed
           for
           the
           common
           good
           ,
           vntill
           I
           haue
           spent
           my
           last
           breath
           for
           the
           same
           .
           In
           which
           vnfained
           desire
           ,
           I
           rest
           &
           euer
           shall
        
         
           
             Yours
             in
             the
             Lord
             most
             beholden
             ,
             Iohn
             Brinsley
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           An
           Admonition
           to
           the
           louing
           Reader
           .
        
         
           VNderstand
           ,
           first
           ,
           the
           matter
           contained
           in
           each
           Chapter
           ,
           by
           reading
           ouer
           and
           obseruing
           wel
           the
           inmost
           columne
           .
           Then
           ,
           try
           so
           farre
           as
           need
           is
           ,
           for
           the
           true
           construing
           and
           resoluing
           therof
           out
           of
           the
           Author
           it selfe
           ,
           both
           for
           Grammar
           and
           phrase
           ;
           and
           also
           to
           read
           it
           into
           a
           good
           english
           stile
           ,
           by
           the
           helpe
           of
           the
           second
           columne
           and
           the
           margents
           .
           And
           lastly
           (
           which
           is
           the
           principall
           )
           practice
           ,
           out
           of
           the
           same
           (
           viz.
           the
           second
           columne
           and
           margents
           alone
           )
           to
           read
           daily
           some
           part
           of
           it
           ,
           out
           of
           the
           translation
           into
           the
           Latine
           of
           the
           Author
           ,
           studying
           it
           out
           of
           the
           English
           alone
           ;
           trying
           by
           it
           ,
           and
           a
           little
           help
           of
           the
           latine
           booke
           ,
           where
           need
           requireth
           (
           as
           I
           haue
           aduised
           
           chiefly
           for
           Corderius
           )
           how
           neer
           you
           can
           come
           to
           expresse
           Tully
           liuelily
           for
           Latine
           ,
           phrase
           ,
           composition
           ,
           and
           whatsoeuer
           elegancy
           besides
           .
           After
           each
           sentence
           ,
           reading
           the
           Author
           ,
           to
           see
           how
           neer
           you
           came
           ,
           marking
           where
           you
           failed
           ,
           with
           the
           reason
           of
           it
           .
           So
           in
           a
           Schoole
           ,
           causeeuery
           one
           in
           a
           Forme
           ,
           or
           so
           many
           as
           you
           would
           haue
           to
           practice
           this
           together
           ,
           thus
           first
           to
           construe
           extempore
           daily
           euery
           one
           a
           peece
           out
           of
           the
           Latine
           bookes
           alone
           ,
           without
           the
           English
           ;
           onely
           one
           of
           them
           by
           the
           English
           to
           aske
           and
           direct
           ,
           where
           any
           one
           failes
           .
           Afterwardes
           ,
           or
           euery
           other
           day
           ,
           let
           euery
           one
           read
           his
           peece
           out
           of
           the
           English
           book
           alone
           ,
           none
           hauing
           any
           Latin
           book
           ,
           but
           onely
           some
           one
           to
           be
           in
           the
           place
           of
           the
           Master
           ,
           to
           obserue
           ,
           and
           where
           they
           faile
           to
           direct
           ;
           first
           ,
           by
           asking
           of
           him
           who
           readeth
           ,
           and
           then
           of
           others
           ,
           after
           helping
           ;
           so
           posing
           for
           sense
           phrase
           ,
           latinisme
           ,
           both
           out
           of
           the
           Latin
           ,
           &
           English
           ,
           as
           is
           directed
           in
           the
           Grammar-schoole
           .
           And
           then
           ,
           I
           hope
           ,
           you
           will
           in
           time
           seale
           with
           mee
           vpon
           experience
           ,
           what●…oeeuer
           
           I
           haue
           written
           ,
           concerning
           the
           benefit
           of
           such
           Grammaticall
           translations
           in
           this
           behalfe
           .
           For
           the
           worth
           of
           the
           books
           of
           Offices
           themselues
           ,
           I
           referre
           thee
           to
           the
           Epistle
           Dedicatory
           .
           For
           the
           slips
           which
           thou
           shalt
           meete
           with
           herein
           ,
           which
           I
           know
           to
           be
           very
           many
           (
           as
           in
           all
           the
           rest
           of
           my
           labours
           ,
           chiefly
           through
           want
           of
           meete
           helps
           of
           bookes
           and
           conference
           ,
           and
           also
           time
           to
           peruse
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           my
           continuall
           imployments
           in
           my
           Calling
           ,
           vvherein
           I
           am
           still
           labouring
           as
           God
           vouchsafes
           mercy
           ,
           not
           only
           for
           the
           priuate
           ,
           but
           for
           thine
           and
           the
           publicke
           good
           ,
           as
           also
           thorow
           my
           absence
           from
           the
           Presse
           )
           let
           me
           intreat
           thy
           curteous
           aduice
           and
           direction
           to
           the
           Printer
           ,
           that
           hee
           may
           conuey
           it
           vnto
           me
           ,
           as
           some
           louingly
           haue
           done
           :
           future
           Editions
           may
           reforme
           it
           .
           So
           shall
           I
           be
           both
           more
           incouraged
           ,
           and
           furthered
           for
           performing
           my
           promise
           in
           finishing
           my
           intended
           labour
           ,
           for
           the
           generall
           good
           ;
           and
           the
           blessing
           thereof
           shall
           returne
           into
           thine
           owne
           bosome
           .
           And
           thus
           
           desiring
           euer
           the
           assistance
           of
           thy
           prayer
           for
           mee
           ,
           to
           his
           heauenly
           Maiesty
           vvhos●…
           all
           my
           trauels
           are
           ,
           I
           commend
           thee
           to
           hi●…
           grace
           ;
           and
           rest
        
         
           
             Thine
             wherein
             his
             goodness
             shall
             inable
             I.
             B.
             
          
        
      
       
         
           The
           letter
           q
           ,
           prefixt
           to
           words
           ,
           directs
           to
           the
           Grammar
           order
           ,
           in
           such
           places
           wher●…
           the
           Grammar
           order
           would
           not
           stand
           wel●…
           with
           our
           tongue
           ;
           the
           Starre
           *
           ,
           to
           variet●…
           of
           phrase
           ,
           the
           better
           to
           expresse
           the
           matter
           ,
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           The
           first
           Booke
           of
           
             Marcus
             Tullius
             Cicero
          
           ,
           q
           concerning
           Duties
           ,
           to
           Marcus
           [
           his
           ]
           Sonne
           .
        
         
           
             
               CHAPTER
               1.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 *
                 Argument
                 [
                 of
                 thi●…
                 first
                 chapter
                 ]
                 q
                 by
                 
                   Desiderius
                   Erasmus
                
                 of
                 Roterdame
                 .
              
               
                 TVlly
                 ]
                 exhorteth
                 *
                 his
                 son●…e
                 Cicero
                 by
                 his
                 own
                 exāple
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 *
                 addict
                 not
                 himself
                 to
                 any
                 q
                 one
                 studi●…
                 alone
                 ;
                 but
                 that
                 hee
                 q
                 ioyne
                 Greeke
                 with
                 Latine
                 ,
                 &
                 q
                 eloquence
                 
                 of
                 speech
                 with
                 the
                 q
                 knowledge
                 of
                 Philosophie
                 .
                 *
                 Afterward
                 q
                 to
                 the
                 
                 end
                 to
                 make
                 him
                 *
                 more
                 attentiue
                 ,
                 hee
                 commendeth
                 [
                 vnto
                 him
                 ]
                 thi●…
                 part
                 of
                 Philosophie
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 concerning
                 Duties
                 ;
                 q
                 for
                 two
                 causes
                 especially
                 ;
                 either
                 for
                 that
                 the
                 vse
                 o●…
                 it
                 ,
                 q
                 extendeth
                 it selfe
                 most
                 largely
                 to
                 euery
                 condition
                 of
                 life
                 :
                 or
                 because
                 q
                 this
                 alone
                 is
                 common
                 to
                 all
                 sorts
                 of
                 Philosophers
                 .
                 Lastly
                 ,
                 q
                 hee
                 affirmeth
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 chiefly
                 followeth
                 the
                 Stoiks
                 in
                 this
                 discourse
                 ,
                 because
                 these
                 haue
                 q
                 determined
                 the
                 very
                 best
                 of
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 goodnes
                 ,
                 q
                 whereunto
                 al
                 Duties
                 are
                 referred
                 :
                 whereas
                 Epicurus
                 measuring
                 the
                 chiefe
                 good
                 by
                 pleasure
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Aristo
                   ,
                   Pyrrho
                
                 and
                 Herillus
                 taking
                 away
                 [
                 all
                 ]
                 *
                 choyce
                 of
                 things
                 ,
                 haue
                 q
                 subuerted
                 *
                 euen
                 the
                 nature
                 of
                 dutie
                 .
              
            
             
             
               1
               *
               ALthough
               (
               sonne
               Marc.
               )
               ●…t
               q
               cōcerneth
               you
               ,
               q
               hauing
               heard
               Cratippus
               now
               a
               year
               ,
               &
               that
               at
               q
               Athens
               ,
               q
               to
               be
               throughl●…
               furnished
               with
               *
               precepts
               &
               institutiōs
               of
               Philosophy
               ,
               for
               that
               q
               singular
               authoritie
               both
               of
               your
               *
               teacher
               &
               also
               of
               the
               City
               ;
               q
               the
               one
               whereof
               may
               q
               store
               you
               with
               knowledge
               ,
               q
               the
               other
               with
               examples
               ;
               2
               yet
               as
               I
               my self
               q
               haue
               euer
               for
               my
               benefit
               ioyned
               Latine
               studies
               with
               greek
               
               neither
               haue
               I
               dōe
               that
               only
               in
               Philo
               sophy
               ,
               but
               also
               in
               
               the
               q
               practice
               of
               oratory
               ;
               q
               so
               I
               think
               you
               ought
               to
               doe
               the
               same
               that
               you
               may
               be
               *
               alike
               in
               the
               *
               faculty
               of
               both
               kindes
               of
               speech
               :
               q
               vnto
               which
               purpose
               we
               (
               as
               wee
               q
               suppose
               )
               haue
               broght
               great
               *
               helpe
               to
               our
               q
               countriemen
               ;
               that
               not
               only
               [
               they
               who
               are
               ]
               q
               ignorant
               of
               the
               Greeke
               tongue
               ,
               but
               also
               the
               learned
               ,
               may
               thinke
               *
               thēselues
               to
               haue
               attained
               somwhat
               ,
               q
               both
               to
               further
               their
               eloquence
               ,
               &
               also
               their
               iudgments
               .
               3
               Wherefore
               you
               shall
               learne
               indeede
               ,
               of
               the
               q
               chiefe
               of
               the
               
               Philosophers
               of
               this
               *
               age
               :
               &
               you
               shall
               learn
               as
               long
               as
               you
               *
               will
               ;
               yea
               &
               you
               q
               ought
               to
               be
               willing
               ,
               ●…o
               long
               as
               it
               shall
               not
               repent
               you
               how
               much
               you
               *
               profit
               .
               But
               yet
               q
               reading
               q
               my
               books
               *
               not
               much
               diss●…ting
               frō
               the
               
               *
               P●…ipateticks
               (
               because
               *
               wee
               desire
               to
               be
               both
               *
               Socratians
               and
               Platonians
               )
               q
               vse
               your
               owne
               iudgement
               ▪
               concerning
               the
               mat●…ers
               themselues
               .
               (
               For
               q
               I
               do
               not
               hinder
               you
               )
               q
               but
               surely
               you
               shall
               make
               [
               your
               ]
               Latine
               q
               tongue
               more
               q
               flowing
               by
               reading
               q
               my
               
               workes
               .
               Neyther
               q
               yet
               wold
               I
               haue
               this
               q
               thought
               to
               bee
               spoken
               arrogantly
               [
               of
               me
               ]
               for
               q
               yeelding
               vnto
               many
               the
               knowledge
               of
               Philosophy
               ,
               if
               I
               *
               assume
               that
               vnto
               my self
               ,
               which
               q
               properly
               belongeth
               vnto
               an
               Oratour
               ,
               [
               that
               is
               ]
               to
               speak
               *
               aptly
               ,
               distinctly
               &
               q
               eloquē●…ly
               ,
               bec●…use
               I
               haue
               q
               spēt
               [
               my
               ]
               time
               in
               that
               study
               ,
               q
               I
               seeme
               after
               a
               sort
               to
               challenge
               it
               [
               as
               ]
               by
               my
               own
               right
               .
               4
               *
               For
               which
               cause
               (
               sonne
               Cice●…o
               )
               q
               I
               earnestly
               exhort
               you
               ,
               that
               
               you
               reade
               q
               carefully
               not
               only
               my
               
               orations
               ,
               but
               also
               these
               bookes
               [
               which
               I
               haue
               〈◊〉
               ]
               of
               Philosophy
               ,
               which
               q
               haue
               now
               almost
               made
               themselues
               equall
               vnto
               those
               :
               for
               there
               is
               a
               greater
               q
               force
               of
               eloquence
               q
               in
               those
               ,
               yet
               this
               q
               euen
               &
               q
               middle
               kinde
               of
               stile
               is
               also
               to
               bee
               *
               regarded
               .
               And
               q
               the
               rather
               because
               I
               do
               not
               see
               ,
               that
               it
               hath
               happened
               as
               yet
               to
               any
               of
               the
               Grecians
               ,
               that
               the
               same
               man
               trauel●…ed
               q
               in
               both
               those
               kindes
               [
               of
               speech
               ]
               &
               followed
               bo●…h
               q
               that
               lawyerlike
               maner
               of
               pleading
               ,
               and
               
               
               
               
               
               this
               q
               m●…lde
               kinde
               of
               q
               discoursing
               :
               except
               peraduenture
               
                 Demetrius
                 Phalerius
              
               may
               be
               q
               accounted
               in
               this
               nū●…er
               ;
               [
               who
               was
               indeede
               ]
               *
               a
               subtile
               disputer
               ,
               q
               but
               no
               great
               Orator
               ,
               yet
               *
               sweet
               ,
               that
               you
               may
               knowe
               [
               him
               to
               haue
               been
               ]
               *
               the
               scholar
               of
               Theophrastus
               .
               But
               how
               much
               vvee
               haue
               profited
               in
               both
               [
               kinds
               ]
               q
               let
               others
               iudge
               :
               certainely
               wee
               haue
               followed
               both
               .
            
             
               q
               And
               I
               think
               verely
               ,
               that
               Pla.
               also
               (
               if
               he
               would
               haue
               practiced
               that
               Lawyerlike
               kinde
               
               of
               pleading
               )
               could
               haue
               spoken
               most
               grauely
               and
               *
               most
               copiously
               :
               and
               q
               that
               Demosthe
               .
               could
               haue
               don
               elegantly
               and
               finely
               ,
               if
               he
               had
               ●…ept
               those
               things
               which
               hee
               learned
               of
               Plato
               ,
               and
               q
               would
               haue
               pronounced
               thē
               .
               q
               So
               I
               iudge
               likewise
               of
               Aristotle
               and
               Isocrates
               ,
               q
               either
               of
               which
               being
               delighted
               with
               his
               owne
               *
               studie
               ,
               despised
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               5
               But
               q
               whereas
               I
               had
               *
               determined
               to
               write
               somwhat
               vnto
               you
               at
               this
               time
               ,
               and
               many
               things
               hereafter
               ,
               
               I
               haue
               q
               desired
               q
               to
               beginne
               with
               that
               especially
               ,
               which
               vvas
               both
               most
               q
               fitte
               for
               your
               age
               ,
               and
               most
               q
               graue
               for
               authority
               ;
               q
               For
               whereas
               there
               are
               many
               things
               in
               philosophie
               both
               weightie
               and
               profitable
               ,
               disputed
               of
               q
               very
               exactly
               and
               *
               copiously
               by
               the
               Philosophers
               ,
               those
               which
               haue
               beene
               q
               deliuered
               &
               prescribed
               by
               them
               concerning
               Duties
               ,
               do
               seeme
               q
               to
               extend
               most
               large
               ly
               .
               For
               no
               part
               of
               [
               our
               ]
               life
               ,
               neither
               in
               q
               publicke
               [
               affaires
               ]
               nor
               *
               in
               priuate
               ,
               
               nor
               [
               in
               matters
               ]
               *
               pertaining
               to
               the
               *
               pleading
               place
               ,
               nor
               in
               *
               domesticall
               businesses
               nor
               if
               you
               doe
               q
               ought
               alone
               ,
               nei
               ther
               if
               you
               q
               haue
               dealing
               with
               another
               ,
               may
               q
               bee
               without
               Dutie
               .
               Also
               all
               honesty
               of
               life
               q
               doth
               〈◊〉
               in
               *
               regarding
               it
               ,
               and
               [
               all
               ]
               q
               dishonestie
               in
               neglecting
               it
               .
               3
               And
               indeede
               this
               question
               is
               cōmon
               q
               to
               all
               the
               Philosophers
               .
               For
               who
               is
               he
               ,
               that
               q
               giuing
               no
               precepts
               of
               Dutie
               ,
               dare
               name
               himselfe
               a
               Philosopher
               ?
               6
               But
               there
               are
               some
               
               q
               sects
               ,
               which
               *
               peruert
               all
               duty
               ,
               hauing
               determi
               ned
               the
               q
               boūds
               of
               good
               &
               euill
               .
               For
               hee
               that
               so
               determineth
               the
               soueraigne
               good
               ,
               that
               it
               hath
               nothing
               q
               con●…oined
               with
               virtue
               ,
               and
               measureth
               the
               same
               by
               his
               owne
               com
               modities
               and
               not
               by
               honestie
               ,
               it
               cōmeth
               to
               pass
               ,
               that
               this
               man
               if
               hee
               *
               consent
               vnto
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               be
               q
               not
               somtimes
               ouercomne
               by
               the
               goodnes
               *
               of
               nature
               ,
               can
               neither
               q
               practice
               friendship
               ,
               nor
               iustice
               ,
               nor
               *
               liberality
               .
               And
               certainly
               he
               
               can
               by
               no
               means
               be
               a
               valiant
               [
               man
               ]
               q
               who
               iudgeth
               griefe
               to
               bee
               the
               greatest
               euill
               ,
               or
               temperate
               q
               who
               determineth
               plea
               sure
               to
               bee
               the
               chief
               good
               :
               which
               things
               ,
               although
               they
               are
               so
               q
               apparant
               ,
               that
               the
               matter
               needeth
               *
               no
               disputation
               ,
               yet
               they
               are
               *
               disputed
               q
               by
               vs
               in
               another
               place
               .
            
             
               These
               q
               Sects
               therefore
               ,
               *
               if
               they
               will
               bee
               agreeable
               to
               themselues
               ,
               can
               say
               nothing
               concerning
               Dutie
               .
               q
               Neither
               can
               any
               precepts
               of
               Dutie
               [
               which
               are
               ]
               *
               firm
               ,
               stable
               ,
               &
               q
               agreeable
               
               to
               nature
               ,
               be
               set
               downe
               but
               eyther
               q
               by
               thē
               who
               [
               affirm
               ]
               only
               [
               honesty
               ]
               [
               to
               be
               desire●…
               ]
               or
               by
               them
               who
               q
               hold
               q
               that
               honesty
               is
               especially
               to
               be
               desired
               for
               it selfe
               .
               And
               therefore
               q
               the
               giuing
               precepts
               thereof
               ,
               is
               q
               peculiar
               to
               the
               Stoiks
               ,
               and
               Academiks
               .
               and
               Peripatetiks
               ,
               because
               the
               opinion
               of
               
                 Aristo
                 ,
                 Pyrrho
              
               and
               H●…rellus
               ,
               hath
               beene
               *
               hissed
               out
               lōg
               agoe
               ;
               who
               neuertheless
               q
               might
               haue
               had
               their
               q
               lawfull
               liberty
               ,
               of
               q
               discoursing
               concerning
               Dutie
               ,
               if
               they
               had
               
               left
               any
               choise
               of
               *
               things
               ,
               that
               ther
               might
               q
               haue
               bin
               an
               entrance
               to
               the
               finding
               out
               of
               dutie
               .
               7
               q
               We
               therefore
               at
               this
               time
               ,
               and
               in
               this
               question
               ,
               doe
               chiefly
               follow
               the
               Stoiks
               :
               not
               as
               *
               Interpreters
               ,
               but
               as
               vvee
               are
               *
               wont
               ,
               we
               will
               draw
               out
               of
               their
               fountaines
               ,
               so
               much
               as
               q
               by
               any
               meanes
               shall
               seem
               good
               ,
               q
               according
               to
               our
               mind
               and
               iudgement
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               This
               first
               chapter
               cō●…ineth
               the
               exordium
               or
               entrance
               into
               the
               whole
               worke
               :
               and
               in
               it
               T●…ully
               directing
               all
               his
               speech
               to
               his
               ●…onne
               ,
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
              
               
                 Putteth
                 him
                 in
                 minde
                 what
                 knowledge
                 in
                 Philosophy
                 might
                 be
                 lookt
                 for
                 at
                 his
                 hāds
                 ;
                 to
                 wit
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 should
                 be
                 fully
                 furnished
                 with
                 the
                 groundes
                 thereof
                 .
              
               
                 1.
                 
                 Because
                 of
                 the
                 excellenci●…
                 of
                 his
                 reader
                 ,
                 viz
                 Cratippus
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 In
                 regard
                 of
                 the
                 time
                 wherein
                 he
                 had
                 heard
                 him
                 ▪
                 viz.
                 ●…
                 whole
                 yeare
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 For
                 the
                 place
                 where
                 ,
                 viz.
                 at
                 Athens
                 a
                 famous
                 Vniuersi●…ie
                 .
                 And
                 that
                 because
                 as
                 his
                 rea
                 der
                 might
                 store
                 him
                 with
                 precepts
                 ,
                 so
                 the
                 place
                 with
                 examples
                 ;
              
            
             
               
                 2
              
               
                 Hee
                 exhorts
                 him
                 to
                 ioyne
                 the
                 study
                 Greeke
                 and
                 Latine
                 together
                 ;
              
               
               
                 1.
                 
                 For
                 that
                 he
                 himse●…
                 had
                 done
                 so
                 ,
                 both
                 i●…
                 the
                 stndie
                 of
                 Philosophy
                 and
                 Rhetoricke
                 ;
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 To
                 the
                 end
                 that
                 he
                 might
                 bee
                 equall
                 in
                 both
                 tongues
                 ,
                 viz.
                 both
                 Greeke
                 and
                 Latine
                 ;
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 That
                 thereby
                 hee
                 might
                 benefit
                 his
                 countri●…men
                 ;
                 not
                 only
                 the
                 rud●…r
                 sort
                 ,
                 but
                 euen
                 the
                 l●…arned
                 also
                 ,
                 as
                 he
                 himselfe
                 had
                 done
                 before
                 ,
                 both
                 for
                 speech
                 &
                 iudgement
                 ▪
              
            
             
               
                 3
              
               
                 Hee
                 willeth
                 him
                 that
                 (
                 though
                 hee
                 was
                 a
                 hearer
                 of
                 Cratippus
                 the
                 chiefe
                 Philosopher
                 
                 of
                 that
                 age
                 ,
                 and
                 doe
                 incourage
                 him
                 therevnto
                 that
                 hee
                 should
                 he●…re
                 him
                 as
                 long
                 as
                 he
                 would
                 ,
                 &
                 as
                 he
                 perceiued
                 hims●…lf
                 ●…o
                 profit
                 by
                 him
                 ,
                 yet
                 )
                 ●…ee
                 would
                 ●…ade
                 his
                 writings
                 also
                 :
                 and
                 that
                 1.
                 
                 Because
                 his
                 writing●…
                 did
                 not
                 much
                 diff●…r
                 from
                 the
                 philosophy
                 of
                 the
                 Pe●…ipatetiks
                 ,
                 which
                 his
                 sonne
                 followed
                 ▪
                 (
                 ●…ith
                 they
                 desired
                 to
                 be
                 both
                 followers
                 of
                 Socrates
                 &
                 Plato
                 )
                 though
                 concerning
                 that
                 sect
                 ,
                 hee
                 leaue
                 him
                 to
                 his
                 owne
                 iudgement
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 For
                 that
                 reading
                 his
                 
                 writings
                 hee
                 should
                 make
                 his
                 latine
                 tong
                 more
                 copious
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 Because
                 howsoeuer
                 hee
                 yeelded
                 vnto
                 others
                 the
                 superioritie
                 in
                 the
                 knowledge
                 of
                 Philosophy
                 ,
                 yet
                 hee
                 challenged
                 vnto
                 himselfe
                 a
                 preheminence
                 amongst
                 Oratours
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 hee
                 had
                 spent
                 his
                 whole
                 time
                 therin
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 4
              
               
                 To
                 this
                 purpose
                 hee
                 perswades
                 him
                 further
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 diligen
                 reading
                 not
                 onely
                 o●…
                 his
                 orations
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 
                 of
                 these
                 his
                 three
                 bookes
                 of
                 Offices
                 ,
                 which
                 were
                 now
                 equa●…
                 in
                 number
                 ●…o
                 those
                 three
                 volumes
                 of
                 Orations
                 :
                 and
                 this
                 likewise
                 ,
              
               
                 1.
                 
                 Because
                 though
                 his
                 Orations
                 were
                 more
                 lofty
                 ,
                 hauing
                 more
                 power
                 of
                 eloquence
                 in
                 them
                 ;
                 yet
                 this
                 middle
                 kinde
                 of
                 stile
                 ,
                 which
                 he
                 vseth
                 here
                 in
                 his
                 Offices
                 is
                 also
                 to
                 be
                 regarded
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 for
                 that
                 he
                 obserued
                 that
                 none
                 of
                 the
                 Gretians
                 had
                 attained
                 heereunto
                 ,
                 to
                 excell
                 in
                 both
                 these
                 kinds
                 of
                 stile
                 .
              
               
               
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 Except
                 peraduenture
                 Demetrius
                 Phalerius
                 ,
                 who
                 was
                 no
                 great
                 Oratour
                 ,
                 though
                 a
                 subtile
                 disputer
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 of
                 sweete
                 speech
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 might
                 be
                 knowen
                 one
                 of
                 Theophrastus
                 scholars
                 .
              
               
                 But
                 for
                 his
                 owne
                 skill
                 in
                 both
                 kindes
                 ,
                 he
                 referreth
                 it
                 to
                 the
                 iudge
                 ment
                 of
                 others
                 .
              
               
                 Allso
                 he
                 thinketh
                 that
                 Plato
                 could
                 haue
                 don
                 excellētly
                 ,
                 if
                 he
                 would
                 haue
                 followed
                 that
                 kinde
                 of
                 stile
                 .
              
               
               
                 And
                 in
                 like
                 maner
                 Demosthenes
                 ,
                 if
                 hee
                 would
                 h●…u
                 pronounced
                 those
                 things
                 which
                 he
                 had
                 learned
                 of
                 Plato
                 .
              
               
                 So
                 likewise
                 Aristotle
                 and
                 Isocrates
                 ,
                 if
                 they
                 had
                 not
                 despised
                 one
                 another
                 ,
                 being
                 either
                 of
                 them
                 too
                 much
                 conceited
                 in
                 his
                 owne
                 studie
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 5
              
               
                 Hee
                 sheweth
                 why
                 he
                 purposing
                 to
                 write
                 many
                 things
                 vnto
                 him
                 ,
                 began
                 with
                 these
                 books
                 of
                 Offices
                 .
              
               
               
                 1
                 For
                 that
                 this
                 worke
                 was
                 most
                 meete
                 for
                 them
                 ,
                 both
                 for
                 the
                 age
                 of
                 the
                 one
                 of
                 thē
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 grauity
                 of
                 the
                 other
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Because
                 although
                 there
                 are
                 many
                 other
                 things
                 in
                 philosophie
                 very
                 profitable
                 ,
                 yet
                 none
                 so
                 profitable
                 as
                 this
                 concerning
                 duty
                 ;
                 nor
                 any
                 that
                 extendeth
                 it selfe
                 ●…o
                 largely
                 ;
              
               
                 Sith
                 no
                 part
                 of
                 our
                 life
                 can
                 bee
                 without
                 dutie
                 ,
                 in
                 what
                 matters
                 soeuer
                 ,
                 or
                 howsoeuer
                 we
                 are
                 to
                 deale
                 in
                 priuate
                 or
                 in
                 publike
                 .
              
               
               
                 And
                 moreouer
                 for
                 that
                 all
                 honesty
                 of
                 life
                 is
                 in
                 regarding
                 dutie
                 ,
                 all
                 dishonesty
                 in
                 the
                 neglect
                 of
                 it
                 ;
              
               
                 3
                 Because
                 this
                 question
                 of
                 Dutie
                 belongs
                 to
                 all
                 Philosophers
                 ,
              
               
                 Neither
                 dare
                 any
                 assume
                 the
                 name
                 of
                 a
                 Philosopher
                 ,
                 vnlesse
                 hee
                 haue
                 giuen
                 some
                 precepts
                 of
                 Dutie
                 ;
              
            
             
               
                 6
              
               
                 Hee
                 giueth
                 him
                 warning
                 of
                 some
                 sects
                 
                 of
                 Philosophers
                 〈◊〉
                 peruert
                 al
                 dutie
                 in
                 setting
                 downe
                 〈◊〉
                 the
                 limits
                 of
                 good
                 and
                 euill
                 .
              
               
                 Because
                 ●…e
                 that
                 determineth
                 the
                 chief
                 good
                 to
                 be
                 in
                 any
                 thing
                 but
                 in
                 virtue
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 agreeable
                 thereunto
                 ,
                 cannot
                 be
                 virtuous
                 ,
                 nor
                 so
                 much
                 as
                 put
                 any
                 vertue
                 in
                 vre
                 ,
                 vnlesse
                 hee
                 bee
                 ouercomne
                 by
                 the
                 goodnes
                 of
                 nature
                 .
              
               
                 Neither
                 hee
                 that
                 
                 iudgeth
                 the
                 chiefe
                 euill
                 to
                 be
                 in
                 a●…y
                 thing
                 but
                 in
                 vice
                 ,
                 or
                 that
                 which
                 belongs
                 thervnto
                 ,
                 or
                 followeth
                 thereupon
                 .
              
               
                 These
                 things
                 hee
                 omitteth
                 ;
                 as
                 both
                 apparant
                 ▪
                 and
                 handled
                 by
                 him
                 in
                 another
                 place
                 .
              
               
                 And
                 moreouer
                 hee
                 sheweth
                 ,
                 that
                 these
                 Sects
                 can
                 say
                 nothing
                 concerning
                 Dutie
                 ;
              
               
                 Nor
                 that
                 any
                 can
                 set
                 downe
                 any
                 right
                 precepts
                 of
                 Dutie
                 ,
                 but
                 
                 Nor
                 that
                 any
                 can
                 se●…
                 downe
                 any
                 right
                 pre
                 cepts
                 of
                 dutie
                 ,
                 but
                 o●…
                 ly
                 they
                 who
                 hold
                 〈◊〉
                 tue
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 chiefe
                 good
                 .
              
               
                 And
                 therefore
                 th●…
                 onely
                 the
                 Stoiks
                 ,
                 Ac●…demiks
                 ,
                 and
                 Peripa●…cians
                 canne
                 giue
                 p●…cepts
                 of
                 duty
                 ;
              
               
                 for
                 that
                 the
                 opinio●…
                 of
                 other
                 Philosophe
                 as
                 of
                 Aristo
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 and
                 Herillus
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 been
                 hissed
                 out
                 o●…
                 t●…
                 schooles
                 long
                 befo●…
              
            
             
               
               
                 7
              
               
                 Hee
                 therefore
                 professeth
                 that
                 hee
                 chiefely
                 followed
                 the
                 Stoiks
                 in
                 these
                 bookes
                 so
                 far
                 as
                 hee
                 thought
                 ●…t
                 ,
                 for
                 his
                 purpose
                 ,
                 to
                 sette
                 downe
                 the
                 truth
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 drewe
                 out
                 of
                 their
                 fountaines
                 ,
                 what
                 so
                 euer
                 seemed
                 necessary
                 heerevnto
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               2.
               
            
             
               
               *
               I
               think
               it
               therfore
               meet
               ,
               sith
               q
               all
               my
               discourse
               shal
               bee
               q
               of
               Duty
               ,
               to
               *
               define
               q
               first
               what
               duty
               is
               :
               2
               which
               I
               *
               maruell
               q
               that
               Panetius
               pretermitted
               .
               3
               For
               euerie
               q
               treatise
               q
               cōcerning
               any
               matter
               ,
               which
               is
               *
               vndertaken
               q
               according
               to
               reason
               ,
               ought
               to
               q
               begin
               with
               a
               definition
               ,
               that
               it
               may
               be
               vnderstood
               ,
               what
               it
               is
               *
               wherof
               it
               is
               q
               discoursed
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               2.
               
            
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               T●…ly
               first
               declareth
               h●…
               purpose
               to
               began
               w●…
               the
               definition
               of
               D●…tie
               ,
               as
               most
               meet
               ;
               ●…r
               the
               whole
               disputatie
               is
               to
               be
               of
               Duty
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Reproueth
               Pan●…tius
               for
               omitting
               it
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Teacheth
               that
               eu●…ry
               treatise
               ought
               to
               ●…gin
               of
               a
               definition
               ,
               ●…
               the
               end
               that
               the
               who
               discourse
               may
               be
               b●…ter
               vnderstood
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               3.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Argument
                 .
              
               
                 BEcause
                 the
                 q
                 name
                 of
                 Duty
                 is
                 not
                 q
                 of
                 one
                 sort
                 ,
                 neither
                 could
                 be
                 fitly
                 defined
                 q
                 in
                 generall
                 ▪
                 he
                 expreseth
                 it
                 by
                 a
                 diuision
                 ,
                 which
                 q
                 in
                 truth
                 is
                 double
                 in
                 word
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 same
                 q
                 in
                 substance
                 .
                 Hee
                 maketh
                 also
                 two
                 kinds
                 of
                 Duties
                 ,
                 q
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 q
                 opinion
                 of
                 the
                 Stoiks
                 .
                 *
                 The
                 one
                 ,
                 which
                 they
                 call
                 a
                 perfect
                 dutie
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 ioyned
                 with
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 goodnesse
                 ,
                 neither
                 doth
                 it
                 q
                 appertaine
                 to
                 any
                 man
                 q
                 but
                 
                 only
                 to
                 a
                 wise
                 man.
                 q
                 The
                 other
                 is
                 of
                 a
                 middle
                 kinde
                 ,
                 or
                 onely
                 begun
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 neither
                 good
                 of
                 it selfe
                 nor
                 euill
                 ,
                 but
                 is
                 q
                 vndertaken
                 for
                 some
                 vse
                 of
                 life
                 :
                 as
                 for
                 exāple
                 ,
                 q
                 Rightly
                 to
                 restore
                 that
                 which
                 hath
                 beene
                 committed
                 to
                 our
                 trust
                 to
                 keepe
                 ,
                 q
                 is
                 a
                 worke
                 of
                 perfect
                 Dutie
                 :
                 *
                 [
                 onely
                 ]
                 to
                 restore
                 that
                 which
                 hath
                 been
                 committed
                 to
                 vs
                 in
                 trust
                 ,
                 q
                 of
                 *
                 an
                 vnperfect
                 ;
                 *
                 whenas
                 no
                 man
                 saue
                 onely
                 a
                 vvise
                 man
                 can
                 restore
                 *
                 aright
                 ,
                 q
                 though
                 eu●…
                 fooles
                 also
                 may
                 restore
                 .
                 And
                 Saint
                 Ambrose
                 thinketh
                 ,
                 those
                 Duties
                 which
                 
                 are
                 q
                 performed
                 according
                 to
                 q
                 coūsell
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 of
                 the
                 former
                 kinde
                 ;
                 q
                 those
                 vvhich
                 are
                 done
                 *
                 according
                 to
                 precepts
                 ,
                 q
                 of
                 the
                 latter
                 :
                 as
                 for
                 example
                 ▪
                 to
                 q
                 husband
                 our
                 substance
                 well
                 ,
                 *
                 appertaineth
                 to
                 the
                 q
                 imperfect
                 Dutie
                 ;
                 to
                 bestowe
                 vpon
                 the
                 poore
                 q
                 to
                 the
                 perfect
                 .
              
            
             
               *
               EVery
               question
               concerning
               Dutie
               ,
               q
               belongeth
               to
               one
               of
               these
               two
               kindes
               ▪
               One
               kinde
               is
               which
               appertaineth
               to
               the
               *
               ende
               of
               good
               things
               :
               q
               the
               other
               which
               *
               consisteth
               in
               precepts
               ;
               by
               
               which
               q
               the
               course
               of
               [
               man●…
               ]
               life
               may
               be
               framed
               for
               euery
               condition
               thereof
               :
               q
               Of
               the
               former
               kinde
               ,
               there
               are
               such
               like
               examples
               ▪
               as
               these
               following
               .
               ●…hether
               all
               Duties
               be
               perfect
               ?
               Whether
               one
               Dutie
               bee
               not
               greater
               then
               another
               ?
               q
               and
               such
               as
               are
               of
               the
               same
               kinde
               .
               But
               q
               those
               Duties
               whereof
               precepts
               are
               giuen
               ,
               although
               they
               appertain
               to
               *
               the
               end
               of
               good
               ,
               yet
               that
               doth
               lesse
               appeare
               ,
               because
               they
               seeme
               rather
               q
               to
               belong
               to
               the
               framing
               of
               the
               common
               kind
               of
               life
               :
               concerning
               
               which
               q
               we
               are
               *
               to
               shew
               our
               mindes
               in
               these
               bookes
               .
            
             
               q
               There
               is
               moreouer
               another
               diuisiō
               of
               Dutie
               .
               For
               there
               is
               saide
               [
               to
               bee
               ]
               a
               certaine
               *
               middle
               and
               a
               perfect
               Dutie
               .
               I
               suppose
               vvee
               may
               call
               [
               that
               ]
               the
               q
               perfect
               Dutie
               which
               the
               Grecians
               mame
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               :
               q
               but
               this
               [
               we
               may
               call
               ]
               a
               *
               middle
               [
               Dutie
               ]
               which
               they
               call
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               .
               And
               they
               define
               those
               [
               Duties
               ]
               thus
               :
               that
               they
               define
               that
               which
               is
               right
               ,
               to
               be
               a
               perfect
               Du-Dutie
               .
               But
               they
               say
               ,
               that
               *
               to
               be
               a
               middle
               Dutie
               ,
               q
               for
               which
               a
               probable
               reason
               
               may
               bee
               rendered
               ,
               wherefore
               it
               is
               done
               .
            
          
           
             
             
             
             
               Before
               hee
               defines
               Duty
               ,
               he
               declareth
               that
               there
               are
               two
               sorts
               of
               questions
               concerning
               it
               .
            
             
               One
               sort
               of
               them
               about
               the
               end
               of
               good
               things
               :
            
             
               The
               other
               ,
               concerning
               precepts
               of
               Duty
               for
               framing
               the
               whole
               course
               of
               life
               .
            
             
             
               And
               first
               hee
               sette●…
               downe
               precepts
               〈◊〉
               the
               former
               kinde●…
               1.
               whether
               all
               D●…
               ties
               bee
               perfect
               ,
               &
            
             
               And
               in
               the
               seco●…
               place
               ,
               hee
               shewe●…
               his
               purpose
               to
               ha●…
               dle
               in
               this
               boo●…
               the
               later
               sort
               of
               th●…
               former
               question
               viz.
               cōcerning
               pr●…
               cepts
               of
               Duty
               f●…
               ordering
               and
               fr●…
               ming
               the
               life
               〈◊〉
               man.
               
            
             
             
               Afterwards
               he
               propoundeth
               an
               other
               diuision
               of
               Duty
               ,
               to
               wit
               ,
               that
               Duty
               is
               eyther
               meant
               ▪
               viz.
               of
               a
               middle
               nature
               ,
               or
               else
               perfect
               .
            
             
               The
               perfect
               hee
               thinketh
               to
               be
               that
               which
               the
               Grecians
               call
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ;
               &
               the
               middle
               ,
               that
               which
               they
               name
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               .
            
             
               Then
               sheweth
               how
               they
               define
               both
               of
               them
               ,
               viz
               that
               they
               define
               the
               perfect
               Duty
               to
               bee
               a
               right
               Duty
               .
            
             
               The
               meane
               to
               bee
               that
               ,
               for
               which
               a
               probable
               reason
               
               may
               bee
               rend●…
               why
               it
               is
               done
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               4.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   What
                   q
                   maner
                   of
                   delibe●…on
                   [
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   ]
                   in
                   the
                   choise
                   of
                   things
                   .
                
              
            
             
               q
               THe
               deliberation
               then
               of
               taking
               counsell
               is
               of
               three
               sorts
               ,
               as
               Panetius
               thinketh
               .
               For
               first
               [
               men
               ]
               doe
               doubt
               ,
               whether
               that
               which
               q
               commeth
               to
               bee
               consulted
               of
               ,
               bee
               honest
               to
               bee
               done
               or
               dishonest
               .
               In
               cōsidering
               wherof
               ,
               their
               mindes
               are
               oft
               distracted
               into
               contrarie
               q
               opinions
               .
               
               q
               Secondly
               ,
               they
               *
               inquire
               or
               consult
               ,
               vvhether
               the
               thing
               whereof
               they
               take
               aduice
               ,
               may
               farther
               [
               them
               ]
               for
               the
               commoditie
               and
               pleasantness
               of
               life
               ,
               for
               q
               ability
               and
               plentie
               of
               [
               all
               ]
               things
               ,
               for
               wealth
               and
               power
               ,
               q
               whereby
               they
               may
               both
               helpe
               themselues
               &
               q
               theirs
               ;
               all
               vvhich
               deliberation
               falleth
               q
               vnder
               the
               consideration
               of
               profit
               .
            
             
               3
               The
               third
               kind
               of
               doubting
               is
               ,
               whenas
               that
               thing
               which
               seemeth
               profitable
               ,
               is
               thought
               to
               *
               fight
               with
               honestie
               .
               For
               whenas
               profit
               doth
               seem
               to
               snatch
               to
               it selfe
               ,
               
               [
               and
               ]
               *
               contrarily
               honestie
               ,
               to
               q
               call
               backe
               againe
               vnto
               it selfe
               ▪
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               the
               minde
               is
               *
               distracted
               in
               q
               deliberation
               ,
               and
               bringeth
               a
               q
               perplexed
               *
               care
               of
               q
               imagination
               .
               2
               Whereas
               ,
               to
               q
               omit
               any
               thing
               in
               diuiding
               ,
               is
               a
               very
               great
               fault
               ,
               tvvo
               things
               are
               *
               pretermitted
               in
               this
               diuision
               :
               q
               for
               men
               are
               not
               onely
               wont
               to
               deliberate
               whether
               the
               matter
               bee
               honest
               or
               dishonest
               ;
               1
               but
               also
               q
               of
               two
               honest
               things
               propounded
               ,
               whether
               is
               the
               honester
               ;
               2
               and
               also
               of
               two
               profitable
               things
               
               layde
               before
               [
               vs
               ]
               vvhether
               is
               more
               profitable
               .
               So
               q
               that
               consideration
               ,
               which
               hee
               thought
               to
               be
               three
               foulde
               ,
               is
               found
               q
               meete
               to
               be
               diui
               ded
               into
               fiue
               parts
               ▪
               First
               ,
               then
               q
               wee
               are
               to
               intreat
               of
               honestie
               ;
               but
               ,
               two
               manner
               of
               waies
               :
               then
               q
               in
               like
               sort
               of
               profit
               ;
               q
               lastly
               ,
               of
               the
               q
               comparing
               of
               them
               together
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               4
            
             
               
                 In
                 this
                 chap●…
                 Tullie
                 in
                 the
                 fi●…
                 place
                 setteth
                 dow●…
                 three
                 question
                 which
                 are
                 vsuall
                 taking
                 counsell
                 ,
                 a●…cording
                 to
                 Pane●…
                 us
                 .
              
               
                 1.
                 whether
                 the
                 m●…
                 ter
                 to
                 be
                 consult●…
                 of
                 be
                 honest
                 or
                 d●…
                 honest
                 :
                 in
                 wh●…
                 consideration
                 h●…
                 sheweth
                 that
                 th●…
                 are
                 many
                 difficu●…ties
                 .
              
               
               
                 2.
                 whether
                 it
                 be
                 profitable
                 or
                 no
                 ,
                 viz.
                 whether
                 it
                 may
                 further
                 our
                 commodities
                 or
                 pleasures
                 ;
                 or
                 more
                 enable
                 vs
                 to
                 helpe
                 our selues
                 and
                 others
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 when
                 profit
                 seemeth
                 to
                 fight
                 with
                 honest●…
                 ;
                 whether
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 chosen
                 .
              
               
                 Because
                 when
                 our
                 profit
                 draweth
                 vs
                 one
                 way
                 ,
                 and
                 honestie
                 
                 another
                 ,
                 o●…
                 mindes
                 come
                 to
                 〈◊〉
                 exceedingly
                 d●…cted
                 and
                 perplex●…
                 ▪
              
            
             
               
                 2
              
               
                 In
                 the
                 second
                 pla●…
                 reprouing
                 
                   Pane
                   ▪
                
                 〈◊〉
                 omitting
                 〈◊〉
                 in
                 this
                 diuision
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 addeth
                 other
                 〈◊〉
                 questions
                 where
                 men
                 are
                 wont
                 deliberate
                 also
                 ,
              
               
                 1.
                 
                 Of
                 two
                 ho●…
                 things
                 whether
                 more
                 honest
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 of
                 two
                 profit●…ble
                 things
                 wheth●…
                 is
                 more
                 profitab●…
              
               
               
                 So
                 that
                 hee
                 maketh
                 fiue
                 generall
                 questions
                 in
                 ech
                 deliberation
                 ▪
              
               
                 The
                 two
                 first
                 concerning
                 honesty
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 two
                 next
                 concerning
                 profit
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 fifth
                 of
                 comparing
                 them
                 both
                 together
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 the
                 two
                 first
                 hee
                 disputeth
                 in
                 the
                 first
                 booke
                 ;
                 of
                 the
                 two
                 next
                 concerning
                 profit
                 in
                 the
                 second
                 ;
                 of
                 comparing
                 them
                 both
                 in
                 the
                 third
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               5.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Argument
                 .
              
               
                 q
                 In
                 this
                 Chapter
                 [
                 Tully
                 ]
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 opinion
                 of
                 the
                 aucient
                 Academy
                 ,
                 
                 and
                 of
                 the
                 Storks
                 (
                 who
                 thinke
                 the
                 chiefe
                 good
                 to
                 come
                 from
                 Nature
                 ,
                 and
                 doe
                 q
                 affirme
                 ,
                 this
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 very
                 thing
                 to
                 liue
                 blessedly
                 ,
                 [
                 viz.
                 ]
                 to
                 liue
                 according
                 to
                 Nature
                 )
                 doth
                 teach
                 ,
                 what
                 seedes
                 Nature
                 hath
                 sowen
                 in
                 vs
                 ,
                 and
                 what
                 helps
                 it
                 hath
                 q
                 giuen
                 ,
                 wherl●…
                 q
                 through
                 dili●…nce
                 and
                 practice
                 w●…e
                 may
                 attaine
                 to
                 felicitie
                 ,
                 *
                 whither
                 all
                 things
                 are
                 referred
                 .
                 For
                 ,
                 *
                 in
                 the
                 first
                 place
                 it
                 hath
                 *
                 put
                 into
                 euery
                 liuing
                 creature
                 an
                 q
                 endeuour
                 of
                 defending
                 it selfe
                 ;
                 which
                 is
                 common
                 to
                 men
                 with
                 beasts
                 
                 by
                 the
                 lawe
                 of
                 Nature
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 called
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                
                 ,
                 q
                 that
                 is
                 to
                 say
                 ,
                 the
                 first
                 according
                 to
                 Nature
                 ;
                 q
                 then
                 followeth
                 a●…
                 earnest
                 desire
                 of
                 those
                 things
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 q
                 furtherers
                 of
                 safetie
                 ▪
                 [
                 ●…nd
                 ]
                 *
                 a
                 flying
                 of
                 those
                 which
                 are
                 hurtfull
                 .
                 But
                 moreouer
                 q
                 it
                 hath
                 giuen
                 to
                 man
                 (
                 because
                 hee
                 consists
                 not
                 onely
                 of
                 body
                 but
                 also
                 of
                 *
                 minde
                 )
                 a
                 *
                 power
                 of
                 reasoning
                 ,
                 that
                 hee
                 may
                 bee
                 q
                 wholly
                 safe
                 ;
                 from
                 whence
                 all
                 q
                 disciplines
                 ,
                 and
                 those
                 moral
                 vertues
                 do
                 q
                 proceed
                 .
              
            
             
             
               
               
               
               
               IT
               is
               giuen
               to
               *
               euery
               kinde
               of
               liuing
               creatures
               by
               Nature
               *
               from
               the
               beginning
               ,
               *
               to
               defend
               it selfe
               ,
               life
               and
               body
               ,
               and
               *
               to
               shun
               those
               things
               which
               seeme
               hurtfull
               ;
               and
               also
               to
               seek
               out
               &
               prepare
               all
               things
               whatsoeuer
               are
               necessarie
               *
               to
               liuing
               :
               as
               ,
               feeding
               ,
               q
               dens
               ,
               and
               q
               other
               things
               of
               the
               same
               kinde
               .
            
             
               2
               An
               q
               earnest
               desire
               also
               of
               q
               comming
               together
               for
               the
               cause
               of
               *
               procreation
               is
               q
               common
               to
               all
               liuing
               creatures
               ,
               and
               also
               a
               certaine
               *
               care
               of
               those
               *
               things
               
               which
               are
               q
               bred
               .
            
             
               Buth
               this
               q
               is
               the
               speciall
               difference
               betweene
               man
               and
               beast
               .
               1
               q
               For
               that
               the
               beast
               q
               bendeth
               it self
               so
               much
               as
               it
               is
               mooued
               by
               sense
               ,
               vnto
               that
               thing
               onely
               which
               is
               at
               hand
               ,
               &
               which
               is
               present
               ,
               very
               little
               perceiuing
               *
               what
               is
               past
               or
               to
               come
               :
               but
               man
               because
               he
               is
               *
               partaker
               of
               reason
               ,
               whereby
               he
               seeth
               q
               what
               will
               follow
               ,
               *
               perceiueth
               the
               beginnings
               and
               causes
               of
               things
               ,
               q
               neither
               is
               ignorant
               of
               the
               q
               proceedings
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               as
               it
               were
               q
               things
               going
               before
               
               them
               ,
               he
               compareth
               q
               things
               that
               are
               like
               ,
               and
               adioyneth
               &
               knits
               together
               things
               to
               come
               q
               vvith
               things
               present
               ,
               *
               seeth
               easily
               the
               course
               of
               [
               his
               ]
               whole
               life
               ,
               and
               prepareth
               thin●…s
               necessary
               q
               to
               the
               leading
               thereof
               .
            
             
               2
               q
               Moreouer
               the
               
               same
               Nature
               doth
               q
               win
               man
               to
               man
               by
               the
               *
               force
               of
               reason
               ,
               to
               q
               a
               society
               both
               of
               speech
               and
               of
               life
               ,
               &
               doth
               breed
               q
               〈◊〉
               a
               certaine
               q
               speciall
               loue
               towards
               them
               which
               are
               q
               begotten
               ;
               and
               inforceth
               that
               q
               companies
               of
               men
               are
               willing
               
               to
               bee
               q
               assembled
               amongst
               thēselues
               ,
               and
               q
               bee
               also
               seruiceable
               vnto
               ▪
               one
               another
               :
               and
               for
               those
               causes
               [
               inforceth
               them
               ]
               to
               studie
               to
               prouide
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               may
               q
               furnish
               them
               both
               q
               for
               apparell
               and
               also
               for
               sustenance
               ;
               and
               that
               not
               for
               themselues
               alone
               ,
               but
               for
               their
               q
               wiues
               ,
               children
               and
               others
               ,
               *
               who
               are
               deare
               vnto
               them
               ,
               and
               vvhom
               they
               ought
               to
               defend
               :
               which
               care
               q
               doth
               also
               stir
               vp
               mens
               spirits
               ,
               and
               doth
               make
               them
               q
               more
               couragious
               to
               doe
               their
               businesse
               .
               3
               Also
               the
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               the
               inquiry
               and
               searching
               out
               of
               the
               truth
               *
               is
               especially
               proper
               q
               vnto
               man.
               Therefore
               when
               wee
               are
               
               free
               from
               necessarie
               businesses
               and
               cares
               ,
               then
               we
               q
               desire
               to
               see
               ,
               heare
               and
               learne
               *
               something
               ;
               and
               wee
               account
               
               the
               Al
               knowledge
               of
               things
               either
               *
               hidden
               or
               *
               admirable
               [
               to
               be
               ]
               necessarie
               *
               to
               liue
               well
               and
               blessedly
               .
               q
               Wherevpon
               it
               is
               vnderstood
               ,
               what
               thing
               [
               soeuer
               ]
               is
               true
               ,
               simple
               ,
               and
               *
               sincere
               ,
               q
               that
               is
               the
               fittest
               to
               the
               nature
               of
               man.
               
            
             
               4
               q
               There
               is
               a
               certaine
               q
               desire
               of
               
               soueraintie
               adioyned
               to
               this
               q
               loue
               of
               *
               seeing
               the
               truth
               ,
               that
               a
               minde
               well
               *
               informed
               by
               Nature
               ,
               is
               willing
               to
               obey
               no
               man
               ,
               but
               one
               q
               commanding
               
               or
               teaching
               ,
               or
               q
               gouerning
               iustly
               and
               lawfully
               q
               for
               [
               his
               ]
               commoditie
               sake
               :
               whereof
               *
               appeareth
               [
               that
               ]
               greatnesse
               of
               courage
               and
               the
               contempt
               of
               q
               worldly
               vanities
               .
               5
               Neither
               indeede
               is
               *
               this
               a
               small
               *
               power
               of
               Nature
               &
               Reason
               ,
               that
               this
               one
               liuing
               creature
               doth
               perceiue
               what
               Order
               is
               ,
               what
               q
               is
               seemly
               in
               deedes
               and
               in
               
               wordes
               ,
               *
               what
               a
               measure
               is
               .
               And
               therefore
               no
               other
               liuing
               creature
               perceiueth
               the
               *
               fairenesse
               ,
               comelinesse
               and
               q
               proportion
               of
               the
               partes
               of
               those
               same
               things
               which
               are
               perceiued
               by
               sight
               .
            
             
               Which
               q
               resemblance
               ,
               Nature
               &
               Reason
               q
               conueying
               from
               the
               eyes
               vnto
               the
               minde
               ,
               doth
               think
               q
               comlinesse
               ,
               *
               constancy
               [
               and
               ]
               order
               q
               to
               bee
               also
               obserued
               ,
               much
               more
               in
               counsells
               and
               in
               deedes
               ;
               and
               q
               is
               heedfull
               q
               that
               it
               doth
               not
               any
               thing
               vncomlily
               or
               q
               ffeminately
               ;
               also
               that
               
               it
               q
               neither
               do
               not
               *
               thinke
               any
               thing
               *
               wantonly
               ,
               both
               in
               all
               opinions
               q
               or
               deedes
               .
               Of
               which
               things
               ,
               that
               q
               honestie
               which
               vvee
               seeke
               is
               *
               forged
               and
               made
               :
               which
               although
               it
               be
               not
               q
               honoured
               ,
               yet
               let
               it
               bee
               honourable
               :
               *
               for
               wee
               say
               truly
               ,
               though
               it
               be
               praised
               of
               no
               man
               ,
               yet
               q
               it
               is
               prayse-worthie
               by
               Nature
               .
               q
               You
               see
               doubtlesse
               (
               son
               Marke
               )
               the
               very
               forme
               and
               as
               it
               were
               the
               face
               of
               honestie
               :
               which
               if
               it
               could
               be
               beholden
               with
               the
               eyes
               ,
               it
               would
               stirre
               vp
               (
               as
               Plato
               saith
               )
               q
               a
               maruelous
               loue
               
               of
               wisdome
               .
            
          
           
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
               Chap.
               5.
               
            
             
               In
               this
               fifth
               chapter
               Tully
               teacheth
               first
               what
               is
               common
               to
               all
               liuing
               creatures
               by
               nature
               :
               as
               namely
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               To
               defend
               them selues
               ,
               liues
               and
               bodies
               ,
               to
               shun
               what
               appeareth
               hurtfull
               ,
               to
               follow
               after
               that
               which
               seemeth
               good
               for
               them
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               An
               earnest
               desire
               of
               going
               together
               for
               procreatiō
               ,
               with
               a
               care
               of
               their
               young
               .
            
             
             
               In
               the
               second
               place
               hee
               declareth
               the
               speciall
               difference
               betweene
               man
               and
               beast
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               the
               beast
               followeth
               only
               that
               which
               is
               present
               ,
               &
               whereunto
               it
               is
               moued
               by
               sense
               ,
               little
               perceiuing
               what
               is
               past
               or
               to
               come
               .
            
             
               But
               man
               carried
               by
               reason
               ,
               in
               considering
               circumstances
               and
               comparing
               things
               together
               ,
               fol
               loweth
               what
               he
               taketh
               best
               for
               the
               life
               ,
               and
               prepareth
               things
               necessarie
               for
               the
               leading
               thereof
               .
            
             
             
               2.
               
               That
               men
               by
               th●…
               meanes
               〈◊〉
               reason
               ar●…●…ore
               sociable
               and
               desirous
               to
               liue
               in
               assemblies
               together
               ,
               hauing
               a
               special
               care
               of
               their
               progeny
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               they
               a●…
               also
               more
               seruiceable
               
               one
               to
               another
               studying
               to
               prouide
               all
               necessaries
               for
               themselues
               ,
               and
               theirs
               ,
               and
               so
               for
               all
               other
               whom
               they
               loue
               ,
               a●…d
               ought
               to
               defend
               ,
               as
               their
               wiues
               and
               children
               and
               all
               others
               who
               are
               neere
               and
               deare
               vnto
               them
               .
            
             
               Heereby
               their
               spirits
               are
               stirred
               vp
               ,
               &
               they
               are
               made
               more
               cheerefull
               to
               their
               businesses
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               A
               third
               difference
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               is
               ,
               that
               man
               onely
               searcheth
               out
               the
               truth
               ,
               whence
               he
               〈◊〉
               by
               all
               meanes
               desirous
               to
               learne
               ;
               and
               accounteth
               the
               knowledge
               of
               all
               secret
               and
               admirable
               things
               necessarie
               to
               a
               blessed
               life
               .
            
             
               The
               consequen●…
               heereof
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               That
               there
               is
               i●…
               man
               a
               certaine
               desire
               of
               soueranti●…
               
               〈◊〉
               bearing
               rule
               and
               〈◊〉
               obey
               none
               but
               〈◊〉
               that
               gouerneth
               for
               his
               benefit
               .
            
             
               Hence
               springeth
               in
               man
               that
               greatness
               of
               courage
               &
               contempt
               of
               humane
               things
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               A
               fift
               difference
               i●…
               ,
               that
               man
               onely
               obserueth
               order
               measure
               and
               com●…nesse
               in
               words
               and
               deeds
               :
               and
               taking
               a
               
               proportion
               from
               the
               fairenesse
               〈◊〉
               things
               that
               are
               seen
               it
               cōueieth
               it
               to
               th●…
               minde
               for
               framing
               all
               speeches
               and
               actions
               accordingly
               that
               it
               do
               all
               thing
               comelily
               ,
               no
               thing
               vnseemlily
               .
            
             
             
               Hence
               ariseth
               that
               honesty
               which
               is
               heere
               sought
               out
               :
               which
               though
               it
               were
               not
               seene
               nor
               praised
               of
               any
               ,
               yet
               is
               praise
               worthy
               by
               nature
               .
            
             
               And
               this
               hee
               teacheth
               to
               bee
               the
               verie
               forme
               of
               honestie
               ,
               which
               seene
               with
               ●…he
               eyes
               would
               stir
               ●…p
               in
               vs
               a
               marue●…us
               loue
               of
               vertue
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               6.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Argument
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 the
                 foure
                 *
                 Vertues
                 ,
                 from
                 whence
                 all
                 the
                 Duties
                 q
                 of
                 the
                 common
                 course
                 of
                 life
                 doe
                 q
                 spring
                 :
                 [
                 as
                 ]
                 wisedome
                 ,
                 iustice
                 ,
                 q
                 valour
                 and
                 temperance
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 the
                 matter
                 of
                 euery
                 one
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
            
             
               BVt
               q
               *
               whatsouer
               thing
               is
               honest
               ,
               q
               springeth
               out
               of
               some
               one
               of
               [
               these
               ]
               foure
               *
               fountaines
               .
               1
               For
               it
               is
               q
               exercised
               either
               in
               the
               q
               wise
               
               perceiuing
               of
               the
               truth
               and
               q
               skilfulnesse
               :
               or
               in
               preseruing
               the
               *
               society
               of
               men
               ,
               and
               giuing
               to
               *
               euery
               one
               that
               which
               is
               his
               owne
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               q
               faithfull
               keeping
               of
               contracts
               ;
               or
               in
               the
               q
               greatnesse
               &
               power
               of
               a
               q
               hauty
               &
               inuincible
               courage
               ;
               or
               else
               in
               the
               order
               and
               measure
               of
               all
               things
               which
               are
               done
               q
               &
               spoken
               ,
               q
               wherin
               consisteth
               *
               modestie
               and
               tempetance
               .
               2
               Which
               fower
               although
               they
               be
               q
               wrapped
               and
               *
               intangled
               together
               amongst
               themselues
               ,
               yet
               q
               certaine
               seuerall
               
               kindes
               of
               Duties
               *
               doe
               growe
               out
               of
               euery
               one
               of
               them
               :
               as
               ,
               out
               of
               that
               part
               which
               was
               described
               first
               ,
               wherein
               wee
               place
               wisedom
               and
               prudence
               ,
               q
               there
               is
               the
               searand
               q
               finding
               out
               of
               the
               truth
               ;
               and
               this
               is
               the
               proper
               q
               function
               of
               that
               vertue
               .
               For
               as
               eueone
               perceiueth
               q
               most
               clearely
               ,
               what
               is
               truest
               in
               euery
               matter
               ,
               and
               q
               can
               both
               se●…
               and
               q
               giue
               a
               reason
               most
               wittily
               and
               most
               readily
               ,
               q
               he
               is
               wont
               q
               to
               be
               rightly
               accounted
               the
               most
               prudent
               and
               wise
               .
               3
               Wherfore
               truth
               *
               is
               subiect
               
               to
               his
               ,
               as
               the
               mater
               which
               it
               handleth
               ,
               and
               in
               which
               it
               is
               q
               exercised
               .
               But
               necessities
               are
               *
               propounded
               to
               the
               other
               three
               vertues
               ,
               to
               get
               and
               keepe
               those
               things
               ,
               q
               wherby
               the
               trade
               of
               [
               mans
               ]
               life
               is
               maintained
               ;
               that
               both
               the
               societie
               of
               men
               and
               q
               neighbourhood
               may
               be
               preserued
               ,
               and
               his
               excellencie
               and
               greatnesse
               of
               courage
               may
               *
               shine
               abroad
               ,
               both
               in
               increasing
               of
               q
               substance
               ,
               and
               getting
               commodities
               both
               to
               himselfe
               &
               *
               his
               ,
               and
               also
               much
               more
               in
               despising
               these
               same
               things
               .
               
               Also
               order
               ,
               &
               constancy
               ,
               and
               moderation
               ,
               
               and
               those
               things
               which
               are
               like
               vnto
               these
               ,
               are
               exercised
               in
               that
               kinde
               ,
               vnto
               which
               a
               certaine
               action
               is
               to
               be
               *
               adioyned
               ,
               not
               onely
               an
               q
               occupying
               of
               the
               mind
               .
               For
               we
               q
               applying
               a
               certaine
               meane
               and
               order
               to
               these
               things
               which
               are
               q
               practiced
               in
               [
               our
               ]
               life
               ,
               shall
               *
               obserue
               both
               honestie
               and
               comlinesse
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               this
               sixt
               chapter
               Tullie
               teachete
               that
               there
               are
               som●…
               chiefe
               and
               cardin●…
               vertues
               ,
               out
               〈◊〉
               which
               all
               other
               d●…
               ties
               do
               proceed
               :
               〈◊〉
               wit
               ,
               Prudence
               ,
               I●…
               stice
               ,
               Fortitud●…
               Temperance
               .
               Of
               euerie
               of
               whic●…
               he
               first
               setteth
               dow●…
               the
               definition
               ,
               the
               the
               subiects
               abo●…
               
               which
               they
               are
               conuersant
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               As
               ,
               that
               prudēce
               is
               a
               vertue
               ,
               exercised
               in
               spying
               out
               the
               truth
               ,
               &
               in
               cunning
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Iustice
               ,
               is
               in
               preseruing
               the
               societie
               of
               men
               ,
               and
               giuing
               euerie
               one
               their
               owne
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Fortitude
               ,
               in
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               an
               in●…cible
               courage
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               Temperance
               ,
               in
               keeping
               order
               and
               measure
               in
               all
               speeches
               and
               actions
               .
            
             
             
               Secondly
               ,
               he
               sheweth
               how
               certaine
               seuerall
               duties
               issue
               out
               of
               each
               of
               these
               :
               as
               ,
               out
               of
               prudence
               the
               finding
               out
               of
               the
               truth
               .
            
             
               Because
               as
               euerie
               one
               best
               seeth
               the
               truth
               ,
               and
               can
               best
               giue
               a
               reason
               thereof
               ,
               so
               he
               is
               accounted
               the
               most
               prudent
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Thirdly
               ,
               declareth
               the
               subiects
               of
               
               these
               vertues
               ;
               that
               truth
               is
               the
               subiect
               ,
               about
               which
               prudence
               is
               chiefly
               exercised
               .
            
             
               But
               certaine
               necessities
               are
               the
               subiects
               of
               the
               other
               three
               vertues
               .
               As
               for
               example
               ;
            
             
               To
               get
               and
               keepe
               these
               things
               whereby
               mans
               life
               may
               he
               maintained
               ,
               societie
               &
               neighbourhoode
               preserued
               ,
               the
               excellencie
               and
               greatnesse
               of
               his
               courage
               may
               bee
               seene
               ,
               by
               increasing
               substance
               ,
               getting
               commodities
               for
               himselfe
               and
               his
               ,
               &
               in
               disposing
               these
               humane
               things
               ;
               are
               the
               subiects
               about
               which
               both
               Iustice
               and
               Fortitude
               are
               exercised
               .
               
               And
               fourthly
               that
               Temperance
               is
               exercised
               in
               keeping
               order
               ,
               constancie
               ,
               and
               moderation
               :
               whence
               doe
               chiefly
               proceede
               both
               honestie
               and
               comlinesse
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               hee
               noteth
               a
               difference
               between
               Prudence
               and
               the
               other
               three
               duties
               .
               That
               Prudence
               is
               only
               in
               the
               exercise
               of
               the
               minde
               ,
               the
               other
               three
               are
               chiefly
               seene
               in
               outward
               actions
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               7.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   Of
                   Prudence
                   the
                   q
                   chiefe
                   of
                   all
                   vertues
                   ,
                   and
                   what
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   auoided
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   also
                   what
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                   q
                   imbraced
                   .
                
              
            
             
               q
               NOw
               of
               the
               foure
               *
               places
               into
               which
               wee
               haue
               diuided
               the
               nature
               and
               q
               power
               of
               honesty
               ;
               that
               first
               which
               consisteth
               in
               the
               knowledge
               of
               the
               truth
               ,
               doth
               q
               especially
               concerne
               q
               mankinde
               .
               For
               q
               wee
               are
               all
               drawne
               and
               led
               to
               a
               desire
               of
               knowledge
               and
               q
               skill
               .
               q
               Wherein
               wee
               thinke
               it
               a
               
               goodly
               thing
               to
               q
               excell
               .
               q
               But
               to
               shippe
               ,
               to
               erre
               ,
               to
               bee
               ignorant
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               to
               de
               deceiued
               ,
               wee
               account
               it
               both
               q
               euill
               and
               dishonest
               .
               In
               this
               kinde
               [
               of
               vertue
               ]
               q
               being
               both
               naturall
               and
               honest
               ,
               two
               q
               faults
               *
               are
               to
               be
               auoided
               :
               the
               one
               ,
               that
               we
               q
               take
               not
               things
               *
               vnknowen
               for
               knowen
               ,
               and
               q
               rashly
               assent
               vnto
               them
               .
               Which
               fault
               hee
               who
               will
               q
               escape
               (
               q
               as
               all
               ought
               *
               to
               be
               willing
               )
               q
               must
               bestow
               both
               *
               time
               and
               diligence
               to
               the
               q
               considering
               of
               matters
               .
               q
               The
               other
               fault
               is
               ,
               that
               
               some
               [
               men
               ]
               q
               imploy
               ouergreat
               studie
               ,
               &
               q
               too
               much
               trauell
               q
               vpon
               obscure
               and
               difficult
               matters
               ,
               and
               the
               q
               same
               q
               not
               necessarie
               ▪
               Which
               faults
               beeing
               q
               auoided
               ,
               q
               whatsoeuer
               diligence
               and
               care
               shal
               be
               q
               spen●…
               in
               things
               honest
               and
               worthy
               of
               knowledge
               ,
               q
               shall
               be
               q
               rightly
               commended
               :
               q
               as
               ,
               in
               Astrologie
               ,
               wee
               haue
               heard
               of
               
                 Ca●…us
                 Sulpitius
              
               ;
               in
               Geometry
               ,
               wee
               our selues
               haue
               known
               
                 Sextus
                 Pompeyus
              
               ,
               many
               in
               Logicke
               ,
               moe
               in
               the
               Ciuill
               Lawe
               ;
               all
               which
               
               Arts
               are
               exercised
               in
               the
               q
               searching
               
               out
               of
               the
               truth
               :
               *
               by
               the
               studie
               whereof
               ,
               to
               bee
               drawen
               away
               from
               q
               necessarie
               imploiments
               ,
               it
               is
               against
               Dutie
               .
               For
               the
               q
               whole
               praise
               of
               vertue
               doth
               consist
               q
               in
               action
               :
               from
               which
               yet
               oftentimes
               q
               there
               is
               an
               intermission
               ,
               &
               q
               there
               are
               granted
               q
               many
               recourses
               *
               vnto
               studies
               :
               q
               yea
               and
               the
               stirring
               of
               the
               minde
               which
               neuer
               *
               resteth
               ,
               may
               q
               continue
               vs
               in
               the
               studies
               of
               q
               meditatiō
               ,
               euen
               without
               our
               q
               trauell
               .
               But
               eue
               ▪
               q
               cogitation
               and
               motion
               of
               the
               minde
               q
               ought
               to
               
               be
               occupied
               either
               in
               q
               taking
               aduice
               q
               about
               honest
               matters
               ,
               and
               pertaining
               *
               to
               liue
               well
               and
               blessedly
               ,
               or
               in
               the
               studies
               of
               science
               and
               knowledge
               .
               q
               And
               thus
               haue
               wee
               spoken
               of
               the
               first
               fountaine
               of
               Dutie
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               Tullie
               speaketh
               of
               Prudence
               :
               which
               consisteth
               in
               the
               knowledge
               of
               the
               truth
               .
            
             
               1.
               shewing
               it
               to
               be
               the
               chiefe
               of
               all
               the
               foure
               vertues
               ,
               and
               to
               concerne
               mankinde
               especially
               :
            
             
               And
               that
               ,
               because
               we
               are
               all
               drawne
               to
               a
               desire
               of
               knowledge
               ,
               thinking
               it
               a
               goodly
               thing
               to
               excell
               therein
               ,
               and
               contra●…ily
               as
               dishonest
               to
               be
               ignorant
               or
               deceiued
               .
            
             
             
               2.
               
               He
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               in
               prudence
               two
               faults
               ,
               contrary
               thereunto
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               auoided
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               wee
               take
               not
               things
               which
               wee
               knowe
               not
               ,
               as
               though
               wee
               knew
               them
               ,
               and
               so
               assent
               rashly
               vnto
               them
               :
               and
               to
               this
               end
               ,
               to
               bestowe
               both
               time
               &
               diligence
               to
               consider
               of
               matters
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               is
               ,
               that
               we
               bestowe
               not
               too
               
               much
               studie
               &
               travell
               in
               matters
               both
               obscure
               &
               difficult
               ,
               and
               also
               needlesse
               .
            
             
               And
               these
               two
               falts
               beeing
               e●…chewed
               ,
               that
               all
               care
               and
               diligence
               bestowed
               in
               searching
               out
               things
               honest
               and
               worthy
               of
               our
               knowledge
               ,
               shall
               deserue
               due
               commendation
               :
            
             
               As
               ,
               Caius
               Sulpitius
               is
               commended
               for
               his
               knowledge
               and
               paines
               in
               Astrologie
               ,
               Sextus
               Pompeius
               in
               Geometry
               many
               in
               Logicke
               and
               the
               Ciuill
               law
               ,
               &
               so
               in
               other
               good
               studies
               .
            
             
             
               Yet
               heere
               giueth
               another
               C●…ueat
               ,
               viz.
               That
               by
               such
               ●…udies
               wee
               suffer
               not
               our selues
               to
               bee
               drawne
               away
               from
               more
               necessarie
               imployments
               .
               And
               that
               because
               all
               the
               praise
               of
               vertue
               cōsisteth
               in
               action
               o●…
               performing
               Duties
               ,
               from
               which
               yet
               there
               may
               be
               intermissions
               and
               returning
               to
               studie
               .
            
             
               And
               also
               for
               that
               the
               verie
               meditatiō
               of
               the
               minde
               is
               a
               kinde
               of
               studie
               ;
               though
               without
               any
               great
               trauell
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               concludeth
               this
               point
               with
               one
               other
               caution
               .
               To
               wit
               ,
               that
               all
               our
               
               thought●…
               be
               imployed
               eyther
               in
               aduising
               about
               honest
               matters
               and
               which
               app●…tain
               to
               a
               blesse●…
               life
               or
               in
               the
               studies
               of
               science
               and
               knowledge
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               8.
               
            
             
               
                 Of
                 Iustice.
                 
              
            
             
               But
               of
               q
               the
               other
               three
               [
               virtues
               ]
               remayning
               ,
               q
               that
               part
               extendeth
               it selfe
               the
               farthest
               ,
               q
               wherein
               the
               society
               of
               men
               amongst
               thēselues
               and
               (
               as
               it
               
               were
               )
               the
               communitie
               of
               life
               is
               contained
               ;
               whereof
               there
               are
               two
               parts
               :
               Iustice
               ,
               q
               wherein
               is
               the
               greatest
               q
               brightnesse
               of
               vertue
               ;
               *
               which
               good
               men
               q
               haue
               their
               name
               ,
               and
               *
               Beneficence
               ioyned
               q
               hereunto
               ,
               which
               s●…me
               q
               wee
               may
               call
               either
               *
               bountie
               or
               liberality
               .
               But
               the
               q
               principall
               dutie
               of
               Iustice
               is
               ,
               that
               q
               no
               man
               hurt
               another
               ,
               vnlesse
               [
               he
               bee
               ]
               prouoked
               by
               an
               q
               iniurie
               :
               *
               And
               then
               that
               hee
               vse
               common
               [
               things
               ]
               as
               common
               ,
               and
               priuate
               [
               things
               ]
               as
               *
               his
               owne
               .
               q
               Howbeit
               
               no
               things
               are
               priuate
               by
               nature
               ,
               but
               either
               by
               ancient
               *
               occupation
               ,
               as
               [
               of
               them
               ]
               who
               in
               time
               past
               came
               into
               *
               empty
               [
               places
               :
               ]
               or
               by
               victorie
               ,
               a●…
               [
               of
               them
               ]
               who
               q
               got
               [
               things
               ]
               by
               warre
               :
               or
               by
               lawe
               ,
               couenant
               ,
               condition
               ,
               lot
               .
            
             
               q
               Whereupon
               it
               is
               come
               to
               passe
               that
               the
               q
               ground
               Arpinas
               is
               *
               saide
               ▪
               to
               bee
               of
               the
               Arpinatians
               ,
               the
               q
               Thusculan
               [
               ground
               ]
               of
               the
               Thusculanians
               .
               And
               the
               *
               description
               of
               priuate
               possessions
               is
               q
               of
               this
               sorte
               .
               q
               Whereupon
               ,
               *
               because
               part
               of
               those
               things
               
               which
               q
               were
               common
               by
               Nature
               ,
               *
               is
               becomne
               proper
               to
               euery
               one
               ;
               let
               euery
               one
               *
               hold
               that
               ,
               which
               hath
               *
               befallen
               q
               to
               each
               .
               If
               any
               man
               will
               couet
               greedily
               
               vnto
               himselfe
               more
               then
               that
               ,
               he
               shall
               *
               violate
               the
               lawe
               *
               of
               humane
               societie
               .
               But
               because
               (
               as
               it
               is
               notably
               written
               q
               by
               Plato
               )
               we
               are
               born
               not
               for
               our selues
               *
               alone
               ,
               q
               but
               our
               Countrey
               doth
               *
               chalenge
               a
               part
               of
               our
               birth
               ,
               q
               our
               parents
               a
               parte
               ,
               our
               friends
               a
               part
               ,
               and
               (
               *
               as
               it
               pleaseth
               the
               Stoiks
               )
               *
               all
               things
               which
               
               are
               bred
               in
               the
               earth
               ,
               *
               to
               be
               created
               for
               the
               vse
               of
               men
               ,
               and
               men
               to
               bee
               q
               borne
               *
               for
               the
               cause
               of
               men
               ,
               that
               q
               they
               amongst
               themselues
               may
               *
               profit
               one
               another
               :
               q
               Herein
               *
               we
               ought
               to
               follow
               nature
               [
               as
               ]
               q
               a
               guide
               ,
               and
               q
               to
               bring
               abroad
               common
               commodities
               ,
               by
               exchange
               of
               Duties
               ,
               in
               giuing
               and
               q
               taking
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               to
               *
               binde
               together
               the
               q
               society
               of
               man
               with
               man
               ,
               both
               by
               arts
               and
               by
               trauell
               ,
               and
               also
               by
               riches
               .
            
          
           
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               Tullie
               1.
               setteth
               out
               the
               nature
               of
               ●…ustict
               that
               by
               it
               al
               humane
               society
               is
               preserued
               ,
               and
               how
               it
               extendeth
               it selfe
               most
               largely
               of
               all
               the
               other
               three
               vertues
               .
            
             
             
               2.
               
               He
               sheweth
               that
               there
               are
               two
               parts
               of
               it
               ,
               viz
               Iustice
               properly
               to
               called
               ,
               wherein
               is
               the
               greatest
               glory
               of
               vertu●…
               ,
               and
               whereof
               good
               men
               are
               specially
               named
               :
               and
               Beneficence
               ▪
               which
               wee
               m●…
               call
               bounty
               or
               liberaliue
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Hee
               declareth
               som
               speciall
               functions
               of
               Iustice
               :
               as
               ,
               That
               no
               man
               hurt
               another
               but
               vpon
               iust
               c●…use
               .
               That
               men
               vse
               common
               things
               as
               common
               ,
               priuat
               as
               their
               own
               ▪
            
             
             
               4.
               
               Hee
               teacheth
               heereupon
               ,
               how
               by
               nature
               all
               things
               were
               common
               ,
               but
               made
               priuate
               by
               these
               meanes
               following
               ,
               or
               the
               like
               :
               as
               ▪
               By
               auncient
               tenur●…
               or
               ocupation
               ,
               by
               victorie
               ,
               lawe
               ,
               couenant
               ,
               condition
               ,
               lot
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Hence
               also
               he
               shew
               eth
               how
               things
               haue
               had
               their
               names
               of
               their
               owners
               ,
               as
               the
               field
               Arpinas
               ,
               of
               the
               Arpinatians
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               Hereupon
               also
               hee
               gathereth
               these
               rules
               ;
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               euerie
               one
               should
               content
               him selfe
               with
               his
               owne
               so
               gotten
               :
               and
               that
               whosoeuer
               coueteth
               more
               then
               his
               owne
               ,
               violateth
               the
               
               lawe
               of
               humane
               societie
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               for
               so
               much
               as
               we
               are
               not
               borne
               for
               our selues
               alone
               (
               as
               Plato
               writeth
               notably
               )
               but
               partly
               for
               our
               countrie
               ,
               partly
               for
               our
               parents
               ,
               partly
               for
               our
               friends
               ▪
               and
               ech
               for
               the
               good
               of
               others
               ;
               like
               as
               all
               creatures
               are
               bred
               for
               the
               
               good
               of
               man
               ,
               so
               men
               especially
               for
               the
               benefit
               of
               men
               to
               profit
               one
               another
               ;
               that
               we
               should
               heerein
               follow
               Nature
               as
               guide
               ,
               in
               cōmunicating
               our
               cōmodities
               to
               one
               another
               And
               so
               by
               exchāging
               of
               kindnesses
               ,
               by
               giuing
               &
               taking
               ,
               by
               our
               cunning
               ,
               helpe
               ,
               and
               riches
               to
               binde
               all
               sorts
               vnto
               vs
               in
               society
               and
               good
               wil.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               9.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 Faithfulnesse
                 [
                 is
                 ]
                 the
                 foundation
                 of
                 Iustice
                 ,
                 from
                 the
                 Etymology
                 of
                 the
                 worde
                 .
              
            
             
               Al
               BVt
               the
               foūdation
               
               of
               Iustice
               is
               faithfulnesse
               :
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               a
               constancy
               and
               truth
               of
               words
               and
               *
               couenants
               :
               Whereupon
               ,
               although
               this
               peraduenture
               shall
               seeme
               *
               hard
               to
               some
               man
               ,
               yet
               we
               may
               bee
               bolde
               to
               imitate
               the
               Stoiks
               ,
               who
               search
               out
               q
               diligently
               from
               whence
               words
               are
               deriued
               ,
               and
               vvee
               
               may
               q
               think
               *
               faithfulnesse
               to
               be
               called
               ,
               because
               q
               that
               is
               *
               done
               which
               was
               promised
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               this
               9.
               chapter
               Tully
               1.
               teacheth
               what
               is
               the
               foundation
               of
               all
               Iustice
               ,
               viz.
               faithfulnesse
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               He
               defineth
               faithfulnesse
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               constancie
               &
               truth
               in
               all
               our
               speeches
               and
               agreements
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               In
               imitation
               of
               the
               Stoiks
               ,
               who
               search
               out
               diligently
               the
               deriuation
               of
               words
               ,
               he
               sheweth
               whence
               fides
               is
               named
               ,
               viz.
               a
               
                 fio
                 &
                 dico
              
               ,
               because
               that
               is
               performed
               which
               was
               promised
               ,
               so
               to
               shewe
               the
               nature
               of
               it
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               10.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 [
                 
                   There
                   are
                   ]
                   two
                   kindes
                   of
                   iniustice
                   ,
                   as
                   [
                   there
                   are
                
                 ]
                 *
                 
                   of
                   iustice
                   :
                   and
                   from
                   whence
                   they
                
                 q
                 come
                 .
              
            
             
               1
               BVt
               there
               are
               two
               kindes
               of
               iniustice
               .
               The
               one
               [
               *
               is
               ]
               of
               those
               men
               who
               q
               offer
               [
               iniury
               :
               ]
               The
               other
               of
               those
               who
               doe
               not
               *
               beate
               backe
               an
               iniurie
               from
               them
               to
               
               whom
               it
               is
               offered
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               able
               .
            
             
               2
               For
               hee
               that
               makes
               an
               assault
               vpon
               any
               man
               vniustly
               ,
               beeing
               stirred
               vp
               either
               by
               *
               anger
               or
               any
               
               q
               passion
               ,
               hee
               seemeth
               as
               it
               were
               q
               to
               lay
               violent
               hands
               vpon
               his
               fellowe
               :
               and
               hee
               who
               *
               defendeth
               not
               nor
               resisteth
               iniurie
               if
               hee
               can
               ,
               is
               as
               well
               in
               fault
               ,
               as
               if
               he
               should
               forsake
               [
               his
               ]
               parents
               or
               friends
               ,
               or
               coūtrey
               .
               3
               And
               indeede
               those
               iniuries
               which
               are
               done
               of
               set
               purpose
               q
               to
               hurt
               ,
               doe
               oft
               times
               q
               arise
               from
               feare
               :
               whenas
               hee
               who
               
               q
               intendeth
               to
               hurt
               another
               ,
               feareth
               *
               lest
               vnlesse
               hee
               do
               that
               to
               another
               ,
               himselfe
               q
               should
               be
               q
               anno●…ed
               with
               some
               discōmodity
               .
               And
               [
               for
               ]
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               q
               many
               men
               q
               take
               occasion
               to
               doe
               *
               wrong
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               obtaine
               those
               things
               which
               they
               q
               do
               earnestly
               desire
               :
               in
               q
               which
               kind
               of
               vice
               ,
               couetousnesse
               doth
               q
               shew
               it self
               most
               euidently
               .
               Riches
               also
               ,
               are
               earnestly
               desired
               ,
               both
               for
               necessarie
               vses
               of
               life
               ,
               and
               also
               to
               enioy
               pleasures
               .
               But
               in
               those
               in
               whom
               there
               is
               q
               more
               loftie
               
               minde
               ,
               the
               coueting
               of
               money
               q
               hath
               an
               eye
               vnto
               q
               power
               ,
               and
               ability
               of
               q
               p●…easuring
               [
               others
               :
               ]
               as
               of
               late
               
                 M.
                 Crassus
              
               denyed
               q
               any
               substance
               to
               bee
               sufficient
               for
               him
               ,
               who
               desired
               to
               be
               a
               Prince
               in
               the
               common
               wealth
               ,
               q
               *
               with
               whose
               reuenues
               he
               could
               not
               q
               maintaine
               an
               army
               .
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               sumptuous
               q
               furnitures
               do
               delight
               ,
               and
               the
               q
               brauery
               of
               life
               with
               *
               elegancie
               and
               plenty
               ;
               by
               which
               *
               things
               q
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               the
               desire
               of
               money
               q
               is
               infinite
               .
            
             
             
               4
               Neither
               indeed
               the
               q
               enlargement
               of
               a
               mans
               priuate
               estate
               hurting
               no
               body
               ,
               is
               to
               bee
               dispraised
               :
               but
               iniurie
               is
               euermore
               to
               be
               q
               auoided
               .
            
             
               5
               And
               q
               most
               men
               are
               q
               exceedingly
               brought
               q
               to
               forget
               iustice
               ,
               whenas
               they
               q
               fall
               into
               a
               desire
               of
               rule
               ,
               q
               honour
               ,
               or
               of
               glory
               .
               For
               that
               which
               is
               in
               
                 Ennius
                 (
                 There
                 is
                 no
              
               q
               
                 holy
                 societie
                 ,
                 nor
                 fidelity
                 of
                 a
                 kingdome
                 )
              
               *
               doth
               extend
               it selfe
               more
               largely
               .
               For
               whatsoeuer
               is
               q
               of
               such
               sort
               ,
               in
               which
               moe
               cannot
               *
               excell
               ,
               *
               so
               great
               
               contention
               q
               commeth
               to
               passe
               for
               most
               part
               therein
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               a
               very
               hard
               thing
               to
               keep
               a
               holy
               societie
               .
               The
               *
               rashnesse
               of
               
                 Caius
                 Caesar
              
               declared
               that
               of
               late
               ,
               who
               q
               ouerturned
               *
               all
               diuine
               and
               humane
               lawes
               ,
               *
               for
               that
               soueraintie
               which
               hee
               had
               imagined
               to
               himselfe
               by
               the
               errour
               of
               [
               his
               ]
               q
               conceit
               .
            
             
               And
               it
               is
               a
               grieuous
               thing
               in
               this
               kinde
               ,
               that
               the
               desires
               of
               honour
               ,
               rule
               ,
               power
               ,
               and
               glorie
               ,
               are
               for
               the
               most
               parte
               in
               the
               *
               greatest
               courages
               ▪
               and
               goodliest
               wits
               .
               By
               how
               much
               
               more
               q
               wee
               are
               to
               take
               heede
               ,
               q
               that
               wee
               offend
               not
               at
               all
               in
               that
               kinde
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Tully
               in
               this
               chapter
               teacheth
               1.
               that
               there
               are
               two
               kinds
               of
               iniustice
               ,
               as
               there
               are
               of
               iustice
               .
            
             
               The
               one
               is
               of
               such
               as
               doe
               iniurie
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               of
               such
               who
               doe
               not
               saue
               others
               from
               wrong
               when
               they
               may
               .
            
             
             
               2.
               
               He
               declareth
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               these
               faults
               by
               comparison
               .
               For
               the
               first
               :
               That
               hee
               who
               assaults
               another
               vpon
               anger
               or
               any
               like
               passion
               ,
               doth
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               lay
               violent
               handes
               on
               his
               fellowe
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               second
               :
               That
               he
               that
               saueth
               not
               another
               from
               wrong
               if
               hee
               can
               ,
               is
               aswell
               in
               fault
               ,
               as
               if
               hee
               should
               forsake
               his
               parents
               ,
               friends
               or
               countrie
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               He
               noteth
               the
               vsuall
               causes
               of
               wrongs
               :
               as
               of
               those
               done
               rashly
               ;
               anger
               or
               some
               sudden
               passion
               .
            
             
             
               Others
               done
               of
               set
               purpose
               ,
               arise
               from
               feare
               of
               some
               euill
               to
               themselues
               vnlesse
               they
               hurt
               others
               .
               Or
               from
               couetousnesse
               of
               getting
               riches
               ,
               or
               a
               greedie
               desire
               of
               pleasures
               .
            
             
               Or
               else
               from
               ambition
               :
               as
               when
               men
               desire
               riches
               ,
               eyther
               to
               be
               come
               great
               therby
               ,
               or
               to
               pleasure
               others
               .
            
             
             
               As
               in
               M.
               Crassus
               :
               who
               thought
               no
               man
               meet
               to
               bee
               a
               prince
               or
               chief
               man
               in
               the
               common-weale
               ,
               vnlesse
               hee
               were
               able
               with
               his
               reueneues
               to
               maintaine
               an
               armie
               ▪
            
             
               Moreouer
               ,
               he
               sheweth
               that
               wrongs
               are
               cōmitted
               for
               stately
               buildings
               ,
               maintaining
               sumptuous
               furniture
               ,
               for
               gorgeousnesse
               &
               plenty
               of
               all
               things
               :
               for
               which
               ends
               and
               the
               like
               ,
               the
               desire
               of
               money
               is
               infinite
               .
            
             
             
               4.
               
               He
               giueth
               a
               Caueat
               ,
               that
               the
               increase
               of
               a
               mans
               pri
               uate
               estate
               is
               not
               to
               be
               dispraised
               ▪
               but
               only
               the
               wronging
               of
               others
               by
               it
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               He
               teacheth
               that
               the
               principall
               cause
               of
               iniustice
               is
               ambition
               ,
               when
               men
               fall
               into
               a
               vehement
               desire
               of
               honour
               &
               glorie
               ,
               and
               cheefly
               of
               bearing
               rule
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               prooueth
               1.
               
               By
               the
               testimony
               of
               Ennius
               ;
               That
               there
               is
               no
               holy
               societie
               nor
               fidelitie
               in
               seeking
               or
               ruling
               a
               kingdome
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               By
               reason
               .
            
             
               Because
               in
               things
               wherein
               moe
               cannot
               excell
               together
               ,
               such
               contentions
               fall
               out
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               hard
               to
               keep
               a
               holy
               societie
               .
            
             
             
               This
               point
               hee
               also
               further
               illustrateth
               by
               the
               example
               of
               Caius
               Cesar
               ,
               who
               had
               verie
               lately
               before
               ouerturned
               all
               lawes
               both
               of
               God
               and
               men
               ,
               for
               obtaining
               that
               rule
               which
               hee
               had
               formerly
               conceited
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               giueth
               another
               Caueat
               in
               regard
               heereof
               ,
               that
               sith
               these
               ambitious
               desires
               of
               rule
               and
               honour
               are
               for
               the
               most
               part
               in
               the
               greatest
               courages
               and
               goodliest
               wits
               ,
               therefore
               all
               noble
               mindes
               and
               excellent
               wits
               should
               chiefely
               take
               heede
               heereof
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               11.
               
            
             
               
                 One
                 iniurie
                 [
                 is
                 ]
                 lighter
                 then
                 another
                 .
              
            
             
               BVt
               q
               it
               is
               especially
               to
               bee
               considered
               in
               all
               iniustice
               ,
               whether
               the
               *
               iniurie
               be
               don
               with
               q
               some
               passion
               of
               the
               minde
               ,
               which
               for
               most
               part
               is
               short
               &
               q
               for
               the
               present
               time
               ,
               or
               else
               *
               of
               purpose
               and
               aduisedly
               .
               For
               those
               q
               wrongs
               are
               *
               lesse
               ,
               which
               *
               happen
               
               
               vpon
               some
               sodaine
               q
               moode
               ,
               then
               such
               as
               are
               done
               *
               beeing
               premeditated
               &
               *
               prepared
               .
               And
               thus
               *
               haue
               wee
               spoken
               of
               q
               doing
               iniurie
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               this
               chapter
            
             
               1.
               he
               teacheth
               that
               the
               nature
               &
               kinde
               of
               the
               wrong
               is
               to
               bee
               wisely
               considered
               :
               whether
               the
               iniurie
               was
               don
               vpon
               som
               sudden
               passion
               ,
               or
               mature
               deliberation
               &
               aduise
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Hee
               giueth
               the
               reason
               of
               the
               necessity
               of
               this
               consideration
               ,
               
               viz.
               Because
               those
               iniuries
               which
               are
               done
               vpon
               any
               such
               sudden
               passion
               are
               lighter
               &
               to
               be
               accounted
               lesse
               ,
               the
               those
               which
               are
               done
               vpon
               deliberation
               &
               as
               it
               were
               of
               set
               purpose
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               12.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   He
                   rehearseth
                   the
                   causes
                   from
                   whence
                   the
                   second
                   kinde
                   of
                   iniustice
                   may
                
                 q
                 arise
                 .
              
            
             
               1
               q
               MOreouer
               there
               are
               wont
               to
               be
               q
               many
               causes
               of
               q
               omitting
               
               [
               our
               ]
               defence
               ,
               and
               of
               q
               leauing
               [
               our
               ]
               Dutie
               .
            
             
               2
               For
               either
               q
               men
               
               are
               vnwilling
               q
               to
               vndertake
               q
               displeasure
               ,
               or
               trauell
               ,
               or
               q
               charges
               :
               or
               else
               they
               bee
               so
               hindered
               with
               negligence
               ,
               sloth
               ,
               q
               idlenesse
               ,
               or
               else
               by
               their
               owne
               priuate
               studies
               ,
               or
               by
               certaine
               q
               bu●…nesses
               ,
               that
               they
               suffer
               them
               to
               bee
               *
               forsaken
               ,
               whom
               they
               ought
               q
               to
               defend
               .
            
             
               3
               q
               Wee
               must
               therfore
               take
               heed
               ▪
               that
               wee
               doe
               not
               thinke
               ,
               q
               that
               to
               be
               sufficient
               ,
               which
               is
               spoken
               q
               of
               Plato
               in
               behalfe
               of
               the
               Philosophers
               ;
               q
               that
               they
               are
               therefore
               iust
               ,
               because
               they
               are
               q
               imployed
               in
               q
               finding
               
               out
               the
               truth
               ,
               and
               because
               they
               q
               contemne
               and
               q
               set
               at
               nought
               those
               things
               which
               q
               most
               men
               doe
               *
               vehemently
               desire
               ,
               [
               &
               ]
               q
               for
               which
               they
               are
               wont
               q
               to
               be
               at
               daggers
               drawing
               amongst
               thē●…elues
               .
               For
               whilst
               they
               attaine
               the
               one
               kinde
               of
               iustice
               ,
               that
               they
               hurt
               no
               man
               in
               q
               doing
               of
               wrong
               ,
               they
               fall
               into
               the
               other
               :
               for
               beeing
               q
               hindred
               by
               the
               studie
               of
               learning
               ,
               they
               forsake
               [
               thē
               ]
               whom
               they
               ought
               to
               defend
               .
               Therefore
               q
               hee
               indeed
               thinketh
               ,
               q
               that
               they
               would
               not
               enter
               into
               the
               affaires
               
               of
               the
               common
               weale
               ,
               q
               vnlesse
               they
               were
               compelled
               .
               But
               it
               were
               *
               more
               equall
               to
               be
               done
               q
               voluntarily
               .
               For
               whatsoeuer
               is
               q
               rightly
               done
               ,
               q
               the
               same
               is
               thereby
               iust
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               voluntarie
               .
               There
               be
               also
               ,
               who
               either
               for
               a
               *
               desire
               of
               *
               sauing
               their
               substance
               ,
               or
               q
               for
               some
               hatred
               to
               men
               ,
               do
               say
               ,
               q
               that
               they
               q
               looke
               vnto
               their
               own
               busines
               ;
               lest
               they
               q
               should
               seeme
               to
               do
               wrong
               to
               any
               man
               :
               who
               whilst
               they
               are
               free
               from
               the
               one
               kind
               of
               iniustice
               ,
               doe
               runne
               into
               the
               other
               .
               For
               they
               forsake
               
               the
               *
               society
               of
               life
               ,
               because
               they
               bestowe
               q
               no
               studie
               vpon
               it
               ,
               no
               labour
               ,
               nor
               substance
               .
               q
               Seeing
               then
               that
               two
               kinds
               of
               iniustice
               being
               propounded
               ,
               wee
               haue
               adioyned
               the
               causes
               of
               q
               both
               kindes
               ,
               and
               haue
               set
               downe
               those
               things
               before
               ,
               in
               which
               iustice
               is
               cōtained
               ▪
               we
               shal
               be
               able
               q
               easily
               to
               iudge
               (
               vnlesse
               we
               will
               exceedingly
               *
               fauour
               our selues
               )
               what
               is
               the
               dutie
               of
               euery
               season
               .
               For
               q
               the
               care
               of
               other
               mens
               matters
               is
               difficult
               ,
               although
               that
               q
               Chremes
               in
               Terence
               q
               accounteth
               
               nothing
               appertaining
               to
               man
               ,
               to
               bee
               *
               strange
               to
               him
               .
               q
               Neuerthelesse
               ,
               because
               wee
               perceiue
               and
               feele
               those
               things
               more
               ,
               which
               happen
               vnto
               our selues
               ,
               q
               either
               luckily
               ,
               or
               vnfortunately
               ,
               then
               those
               things
               [
               which
               q
               happen
               ]
               to
               others
               ,
               which
               wee
               beholde
               ,
               *
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               a
               great
               way
               off
               ;
               wee
               iudge
               otherwise
               of
               them
               ,
               then
               of
               our selues
               .
               Wherefore
               they
               q
               giue
               a
               good
               precept
               ,
               who
               forbid
               to
               doe
               any
               thing
               ,
               which
               you
               doubt
               of
               ,
               whether
               it
               bee
               right
               or
               wrong
               .
               For
               ,
               q
               the
               rig●…t
               it
               
               *
               shineth
               q
               of
               it selfe
               :
               but
               doubting
               q
               signifieth
               q
               an
               imagination
               of
               wrong
               .
            
          
           
             
               Tully
               declareth
               in
               this
               chapter
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               there
               may
               be
               sundrie
               causes
               of
               the
               second
               kinde
               o●…
               iniustice
               ,
               viz.
               of
               omitting
               the
               iust
               defence
               of
               our
               neighbour
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               He
               setteth
               down
               
               diuers
               of
               those
               causes
               :
               as
               ,
               for
               auoi●…ing
               either
               the
               ill
               will
               of
               others
               ,
               or
               of
               their
               trauell
               or
               charges
               .
               Or
               else
               for
               that
               they
               are
               hindered
               by
               neg●…gence
               sloth
               or
               by
               their
               owne
               priuate
               studies
               or
               businesses
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               He
               warneth
               that
               men
               doe
               not
               therefore
               think
               thēselues
               iust
               ,
               and
               that
               they
               haue
               done
               their
               duties
               (
               as
               some
               philosophers
               do
               )
               because
               they
               are
               imployed
               in
               the
               studie
               of
               learning
               ,
               or
               for
               that
               they
               contemne
               the
               world
               ,
               which
               most
               
               men
               so
               dote
               vpon
               ,
               and
               so
               leaue
               the
               defence
               of
               others
               .
            
             
               And
               thē
               giueth
               the
               reason
               hereof
               ;
               Because
               heerby
               ,
               whilst
               that
               they
               auoid
               the
               one
               kinde
               of
               i●…iustice
               ,
               that
               they
               hurt
               no
               man
               ,
               they
               fall
               into
               the
               other
               ,
               viz.
               to
               forsake
               them
               whom
               they
               ought
               to
               defend
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               there-vpon
               they
               cannot
               bee
               drawne
               to
               any
               seruice
               
               in
               the
               cōmonweale
               ,
               but
               by
               constraint
               ;
               Whereas
               of
               the
               contrarie
               ,
               hee
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               all
               such
               seruice
               for
               the
               good
               of
               others
               ,
               especially
               for
               the
               cōmonwealth
               ,
               ought
               to
               be
               voluntary
               ,
               &
               that
               then
               onely
               it
               is
               iust
               .
            
             
               After
               ,
               he
               rehearseth
               some
               other
               causes
               why
               men
               vse
               to
               leaue
               the
               defence
               or
               helping
               of
               other●…
               :
               as
               for
               sauing
               their
               substance
               ▪
               or
               vpon
               som
               hatred
               ,
               grudge
               or
               the
               like
               .
            
             
               And
               yet
               ,
               that
               they
               to
               this
               end
               pretend
               their
               own
               businesse
               ,
               orlest
               they
               should
               seem
               to
               doe
               wrong
               to
               others
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               heerby
               they
               
               forsake
               the
               society
               of
               life
               ,
               whilst
               they
               will
               neither
               bestow
               any
               of
               their
               studie
               ,
               trauell
               or
               substance
               for
               the
               helping
               of
               others
               .
            
             
               By
               these
               things
               rightly
               considered
               ,
               ●…e
               teacheth
               that
               men
               may
               bee
               able
               easily
               to
               iudge
               ,
               what
               duty
               is
               required
               at
               euery
               time
               and
               season
               ;
               vnlesse
               they
               be
               too
               partiall
               and
               ouer
               much
               loue
               them selues
               .
            
             
               Yet
               heerin
               he
               sheweth
               that
               it
               is
               a
               verie
               ha●…d
               matter
               ,
               to
               take
               care
               of
               other
               mens
               businesse
               as
               wee
               ought
               :
               howsoeuer
               Chremes
               in
               Terence
               thinketh
               otherwise
               ;
               
               and
               after
               giueth
               the
               reason
               herof
               which
               is
               this
               ;
               for
               that
               wee
               haue
               more
               feeling
               of
               those
               things
               which
               happē
               to
               ●…ur
               selues
               ,
               the●…
               of
               those
               which
               befall
               others
               :
               because
               we
               behold
               other
               mens
               estates
               as
               it
               were
               a
               great
               way
               of
               ,
               but
               our
               owne
               more
               neerely
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               for
               a
               conclusion
               ,
               he
               commendeth
               that
               precept
               of
               such
               wise
               men
               ,
               as
               ,
               who
               forbid
               a
               man
               to
               doe
               any
               thing
               whereof
               hee
               doubteth
               ,
               whether
               it
               bee
               right
               or
               wrong
               .
               Because
               the
               right
               is
               apparent
               of
               it selfe
               ,
               
               but
               the
               verie
               doubting
               intimateth
               an
               imagination
               of
               a
               wrong
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               13.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   Tully
                   teacheth
                
                 *
                 
                   Duties
                   to
                   bee
                   caried
                
                 q
                 
                   in
                   regarde
                   of
                   circumstances
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   was
                
                 q
                 
                   agreeable
                   to
                   Dutie
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   against
                   duty
                   two
                   waies
                   especially
                   :
                   if
                   either
                
                 q
                 
                   there
                   bee
                   a
                   departing
                   from
                   profit
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   lesse
                   profitable
                   be
                   preferred
                   before
                   the
                   more
                   profitable
                   ;
                   moreouer
                   to
                   be
                   sometimes
                   basides
                   Dutie
                   to
                   stick
                   too
                   much
                   in
                
                 q
                 
                   the
                   strict
                   words
                   of
                   law
                
                 .
              
            
             
             
               BVt
               the
               *
               time
               doth
               q
               fall
               out
               ,
               when
               those
               things
               which
               seeme
               most
               q
               meete
               for
               a
               iust
               man●…
               and
               him
               whom
               wee
               call
               a
               good
               man
               ,
               are
               changed
               &
               *
               made
               contrarie
               :
               q
               as
               ,
               not
               to
               restore
               a
               thing
               committed
               to
               vs
               to
               keepe
               ;
               also
               not
               to
               performe
               a
               promise
               made
               to
               a
               q
               mad
               man
               ;
               and
               sometimes
               to
               deny
               and
               not
               keep
               those
               things
               which
               appertaine
               to
               truth
               and
               vnto
               fidelity
               ,
               may
               be
               iust
               .
               For
               q
               it
               is
               meet
               q
               that
               they
               bee
               referred
               to
               those
               foundatitions
               of
               iustice
               ▪
               
               which
               I
               laid
               down
               in
               the
               beginning
               :
            
             
               1
               First
               *
               that
               no
               man
               be
               hurt
               ▪
               *
               and
               then
               that
               q
               there
               be
               a
               respect
               had
               to
               the
               common
               cōmoditie
               .
               q
               When
               these
               things
               are
               changed
               by
               the
               time
               ,
               Dutie
               is
               changed
               ,
               that
               *
               it
               is
               not
               alwayes
               q
               alike
               .
            
             
               q
               For
               there
               may
               fall
               out
               some
               promise
               &
               couenant
               ,
               q
               which
               to
               be
               performed
               ,
               may
               bee
               vnprofitable
               either
               to
               him
               to
               whom
               it
               is
               promised
               ,
               or
               else
               to
               him
               *
               who
               promised
               it
               .
               For
               if
               (
               as
               it
               *
               is
               in
               the
               Fables
               )
               Neptune
               had
               not
               *
               done
               that
               ,
               which
               
               he
               had
               promised
               to
               *
               
                 Theseus
                 ,
                 Thes.
              
               had
               not
               beene
               q
               bereft
               of
               his
               sonne
               Hippolitus
               .
               For
               of
               [
               his
               ]
               three
               *
               wishes
               (
               as
               it
               is
               written
               )
               this
               was
               the
               third
               ,
               which
               q
               in
               his
               fury
               hee
               *
               wished
               *
               concerning
               the
               death
               of
               Hippolitus
               :
               which
               beeing
               obtayned
               hee
               fell
               into
               q
               most
               grieuous
               lamentation
               .
            
             
               Therefore
               q
               neither
               are
               those
               promises
               to
               bee
               *
               kept
               ,
               which
               are
               vnprofitable
               to
               them
               ,
               to
               whome
               you
               haue
               q
               made
               them
               ;
               nor
               if
               they
               hurt
               you
               more
               ,
               then
               they
               q
               benefit
               him
               to
               whome
               you
               haue
               
               *
               promised
               .
               It
               is
               against
               Dutie
               ,
               *
               the
               greater
               *
               damage
               to
               be
               q
               rather
               admitted
               then
               the
               lesse
               :
               as
               ,
               if
               you
               q
               haue
               appointed
               *
               your self
               to
               come
               as
               an
               aduocate
               to
               any
               man
               vpon
               a
               present
               occasion
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               your
               sonne
               shall
               begin
               to
               bee
               grieuously
               sicke
               ,
               it
               cānot
               be
               against
               Dutie
               ,
               not
               to
               q
               performe
               that
               which
               you
               *
               said
               ;
               and
               he
               to
               whom
               the
               q
               pro
               mise
               was
               made
               ,
               should
               more
               q
               swerue
               from
               Dutie
               ,
               if
               hee
               q
               should
               complaine
               that
               he
               was
               disappointed
               .
            
             
               Now
               who
               seeth
               
               not
               q
               that
               it
               is
               not
               necessarie
               to
               stand
               to
               those
               promises
               ,
               which
               q
               a
               man
               hath
               promised
               ,
               beeing
               either
               constrained
               by
               feare
               ,
               or
               deceiued
               by
               guile
               ?
               *
               which
               things
               indeed
               ,
               q
               for
               most
               parte
               ,
               q
               are
               discharged
               by
               the
               *
               Pretors
               Court
               ,
               and
               many
               of
               them
               by
               q
               statutes
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               he
               teacheth
               ,
               1.
               
               That
               Duty
               may
               bee
               altered
               in
               regard
               of
               circumstances
               ;
               &
               that
               which
               seemeth
               meet
               for
               a
               iust
               and
               good
               man
               ,
               may
               become
               cleane
               contrarie
               :
               as
               for
               example
               ;
            
             
               That
               it
               may
               sometimes
               bee
               lawfull
               &
               meete
               ,
               not
               to
               restore
               a
               thing
               committed
               to
               vs
               in
               trust
               :
               as
               also
               ,
               not
               to
               performe
               a
               promise
               made
               to
               mad
               men
               :
               &
               sometimes
               to
               deny
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               other
               wise
               truth
               and
               faithfull
               dealing
               would
               require
               .
            
             
               And
               then
               giueth
               the
               reason
               heereof
               .
            
             
               Because
               it
               is
               meete
               that
               all
               such
               matters
               
               be
               limited
               by
               tho
               ▪
               two
               foundations
               of
               iustice
               layd
               downe
               before
               ;
               viz.
               
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               no
               man
               be
               hurt
               .
               2.
               
               That
               there
               be
               a
               respect
               had
               to
               the
               generall
               good
               ,
               or
               commonweale
               .
               And
               that
               so
               ,
               duties
               may
               bee
               altered
               according
               to
               times
               and
               occasions
               a●…
               these
               fall
               out
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               He
               sheweth
               what
               promises
               and
               couenants
               a
               man
               is
               not
               bound
               to
               keepe
               .
            
             
               As
               first
               ,
               such
               promises
               as
               the
               performance-of
               prooueth
               hurtfull
               eyther
               to
               him
               to
               whom
               they
               are
               promised
               ,
               or
               to
               him
               that
               hath
               promised
               them
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               illustrateth
               by
               the
               euill
               that
               came
               vpon
               the
               performance
               of
               that
               promise
               which
               Neptune
               made
               to
               
               Theseus
               for
               graunting
               him
               three
               wishes
               .
               The
               last
               wherof
               was
               the
               death
               of
               his
               owne
               son
               Hippolitus
               ,
               which
               in
               his
               furie
               he
               had
               desired
               :
               which
               promise
               being
               performed
               accordingly
               ,
               hee
               fell
               into
               most
               grieuous
               lamentation
               .
            
             
               Hence
               hee
               concludeth
               ,
               that
               neyther
               such
               promises
               are
               to
               be
               kept
               ;
               nor
               such
               as
               may
               more
               hurt
               him
               who
               promised
               ,
               thē
               then
               they
               can
               benefit
               him
               to
               whom
               they
               are
               promised
               .
               
               And
               then
               giueth
               a
               reason
               of
               both
               .
            
             
               For
               that
               it
               is
               against
               Duty
               ,
               to
               admit
               ●…ather
               of
               the
               greate●…
               euill
               then
               the
               lesse
               ;
               and
               also
               giueth
               an
               instance
               of
               the
               later
               kinde
               .
            
             
               As
               ,
               if
               an
               aduocate
               should
               promise
               his
               client
               that
               he
               would
               pleade
               his
               cause
               at
               such
               a
               time
               ;
               &
               in
               the
               meane
               while
               his
               son
               fals
               grieuously
               sicke
               that
               he
               cannot
               be
               for
               him
               ;
               that
               it
               is
               not
               against
               Duty
               for
               the
               aduocate
               to
               be
               absēt
               in
               th●…s
               case
               :
               and
               that
               the
               client
               should
               more
               swarue
               from
               Duty
               ,
               if
               hee
               should
               complaine
               that
               he
               was
               disappointed
               ,
               then
               the
               other
               by
               his
               absēce
               .
               
               So
               likewise
               hee
               teacheth
               that
               men
               are
               not
               bound
               to
               such
               promises
               as
               they
               made
               ,
               inforced
               by
               feare
               ,
               or
               drawne
               into
               by
               deceipt
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               hee
               sheweth
               that
               for
               such
               promi
               ses
               men
               are
               discharged
               of
               them
               either
               by
               the
               court
               of
               conscience
               ,
               or
               some
               statute
               lawe
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               14.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 
                   In
                   Duties
                   belonging
                   to
                   the
                   lawe
                   ,
                   vve
                   are
                   not
                   to
                   stick
                   in
                   the
                
                 q
                 
                   wordes
                   [
                   of
                   the
                   lawe
                   ]
                   [
                   but
                   ]
                   equity
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   looked
                   vnto
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               q
               MOreouer
               ,
               ther
               doe
               oft
               times
               iniuries
               arise
               by
               a
               certaine
               cauillation
               ,
               &
               too
               craftie
               q
               and
               q
               subtile
               interpretation
               of
               the
               lawe
               .
            
             
               1
               Whereupon
               that
               [
               saying
               ]
               viz.
               q
               Extreamity
               of
               lawe
               is
               the
               q
               extreamest
               iniurie
               ,
               is
               now
               *
               becomne
               a
               q
               common
               prouerbe
               in
               [
               our
               ]
               q
               talke
               .
               2
               In
               which
               kinde
               many
               things
               are
               done
               amisse
               ,
               euen
               q
               in
               the
               common-weale
               matters
               :
               as
               hee
               who
               when
               q
               truce
               was
               
               taken
               with
               the
               emie
               for
               a
               hundreth
               and
               thirtie
               dayes
               ,
               
               q
               spoiled
               his
               q
               land
               in
               the
               night
               ,
               because
               q
               the
               truce
               was
               takē
               for
               daies
               ,
               and
               not
               for
               nights
               .
               q
               No
               nor
               yet
               indeed
               q
               our
               countrieman
               is
               to
               bee
               q
               approoued
               of
               ,
               if
               it
               bee
               true
               ,
               q
               that
               
                 Quintus
                 Fabius
                 Labeo
              
               or
               any
               other
               (
               for
               I
               haue
               nothing
               but
               by
               heare-say
               )
               beeing
               q
               appointed
               by
               the
               Senate
               to
               bee
               an
               *
               arbitratour
               q
               between
               the
               Nolanes
               *
               and
               Neapolitanes
               *
               concerning
               the
               bounds
               of
               their
               Land
               ,
               when
               hee
               came
               to
               the
               place
               ,
               q
               did
               commune
               with
               them
               both
               apart
               ,
               that
               they
               
               should
               not
               do
               nor
               desire
               any
               thing
               *
               couetously
               ,
               and
               that
               they
               would
               rather
               q
               goe
               backe
               then
               *
               go
               forward
               .
               *
               When
               Al
               both
               of
               them
               had
               done
               it
               ,
               *
               some
               ground
               
               was
               left
               in
               the
               midst
               .
               Therefore
               hee
               so
               q
               limited
               their
               bounds
               ,
               as
               they
               had
               *
               saide
               ;
               [
               and
               ]
               adiudged
               that
               which
               was
               left
               in
               the
               midst
               ,
               vnto
               the
               people
               of
               Rome
               .
            
             
               This
               verely
               is
               to
               deceiue
               ,
               not
               to
               iudge
               .
               Wherefore
               such
               subtilty
               is
               to
               be
               *
               auoided
               in
               euery
               q
               matter
               .
            
             
               There
               bee
               also
               certaine
               Duties
               to
               
               bee
               obserued
               euen
               towards
               them
               ,
               of
               whom
               you
               haue
               receiued
               wrong
               .
            
             
               For
               there
               is
               a
               measure
               both
               *
               of
               reuenge
               and
               punishing
               .
               And
               [
               indeed
               ]
               I
               *
               know
               not
               whether
               it
               be
               sufficient
               q
               that
               hee
               who
               q
               began
               should
               [
               onely
               ]
               repent
               of
               his
               iniury
               ,
               but
               [
               that
               hee
               be
               ]
               punished
               ,
               that
               hee
               commit
               not
               q
               the
               like
               offence
               after
               ,
               and
               other
               also
               may
               bee
               the
               slower
               to
               doe
               wrong
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Tully
               in
               this
               chapter
               declareth
               ,
               how
               iniuries
               oft-times
               are
               committed
               by
               cauilling
               &
               subtile
               misconstruing
               or
               wresting
               of
               the
               lawe
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               prooueth
               ,
               1.
               
               By
               that
               common
               prouerbe
               :
               That
               the
               extremitie
               of
               law
               is
               the
               extreamest
               ini●…rie
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               By
               vsuall
               experience
               in
               the
               cōmonwealth
               ,
               whereof
               he
               giueth
               two
               notable
               examples
               of
               crafty
               dealers
               .
            
             
               One
               of
               which
               (
               whose
               name
               he
               omitteth
               )
               hauing
               made
               truce
               with
               the
               enemy
               for
               thirty
               daies
               ,
               spoiled
               his
               
               land
               in
               the
               nights
               ;
               pretending
               that
               the
               truce
               was
               taken
               only
               for
               the
               daies
               ,
               and
               not
               for
               the
               nights
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               example
               is
               of
               Quintus
               Fabius
               Labeo
               :
               who
               (
               as
               the
               report
               wēt
               )
               being
               appointed
               by
               the
               Senat
               of
               Rome
               ,
               for
               an
               arbitratour
               betweene
               the
               Nolanes
               and
               the
               Neapolitanes
               about
               the
               setting
               out
               of
               the
               boundes
               of
               their
               lands
               ,
               communed
               with
               both
               sides
               apart
               ,
               perswading
               them
               to
               do
               nothing
               
               couetously
               ,
               &
               that
               eyther
               side
               would
               rather
               giue
               backe
               then
               forward
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               peace
               ,
               and
               that
               they
               might
               not
               seeme
               to
               incroche
               vpon
               one
               another
               .
               Which
               when
               both
               sides
               had
               yeelded
               vnto
               ,
               there
               was
               a
               peece
               of
               ground
               left
               in
               the
               midst
               between
               them
               :
               which
               hee
               adiudged
               from
               both
               to
               the
               people
               of
               Rome
               .
            
             
               But
               this
               dealing
               he
               accounteth
               to
               bee
               rather
               ▪
               to
               deceiue
               then
               to
               arbitrate
               ;
               &
               so
               admonisheth
               all
               to
               beware
               of
               it
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               teacheth
               that
               there
               are
               Duties
               
               of
               Iustice
               to
               be
               executed
               vpon
               thē
               who
               do
               such
               wrōgs
               and
               giueth
               the
               reason
               thereof
               ;
            
             
               That
               it
               is
               not
               alwaies
               sufficient
               that
               hee
               who
               ●…ath
               done
               the
               wrong
               bee
               sorie
               for
               it
               ,
               but
               that
               hee
               be
               punished
               also
               somtimes
               ;
               and
               that
               for
               two
               causes
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               he
               may
               not
               doe
               the
               like
               after
               .
               2.
               
               That
               others
               also
               may
               bee
               terrified
               from
               doing
               wrong
               by
               his
               example
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               15.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   Hitherto
                   [
                   Tullie
                   hath
                   spoken
                   ]
                   of
                   ciuill
                   Iustice
                   :
                   now
                   [
                   he
                   discourseth
                   ]
                   of
                   warlike
                   Duties
                   ;
                   And
                   maketh
                   two
                   kindes
                   of
                   warre
                   ,
                   to
                   both
                   of
                   vvhich
                   these
                   things
                   are
                   common
                   ;
                   that
                   q
                   they
                   be
                   not
                   vndertaken
                   but
                   vpon
                   iust
                   causes
                   ;
                   that
                   they
                   be
                   not
                   entred
                   into
                   ,
                   but
                   q
                   their
                   demaundes
                   first
                   made
                   ,
                   [
                   nor
                   ]
                   vnlesse
                   [
                   they
                   bee
                   ]
                   solemnly
                   proclaimed
                   :
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   bee
                   rightly
                   atchieued
                   ,
                   that
                   *
                   vvee
                   bee
                   not
                   cruell
                   aboue
                   measure
                   against
                   them
                   vvho
                   are
                   ouercom●…
                   .
                   Also
                   that
                   they
                   who
                   
                   yeeld
                   themselues
                   bee
                   receiued
                   more
                   curteously
                   ;
                   that
                   fidelibee
                   performed
                   to
                   an
                   enemie
                   euen
                   priuatly
                   ,
                   not
                   onely
                   in
                   solemn
                   q
                   agreements
                   .
                   But
                   these
                   things
                   are
                   proper
                   ;
                   that
                   we
                   deale
                   more
                   *
                   ●…ildely
                   with
                   this
                   kinde
                   of
                   enemies
                   vvho
                   striue
                   for
                   soueraigntie
                   ;
                   more
                   seuerely
                   vvith
                   them
                   who
                   seek
                   our
                   life
                   .
                
              
            
             
               1
               q
               MOreouer
               the
               laws
               of
               q
               armes
               are
               to
               be
               q
               specially
               kept
               in
               a
               common
               weal.
               
            
             
               2
               For
               whereas
               there
               are
               two
               kind●…
               of
               contention
               ,
               one
               by
               q
               reasoning
               ,
               another
               by
               *
               force
               ;
               and
               whereas
               that
               is
               
               q
               the
               property
               of
               man
               ,
               this
               of
               beasts
               ;
               wee
               must
               fly
               to
               the
               later
               ,
               q
               when
               wee
               cannot
               vse
               the
               former
               .
            
             
               3
               Wherfore
               q
               in
               very
               deed
               ,
               warres
               are
               to
               bee
               q
               taken
               in
               hand
               *
               for
               q
               this
               ,
               that
               q
               we
               may
               liue
               in
               peace
               without
               iniurie
               .
            
             
               4
               And
               the
               victory
               beeing
               gotten
               ,
               *
               they
               are
               to
               bee
               preserued
               who
               haue
               not
               q
               beene
               cruell
               nor
               q
               vnmercifull
               in
               fight
               :
               as
               our
               ancestours
               receiued
               euen
               into
               [
               their
               ]
               Citie
               ,
               the
               Thusculans
               ,
               q
               Equians
               ,
               Volscians
               ,
               Sabines
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               Hernicks
               ;
               but
               they
               
               q
               vtterly
               razed
               Carthage
               and
               Numance
               .
               q
               I
               would
               they
               had
               not
               so
               razed
               Corinth
               :
               but
               q
               I
               take
               it
               ,
               that
               they
               chiefly
               respected
               the
               situation
               of
               the
               place
               ,
               lest
               the
               very
               place
               might
               at
               any
               time
               q
               incourage
               them
               to
               mooue
               warre
               .
               q
               Certainly
               in
               my
               minde
               ,
               q
               we
               ought
               alwaies
               to
               aduise
               for
               peace
               ,
               q
               which
               may
               be
               free
               from
               feare
               of
               treachery
               .
               Wherein
               q
               if
               they
               would
               haue
               yeelded
               vnto
               me
               ,
               wee
               should
               haue
               had
               ,
               although
               not
               the
               q
               best
               ,
               yet
               some
               Common
               vveale
               ,
               which
               now
               is
               
               none
               .
               But
               whereas
               q
               you
               are
               to
               prouide
               for
               their
               safetie
               whome
               you
               q
               shall
               subdue
               by
               force
               ;
               q
               thē
               they
               especially
               ,
               who
               yeelding
               vp
               their
               weapons
               ,
               fly
               vnto
               the
               mercy
               of
               the
               gouernours
               ,
               are
               to
               bee
               receiued
               ,
               although
               q
               the
               ram
               hath
               q
               battered
               the
               wall
               .
               q
               In
               which
               point
               ,
               Iustice
               hath
               beene
               q
               so
               much
               regarded
               q
               amongst
               our
               men
               ,
               that
               they
               who
               had
               receiued
               *
               to
               [
               their
               ]
               mercy
               Cities
               or
               Nations
               q
               conquered
               in
               warre
               ,
               should
               bee
               patrones
               q
               of
               the
               same
               ,
               *
               by
               the
               custome
               of
               [
               our
               ]
               ancestours
               .
               
               And
               q
               in
               very
               truth
               the
               q
               iustice
               of
               warre
               is
               *
               described
               most
               *
               holily
               in
               the
               q
               feciall
               lawe
               of
               the
               people
               of
               Rome
               .
               q
               Whereby
               it
               may
               bee
               vnderstoode
               ,
               q
               that
               no
               warre
               is
               iust
               ,
               but
               which
               either
               is
               q
               mooued
               ,
               q
               demands
               beeing
               first
               made
               ;
               or
               which
               is
               proclaimed
               before
               ,
               and
               q
               bidden
               by
               defiance
               .
               Pompilius
               q
               the
               General
               [
               of
               the
               Romanes
               ]
               kept
               a
               Prouince
               ,
               in
               whose
               armie
               q
               Catoes
               sonne
               ,
               being
               a
               young
               souldier
               ,
               q
               did
               serue
               .
               q
               And
               whenas
               it
               q
               pleased
               Pompilius
               to
               q
               dismisse
               one
               
               q
               band
               ,
               he
               dismissed
               also
               Catoes
               son
               ,
               who
               serued
               in
               the
               same
               band
               .
               But
               whenas
               hee
               remayned
               still
               in
               the
               army
               ,
               for
               the
               loue
               q
               of
               the
               warres
               ,
               Cato
               writ
               vnto
               Pompilius
               that
               if
               he
               q
               suffered
               him
               to
               q
               remaine
               in
               the
               army
               ,
               hee
               should
               q
               sweare
               him
               again
               ;
               because
               q
               he
               being
               discharged
               of
               his
               former
               oath
               ,
               might
               not
               lawfully
               fight
               with
               the
               enemies
               .
               So
               q
               great
               regarde
               there
               was
               in
               q
               making
               warre
               .
               There
               is
               q
               a
               Letter
               of
               
                 Marcus
                 Cato
              
               q
               the
               elder
               ,
               to
               Marcus
               his
               sonne
               ;
               wherein
               he
               wrote
               q
               that
               
               hee
               had
               heard
               ,
               q
               that
               hee
               was
               dis
               charged
               by
               the
               Consull
               ,
               q
               being
               a
               souldier
               in
               Macedonia
               in
               the
               Persian
               warre
               .
               Hee
               therfore
               q
               warneth
               him
               that
               he
               *
               beware
               ,
               that
               he
               enter
               not
               q
               the
               battell
               :
               for
               hee
               denyeth
               *
               it
               to
               bee
               lawfull
               [
               for
               him
               ]
               who
               is
               not
               *
               a
               souldier
               to
               fight
               with
               the
               enemie
               .
            
             
               2
               And
               q
               certainly
               I
               note
               q
               this
               ,
               that
               hee
               q
               who
               by
               his
               proper
               name
               was
               
                 perduellis
                 [
                 id
                 est
              
               ]
               *
               a
               stubborn
               enemie
               ,
               was
               called
               hostis
               [
               meaning
               ]
               q
               a
               stranger
               ;
               the
               mildenesse
               of
               the
               
               wordes
               asswaging
               the
               q
               haynousness
               of
               the
               *
               thing
               .
               For
               he
               was
               called
               hostis
               *
               with
               our
               ancestours
               ,
               whom
               now
               wee
               name
               peregrinus
               ,
               [
               a
               stranger
               .
               ]
               The
               twelue
               tables
               declare
               [
               the
               same
               ]
               *
               
                 Aut
                 status
                 dies
                 cum
                 hoste
              
               ;
               and
               againe
               ,
               
                 Aduersus
                 hostem
                 aeterna
                 authoritas
              
               .
               What
               may
               bee
               added
               to
               this
               q
               mildenesse
               ,
               to
               call
               him
               by
               so
               q
               faire
               a
               name
               ,
               with
               whome
               you
               *
               make
               warre
               ?
            
             
               Although
               q
               processe
               of
               time
               hath
               now
               made
               that
               name
               more
               *
               hard
               :
               for
               it
               q
               is
               departed
               from
               the
               name
               of
               
               Peregrinus
               ,
               [
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               a
               stranger
               ]
               and
               *
               q
               remaineth
               properly
               *
               for
               him
               who
               q
               beareth
               armes
               against
               any
               one
               .
            
             
               3
               q
               Also
               vvhen
               q
               there
               is
               fighting
               q
               for
               soueraigntie
               ,
               and
               glory
               is
               sought
               by
               warre
               ;
               yet
               it
               behooueth
               alwaies
               ,
               q
               that
               there
               be
               the
               very
               same
               iust
               causes
               of
               warre
               ,
               which
               I
               spake
               of
               a
               little
               before
               .
               But
               those
               warres
               q
               in
               which
               the
               glory
               of
               q
               soueraigntie
               is
               propounded
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               made
               q
               with
               lesse
               cruelty
               .
               For
               as
               when
               wee
               contend
               q
               in
               ciuill
               matters
               ,
               wee
               doe
               one
               vvay
               
               *
               if
               he
               be
               an
               enemy
               [
               ●…ith
               whome
               wee
               contend
               ]
               :
               otherwise
               if
               *
               a
               competitour
               :
               [
               for
               ]
               q
               with
               the
               one
               the
               strife
               [
               is
               ]
               for
               honour
               &
               dignitie
               ,
               with
               the
               other
               q
               for
               life
               and
               honestie
               .
               Thus
               warre
               was
               *
               holden
               with
               the
               Celtibers
               ,
               and
               with
               the
               Cimbrians
               as
               with
               enenemies
               ,
               whether
               should
               q
               liue
               ,
               not
               whether
               should
               ●…eare
               rule
               :
               but
               q
               with
               the
               Latines
               ,
               Samites
               ,
               Samnites
               ,
               q
               Carthagineans
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               with
               Pirrhus
               ,
               q
               the
               fight
               was
               about
               the
               q
               Empire
               .
               The
               q
               Carthaginenans
               [
               were
               ]
               truce-breakers
               .
               Anniball
               
               [
               was
               ]
               cruell
               ,
               the
               rest
               [
               were
               ]
               more
               iust
               .
               q
               That
               is
               doubtlesse
               q
               a
               noble
               saying
               of
               Pirrhus
               ,
               q
               about
               restoring
               of
               prisoners
               .
            
             
               Neither
               require
               I
               golde
               q
               for
               my self
               ,
               neither
               shall
               he
               giue
               me
               any
               *
               price
               ;
            
             
               Neither
               q
               [
               are
               we
               such
               as
               ]
               q
               make
               a
               gaine
               of
               warre
               ,
               but
               q
               warriours
               .
            
             
               Let
               both
               of
               vs
               q
               make
               triall
               for
               our
               life
               ,
               with
               the
               q
               sworde
               ,
               not
               vvith
               golde
               .
            
             
               Whether
               q
               Lady
               Fortune
               will
               haue
               you
               or
               mee
               to
               raigne
               ,
               q
               or
               vvhat
               may
               betide
               ;
            
             
               Let
               vs
               try
               by
               q
               valour
               ,
               and
               withall
               
               take
               this
               q
               answere
               ;
            
             
               q
               Whose
               manhood
               the
               fortune
               of
               war
               q
               shall
               spare
               ,
               q
               I
               haue
               determined
               to
               spare
               their
               freedome
               .
            
             
               q
               Accept
               it
               :
               q
               for
               I
               giue
               it
               ,
               with
               the
               good
               liking
               of
               the
               great
               gods
               .
            
             
               q
               A
               Princely
               saying
               indeed
               ,
               and
               well
               beseeming
               Al
               the
               lineage
               of
               
               the
               Eacidanes
               .
            
             
               4
               q
               Likewise
               also
               if
               q
               priuate
               men
               ,
               q
               inforced
               by
               occasions
               ,
               shall
               promise
               any
               thing
               to
               the
               enemie
               ,
               q
               they
               must
               keepe
               their
               promise
               therein
               :
               as
               Regulus
               ,
               being
               taken
               by
               the
               Carthagineans
               
               in
               the
               first
               *
               Punick-war
               :
               [
               who
               ]
               when
               hee
               q
               was
               sent
               to
               Rome
               q
               about
               the
               exchāging
               of
               prisoners
               ,
               and
               had
               sworne
               q
               that
               hee
               would
               returne
               ;
               first
               ,
               q
               as
               soone
               as
               he
               came
               ,
               q
               his
               aduice
               vvas
               in
               the
               Senate
               Senate
               house
               ,
               that
               the
               prisoners
               shold
               not
               bee
               restored
               :
               afterwards
               ,
               when
               *
               he
               was
               staied
               by
               his
               kinsfolkes
               and
               friends
               ,
               q
               hee
               was
               more
               willing
               to
               returne
               to
               punishment
               ,
               then
               to
               q
               breake
               his
               promise
               giuen
               to
               the
               enemie
               .
               And
               in
               the
               second
               Punike
               warre
               ,
               after
               q
               the
               
               field
               at
               Canes
               ,
               q
               verb.
               the
               Censors
               q
               sessed
               all
               those
               tenne
               at
               a
               yearely
               fine
               so
               long
               as
               any
               of
               them
               liued
               ,
               vvho
               had
               forsworn
               themselues
               :
               which
               Anniball
               sent
               to
               Rome
               bound
               by
               oath
               ,
               that
               they
               should
               returne
               ,
               except
               they
               obtained
               the
               ransoming
               of
               those
               that
               were
               prisoners
               [
               at
               Rome
               :
               ]
               q
               &
               him
               likewise
               who
               had
               found
               an
               excuse
               by
               deluding
               his
               oath
               :
               For
               vvhen
               as
               hee
               had
               q
               gotout
               of
               the
               Campe
               by
               the
               permission
               of
               Annibal
               ,
               *
               hereturned
               a
               little
               after
               ,
               b
               for
               that
               he
               sayd
               ,
               
               
               q
               hee
               had
               forgotten
               I
               knowe
               not
               what
               .
               And
               then
               being
               gone
               [
               again
               ]
               out
               of
               the
               campe
               ,
               hee
               thought
               himselfe
               *
               freed
               from
               his
               oath
               ;
               and
               [
               ●…o
               ]
               hee
               was
               in
               wordes
               ,
               but
               indeed
               hee
               was
               not
               .
               For
               q
               it
               is
               to
               bee
               considered
               alwaies
               in
               promises
               ,
               vvhat
               a
               man
               q
               meant
               ,
               not
               what
               hee
               said
               .
               But
               the
               *
               greatest
               example
               of
               iustice
               towardes
               an
               enemie
               ,
               q
               vvas
               shewed
               by
               our
               ancestours
               .
               Whereas
               *
               a
               runnagate
               traitour
               from
               Pyrrhus
               had
               promised
               the
               Senate
               ,
               q
               that
               hee
               would
               giue
               the
               king
               poyson
               and
               
               kill
               him
               ,
               q
               the
               Senate
               and
               
                 Caius
                 Fabricius
              
               deliuered
               that
               runnagate
               traitour
               to
               Pyrrhus
               :
               so
               as
               it
               did
               not
               not
               approue
               *
               the
               treacherous
               q
               death
               no
               not
               of
               an
               enemie
               ,
               both
               mighty
               and
               mouing
               warre
               *
               vnprouoked
               .
               And
               thus
               q
               haue
               we
               spoken
               sufficiently
               of
               q
               Duties
               appertaining
               to
               warre
               .
            
             
               Let
               vs
               also
               remember
               ,
               that
               there
               is
               a
               iustice
               to
               bee
               kept
               euen
               towards
               q
               the
               basest
               .
               And
               the
               condition
               and
               q
               estate
               of
               q
               slaues
               is
               the
               basest
               :
               whom
               they
               that
               commande
               to
               vse
               so
               ,
               as
               q
               hired
               seruants
               
               to
               q
               require
               [
               their
               ]
               labour
               ,
               and
               q
               giue
               them
               their
               due
               ,
               do
               not
               q
               command
               amisse
               .
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               whereas
               iniury
               *
               may
               bee
               done
               two
               manner
               of
               waies
               .
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               either
               by
               *
               force
               or
               by
               *
               guile
               :
               guile
               seemeth
               to
               be
               *
               as
               of
               the
               Fox
               ,
               force
               of
               the
               Lion
               ;
               both
               of
               them
               most
               q
               vnbeseeming
               man
               :
               yet
               guile
               *
               [
               is
               ]
               worthy
               the
               greater
               hatred
               .
               But
               of
               all
               iniustice
               none
               is
               q
               more
               capital
               ,
               thē
               of
               them
               ,
               who
               then
               when
               they
               deceiue
               most
               ,
               yet
               *
               doe
               it
               to
               the
               end
               that
               they
               may
               seeme
               good
               men
               .
               q
               [
               So
               
               likewise
               ]
               enough
               is
               said
               concerning
               Iustice.
               
            
          
           
             
             
             
               Tully
               heer
               discourseth
               of
               military
               duties
               ,
               and
               teacheth
               ;
               1.
               
               That
               the
               lawes
               of
               Armes
               are
               chiefly
               to
               be
               obserued
               in
               a
               Common-weale
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               whereas
               there
               are
               two
               kinds
               of
               contention
               ,
               the
               one
               in
               debating
               matters
               by
               reason
               ,
               the
               other
               by
               force
               ;
               
               and
               that
               the
               first
               of
               these
               beeing
               proper
               onely
               to
               man
               ,
               the
               other
               more
               belōging
               to
               the
               beastes
               ;
               that
               we
               are
               then
               only
               to
               flie
               to
               the
               later
               when
               we
               cannot
               preuaile
               by
               the
               former
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Sheweth
               ,
               for
               for
               what
               cause
               wars
               are
               vndertaken
               .
               viz.
               That
               men
               may
               liue
               in
               peace
               without
               iniurie
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               What
               is
               to
               bee
               done
               when
               the
               victory
               is
               gotten
               ,
               viz.
               That
               they
               bee
               preserued
               who
               haue
               not
               carried
               themselues
               cruelly
               in
               the
               fight
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               illustrateth
               by
               the
               example
               of
               their
               ancestors
               ,
               who
               receiued
               some
               such
               euen
               into
               the
               citie
               ,
               as
               the
               Tusculanes
               ,
               Equies
               ,
               &c.
               when
               as
               they
               vtterly
               rased
               
               and
               spoiled
               other
               cities
               ,
               as
               Carthage
               and
               Numance
               .
               And
               so
               likewise
               Corint
               ;
               though
               he
               thinketh
               that
               this
               was
               done
               onely
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               situation
               of
               it
               ;
               lest
               the
               place
               might
               haue
               incouraged
               them
               to
               new
               warre
               .
               Here
               he
               giueth
               this
               generall
               aduice
               ;
            
             
               That
               men
               should
               alwaies
               consult
               for
               peace
               ,
               so
               〈◊〉
               as
               it
               may
               bee
               free
               from
               dāger
               of
               treachery
               .
               This
               he
               teacheth
               by
               the
               effects
               ,
               that
               if
               they
               had
               done
               this
               as
               hee
               would
               ,
               they
               had
               had
               a
               florishing
               cōmonweale
               ,
               which
               now
               was
               none
               in
               respect
               .
            
             
             
               5.
               
               That
               as
               the
               conquerors
               are
               to
               prouide
               for
               the
               safetie
               of
               all
               whom
               they
               shall
               subdue
               ,
               except
               such
               who
               haue
               carried
               themselues
               cruelly
               ;
               so
               more
               specially
               for
               them
               who
               yeelding
               vp
               their
               weapons
               haue
               betaken
               them selues
               to
               the
               mercy
               of
               the
               gouernour
               ,
               though
               there
               hath
               been
               no
               remedy
               but
               to
               yeelde
               or
               die
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               commendeth
               by
               the
               example
               and
               custome
               of
               their
               auncestors
               ,
               that
               made
               such
               cōquerours
               as
               had
               receiued
               to
               mercy
               cities
               or
               nations
               ,
               to
               become
               patrones
               of
               the
               same
               .
            
             
             
               6.
               
               Hee
               declareth
               that
               the
               iustice
               of
               war
               ,
               is
               most
               holily
               lette
               downe
               in
               the
               lawe
               of
               the
               heralds
               of
               the
               Romanes
               ;
               &
               that
               therein
               it
               may
               be
               seene
               what
               warre
               is
               iust
               ,
               viz.
               No
               war
               but
               which
               is
               moued
               vpon
               demands
               first
               made
               ,
               or
               proclamed
               solēaly
               ,
               or
               b●…dden
               by
               open
               defiance
               .
            
             
               7
               He
               setteth
               down
               certaine
               other
               special
               Duties
               to
               be
               obserued
               in
               warre
               .
               1.
               
               That
               no
               souldier
               be
               admitted
               to
               fight
               with
               the
               enenue
               ,
               but
               being
               first
               solemnly
               sworn
               .
               This
               he
               sheweth
               by
               the
               authoritie
               of
               Cato
               ,
               writing
               to
               Pompilius
               the
               Generall
               ,
               vnder
               whom
               his
               sonne
               was
               a
               young
               souldier
               :
               
               That
               ,
               whereas
               hee
               had
               heard
               ,
               that
               hee
               had
               dismissed
               his
               sonne
               ,
               vpon
               the
               occasion
               of
               dismissing
               that
               band
               〈◊〉
               hee
               was
               ;
               hee
               should
               not
               suffer
               him
               to
               remaine
               in
               the
               armie
               much
               less
               to
               fight
               ,
               vnlesse
               hee
               sware
               him
               againe
               ;
               Because
               hee
               beeing
               discharged
               of
               his
               former
               oth
               might
               not
               lawfully
               fight
               ,
               vnlesse
               hee
               was
               sworne
               againe
               .
            
             
               Also
               by
               another
               Letter
               of
               his
               ,
               to
               his
               sonne
               ;
               That
               whereas
               
               he
               heard
               that
               he
               being
               then
               a
               souldier
               in
               the
               Persian
               wa●…
               was
               discharged
               by
               the
               Consull
               ,
               hee
               should
               not
               enter
               the
               battel
               to
               fight
               :
               because
               it
               was
               not
               lawfull
               for
               him
               who
               was
               not
               a
               souldier
               ,
               to
               fight
               with
               the
               enemie
               ;
               signifying
               that
               none
               indeede
               were
               souldiers
               but
               those
               which
               stoode
               sworne
               .
            
             
               A
               second
               is
               ,
               that
               there
               bee
               as
               much
               mildenesse
               shewed
               to
               the
               enemy
               as
               may
               be
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               proueth
               by
               the
               example
               of
               their
               auncestours
               ;
               who
               gaue
               to
               the
               enemie
               the
               fairest
               name
               they
               could
               :
               as
               by
               calling
               him
               who
               was
               properly
               
                 perdu●…llis
                 ,
                 viz.
              
               a
               stubborn
               enemy
               ,
               hostis
               ,
               meaning
               ,
               
               a
               stranger
               or
               forener
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               auncient
               custome
               ;
               so
               mitigating
               the
               hainousnes
               of
               the
               thing
               by
               the
               mildenesse
               of
               the
               word
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               proueth
               moreouer
               by
               the
               lawes
               of
               the
               twelue
               tables
               wherein
               the
               obstinate
               enemy
               is
               vsually
               called
               hostis
               ,
               intimating
               a
               stranger
               .
            
             
               Although
               he
               sheweth
               that
               through
               processe
               of
               time
               the
               word
               hostis
               is
               vsed
               properly
               for
               the
               open
               enemie
               ,
               who
               proudly
               beateth
               armes
               against
               vs.
               
            
             
             
               A
               third
               Dutie
               is
               ,
               That
               when
               the
               war
               is
               onely
               for
               souerantie
               and
               glory
               ;
               as
               there
               must
               bee
               the
               same
               iust
               causes
               of
               war
               ,
               mentioned
               before
               :
               so
               that
               warre
               must
               be
               made
               with
               as
               little
               cruelty
               as
               may
               be
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               illustrateth
               1.
               by
               an
               argument
               from
               the
               like
               ,
               taken
               from
               the
               manner
               of
               
               our
               contention
               in
               ciuill
               matters
               .
               That
               is
               in
               ciuill
               strife
               wee
               deale
               one
               way
               with
               an
               enemie
               ,
               with
               whom
               we
               contend
               for
               life
               &
               honestie
               ;
               and
               another
               way
               with
               a
               competitour
               who
               contendeth
               with
               vs
               onely
               for
               honour
               &
               dignity
               :
               so
               must
               it
               be
               in
               warlike
               matters
               .
            
             
               After
               ,
               hee
               further
               manifesteth
               it
               by
               particular
               exāples
               :
               As
               by
               the
               warre
               against
               the
               Celtibers
               &
               Cimbrians
               ,
               which
               was
               as
               against
               enemies
               for
               life
               :
               and
               contrarily
               against
               the
               Latines
               ,
               Sabines
               Samnites
               ,
               Carthagineans
               &
               Pyrrhus
               for
               the
               empire
               only
               wherein
               they
               dealt
               fairer
               ,
               though
               some
               of
               these
               enemies
               were
               truce
               breakers
               and
               too
               cruell
               .
            
             
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               he
               sheweth
               it
               by
               a
               noble
               saying
               of
               Pyrrhus
               ,
               about
               the
               restoring
               of
               pr●…soners
               ,
               〈◊〉
               in
               verie
               by
               En●…ius
               ,
               to
               this
               effect
               ;
            
             
               That
               he
               sought
               not
               golde
               but
               victorie
               ;
               neither
               would
               bee
               ha●…e
               the
               tri●…ll
               made
               with
               golde
               .
               but
               with
               the
               sword
               .
            
             
             
               So
               that
               hee
               who
               should
               win
               it
               by
               the
               sword
               should
               weare
               it
               ,
               with
               as
               harty
               good
               will
               as
               the
               great
               Gods
               gaue
               it
               .
               This
               he
               commendeth
               for
               a
               princely
               saying
               ,
               and
               well
               beseeming
               one
               descēding
               from
               Achilles
               .
               A
               fourth
               precept
               is
               ,
               That
               the
               verie
               priuate
               souldiers
               performe
               their
               word
               to
               the
               enemy
               ,
               though
               they
               promised
               ,
               being
               inforced
               thereunto
               ,
               by
               the
               occasion
               of
               the
               times
               and
               straights
               whereunto
               they
               were
               driuen
               .
               This
               ho●…
               declareth
               also
               by
               examples
               ;
               first
               of
               Regulus
               a
               worthy
               Roman
               :
               
               who
               in
               the
               first
               Punike
               war
               ,
               being
               taken
               prisoner
               by
               the
               Carthagineans
               ,
               and
               by
               them
               sent
               to
               Rome
               about
               the
               ex
               changing
               prisoners
               ,
               hauing
               sworne
               that
               he
               would
               returne
               vnlesse
               he
               obtained
               the
               exchange
               of
               them
               ;
               hee
               both
               disswaded
               the
               matter
               [
               as
               incōmodious
               ]
               and
               chused
               rather
               to
               returne
               to
               the
               enemy
               ,
               to
               endure
               any
               punishment
               (
               thogh
               he
               was
               much
               staied
               by
               his
               friends
               )
               then
               to
               breake
               his
               promise
               giuen
               to
               them
               .
            
             
             
               The
               second
               example
               is
               of
               the
               Censors
               of
               Rome
               :
               who
               fined
               all
               those
               tenne
               at
               an
               yearely
               fine
               ,
               during
               their
               liues
               ,
               who
               had
               falsified
               their
               othes
               ,
               whereby
               they
               had
               bound
               themselues
               to
               Anniball
               the
               enemy
               that
               they
               would
               returne
               to
               him
               ,
               vnlesse
               they
               obtained
               the
               ransoming
               of
               certaine
               prisoners
               at
               Rome
               .
               And
               so
               dealt
               they
               likewise
               with
               one
               other
               ,
               who
               deluded
               the
               oth
               which
               hee
               had
               taken
               ,
               by
               a
               kinde
               of
               equiuocating
               ,
               so
               imagining
               himselfe
               free
               .
               For
               he
               hauing
               sworne
               to
               returne
               ;
               so
               soone
               as
               euer
               hee
               was
               gotten
               without
               the
               campe
               ,
               he
               returned
               presently
               ,
               as
               if
               hee
               had
               forgot
               
               something
               :
               &
               then
               getting
               himself
               out
               of
               the
               campe
               again
               ,
               he
               thought
               himself
               quit
               from
               his
               oth
               ;
               as
               hee
               seemed
               in
               words
               ,
               though
               indeed
               hee
               was
               not
               .
            
             
               Which
               Tully
               prooueth
               by
               a
               generall
               rule
               for
               all
               promises
               ;
            
             
               That
               the
               true
               meaning
               ,
               not
               the
               bare
               words
               ,
               is
               euer
               to
               be
               respected
               therein
               .
               A
               fift
               precept
               is
               this
               ,
               That
               there
               be
               euer
               kept
               a
               speciall
               hatred
               of
               treachery
               .
               This
               hee
               teacheth
               by
               a
               notable
               example
               of
               iustice
               euen
               towards
               the
               enemy
               and
               against
               such
               dealing
               :
               That
               when
               as
               a
               runnagate
               from
               Pyrrhus
               had
               promised
               the
               Senate
               to
               poison
               him
               ;
               the
               
               Senate
               sent
               the
               traitor
               back
               to
               Pyrrhus
               signifying
               his
               treacherie
               :
               Thereby
               shewing
               their
               hatred
               of
               such
               a
               fact
               ,
               though
               against
               an
               enemie
               both
               mightie
               ,
               and
               mouing
               war
               vnprouoked
               .
            
             
               Thus
               farre
               he
               hath
               spoken
               of
               warlike
               Duties
               .
            
             
               Next
               ,
               he
               speaketh
               of
               Iustice
               to
               bee
               kept
               ,
               euen
               towards
               the
               basest
               sort
               and
               condition
               of
               people
               ,
               which
               he
               maketh
               to
               bee
               the
               slaues
               ;
               that
               we
               are
               as
               wel
               bound
               to
               giue
               them
               their
               due
               for
               their
               labor
               ,
               as
               to
               require
               their
               labor
               of
               them
               .
            
             
             
               Lastly
               ,
               hee
               setteth
               downe
               two
               maners
               of
               doing
               iniurie
               :
               One
               by
               force
               ,
               which
               is
               most
               proper
               to
               the
               lion
               ;
               A
               second
               by
               fraude
               ,
               the
               propertie
               of
               the
               foxe
               :
               both
               of
               them
               be
               vnbefitting
               man
               ;
               but
               guile
               the
               worse
               of
               the
               two
               .
            
             
               And
               here
               he
               teacheth
               what
               is
               the
               most
               hainous
               kind
               of
               all
               iniustice
               ,
               viz.
               when
               men
               intende
               the
               most
               deceipt
               ,
               yet
               do
               it
               vnder
               a
               pretence
               of
               honesty
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               ende
               that
               they
               may
               seeme
               good
               men
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               16.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Argument
                 .
              
               
                 Of
                 liberality
                 the
                 second
                 parte
                 of
                 Iustice
                 ,
                 which
                 yet
                 Aristotle
                 seemeth
                 to
                 q
                 ioyne
                 to
                 Modestie
                 :
                 vvherein
                 Tully
                 q
                 sheweth
                 that
                 three
                 things
                 [
                 are
                 ]
                 to
                 be
                 looked
                 to
                 especially
                 .
                 The
                 first
                 [
                 is
                 ]
                 that
                 wee
                 giue
                 not
                 any
                 thing
                 which
                 may
                 bee
                 hurtfull
                 to
                 the
                 receiuer
                 ;
                 nor
                 that
                 wee
                 take
                 from
                 q
                 some
                 by
                 wrong
                 
                 that
                 which
                 we
                 *
                 may
                 giue
                 to
                 others
                 .
                 The
                 second
                 [
                 is
                 ]
                 that
                 wee
                 *
                 exercise
                 our
                 liberality
                 q
                 according
                 to
                 our
                 ability
                 .
                 The
                 third
                 [
                 is
                 ]
                 that
                 wee
                 giue
                 not
                 to
                 whom
                 wee
                 ought
                 not
                 .
                 But
                 we
                 must
                 giue
                 either
                 q
                 to
                 them
                 who
                 are
                 commended
                 for
                 vertue
                 ,
                 or
                 to
                 them
                 who
                 q
                 are
                 louingly
                 affected
                 towards
                 vs
                 ;
                 or
                 with
                 whom
                 q
                 wee
                 haue
                 some
                 speciall
                 bande
                 of
                 societie
                 :
                 or
                 to
                 conclude
                 ,
                 [
                 to
                 them
                 ]
                 who
                 [
                 haue
                 ]
                 deserued
                 well
                 of
                 vs
                 ;
                 to
                 whome
                 a
                 kindnesse
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 q
                 repayed
                 euen
                 with
                 vsurie
                 :
                 Last
                 of
                 all
                 ,
                 
                 repeating
                 the
                 degrees
                 of
                 humane
                 societie
                 from
                 the
                 q
                 first
                 originall
                 ,
                 he
                 cōpareth
                 them
                 amongst
                 thēselues
                 ,
                 that
                 so
                 much
                 may
                 bee
                 performed
                 q
                 as
                 is
                 due
                 to
                 euery
                 one
                 .
                 But
                 Seneca
                 hath
                 written
                 most
                 *
                 diligently
                 in
                 many
                 bookes
                 concerning
                 this
                 part
                 .
              
            
             
               q
               LEt
               vs
               now
               speake
               ,
               as
               we
               had
               q
               purposed
               ,
               of
               bounty
               and
               liberality
               ,
               then
               which
               certainely
               nothing
               is
               more
               *
               befitting
               the
               nature
               of
               man.
               q
               Not
               withstanding
               ,
               it
               hath
               diuers
               q
               cautitions
               .
               For
               1
               First
               
               [
               wee
               ]
               must
               q
               take
               heed
               q
               that
               our
               bountie
               hurt
               not
               both
               q
               those
               to
               whom
               wee
               would
               seeme
               to
               be
               ●…ountifull
               and
               also
               others
               :
               *
               Secondly
               ,
               that
               our
               q
               bountie
               be
               not
               q
               more
               ,
               then
               our
               abilitie
               :
               q
               Thirdly
               ,
               that
               we
               giue
               to
               euery
               one
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               dignitie
               .
               For
               that
               is
               the
               foundation
               of
               Iustice
               ,
               whereunto
               all
               these
               things
               *
               are
               to
               bee
               referred
               .
               For
               both
               they
               that
               doe
               a
               pleasure
               to
               any
               one
               which
               may
               hurt
               him
               ,
               whom
               they
               would
               seeme
               q
               willing
               to
               profit
               ,
               are
               not
               to
               be
               q
               deemed
               
               bountious
               ,
               nor
               liberall
               ,
               but
               q
               pernicious
               flatterers
               .
               And
               also
               they
               q
               that
               hurt
               q
               some
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               be
               liberall
               to
               others
               ,
               q
               are
               in
               the
               same
               iniustice
               ,
               as
               if
               they
               should
               turn
               other
               mens
               goods
               into
               their
               owne
               .
               *
               And
               indeede
               there
               are
               many
               q
               and
               namely
               [
               those
               who
               ]
               are
               desirous
               of
               honor
               and
               glory
               ,
               who
               *
               catch
               away
               from
               some
               ,
               that
               which
               they
               *
               lauish
               to
               others
               .
               These
               also
               suppose
               that
               they
               shall
               seeme
               bountifull
               towardes
               q
               their
               friends
               ,
               if
               they
               inrich
               them
               by
               *
               any
               meanes
               .
               
               But
               that
               is
               so
               farre
               off
               from
               Dutie
               ,
               that
               nothing
               can
               be
               more
               contrarie
               to
               Dutie
               .
               We
               must
               therfore
               take
               heed
               ,
               that
               we
               vse
               q
               such
               liberality
               ,
               as
               may
               profit
               our
               friends
               ,
               and
               hurt
               q
               no
               man.
               Wherefore
               q
               
                 L.
                 Sil.
                 las
              
               and
               
                 C.
                 Caesars
              
               q
               conueying
               of
               q
               goods
               from
               the
               iust
               q
               owners
               vnto
               *
               strangers
               ,
               ought
               not
               to
               be
               thought
               q
               liberality
               .
               For
               nothing
               is
               liberall
               q
               which
               is
               not
               iust
               .
               q
               The
               second
               point
               of
               caution
               vvas
               ,
               that
               the
               *
               bounty
               should
               not
               bee
               q
               more
               then
               our
               abilitie
               ;
               for
               that
               they
               that
               will
               bee
               
               more
               q
               liberall
               ,
               then
               their
               q
               abilitie
               doth
               suffer
               ,
               offend
               first
               in
               *
               this
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               iniurious
               q
               to
               their
               next
               kin
               .
               q
               For
               they
               conuey
               those
               riches
               vnto
               q
               strangers
               ,
               which
               it
               were
               more
               reason
               to
               be
               dealt
               and
               left
               q
               to
               these
               .
               There
               is
               also
               for
               the
               most
               parte
               in
               such
               liberalitie
               a
               greedy
               desire
               of
               catching
               and
               q
               pulling
               away
               by
               iniurie
               ,
               q
               that
               they
               may
               haue
               store
               to
               q
               lauish
               out
               to
               others
               .
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               wee
               may
               see
               q
               very
               many
               ,
               not
               so
               liberall
               by
               nature
               ,
               as
               led
               vvith
               a
               certaine
               q
               vaine
               
               glory
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               seeme
               bountifull
               :
               which
               things
               may
               seem
               to
               q
               proceed
               rather
               from
               ostentation
               ,
               then
               from
               a
               q
               free
               heart
               .
               And
               such
               a
               q
               counterfeit
               shew
               is
               neerer
               to
               vanitie
               ,
               then
               either
               to
               liberality
               or
               honestie
               .
            
             
               The
               third
               q
               caution
               is
               ,
               that
               in
               [
               our
               ]
               liberality
               there
               should
               bee
               a
               q
               regarde
               of
               q
               worthinesse
               :
               wherein
               both
               his
               manners
               vpon
               whome
               the
               benefit
               shall
               be
               bestowed
               q
               are
               to
               be
               looked
               vnto
               ,
               and
               also
               his
               q
               affection
               towardes
               vs
               ,
               and
               community
               and
               felowshippe
               of
               life
               ,
               
               and
               kindnesses
               q
               performed
               before
               
               for
               our
               commodities
               :
               q
               All
               which
               ,
               it
               is
               q
               to
               bee
               wished
               that
               they
               may
               q
               concurr
               :
               If
               not
               ,
               the
               moe
               causes
               and
               the
               greater
               ,
               shall
               haue
               more
               weight
               [
               in
               them
               ]
               .
            
          
           
             
             
             
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               Tully
               discourseth
               of
               bounty
               or
               liberalitie
               ;
            
             
               1.
               
               Giuing
               it
               this
               commēdation
               ,
               that
               nothing
               is
               more
               be
               seeming
               man.
               
            
             
               2.
               
               He
               teacheth
               that
               three
               things
               are
               to
               be
               looked
               vnto
               in
               it
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               our
               bountie
               
               neither
               hurt
               thē
               to
               whom
               we
               would
               seeme
               bountifull
               ,
               nor
               others
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               our
               bountie
               bee
               not
               aboue
               our
               abilitie
               .
            
             
               The
               third
               is
               ,
               That
               wee
               giue
               to
               euerie
               one
               according
               to
               their
               dignitie
               :
               for
               this
               he
               counteth
               the
               chiefe
               foundation
               of
               iustice
               ,
               whereunto
               all
               these
               are
               to
               be
               referred
               .
            
             
               Cōcerning
               the
               first
               of
               these
               three
               ;
               he
               teacheth
               vs
               to
               beware
               of
               it
               :
               first
               ,
               because
               they
               ,
               who
               pleasure
               others
               with
               that
               which
               may
               hurt
               them
               ,
               are
               not
               to
               bee
               deemed
               
               bountifull
               ,
               but
               pernicious
               flatterers
               .
            
             
               And
               secondly
               ,
               because
               they
               who
               hurt
               some
               to
               be
               bountifull
               therewith
               to
               others
               ,
               run
               into
               the
               same
               fault
               ,
               as
               if
               they
               should
               take
               from
               others
               to
               i●…rich
               themselues
               therby
               ,
            
             
               Now
               hee
               sheweth
               that
               there
               are
               many
               of
               this
               later
               so●…t
               ;
               as
               namely
               all
               desirous
               of
               glorie
               :
               who
               suppose
               that
               they
               shall
               seeme
               bountifull
               to
               their
               friendes
               ,
               if
               they
               may
               inrich
               them
               by
               any
               means
               
               But
               this
               he
               teacheth
               to
               be
               so
               farre
               from
               Duty
               ,
               as
               that
               nothing
               can
               bee
               more
               contrary
               vnto
               it
               .
            
             
               Whence
               hee
               giueth
               this
               generall
               direction
               for
               our
               liberalitie
               to
               our
               friends
               ,
               That
               it
               bee
               such
               as
               may
               do
               them
               good
               without
               the
               hurt
               of
               any
               man.
               
            
             
               And
               so
               concludeth
               ,
               that
               the
               conueying
               of
               goods
               by
               Sylla
               and
               Cesar
               from
               the
               iust
               owners
               to
               others
               ,
               ought
               not
               to
               be
               thought
               liberality
               ;
               because
               nothing
               is
               liberall
               which
               is
               not
               iust
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               second
               caution
               ,
               viz.
               That
               our
               bountie
               bee
               not
               aboue
               our
               abilitie
               ,
               hee
               giueth
               these
               reasons
               of
               it
               :
               
               1.
               
               Because
               such
               as
               will
               giue
               beyonde
               their
               abilitie
               ,
               are
               iniurious
               to
               their
               next
               of
               kin
               :
               for
               that
               they
               conuey
               those
               riches
               to
               strangers
               ,
               which
               it
               were
               more
               reason
               ,
               should
               bee
               dealt
               &
               left
               to
               their
               kinsfolkes
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Because
               there
               is
               commonly
               in
               such
               liberalitie
               a
               greedie
               desire
               of
               pulling
               from
               some
               iniuriously
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               haue
               to
               lauish
               to
               others
               :
            
             
               3.
               
               Because
               this
               kind
               of
               liberalitie
               springeth
               rather
               frō
               vaine
               
               glorie
               then
               good
               nature
               ,
               onely
               to
               the
               ende
               that
               they
               may
               seeme
               bountifull
               ;
               and
               so
               rather
               from
               ostentation
               ,
               then
               a
               free
               heart
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               he
               accounteth
               ●…uch
               a
               counterfeit
               shew
               ,
               neerer
               to
               vanitie
               ,
               then
               either
               to
               liberalitie
               or
               honestie
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               third
               cautiō
               viz.
               That
               we
               giue
               to
               euery
               one
               according
               to
               their
               dignity
               ;
               hee
               directeth
               ,
               that
               heerin
               we
               haue
               a
               speciall
               regard
               of
               the
               worthinesse
               of
               each
               towards
               whō
               we
               vse
               our
               bountie
               ;
               and
               therein
               to
               consider
               both
               his
               manners
               and
               affection
               towards
               vs
               ,
               as
               also
               his
               neighborhood
               ,
               society
               ,
               friendship
               ,
               &
               kindnes●…es
               to
               vs.
               
            
             
             
               All
               which
               he
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               it
               were
               to
               be
               wished
               they
               might
               concurr
               ;
               otherwise
               the
               moe
               of
               them
               and
               greater
               to
               haue
               the
               more
               weight
               and
               respect
               with
               vs
               in
               our
               liberalitie
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               17.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 
                   Manners
                   are
                   to
                   bee
                   considered
                   ,
                   not
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   exact
                
                 q
                 
                   consideration
                   of
                   the
                   vvise
                   Stoicke
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   civill
                
                 *
                 
                   image
                   of
                   vertue
                
                 .
              
            
             
             
               ANd
               because
               q
               we
               liue
               not
               with
               perfect
               men
               ,
               and
               *
               fully
               vvise
               ,
               but
               with
               q
               such
               in
               whom
               q
               it
               is
               very
               well
               ,
               *
               if
               there
               bee
               [
               in
               them
               ]
               resemblances
               of
               vertue
               ;
               I
               q
               take
               this
               also
               meete
               to
               be
               q
               considered
               ,
               q
               that
               wee
               despise
               no
               man
               ,
               in
               whom
               any
               q
               signe
               of
               vertue
               doth
               appeare
               .
               q
               Also
               that
               euery
               man
               be
               specially
               so
               regarded
               ,
               as
               each
               shall
               bee
               q
               more
               specially
               graced
               with
               these
               milder
               vertues
               ,
               [
               viz.
               ]
               *
               modestie
               ,
               temperance
               ,
               and
               that
               same
               iuslice
               
               of
               which
               *
               many
               
               things
               are
               spoken
               alreadie
               .
               For
               q
               a
               hauty
               &
               a
               great
               *
               courage
               is
               for
               the
               most
               parte
               more
               feruent
               ,
               in
               a
               man
               q
               who
               is
               too
               short
               in
               perfection
               and
               wisedome
               :
               [
               but
               ]
               these
               *
               vertues
               seeme
               rather
               to
               q
               appertaine
               to
               a
               good
               man.
               And
               these
               things
               [
               may
               be
               considered
               ]
               in
               manners
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Tully
               declareth
               in
               this
               chapter
               ,
               what
               is
               to
               be
               considered
               concerning
               mens
               maners
               spoken
               of
               before
               ,
               for
               the
               guiding
               of
               our
               liberalitie
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               ,
               that
               wee
               neglect
               no
               man
               ,
               in
               whom
               there
               appeareth
               any
               shewe
               of
               vertue
               .
            
             
               Hereof
               also
               hee
               giueth
               this
               reason
               ;
               Because
               we
               liue
               not
               with
               men
               who
               are
               perfect
               &
               absolutely
               wise
               ;
               but
               with
               such
               as
               in
               whome
               ,
               wee
               thinke
               it
               very
               well
               ,
               if
               there
               be
               but
               resemblances
               of
               vertue
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               we
               regarde
               euery
               one
               the
               more
               as
               he
               shall
               be
               more
               graced
               with
               the
               milde
               vertues
               of
               modesty
               ,
               temperance
               and
               Iustice
               :
               and
               then
               giueth
               the
               reason
               hereof
               ;
            
             
             
               Because
               hauty
               courages
               and
               hotte
               spirits
               are
               not
               vsually
               in
               the
               wisest
               men
               ;
               but
               contrarily
               those
               milder
               vertues
               ,
               viz.
               of
               Temperance
               &
               Iustice
               ,
               seem
               commonly
               to
               follow
               a
               good
               man.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               18.
               
            
             
               
                 *
                 
                   How
                   the
                   good
                   will
                   of
                   others
                   towards
                   vs
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                
                 *
                 considered
                 .
              
            
             
             
               q
               NOw
               concerning
               the
               good
               wil
               which
               euery
               one
               *
               hath
               towards
               vs
               ;
               that
               is
               the
               chief
               point
               in
               Dutie
               ,
               that
               we
               giue
               most
               to
               him
               ,
               of
               whome
               wee
               are
               beloued
               most
               .
               But
               q
               wee
               must
               measure
               good
               will
               ,
               not
               after
               the
               q
               manner
               of
               young
               men
               ,
               by
               a
               certaine
               q
               heate
               of
               loue
               ;
               but
               rather
               by
               *
               stabilitie
               and
               constancie
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Heere
               Tully
               teacheth
               how
               we
               are
               to
               consider
               of
               mens
               affections
               towards
               vs.
               
            
             
               And
               first
               ,
               that
               this
               is
               to
               bee
               looked
               vnto
               principallie
               ;
               that
               wee
               giue
               most
               to
               him
               of
               whom
               wee
               are
               most
               beloued
               .
               2.
               
               That
               we
               measure
               mens
               affections
               towards
               vs
               ,
               not
               by
               a
               certaine
               heate
               of
               loue
               for
               a
               fit
               ,
               as
               yong
               men
               are
               wont
               to
               doe
               ;
               but
               by
               the
               stability
               &
               constancie
               thereof
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               19.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   How
                   kindnesse
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                   requited
                   to
                   them
                   who
                   haue
                
                 q
                 wel
                 
                 
                   deserued
                   of
                   vs.
                
                 
              
            
             
               BVt
               if
               the
               deserts
               [
               of
               men
               ]
               be
               such
               ,
               that
               q
               we
               are
               not
               to
               seeke
               to
               creepe
               into
               fauour
               ,
               but
               to
               requite
               kindnesse
               ;
               a
               certaine
               greater
               care
               is
               to
               be
               q
               vsed
               ,
               *
               because
               there
               is
               no
               Dutie
               more
               necessarie
               then
               *
               requiting
               of
               *
               thanks
               .
            
             
               For
               if
               Hesiode
               cōmandes
               to
               restore
               those
               things
               which
               you
               haue
               q
               borrowed
               for
               your
               vse
               ,
               with
               a
               q
               larger
               measure
               ,
               if
               that
               you
               can
               ;
               what
               then
               ought
               wee
               to
               doe
               being
               prouoked
               by
               a
               q
               kindenesse
               ?
               Ought
               wee
               not
               to
               
               imitate
               the
               *
               fertile
               fields
               ;
               which
               bring
               much
               more
               then
               they
               haue
               receiued
               ?
               For
               if
               vvee
               q
               stick
               not
               to
               bestowe
               kindnesses
               vpon
               them
               ,
               whom
               wee
               hope
               will
               q
               do
               vs
               good
               hereafter
               ;
               q
               what
               manner
               of
               men
               ought
               wee
               to
               be
               towards
               them
               ,
               who
               haue
               done
               vs
               good
               alreadie
               ?
            
             
               For
               whereas
               there
               bee
               two
               kindes
               of
               liberality
               ,
               one
               of
               q
               bestowing
               a
               benefit
               ,
               the
               other
               of
               requiting
               ,
               q
               it
               is
               in
               our
               owne
               power
               vvhether
               wee
               vvill
               giue
               or
               no
               :
               [
               but
               ]
               q
               it
               is
               not
               lawefull
               for
               a
               good
               man
               not
               to
               restore
               ,
               
               if
               so
               that
               he
               can
               do
               it
               without
               iniurie
               .
               There
               are
               also
               q
               respects
               to
               be
               had
               of
               benefits
               receiued
               :
               neyther
               [
               is
               there
               any
               ]
               doubt
               ,
               but
               most
               is
               due
               q
               to
               euerie
               the
               greatest
               .
               Wherein
               yet
               it
               is
               especially
               to
               bee
               *
               weighed
               ,
               with
               what
               minde
               ,
               affection
               ,
               and
               good
               will
               q
               any
               man
               *
               hath
               done
               it
               .
               For
               many
               men
               doe
               many
               things
               *
               in
               a
               certaine
               q
               headinesse
               ,
               without
               q
               discretion
               or
               measure
               ,
               towards
               all
               [
               alike
               :
               ]
               or
               else
               being
               q
               carried
               with
               violence
               of
               affection
               ,
               as
               with
               a
               certaine
               *
               sudden
               winde
               :
               which
               *
               benefits
               
               are
               not
               to
               be
               accounted
               so
               great
               ,
               as
               those
               which
               are
               q
               offered
               with
               iudgement
               ,
               q
               adui
               sedly
               and
               constantly
               .
               But
               in
               *
               bestowing
               of
               a
               benefit
               ,
               and
               in
               requiting
               kindnesse
               ,
               (
               if
               [
               all
               ]
               other
               things
               bee
               q
               correspondent
               )
               q
               this
               is
               a
               principall
               point
               of
               Duty
               ;
               that
               as
               q
               any
               one
               stādeth
               q
               most
               in
               neede
               of
               [
               our
               ]
               *
               helpe
               ,
               so
               to
               helpe
               him
               especially
               .
               Which
               is
               done
               q
               of
               verie
               many
               *
               clean
               contrary
               .
            
             
               For
               q
               of
               whom
               they
               hope
               for
               most
               ,
               although
               he
               haue
               no
               neede
               q
               of
               them
               ,
               yet
               they
               
               *
               serue
               him
               *
               especially
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Tullie
               in
               this
               chapter
               giueth
               directions
               for
               requiting
               of
               me●…s
               kindnesses
               to
               vs
               ;
               &
               first
               teacheth
               that
               wee
               ought
               to
               haue
               a
               speciall
               care
               heereof
               .
               Because
               there
               is
               no
               Duty
               more
               necessarie
               then
               it
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               wee
               ought
               to
               repay
               such
               kindnesses
               with
               a
               greater
               measure
               then
               we
               receiued
               them
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               prooueth
               first
               ,
               by
               the
               testimonie
               of
               Hesiode
               ,
               commanding
               to
               restore
               things
               borrowed
               for
               our
               vse
               ,
               with
               fuller
               measure
               ,
               if
               we
               can
               ;
               and
               therfore
               much
               more
               such
               good
               turnes
               ,
               as
               haue
               been
               done
               vs
               frankly
               ,
               and
               whereby
               we
               haue
               bin
               prouoked
               ;
               heerein
               imitating
               
               the
               fertile
               fieldes
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               he
               sheweth
               it
               by
               another
               reason
               from
               the
               less
               thu●…
               ;
               That
               if
               wee
               sticke
               not
               to
               bestowe
               benefits
               on
               them
               who
               (
               wee
               hope
               )
               will
               doe
               vs
               good
               heereafter
               ,
               much
               more
               ought
               we
               on
               them
               ,
               who
               haue
               done
               vs
               good
               alreadie
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Whereas
               there
               are
               two
               kindes
               of
               liberalitie
               ,
               one
               of
               bestowing
               a
               benefit
               ,
               the
               other
               of
               requiting
               ;
               hee
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               howsoeuer
               it
               is
               in
               a
               mans
               owne
               power
               whether
               hee
               will
               freely
               giue
               a
               benefit
               or
               no
               ;
               that
               yet
               it
               is
               not
               in
               any
               case
               lawfull
               for
               a
               good
               man
               ,
               not
               to
               
               requite
               a
               kindnesse
               ,
               if
               he
               can
               do
               it
               without
               iniurie
               to
               any
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               For
               kindenesses
               receiued
               ,
               that
               wee
               haue
               special
               regard
               :
               because
               howsoeuer
               wee
               owe
               most
               to
               him
               of
               whom
               wee
               haue
               receiued
               most
               ;
               yet
               wee
               are
               to
               weigh
               with
               what
               mind
               &
               affectiō
               any
               one
               hath
               benefited
               vs.
               Because
               many
               men
               do
               such
               things
               vpon
               a
               certain
               headinesse
               without
               discretion
               ,
               &
               towardes
               all
               alike
               ,
               or
               carried
               with
               some
               violence
               of
               affection
               :
               which
               benefits
               he
               teacheth
               
               not
               to
               bee
               so
               great
               ,
               as
               those
               which
               are
               bestowed
               with
               iudgement
               ,
               aduice
               and
               constancy
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               that
               in
               all
               these
               ,
               this
               is
               a
               principal
               part
               of
               Duty
               ;
               that
               (
               all
               other
               things
               beeing
               answerable
               )
               we
               helpe
               him
               most
               that
               stāds
               in
               most
               neede
               :
               though
               men
               commonly
               deale
               cleane
               contrarily
               ;
               giuing
               to
               them
               most
               ,
               of
               whom
               they
               looke
               for
               most
               ,
               although
               they
               haue
               no
               need
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               20.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   What
                   order
                   [
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                   obserued
                   ]
                   in
                   the
                
                 q
                 
                   neighborhood
                   of
                   life
                   :
                   and
                   first
                   concerning
                   the
                   vniuersall
                   societie
                   of
                   all
                   mortal
                   men
                   .
                
              
            
             
               BVt
               the
               q
               societie
               ,
               and
               neighbourhood
               of
               men
               shal
               be
               q
               best
               maintained
               ,
               if
               as
               q
               euery
               one
               shall
               bee
               the
               neerest
               [
               vnto
               vs
               ]
               so
               q
               we
               shall
               bestow
               most
               *
               liberalitie
               vpon
               him
               .
               But
               it
               seemeth
               wee
               must
               q
               fetch
               somewhat
               
               further
               ,
               what
               are
               the
               q
               naturall
               *
               principles
               of
               neighbourhood
               &
               q
               humane
               societie
               :
               for
               ,
               q
               the
               first
               is
               that
               ,
               which
               *
               is
               seene
               in
               the
               societie
               of
               all
               mankinde
               .
               And
               the
               bond
               thereof
               is
               reason
               &
               speech
               :
               which
               q
               reconcileth
               men
               amongst
               themselues
               ,
               and
               ioyneth
               them
               together
               in
               a
               certaine
               naturall
               societie
               by
               teaching
               ,
               learning
               ,
               q
               conferring
               ,
               q
               reasoning
               ,
               and
               iudging
               .
               Neither
               q
               do
               wee
               differ
               more
               in
               any
               thing
               from
               the
               nature
               of
               *
               wilde
               beasts
               :
               in
               vvhich
               wee
               say
               oft
               times
               q
               that
               there
               is
               fortitude
               ,
               
               as
               in
               horses
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               in
               lions
               ;
               but
               wee
               doe
               not
               say
               [
               q
               that
               there
               is
               in
               them
               ]
               iustice
               ,
               equitie
               [
               or
               goodnesse
               :
               ]
               for
               they
               are
               void
               of
               reason
               and
               speech
               .
               And
               surely
               this
               is
               the
               q
               fellowshippe
               which
               q
               extendeth
               most
               largely
               to
               men
               amongst
               thēselues
               ,
               &
               to
               all
               *
               amongst
               all
               :
               in
               the
               which
               a
               community
               of
               all
               things
               ,
               which
               Nature
               hath
               *
               bred
               to
               the
               common
               vse
               of
               men
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               kept
               so
               ,
               as
               those
               things
               which
               are
               q
               appoynted
               by
               Statutes
               and
               the
               Ciuill
               lawe
               ,
               bee
               so
               *
               holden
               as
               it
               is
               ordayned
               :
               
               q
               besides
               which
               [
               all
               ]
               other
               things
               are
               to
               be
               so
               obserued
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               in
               the
               Greeke
               prouerbe
               ;
               All
               things
               q
               to
               bee
               common
               among
               friends
               .
               q
               Likewise
               all
               those
               things
               doe
               seeme
               to
               bee
               common
               q
               to
               all
               men
               ,
               which
               are
               of
               the
               same
               kinde
               :
               which
               being
               put
               [
               for
               example
               ]
               by
               ●…nnius
               in
               one
               thing
               ,
               may
               bee
               q
               transferred
               vnto
               many
               ;
               [
               thus
               .
               ]
            
             
               A
               man
               who
               curteously
               sheweth
               the
               way
               to
               one
               out
               of
               his
               way
               ,
            
             
               Doth
               ,
               as
               if
               hee
               should
               light
               a
               q
               candle
               q
               at
               his
               candle
               ;
            
             
               That
               neuerthelesse
               
               it
               may
               light
               himselfe
               ,
               when
               he
               hath
               q
               lighted
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               For
               *
               there
               is
               sufficient
               commaunded
               by
               one
               thing
               ,
               that
               whatsoeuer
               can
               bee
               lent
               without
               *
               hindrance
               q
               be
               granted
               to
               euery
               one
               ,
               q
               yea
               though
               vnknown
               .
               Whereupon
               q
               are
               those
               common
               sayings
               ;
               Not
               to
               forbid
               
               [
               *
               any
               ]
               the
               running
               water
               :
               to
               suffer
               [
               any
               that
               will
               ]
               to
               take
               fire
               from
               [
               our
               ]
               fire
               ;
               to
               giue
               faithfull
               counsell
               q
               to
               him
               that
               asketh
               aduice
               :
               which
               things
               are
               profitable
               to
               those
               who
               receiue
               [
               thē
               ]
               
               [
               and
               ]
               not
               q
               hurtfull
               to
               the
               giuer
               .
               Wherefore
               wee
               must
               both
               vse
               those
               things
               ,
               and
               *
               alwayes
               bring
               somewhat
               to
               the
               common
               cōmoditie
               .
               But
               because
               the
               q
               substance
               q
               of
               each
               priuate
               man
               is
               small
               ,
               and
               the
               multitude
               of
               them
               who
               neede
               q
               it
               is
               infinite
               ,
               common
               liberalitie
               must
               be
               referred
               to
               that
               end
               *
               of
               Ennius
               ,
               that
               neuerthelesse
               it
               q
               light
               himselfe
               ;
               That
               we
               may
               haue
               ability
               ,
               wherewith
               we
               may
               be
               liberall
               to
               our
               owne
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Here
               Tully
               setteth
               downe
               certaine
               things
               concerning
               the
               neighborhood
               and
               society
               of
               men
               ,
               and
               how
               it
               may
               bee
               best
               maintained
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               giueth
               this
               generall
               precept
               ;
               that
               as
               euerie
               one
               is
               neerest
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               so
               wee
               bestowe
               most
               on
               him
               .
            
             
             
               Secondly
               ,
               noteth
               the
               degrees
               of
               neighborhood
               and
               societie
               in
               nature
               .
            
             
               And
               therin
               the
               first
               is
               ,
               that
               which
               is
               seen
               in
               the
               generall
               societie
               of
               all
               mankinde
               :
               the
               bonde
               whereof
               he
               sheweth
               to
               bee
               reason
               and
               speech
               .
            
             
               Because
               these
               ioyne
               men
               together
               in
               a
               certaine
               naturall
               societie
               ,
               by
               teaching
               ,
               learning
               ,
               conferring
               ,
               reasoning
               ,
               iudgeing
               and
               the
               like
               :
               and
               also
               because
               these
               make
               men
               to
               differ
               most
               from
               the
               nature
               of
               beasts
               :
               which
               though
               they
               may
               haue
               hardi
               
               nesse
               as
               in
               Lions
               ,
               horses
               ,
               &c.
               and
               other
               such
               like
               qualities
               :
               yet
               can
               they
               not
               haue
               iustice
               or
               goodnesse
               ,
               because
               they
               want
               reason
               &
               speech
               .
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               he
               sheweth
               that
               this
               societie
               extendeth
               it self
               most
               largely
               to
               all
               men
               amōgst
               themselues
               ;
               &
               that
               to
               this
               end
               ,
               a
               community
               of
               all
               things
               which
               nature
               hath
               made
               to
               the
               cō
               mon
               vse
               ,
               be
               kept
               according
               as
               they
               are
               appointed
               by
               Statutes
               and
               the
               Ciuill
               lawe
               ;
            
             
             
               And
               for
               all
               other
               things
               ,
               that
               they
               be
               so
               obserued
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               in
               the
               Greeke
               proverbe
               ;
               That
               all
               things
               be
               common
               among
               friends
               .
            
             
               Fourthly
               ,
               he
               noteth
               more
               particularly
               ,
               what
               Duties
               ought
               to
               bee
               common
               to
               be
               performed
               to
               al
               ,
               besides
               those
               appointed
               by
               lawes
               ;
               viz.
               what
               good
               soeuer
               we
               may
               doe
               to
               others
               ,
               without
               hurt
               to
               our selues
               :
               and
               that
               wee
               are
               to
               performe
               the
               same
               euen
               to
               them
               whom
               wee
               knowe
               not
               ;
               according
               to
               the
               saying
               of
               Ennius
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               To
               shew
               the
               way
               curteously
               to
               one
               going
               out
               of
               his
               way
               .
               To
               light
               another
               mans
               light
               frō
               ours
               .
               So
               ,
               not
               to
               for
               -
            
             
             
               So
               ,
               not
               to
               forbid
               any
               the
               running
               water
               .
               To
               suffer
               any
               one
               to
               take
               fire
               from
               our
               fire
               .
               To
               giue
               faithfull
               counto
               each
               asking
               ou●…
               aduice
               .
            
             
               And
               generally
               to
               yeelde
               whatsoeuer
               things
               are
               profitable
               to
               the
               receiuer
               ,
               not
               hurtfull
               to
               the
               giuer
               .
            
             
             
               Whence
               he
               concludeth
               that
               as
               we
               are
               to
               vse
               these
               things
               our selues
               ;
               so
               euer
               to
               haue
               respect
               to
               the
               common
               good
               of
               all
               :
            
             
               Yet
               here
               he
               giueth
               another
               caution
               .
               That
               because
               the
               substance
               of
               each
               priuate
               man
               is
               small
               ,
               and
               the
               multitude
               of
               them
               that
               stand
               in
               need
               is
               infinite
               ;
               that
               euery
               one
               so
               order
               his
               liberality
               that
               first
               he
               looke
               to
               himselfe
               and
               his
               ,
               and
               so
               to
               all
               other
               in
               their
               place
               ,
               and
               as
               they
               are
               neerer
               to
               him
               or
               further
               off
               in
               degree
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               21.
               
            
             
               THere
               bee
               also
               moe
               degrees
               of
               society
               of
               men
               .
               *
               For
               that
               we
               may
               departe
               from
               that
               infinitenesse
               ,
               there
               is
               a
               neerer
               [
               degree
               ]
               ;
               To
               bee
               of
               the
               same
               q
               stocke
               ,
               nation
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               q
               language
               ,
               q
               whereby
               men
               are
               q
               especially
               knit
               together
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               also
               more
               q
               neere
               ,
               to
               bee
               of
               *
               the
               same
               Citie
               .
               q
               For
               citizens
               haue
               many
               things
               common
               amongst
               themselues
               ;
               the
               q
               Common
               Hall
               ,
               q
               Churches
               ,
               q
               Gallerie
               walks
               ,
               q
               High
               waies
               ,
               Lawes
               ,
               q
               Priuiledges
               ,
               
               Iudgements
               ,
               Voices
               in
               election
               ,
               Customs
               q
               likewise
               and
               Familiarities
               ,
               also
               many
               matters
               and
               q
               Bargaines
               with
               many
               .
               But
               q
               a
               faster
               k●…ting
               [
               of
               men
               ]
               together
               ,
               is
               
               of
               the
               fellowship
               of
               kinsfolkes
               .
               For
               from
               that
               *
               vnmeasurable
               society
               of
               mankinde
               ,
               q
               it
               is
               driuen
               into
               a
               little
               and
               a
               narrowe
               compasse
               .
               For
               q
               whereas
               this
               is
               common
               q
               to
               all
               liuing
               creatures
               by
               nature
               ,
               that
               they
               haue
               q
               a
               desire
               of
               procreation
               ;
               the
               first
               societie
               is
               q
               in
               the
               very
               wedlock
               ,
               the
               next
               in
               children
               
               
               
               
               
               q
               and
               after
               that
               one
               house
               ,
               q
               whereto
               all
               things
               are
               common
               .
               And
               q
               this
               is
               the
               q
               originall
               of
               a
               Citie
               ,
               &
               as
               it
               were
               the
               q
               seed-plot
               of
               a
               Cōmonweale
               .
               [
               Then
               ]
               followe
               the
               q
               kinreds
               of
               brethren
               ;
               after
               ,
               of
               q
               brothers
               children
               &
               sisters
               children
               :
               which
               when
               they
               cannot
               now
               bee
               q
               contayned
               in
               one
               house
               ,
               get
               them
               abroad
               into
               other
               houses
               ,
               as
               into
               q
               Colonies
               .
               [
               Afterwardes
               ]
               doe
               followe
               q
               entermariages
               and
               q
               alliances
               ,
               of
               which
               also
               q
               many
               kinsfolke
               [
               do
               *
               arise
               .
               ]
               Which
               *
               propagation
               and
               
               q
               succession
               is
               the
               originall
               of
               common
               weales
               .
            
             
               And
               so
               the
               *
               coniunction
               of
               blood
               &
               good
               will
               [
               thereupon
               ]
               *
               knitteth
               men
               in
               loue
               together
               .
               For
               it
               is
               a
               great
               matter
               to
               haue
               the
               same
               monuments
               of
               our
               ancestours
               ,
               to
               vse
               the
               same
               q
               religion
               ,
               to
               haue
               q
               the
               same
               burying
               places
               .
               But
               of
               all
               societies
               there
               is
               none
               q
               better
               ,
               none
               more
               *
               firme
               ,
               then
               when
               good
               men
               like
               in
               q
               conditions
               ,
               are
               q
               linked
               together
               in
               familiaritie
               .
               For
               that
               honestie
               ,
               (
               which
               wee
               haue
               oft
               times
               
               q
               mentioned
               )
               although
               wee
               see
               it
               in
               another
               ,
               yet
               it
               *
               moueth
               vs
               ;
               and
               maketh
               vs
               *
               friends
               to
               him
               ,
               in
               whom
               it
               seemeth
               to
               q
               be
               .
               And
               although
               *
               all
               vertue
               allureth
               vs
               to
               *
               it selfe
               ,
               and
               q
               causeth
               vs
               to
               loue
               them
               in
               whome
               it
               seemeth
               to
               be
               ;
               yet
               Iustice
               and
               Liberality
               
               q
               worketh
               that
               
               most
               of
               all
               .
               *
               But
               ,
               there
               is
               nothing
               q
               that
               winneth
               more
               loue
               ,
               nor
               q
               that
               linketh
               men
               more
               surely
               together
               ,
               then
               q
               a
               likenesse
               of
               good
               conditions
               .
               For
               in
               whome
               there
               are
               q
               the
               same
               desires
               ,
               the
               same
               q
               mindes
               ,
               
               q
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               amongst
               these
               ,
               q
               that
               either
               is
               as
               much
               delighted
               with
               the
               other
               as
               with
               himselfe
               :
               and
               that
               q
               is
               brought
               to
               passe
               ,
               which
               Pythagoras
               q
               requires
               in
               friend
               ship
               ,
               that
               q
               many
               become
               one
               .
               Also
               that
               q
               common
               fellowship
               is
               great
               ,
               which
               q
               groweth
               of
               q
               kindnesses
               giuen
               and
               q
               receiued
               to
               and
               fro
               .
               q
               Which
               whilst
               they
               are
               *
               mutuall
               and
               pleasuring
               ,
               they
               amongst
               whome
               q
               those
               happen
               ,
               are
               q
               linked
               in
               a
               firme
               societie
               .
            
             
               But
               when
               you
               haue
               q
               considered
               
               all
               things
               ,
               in
               q
               discourse
               and
               reason
               ;
               q
               of
               all
               societies
               there
               is
               none
               more
               acceptable
               ,
               none
               more
               deare
               ,
               then
               that
               q
               which
               euery
               one
               of
               vs
               hath
               with
               the
               Cōmon-weale
               .
               q
               Deare
               are
               our
               parents
               ,
               deare
               are
               our
               children
               ,
               [
               our
               ]
               
               kinsfolkes
               ,
               and
               familiars
               :
               but
               our
               Countrey
               alone
               contaynes
               [
               in
               it selfe
               ]
               all
               the
               loues
               of
               all
               [
               these
               .
               ]
               For
               which
               ,
               what
               good
               man
               q
               could
               doubt
               q
               to
               take
               his
               death
               ,
               if
               he
               may
               q
               doe
               it
               good
               ?
               q
               Whereby
               the
               beastly
               crueltie
               of
               these
               men
               is
               q
               more
               to
               be
               abhorred
               ,
               who
               haue
               
               q
               rent
               in
               sunder
               their
               Countrey
               with
               q
               all
               manner
               of
               mischiefe
               ,
               and
               both
               are
               and
               haue
               beene
               occupied
               q
               in
               the
               vtter
               ouerthrowe
               thereof
               .
            
             
               But
               if
               q
               question
               and
               comparison
               be
               made
               ,
               to
               whome
               most
               dutie
               ought
               to
               bee
               yeelded
               ;
               our
               Countrey
               and
               
               parents
               are
               the
               
               chiefe
               ,
               by
               whose
               
               benefits
               we
               are
               especially
               bound
               :
               Al
               Our
               children
               
               [
               are
               ]
               next
               ,
               and
               our
               whole
               familie
               ;
               which
               q
               hangeth
               vpon
               vs
               alone
               ,
               neither
               can
               haue
               any
               other
               refuge
               .
            
             
               q
               Afterwards
               our
               kinsfolkes
               agreeing
               
               well
               [
               with
               vs
               ]
               q
               who
               also
               commonly
               haue
               the
               same
               estate
               .
               Wherfore
               the
               necessarie
               *
               aydes
               of
               life
               ,
               are
               due
               to
               those
               especially
               whome
               I
               spake
               of
               before
               :
               but
               q
               conuersation
               and
               common
               liuing
               ,
               counsels
               ,
               *
               speeches
               ,
               exhortrtions
               ,
               *
               consolations
               ,
               and
               q
               otherwhiles
               ch●…dings
               ,
               q
               are
               most
               vsuall
               amongst
               friendes
               .
               And
               q
               that
               friendship
               is
               the
               pleasantest
               ,
               which
               q
               likenesse
               of
               conditions
               hath
               q
               linked
               in
               one
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               21.
               
            
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               hee
               setteth
               downe
               sundrie
               degrees
               of
               the
               societie
               of
               men
               .
               And
               first
               ,
               how
               after
               the
               generall
               society
               with
               all
               ,
               these
               are
               neerer
               degrees
               ;
               1.
               
               To
               bee
               of
               the
               same
               stocke
               ,
               nation
               &
               language
               ,
               whereby
               men
               are
               more
               specially
               knit
               together
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               To
               bee
               of
               the
               same
               citie
               ,
               is
               a
               neerer
               degree
               .
               These
               also
               haue
               many
               things
               common
               among
               themselues
               ,
               as
               common-hals
               ,
               churches
               ,
               walkes
               ,
               high-waies
               ,
               lawes
               priuiledges
               ,
               iudgements
               ,
               
               voyces
               in
               election
               ,
               customes
               ,
               dealings
               ,
               and
               the
               like
               ,
               to
               ioyne
               them
               together
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               A
               neerer
               degree
               is
               of
               kinsfolkes
               ,
               to
               be
               of
               the
               same
               kin
               ,
               wherein
               the
               society
               of
               men
               is
               brought
               into
               a
               narrow
               compasse
               .
            
             
               And
               heere
               hee
               teacheth
               ,
               what
               is
               the
               ▪
               verie
               first
               and
               ●…ighest
               societie
               ;
               and
               so
               how
               that
               ascendeth
               and
               spreadeth
               .
            
             
               That
               whereas
               there
               is
               in
               all
               liuing
               creatures
               a
               naturall
               desi●…e
               of
               procreation
               ,
               so
               also
               in
               mā
               :
               whēce
               the
               first
               societie
               is
               in
               wedlocke
               ,
               the
               second
               in
               children
               ,
               a
               
               
               
               
               
               third
               in
               one
               house
               wherto
               most
               things
               are
               common
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               sheweth
               to
               be
               the
               originall
               of
               a
               citie
               ,
               &
               as
               it
               were
               the
               seede
               plot
               of
               a
               common
               weale
               .
               A
               fourth
               societie
               he
               noteth
               to
               be
               of
               cozin
               germanes
               ,
               viz.
               of
               brethren
               and
               sisters
               children
               :
               which
               when
               they
               so
               increase
               that
               they
               can
               not
               be
               contained
               in
               one
               house
               ,
               doe
               get
               them
               abroade
               into
               other
               houses
               as
               into
               colonyes
               ,
               or
               newe
               townes
               .
            
             
               After
               do
               follow
               entermariages
               :
            
             
               Whence
               ariseth
               a
               fift
               societie
               ;
               viz.
               of
               alliances
               of
               kinsfolkes
               by
               mariage
               ,
               of
               which
               many
               kin
               do
               spring
               .
            
             
             
               And
               this
               propagation
               hee
               noteth
               to
               be
               the
               original
               of
               common-weales
               .
               Also
               ,
               that
               this
               coniunction
               of
               blood
               and
               good
               will
               knitteth
               men
               in
               loue
               together
               ;
            
             
               And
               that
               so
               much
               the
               more
               ,
               because
               they
               haue
               the
               same
               monumēts
               of
               their
               ancestours
               ,
               religion
               ,
               burying
               places
               ,
               &c.
               which
               hee
               noteth
               to
               bee
               a
               great
               matter
               to
               knit
               the
               harts
               of
               men
               in
               one
               .
            
             
               5
               But
               of
               all
               other
               societies
               he
               teaches
               that
               the
               excellentest
               and
               most
               firme
               ,
               is
               of
               friends
               ;
               viz.
               whē
               good
               men
               like
               in
               conditions
               ,
               are
               linked
               together
               in
               familiarity
               .
            
             
             
               The
               reason
               hereof
               is
               ,
               first
               ,
               because
               the
               vertues
               which
               wee
               see
               or
               imagine
               in
               others
               ,
               do
               most
               firmly
               binde
               vs
               vnto
               them
               ,
               &
               especially
               Iustice
               &
               liberalitie
               .
            
             
               And
               secondly
               ,
               for
               the
               likeness
               of
               conditions
               in
               right
               friends
               ;
               then
               w
               c●
               he
               sheweth
               that
               nothing
               winneth
               more
               true
               loue
               ,
               nor
               linketh
               men
               more
               firmely
               :
               for
               that
               in
               whom
               there
               are
               the
               same
               desires
               &
               mindes
               ,
               either
               of
               
               them
               is
               as
               much
               delighted
               with
               the
               other
               as
               with
               himselfe
               ;
               &
               thence
               a●…iseth
               that
               which
               Pithagoras
               requires
               in
               friendship
               ;
               That
               many
               become
               one
               .
            
             
               Furthermore
               ,
               hee
               teacheth
               here
               ,
               that
               the
               fellowship
               which
               groweth
               of
               kindenesses
               giuen
               and
               taken
               to
               and
               fro
               ,
               is
               verie
               great
               ;
               because
               these
               being
               mutuall
               and
               pleasuring
               one
               another
               ,
               must
               needs
               link
               men
               in
               a
               firme
               league
               .
            
             
               Sixtly
               ,
               he
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               yet
               all
               things
               
               being
               rightly
               considered
               ,
               the
               most
               acceptable
               &
               deare
               societie
               of
               all
               others
               ,
               is
               that
               which
               which
               euerie
               one
               hath
               with
               the
               common
               wealth
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               prooueth
               by
               an
               argument
               from
               the
               lesse
               ,
               thus
               ;
               That
               howsoeuer
               our
               parents
               are
               dear
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               and
               so
               our
               kinsfolkes
               &
               familiars
               ,
               yet
               our
               countrie
               alone
               contains
               in
               it selfe
               the
               loues
               of
               all
               these
               ,
               and
               therefore
               ought
               to
               be
               dearer
               to
               vs
               then
               all
               these
               .
               So
               that
               no
               good
               man
               should
               doubt
               to
               lay
               down
               his
               life
               for
               it
               ,
               if
               hee
               may
               doe
               it
               good
               .
            
             
               Whence
               hee
               noteth
               that
               the
               beastly
               crueltie
               of
               such
               men
               who
               seeke
               the
               vtter
               
               ouerthrowe
               of
               their
               countries
               ,
               or
               the
               rending
               the
               same
               in
               peeces
               by
               any
               mischiefe
               ,
               ought
               to
               be
               abhorred
               of
               all
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               declareth
               ,
               that
               if
               yet
               comparison
               and
               question
               be
               made
               ,
               to
               which
               of
               these
               societies
               most
               duty
               ought
               to
               bee
               yeelded
               ;
               That
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               Our
               countrie
               &
               parents
               are
               to
               bee
               preferred
               ,
               because
               wee
               are
               specially
               bounde
               with
               their
               benefits
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               our
               children
               and
               whole
               familie
               are
               next
               ,
               because
               they
               depende
               vpon
               vs
               alone
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Our
               kinsfolk
               carying
               themselues
               
               well
               and
               louingly
               towards
               vs.
               
            
             
               And
               to
               these
               principally
               he
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               the
               necessarie
               aydes
               of
               life
               appertaine
               ;
               but
               that
               familiar
               conuersation
               ,
               counsels
               ,
               speaches
               ,
               exhortations
               ,
               consolations
               and
               otherwhile
               chidings
               ,
               are
               most
               vsuall
               amongst
               friends
               .
            
             
               And
               in
               a
               word
               ,
               that
               of
               all
               friendships
               that
               is
               the
               pleasantest
               which
               is
               linked
               by
               likenesse
               of
               conditions
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               22.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Argument
                 .
              
               
                 q
                 
                   The
                   Duties
                   of
                   Liberality
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   cōsidered
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                
                 q
                 
                   by
                   these
                   degrees
                   of
                   societie
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   by
                   other
                   circumstances
                   .
                
              
            
             
               1
               BVt
               in
               q
               doing
               all
               these
               Duties
               ,
               q
               we
               must
               mark
               what
               is
               most
               *
               necessarie
               for
               euerie
               man
               ,
               and
               what
               euery
               one
               q
               is
               either
               able
               or
               vnable
               to
               attaine
               with
               vs
               or
               without
               vs.
               Therefore
               the
               degrees
               of
               friendship
               *
               shall
               not
               bee
               the
               
               same
               ,
               which
               [
               are
               ]
               of
               times
               .
            
             
               2
               Al
               There
               are
               
               certaine
               Duties
               which
               are
               q
               more
               due
               to
               some
               then
               to
               others
               :
               as
               ,
               you
               shall
               sooner
               helpe
               your
               neighbour
               in
               q
               inning
               [
               his
               ]
               corn
               ,
               then
               either
               your
               brother
               ,
               or
               your
               familiar
               friend
               .
            
             
               But
               if
               there
               bee
               a
               q
               trauerse
               in
               law
               ,
               you
               shall
               rather
               defend
               your
               kinsman
               and
               friende
               then
               your
               neighbour
               .
            
             
               These
               things
               therefore
               ,
               and
               the
               like
               are
               to
               be
               q
               thorowly
               considered
               in
               euery
               Dutie
               ;
               also
               custome
               and
               q
               practice
               q
               are
               to
               
               be
               vsed
               ,
               that
               vvee
               may
               bee
               *
               good
               q
               makers
               of
               account
               of
               Duties
               :
               to
               see
               by
               adding
               and
               deducting
               q
               what
               summe
               remayneth
               of
               the
               rest
               .
               Whereupon
               q
               wee
               may
               vnderstand
               how
               much
               is
               due
               to
               euery
               one
               .
               But
               ,
               as
               neither
               Physiciās
               ,
               nor
               Captaines
               ▪
               nor
               Oratours
               ,
               although
               they
               haue
               q
               gotten
               the
               rules
               of
               [
               their
               [
               art
               ,
               can
               attaine
               to
               any
               thing
               worthy
               great
               q
               commendation
               ,
               without
               vse
               and
               q
               practice
               :
               so
               indeede
               those
               rules
               of
               *
               keeping
               Duty
               are
               q
               taught
               vs
               ,
               that
               wee
               our selues
               
               q
               should
               put
               them
               in
               vre
               .
               q
               For
               the
               q
               hardnesse
               of
               the
               matter
               requireth
               also
               vse
               and
               exercise
               .
               q
               And
               thus
               haue
               we
               spoken
               almost
               sufficiently
               ,
               how
               honestie
               from
               which
               [
               all
               ]
               Dutie
               q
               springeth
               ,
               is
               q
               deriued
               from
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               are
               in
               the
               law
               of
               q
               humane
               societie
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Tully
               in
               this
               chapter
               setteth
               downe
               some
               other
               Duties
               ,
               concerning
               our
               bounty
               and
               liberality
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1.
               that
               in
               performing
               Duties
               to
               ech
               societie
               mentioned
               ,
               we
               must
               still
               consider
               ,
               what
               is
               most
               necessarie
               for
               euery
               man
               ;
               and
               then
               what
               each
               is
               able
               to
               attaine
               of
               himselfe
               ,
               &
               what
               hee
               cannot
               without
               our
               helpe
               :
               and
               that
               the
               degrees
               of
               friendship
               and
               of
               times
               are
               not
               alwaies
               alike
               .
            
             
             
               2.
               
               That
               there
               are
               certain
               Duties
               more
               due
               to
               some
               further
               from
               vs
               in
               degree
               then
               others
               neerer
               .
               As
               ,
               that
               we
               are
               sooner
               to
               helpe
               out
               neighbour
               in
               inning
               his
               corne
               then
               our
               brother
               ,
               or
               familiar
               friend
               ;
               but
               in
               a
               trauerse
               of
               law
               a
               man
               is
               rather
               to
               defend
               his
               kinsman
               or
               friende
               then
               his
               neighbour
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               as
               wee
               are
               throughly
               to
               consider
               these
               things
               in
               euerie
               Duty
               ,
               so
               also
               to
               put
               them
               in
               vre
               :
               that
               by
               long
               custome
               and
               practice
               
               we
               may
               become
               expert
               to
               knowe
               what
               is
               due
               to
               euery
               man.
               
            
             
               This
               hee
               maketh
               plaine
               by
               a
               similitude
               taken
               from
               Physiciās
               ,
               Captains
               and
               Oratours
               ;
               who
               although
               they
               haue
               gotten
               the
               rules
               of
               their
               art
               ,
               yet
               cannot
               attaine
               ought
               worthy
               any
               great
               commendation
               ,
               without
               vse
               and
               practice
               .
            
             
               And
               also
               that
               al
               the
               rules
               of
               Duty
               are
               taught
               vs
               that
               wee
               
               may
               practice
               them
               ;
               and
               for
               that
               the
               hardnesse
               of
               the
               matter
               requireth
               vse
               and
               exercise
               .
            
             
               And
               thus
               concludeth
               this
               point
               ,
               how
               honestie
               is
               deriued
               from
               those
               things
               which
               are
               in
               the
               lawe
               of
               humane
               societie
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               23.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Argument
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 third
                 fountaine
                 of
                 Dutie
                 [
                 18
                 ]
                 of
                 q
                 Magnanimitie
                 :
                 which
                 q
                 is
                 bred
                 of
                 a
                 contempt
                 of
                 humane
                 
                 things
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 certaine
                 q
                 noblenesse
                 of
                 minde
                 :
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 declared
                 especially
                 in
                 q
                 dangerous
                 attempts
                 ,
                 and
                 q
                 atchieuing
                 difficult
                 matters
                 .
                 q
                 This
                 hath
                 at
                 the
                 right
                 hand
                 q
                 a●…daciousnesse
                 ,
                 q
                 obstinacie
                 ,
                 q
                 outragious
                 fiercenesse
                 ,
                 q
                 arrogancie
                 ,
                 cruelty
                 ,
                 q
                 rash
                 confidence
                 ,
                 q
                 weiwardnesse
                 ,
                 anger
                 ,
                 q
                 rigour
                 ,
                 q
                 ambition
                 ;
                 at
                 the
                 left
                 hand
                 q
                 fearfulness
                 ,
                 q
                 cowardlinesse
                 ,
                 q
                 stupiditie
                 ,
                 and
                 [
                 other
                 ]
                 vices
                 of
                 q
                 the
                 same
                 kinde
                 .
                 Also
                 Magnanimity
                 is
                 *
                 exercised
                 partly
                 in
                 *
                 warlike
                 matters
                 ,
                 but
                 more
                 in
                 
                 ciuill
                 affaires
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 conclude
                 in
                 the
                 priuate
                 life
                 ,
                 concerning
                 all
                 vvhich
                 q
                 Tully
                 q
                 discourseth
                 diuersly
                 .
              
            
             
               BVt
               wee
               must
               vnderstand
               ,
               whereas
               four
               kinds
               [
               of
               virtue
               ]
               are
               propounded
               ,
               from
               which
               Honestie
               and
               Dutie
               should
               q
               pro
               ceed
               ;
               q
               that
               seemes
               to
               shine
               most
               brightly
               ,
               which
               is
               q
               wrought
               with
               a
               great
               and
               q
               loftie
               spirit
               ,
               despising
               q
               worldly
               vanities
               .
               Therefore
               [
               that
               ]
               is
               q
               commonly
               ready
               in
               q
               reproach
               ,
               if
               any
               such
               thing
               may
               be
               said
               .
            
             
               For
               in
               truth
               yee
               
               young
               men
               q
               carry
               q
               womanish
               hearts
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               q
               virgin
               [
               the
               heart
               ]
               of
               a
               man.
               
            
             
               And
               if
               there
               be
               any
               thing
               like
               to
               this
               .
            
             
               O
               Salmacis
               *
               giue
               spoyles
               without
               blood
               or
               sweat
               .
            
             
               And
               contrarily
               in
               praises
               ,
               I
               q
               know
               not
               how
               ,
               we
               praise
               those
               things
               ,
               as
               with
               a
               more
               full
               mouth
               ,
               which
               are
               done
               with
               a
               *
               great
               courage
               ,
               q
               valiantly
               and
               excellently
               .
               Hence
               is
               the
               [
               large
               ]
               *
               field
               of
               the
               Rhetoriciās
               ,
               concerning
               
                 Maratho
                 ,
                 Salamis
              
               ,
               the
               Plateans
               ,
               Thermopilanes
               ,
               Luctrians
               ,
               
               and
               [
               concerning
               ]
               Stratocles
               .
               Hereby
               our
               Cocles
               ,
               hereby
               the
               Decians
               ,
               hereby
               Cneius
               &
               P.
               q
               Scipio
               ,
               hereby
               
                 M.
                 Marcellus
              
               &
               innumerable
               others
               ,
               &
               especially
               the
               very
               people
               of
               Rome
               *
               excelleth
               in
               *
               greatness
               or
               courage
               .
               And
               [
               their
               ]
               desire
               of
               q
               Martiall
               glory
               is
               declared
               ,
               for
               that
               wee
               see
               euen
               [
               *
               their
               ]
               pictures
               for
               most
               parte
               q
               in
               vvarlike
               aray
               .
            
          
           
             
             
             
               Heere
               Tully
               entereth
               to
               speak
               of
               fortitude
               ,
               shewing
               it self
               in
               a
               braue
               mind
               ,
               despising
               these
               externall
               things
               ;
               teaching
               that
               it
               seemeth
               the
               most
               glorious
               of
               all
               the
               foure
               cardinall
               vertues
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               prooueth
               first
               by
               the
               vsuall
               reproches
               &
               taunts
               which
               are
               cast
               vpon
               men
               for
               their
               lacke
               of
               courage
               :
            
             
               As
               the
               speech
               of
               
               the
               Generall
               in
               Ennius
               taunting
               the
               cowardlinesse
               of
               the
               souldiers
               ;
            
             
               That
               they
               bare
               but
               womanish
               hearts
               ,
               and
               that
               a
               maide
               by
               her
               valour
               put
               them
               all
               to
               shame
               .
            
             
               And
               againe
               :
               That
               the
               Salmatian
               spoiles
               were
               without
               sweat
               or
               blood
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               by
               the
               contrary
               praises
               ,
               &
               the
               exceeding
               commendations
               of
               such
               exploits
               as
               are
               done
               valorously
               and
               with
               a
               noble
               spirit
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               further
               illustrateth
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               By
               the
               ample
               praises
               of
               the
               Rhetoricians
               both
               of
               his
               owne
               and
               former
               times
               ,
               concerning
               sundry
               valorous
               persons
               ,
               their
               
               noble
               acts
               ,
               and
               places
               where
               ;
               especially
               of
               the
               people
               of
               Rome
               ,
               whose
               chiefe
               fame
               was
               for
               their
               valour
               .
            
             
               And
               lastly
               ,
               for
               that
               whome
               the
               people
               of
               Rome
               would
               chiefly
               honor
               ,
               they
               erected
               them
               pictures
               in
               honour
               of
               them
               ,
               for
               most
               part
               in
               warlike
               attire
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               24.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 
                   Fortitude
                   if
                   it
                   departe
                   from
                   honestie
                   ,
                
                 q
                 loseth
                 q
                 
                   the
                   name
                
                 .
              
            
             
               1
               BVt
               that
               loftinesse
               of
               q
               spirit
               which
               is
               seene
               in
               perils
               and
               in
               q
               trauells
               ,
               if
               it
               q
               be
               void
               of
               iustice
               and
               fight
               not
               for
               the
               common
               *
               safetie
               ,
               but
               for
               q
               priuate
               commoditie
               ,
               *
               is
               faultie
               .
               For
               that
               is
               not
               onely
               q
               no
               propertie
               of
               vertue
               ,
               but
               rather
               of
               q
               brutishnesse
               ,
               q
               setting
               all
               humanitie
               aparte
               .
            
             
               2
               Therfore
               q
               fortitude
               is
               well
               defined
               
               of
               the
               Stoiks
               ,
               vvhen
               they
               say
               ,
               q
               that
               it
               is
               a
               vertue
               *
               fighting
               for
               *
               equity
               .
               Wherfore
               no
               man
               that
               hath
               attained
               the
               glory
               of
               fortitude
               ,
               [
               euer
               ]
               got
               [
               that
               ]
               praise
               ,
               by
               q
               treacherie
               ,
               &
               naughtie
               deceit
               :
               for
               nothing
               can
               be
               honest
               vvhich
               is
               voide
               of
               iustice
               .
               q
               Therefore
               that
               is
               a
               worthie
               saying
               of
               Plato
               :
               Not
               only
               (
               quoth
               he
               )
               [
               that
               ]
               knowledge
               which
               is
               q
               seuered
               from
               iustice
               is
               rather
               to
               be
               called
               q
               subtilty
               then
               wisedome
               ;
               but
               also
               a
               courage
               which
               is
               q
               forward
               to
               danger
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               q
               set
               on
               q
               for
               ones
               
               owne
               greedinesse
               ,
               and
               not
               for
               the
               common
               q
               good
               ,
               may
               rather
               haue
               name
               of
               q
               audaciousnesse
               then
               of
               q
               fortitude
               .
               And
               therefore
               we
               would
               haue
               q
               men
               who
               are
               valorous
               and
               puissant
               ,
               to
               bee
               good
               and
               q
               plaine
               hearted
               ,
               q
               louers
               of
               truth
               ,
               and
               nothing
               at
               all
               deceitfull
               ;
               which
               are
               q
               of
               the
               midst
               of
               all
               the
               praises
               of
               iustice
               .
            
             
               3
               But
               that
               is
               odious
               ,
               that
               in
               q
               such
               hautinesse
               and
               greatnesse
               of
               courage
               ,
               there
               groweth
               *
               most
               easily
               q
               a
               wilfulnesse
               ,
               and
               and
               ouer-great
               desire
               of
               bearing
               
               rule
               .
               For
               q
               as
               Plato
               writeth
               ,
               that
               the
               generall
               fashion
               of
               the
               Lacedemonians
               ,
               was
               to
               be
               inflamed
               with
               a
               desire
               of
               conquering
               :
               euen
               so
               euery
               one
               as
               hee
               doth
               most
               excell
               in
               greatnesse
               of
               courage
               ,
               so
               hee
               specially
               desireth
               to
               bee
               q
               chiefe
               of
               all
               ,
               or
               rather
               q
               without
               p●…ere
               .
               And
               when
               q
               a
               man
               coueteth
               q
               to
               bee
               aboue
               all
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               difficult
               thing
               to
               keep
               equitie
               ,
               which
               *
               is
               most
               proper
               to
               iustice
               .
               Wherupon
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               they
               cannot
               *
               endure
               themselues
               to
               be
               ouercomn
               ,
               neither
               
               by
               reasoning
               ,
               nor
               q
               by
               any
               common
               and
               right
               order
               of
               lawe
               .
               And
               they
               become
               for
               the
               most
               part
               q
               bribers
               &
               q
               factious
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               attaine
               the
               greatest
               wealth
               ,
               and
               be
               rather
               superiours
               by
               power
               ,
               then
               equall
               by
               iustice
               .
               q
               But
               the
               harder
               it
               is
               [
               to
               master
               this
               affection
               ]
               the
               worthier
               it
               is
               ▪
               For
               there
               is
               no
               *
               time
               that
               ought
               q
               to
               be
               without
               iustice
               .
               They
               therefore
               are
               to
               be
               accounted
               valorous
               &
               of
               a
               worthie
               courage
               ,
               q
               not
               who
               doe
               wrong
               ,
               but
               withstand
               it
               .
               But
               a
               true
               and
               wise
               
               valour
               of
               minde
               iudgeth
               that
               honesty
               which
               ▪
               nature
               chiefly
               followeth
               ,
               q
               to
               consist
               in
               deeds
               and
               not
               in
               glory
               ;
               q
               and
               had
               rather
               q
               bee
               the
               chiefe
               ,
               then
               to
               seeme
               so
               .
               For
               q
               hee
               that
               dependeth
               vpon
               the
               q
               erronious
               conceit
               of
               the
               q
               rude
               multitude
               ,
               q
               is
               not
               to
               be
               accounted
               q
               in
               the
               number
               of
               valiant
               men
               .
               But
               as
               euery
               man
               is
               of
               courage
               most
               high
               and
               desirous
               of
               glorie
               ,
               [
               so
               ]
               is
               hee
               most
               easily
               q
               driuē
               on
               to
               vniust
               q
               matters
               .
               q
               Which
               place
               is
               indeed
               slipperie
               ,
               because
               there
               is
               scarce
               any
               man
               
               found
               ,
               who
               ,
               q
               when
               he
               hath
               sustained
               trauells
               ,
               and
               aduentured
               dangers
               ,
               doth
               not
               desire
               glorie
               as
               a
               reward
               of
               his
               labours
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Tullie
               in
               this
               chapter
               teacheth
               ,
               how
               to
               discerne
               of
               true
               fortitude
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               ,
               that
               bould
               nesse
               in
               daungers
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               either
               voide
               of
               iustice
               ,
               or
               fight
               for
               a
               mans
               priuate
               cōmoditie
               and
               not
               for
               the
               common
               good
               ,
               is
               not
               true
               fortitude
               :
               because
               it
               is
               no
               propertie
               of
               vertue
               ,
               but
               rather
               of
               brutishnesse
               ,
               setting
               aside
               all
               humanitie
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               he
               commendeth
               that
               definition
               
               of
               fortitude
               ,
               giuē
               by
               the
               Stoiks
               ;
               That
               it
               is
               a
               vertue
               fighting
               for
               equity
               .
            
             
               And
               thereupon
               inferreth
               first
               ,
               that
               no
               man
               euer
               attained
               the
               praise
               of
               true
               fortitude
               by
               treacherie
               or
               naughtie
               dealing
               :
               for
               that
               nothing
               can
               be
               honest
               which
               is
               not
               iust
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               commendeth
               a
               worthy
               saying
               of
               Platoes
               to
               this
               end
               ;
            
             
               That
               as
               knowledg
               seuered
               from
               iustice
               is
               rather
               called
               subtletie
               then
               wisdom
               ;
               so
               a
               courage
               ,
               thogh
               forward
               to
               perils
               ,
               
               yet
               if
               it
               be
               set
               on
               for
               greedinesse
               of
               gain
               or
               other
               priuate
               respects
               ,
               and
               not
               for
               the
               cōmon
               good
               ,
               ought
               rather
               to
               be
               tearmed
               audaciousnesse
               then
               valour
               .
            
             
               And
               thirdly
               thereon
               exhorteth
               all
               who
               would
               be
               truely
               valorous
               ,
               to
               be
               good
               men
               and
               of
               plaine
               hearts
               ,
               louers
               of
               truth
               ,
               and
               free
               from
               all
               deceipt
               ;
               because
               these
               vertues
               rightly
               deserue
               the
               praise
               of
               iustice
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               third
               place
               ,
               he
               reprooues
               another
               odious
               fault
               which
               attends
               vpon
               too
               great
               hautinesse
               of
               minde
               :
               that
               commonly
               such
               men
               become
               headie
               ,
               and
               are
               ouer-desirous
               of
               ruling
               .
            
             
             
               This
               hee
               prooueth
               by
               the
               testimonie
               of
               Plato
               ,
               shewing
               this
               to
               be
               the
               generall
               fashion
               of
               the
               Lacedemonians
               ,
               to
               be
               inflamed
               with
               a
               desire
               of
               conquering
               :
               and
               that
               hēce
               ;
               because
               as
               any
               one
               more
               excelleth
               in
               courage
               ,
               so
               he
               more
               desireth
               to
               be
               chief
               of
               all
               and
               without
               peere
               .
            
             
               And
               then
               declareth
               other
               mischiefs
               following
               in
               them
               heereupon
               :
               as
               first
               ,
               iniustice
               ;
               because
               it
               is
               hard
               for
               such
               to
               keepe
               equitie
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Pride
               ,
               so
               as
               they
               cannot
               indure
               to
               yeelde
               to
               others
               either
               
               in
               reasoning
               or
               any
               right
               triall
               of
               lawe
               .
            
             
               3
               Bribing
               or
               corrupting
               others
               by
               gifts
               and
               making
               factions
               ,
               whereby
               they
               may
               attain
               the
               greatest
               wealth
               and
               become
               rather
               superiours
               by
               wealth
               ,
               then
               equall
               by
               iustice
               .
            
             
               But
               yet
               he
               teacheth
               that
               the
               harder
               it
               is
               for
               such
               valorous
               mindes
               to
               bee
               iust
               ,
               the
               more
               excellent
               it
               is
               in
               them
               who
               attaine
               it
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               concludeth
               heerupon
               that
               they
               onely
               are
               to
               be
               accounted
               valorous
               ,
               not
               who
               do
               wrong
               to
               any
               ;
               but
               they
               who
               saue
               others
               from
               wrong
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               true
               valour
               
               iudgeth
               that
               excellencie
               ,
               which
               nature
               aimeth
               at
               chiefely
               ,
               to
               consist
               in
               deeds
               and
               not
               in
               glory
               .
            
             
               Also
               that
               all
               who
               are
               truly
               valorous
               had
               rather
               bee
               the
               chiefe
               indeed
               then
               to
               seem
               so
               .
               Because
               hee
               who
               dependeth
               on
               the
               erronious
               cō
               ceipt
               of
               the
               rude
               multitude
               ,
               is
               not
               to
               be
               reckoned
               in
               the
               number
               of
               val●…ant
               men
               .
            
             
               And
               besides
               ,
               because
               the
               brauest
               mindes
               and
               most
               desirous
               of
               glorie
               are
               the
               easiliest
               ouer
               carried
               to
               vniust
               actions
               .
            
             
               And
               finally
               ,
               that
               therefore
               valorous
               mindes
               do
               stand
               in
               a
               very
               tickle
               &
               slippery
               place
               :
               because
               
               it
               is
               hard
               to
               finde
               a
               man
               ,
               who
               hauiug
               atchiued
               great
               exploits
               &
               dangerous
               aduentures
               ,
               desireth
               not
               glory
               as
               a
               reward
               of
               his
               labors
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               25.
               
            
             
               
                 True
                 q
                 
                   valour
                   of
                   mind
                   doth
                   consist
                   in
                   two
                   things
                   chiefly
                   :
                   in
                   contemning
                   both
                
                 q
                 
                   prosperitie
                   and
                   aduersitie
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                
                 q
                 
                   atchiuing
                   hard
                   enterprizes
                
                 .
              
            
             
               A
               Valorous
               and
               great
               minde
               is
               q
               alwaies
               discerned
               in
               two
               things
               especially
               :
               whereof
               the
               one
               consisteth
               
               in
               the
               q
               despising
               of
               outward
               things
               :
               when
               q
               one
               is
               perswaded
               ▪
               q
               that
               a
               man
               ought
               not
               either
               to
               admire
               ,
               or
               to
               wish
               ,
               or
               earnestly
               to
               desire
               any
               thinge
               ,
               but
               what
               is
               honest
               and
               comely
               ;
               q
               neither
               to
               yeelde
               to
               q
               any
               either
               man
               ,
               or
               q
               perturbation
               of
               mind
               ,
               nor
               to
               fortune
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               thing
               is
               ,
               that
               when
               you
               are
               so
               q
               disposed
               in
               minde
               ,
               as
               I
               said
               before
               ,
               you
               q
               vndertake
               great
               q
               enterprizes
               ,
               and
               those
               indeed
               most
               profitable
               ,
               but
               q
               very
               hard
               ,
               and
               full
               of
               trauell
               and
               danger
               both
               of
               life
               ,
               and
               
               also
               of
               many
               things
               which
               *
               appertaine
               vnto
               life
               .
               All
               the
               q
               glory
               and
               q
               honour
               of
               these
               two
               things
               ,
               I
               adde
               q
               moreouer
               ,
               the
               profit
               *
               is
               in
               the
               later
               ;
               but
               the
               cause
               and
               meanes
               making
               worthie
               men
               ,
               is
               in
               the
               former
               .
               For
               q
               therin
               is
               that
               which
               maketh
               excellent
               courages
               ,
               q
               and
               such
               as
               despise
               all
               humane
               things
               .
               And
               this
               q
               same
               q
               appeareth
               in
               two
               things
               ;
               if
               you
               both
               iudge
               that
               thing
               onely
               to
               be
               good
               which
               is
               honest
               ,
               and
               also
               be
               free
               from
               all
               q
               disquietnesse
               .
               For
               it
               is
               to
               bee
               accounted
               
               the
               part
               of
               a
               valiant
               and
               worthy
               mind
               ,
               both
               to
               q
               set
               light
               by
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               seem
               to
               most
               men
               q
               singular
               and
               q
               excellent
               ;
               and
               also
               to
               contemne
               the
               same
               with
               a
               *
               stable
               and
               q
               grounded
               iudgement
               .
               And
               likewise
               this
               is
               [
               a
               tokē
               ]
               of
               a
               valiant
               courage
               and
               of
               great
               constancie
               ,
               so
               to
               beare
               those
               things
               which
               seeme
               bitter
               ,
               q
               wherof
               there
               are
               many
               and
               diuerse
               in
               the
               life
               &
               and
               q
               state
               of
               man
               ,
               q
               as
               that
               you
               nothing
               swerue
               from
               the
               q
               order
               of
               nature
               ,
               q
               nor
               from
               the
               dignitie
               of
               a
               
               wise
               man.
               Moreouer
               ,
               it
               is
               not
               q
               sutable
               q
               that
               hee
               should
               be
               subdued
               with
               q
               inordinate
               desire
               ,
               who
               cannot
               be
               q
               subdued
               by
               feare
               .
               Nor
               q
               that
               he
               should
               be
               conquered
               by
               pleasure
               ,
               who
               hath
               shewed
               himselfe
               q
               vnconquerable
               q
               by
               [
               any
               ]
               trauell
               .
               Wherefore
               both
               these
               [
               vices
               ]
               are
               to
               be
               q
               auoided
               ,
               also
               couetousnesse
               of
               money
               is
               to
               be
               q
               eschewed
               .
               q
               For
               there
               is
               no
               such
               a
               signe
               of
               a
               base
               and
               ignoble
               minde
               ,
               as
               to
               loue
               riches
               :
               q
               nor
               any
               thing
               more
               q
               honest
               and
               q
               noble
               ,
               then
               to
               q
               despise
               money
               ,
               if
               
               you
               haue
               it
               not
               ;
               [
               and
               ]
               if
               you
               haue
               it
               to
               q
               bestow
               it
               in
               bountie
               and
               liberalitie
               .
               The
               desire
               likewise
               of
               glorie
               is
               to
               be
               taken
               heed
               of
               ,
               as
               I
               said
               before
               .
               For
               it
               plucketh
               away
               q
               freedome
               of
               minde
               ,
               for
               the
               which
               all
               contention
               ought
               to
               be
               q
               amongst
               men
               of
               worthie
               spirits
               .
            
             
               q
               And
               indeed
               we
               ought
               nor
               to
               seeke
               for
               rule
               ;
               but
               rather
               ,
               sometimes
               either
               not
               to
               receiue
               it
               ,
               or
               otherwhile
               to
               giue
               it
               ouer
               .
               We
               must
               also
               bee
               free
               from
               all
               *
               perturbation
               of
               minde
               ,
               both
               from
               desire
               ,
               and
               feare
               ,
               and
               also
               
               from
               q
               griefe
               ,
               and
               q
               voluptuousnesse
               ,
               and
               angrinesse
               ;
               q
               that
               we
               may
               inioy
               tranquillitie
               &
               securitie
               ,
               which
               may
               bring
               both
               q
               constancy
               ,
               and
               also
               worthie
               estimation
               .
            
             
               But
               many
               there
               are
               and
               haue
               been
               ,
               who
               earnestly
               desiring
               that
               same
               q
               tranquillity
               of
               minde
               ,
               which
               I
               speake
               of
               ,
               haue
               q
               withdrawen
               thēselues
               from
               q
               publicke
               
               businesses
               ,
               &
               haue
               q
               betaken
               thēselues
               vnto
               q
               a
               quiet
               life
               .
            
             
               q
               Amongst
               these
               ,
               both
               the
               noblest
               Philosophers
               ,
               q
               &
               euen
               the
               very
               chief
               
               [
               of
               them
               ]
               q
               and
               indeed
               both
               seuere
               and
               graue
               men
               ,
               could
               neither
               q
               endure
               the
               manners
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               nor
               of
               the
               q
               rulers
               ;
               &
               q
               many
               of
               them
               haue
               liued
               in
               q
               mannour
               places
               ,
               delighted
               [
               onely
               ]
               with
               q
               their
               home
               matters
               .
               q
               These
               aymed
               at
               the
               same
               end
               ,
               which
               kings
               doe
               ;
               that
               they
               might
               neede
               nothing
               ,
               q
               obey
               no
               man
               ,
               vse
               their
               own
               libertie
               :
               whose
               property
               it
               is
               ,
               to
               liue
               q
               as
               they
               list
               .
               Wherefore
               ,
               ●…ith
               this
               is
               common
               q
               both
               to
               them
               who
               are
               desirous
               *
               of
               power
               ,
               q
               and
               
               those
               seeking
               a
               quiet
               life
               ,
               whome
               I
               spake
               of
               ;
               the
               one
               sorte
               thinke
               q
               that
               they
               can
               attaine
               it
               ,
               if
               they
               haue
               great
               wealth
               ;
               the
               other
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               content
               q
               with
               their
               owne
               q
               and
               a
               little
               .
            
             
               q
               Wherein
               verely
               the
               opinion
               of
               neither
               [
               of
               them
               ]
               q
               is
               vtterly
               to
               be
               despised
               .
               q
               For
               the
               life
               of
               q
               those
               who
               haue
               betaken
               them selues
               to
               liue
               quietly
               ,
               is
               both
               more
               easie
               &
               more
               safe
               ,
               and
               lesse
               grieuous
               or
               troublesome
               to
               others
               :
               but
               [
               the
               life
               ]
               of
               them
               who
               haue
               q
               applied
               thēselues
               for
               the
               good
               of
               the
               Common-weale
               ,
               
               and
               to
               q
               atchiue
               great
               matters
               ,
               is
               more
               q
               profitable
               for
               mankinde
               ,
               and
               q
               fitter
               for
               fame
               and
               q
               honour
               .
               Wherefore
               q
               it
               may
               bee
               that
               both
               they
               are
               to
               bee
               borne
               withall
               ,
               who
               doe
               not
               q
               vndertake
               the
               affaires
               of
               the
               Common-wealth
               ,
               who
               being
               of
               an
               excellent
               wit
               ,
               haue
               *
               giuen
               themselues
               wholly
               to
               quietnesse
               and
               to
               learning
               :
               &
               q
               also
               they
               who
               beeing
               hindred
               by
               q
               sicknesse
               ,
               or
               some
               other
               more
               weighty
               cause
               ,
               haue
               q
               retired
               themselues
               from
               businesses
               of
               the
               Common
               —
               vveale
               ,
               
               when
               as
               they
               q
               yeelded
               vnto
               others
               both
               the
               *
               power
               and
               *
               praise
               of
               managing
               of
               the
               same
               .
            
             
               But
               to
               vvhome
               there
               is
               no
               such
               q
               occasion
               ,
               if
               they
               say
               ,
               q
               that
               they
               con
               temne
               those
               things
               which
               most
               men
               q
               haue
               in
               admiration
               ,
               [
               as
               ]
               rule
               &
               q
               magistracy
               ;
               q
               to
               those
               I
               thinke
               it
               worthie
               to
               be
               accounted
               not
               onely
               no
               cōmendation
               ,
               but
               also
               a
               fault
               .
            
             
               q
               Whose
               iudgemēt
               it
               is
               verie
               hard
               to
               disallowe
               ,
               in
               that
               they
               despise
               glory
               ,
               and
               esteeme
               it
               as
               nothing
               .
               But
               they
               seeme
               to
               q
               fear
               the
               q
               troubles
               &
               griefs
               
               both
               of
               q
               giuing
               offence
               ,
               and
               also
               of
               *
               repulses
               ,
               as
               a
               certaine
               reproach
               and
               infamie
               .
               For
               there
               be
               [
               some
               ]
               who
               q
               doe
               not
               agree
               with
               themselues
               in
               contrarie
               matters
               ;
               who
               doe
               most
               seuerely
               contemne
               pleasures
               ,
               are
               more
               tender
               in
               grief●…s
               ,
               regarde
               not
               glory
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               bee
               q
               ouercomne
               with
               infamie
               .
               And
               these
               things
               indeed
               [
               they
               doe
               ]
               q
               very
               vnconstantly
               .
               But
               q
               offices
               are
               to
               bee
               q
               gotten
               ,
               and
               the
               Common
               —
               vvealth
               is
               to
               be
               q
               serued
               of
               them
               ,
               who
               haue
               q
               by
               nature
               helps
               of
               dispatch
               of
               businesse
               ,
               
               all
               lingring
               q
               set
               aside
               .
               For
               otherwise
               neither
               can
               q
               the
               State
               be
               gouerned
               or
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               courage
               be
               declared
               .
            
             
               Moreouer
               ,
               both
               a
               q
               maiestie
               and
               q
               despising
               of
               vvorldly
               things
               (
               which
               q
               I
               oft
               repeat
               )
               also
               q
               tranquillity
               of
               minde
               and
               q
               security
               is
               to
               bee
               q
               vsed
               of
               them
               ,
               who
               take
               vp-them
               [
               any
               ]
               gouernment
               in
               the
               Common-weal
               ,
               nothing
               lesse
               then
               of
               Philosophers
               ,
               I
               q
               knowe
               not
               whether
               [
               not
               ]
               q
               more
               also
               ;
               if
               so
               be
               that
               they
               will
               not
               bee
               q
               ouermuch
               oppressed
               
               with
               cares
               ,
               q
               but
               will
               q
               liue
               with
               grauity
               and
               constancy
               .
               Which
               things
               be
               so
               much
               more
               easie
               to
               Philosophers
               ,
               q
               the
               fewer
               things
               they
               haue
               in
               their
               life
               ,
               which
               fortune
               may
               strike
               ;
               q
               and
               for
               that
               they
               doe
               not
               stand
               in
               neede
               of
               many
               things
               ,
               and
               also
               because
               they
               cannot
               fall
               so
               grieuously
               ,
               if
               any
               aduersity
               q
               betide
               .
            
             
               Wherefore
               ,
               not
               without
               cause
               ,
               greater
               motions
               of
               [
               their
               ]
               mindes
               are
               stirred
               vp
               ,
               &
               greater
               
               q
               maters
               are
               q
               to
               bee
               done
               by
               q
               the
               gouernours
               of
               the
               Common-vveale
               ,
               
               then
               by
               them
               who
               liue
               quietly
               .
               And
               
               therefore
               q
               the
               more
               greatnesse
               of
               courage
               and
               freedome
               from
               vexations
               is
               to
               be
               vsed
               of
               them
               .
               Moreouer
               ,
               whosoeuer
               commeth
               q
               to
               atchieue
               any
               great
               matter
               ,
               let
               him
               take
               heed
               ,
               1
               That
               hee
               do
               not
               only
               q
               consider
               ,
               how
               honest
               the
               matter
               is
               ,
               but
               also
               ,
               q
               how
               it
               may
               bee
               discharged
               .
            
             
               2
               In
               which
               q
               thing
               q
               a
               man
               must
               consider
               ,
               that
               hee
               neither
               q
               despaire
               thorow
               q
               cowardlinesse
               ,
               q
               nor
               bee
               ouer
               confident
               thorow
               a
               greedy
               desire
               .
               3
               Also
               a
               diligent
               
               preparation
               is
               to
               be
               q
               vsed
               in
               all
               businesses
               ,
               before
               you
               q
               goe
               about
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               Heere
               Tully
               noteth
               wherein
               a
               valiant
               minde
               is
               discerned
               :
               to
               wit
               ,
               in
               two
               things
               especially
               .
               The
               first
               whereof
               is
               ,
               in
               despising
               outward
               
               things
               .
               When
               as
               a
               man
               is
               perswaded
               that
               hee
               ought
               neither
               to
               admire
               ,
               not
               so
               much
               as
               to
               wish
               any
               thing
               but
               that
               which
               is
               honest
               and
               comely
               :
               nor
               yet
               to
               yeeld
               either
               to
               man
               or
               passion
               of
               mind
               or
               to
               fortune
               ,
               but
               onely
               to
               right
               reason
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               is
               ,
               that
               when
               a
               man
               is
               thus
               disposed
               in
               minde
               ,
               he
               vndertake
               the
               atchieuing
               of
               great
               enterprises
               ,
               &
               those
               such
               as
               may
               bee
               most
               profitable
               ;
               but
               very
               hard
               and
               full
               of
               trauell
               and
               danger
               ,
               both
               vnto
               life
               ,
               and
               other
               things
               appertaining
               to
               the
               com
               for
               t
               therof
               .
            
             
             
               Now
               ,
               hee
               sheweth
               that
               all
               the
               glorie
               ,
               honour
               and
               profit
               arising
               of
               these
               two
               things
               ,
               is
               in
               this
               later
               of
               them
               :
               but
               the
               cause
               and
               means
               of
               making
               wo●…thie
               men
               ,
               is
               in
               the
               former
               of
               them
               ;
               because
               the
               despising
               of
               all
               outward
               things
               ,
               as
               riches
               &
               honours
               ,
               is
               the
               way
               to
               make
               excellent
               courages
               .
            
             
               This
               againe
               he
               teacheth
               to
               appeare
               in
               these
               two
               things
               :
               First
               ,
               if
               a
               man
               iudge
               that
               thing
               onely
               to
               bee
               good
               which
               is
               honest
               ;
               and
               secondly
               ,
               if
               he
               be
               free
               from
               all
               passion
               and
               disquietnesse
               of
               mind
               .
            
             
               Because
               this
               is
               ,
               first
               ,
               to
               be
               accounted
               the
               
               true
               property
               of
               a
               valiant
               minde
               ;
               not
               onely
               to
               set
               light
               by
               those
               outward
               things
               ,
               which
               ●…eem
               to
               most
               men
               excellent
               and
               singular
               ,
               but
               also
               to
               cōtemn
               them
               with
               a
               stable
               iudgement
               .
            
             
               And
               secondly
               ,
               because
               this
               declareth
               a
               valiant
               courage
               and
               rare
               constancie
               ,
               for
               a
               man
               so
               to
               beare
               the
               hardest
               &
               bitterest
               things
               that
               can
               fall
               out
               in
               this
               life
               ,
               bee
               they
               neuer
               so
               many
               ,
               as
               that
               hee
               neuer
               swarue
               one
               iot
               from
               the
               state
               &
               order
               of
               nature
               ;
               nor
               from
               the
               dignitie
               of
               a
               wise
               man
               ,
               to
               doe
               any
               thing
               against
               either
               of
               these
               .
            
             
             
               And
               this
               againe
               ,
               because
               it
               is
               not
               meete
               that
               hee
               should
               bee
               ouercomne
               by
               any
               inordinate
               desire
               ,
               who
               cannot
               bee
               ouercome
               by
               feare
               ;
               much
               lesse
               be
               conquered
               by
               pleasure
               ,
               who
               hath
               shewed
               himselfe
               vnconquerable
               by
               any
               trauel
               .
            
             
               Therefore
               hee
               teacheth
               that
               these
               things
               are
               carefully
               to
               be
               shunned
               of
               a
               valiant
               man
               ;
               &
               also
               that
               couetousnesse
               of
               money
               is
               chiefly
               to
               bee
               eschewed
               of
               him
               .
               Because
               there
               is
               no
               such
               signe
               of
               a
               base
               minde
               ,
               as
               to
               loue
               riches
               ;
               &
               contrarily
               nothing
               more
               noble
               ,
               then
               to
               despise
               money
               if
               a
               
               man
               haue
               it
               not
               ;
               &
               if
               he
               haue
               it
               ,
               to
               bestowe
               it
               in
               bounty
               and
               in
               liberalitie
               .
            
             
               And
               secondly
               ,
               that
               he
               is
               to
               beware
               of
               a
               desire
               of
               glory
               :
               because
               that
               plucketh
               from
               him
               freedom
               of
               minde
               ,
               for
               which
               all
               noble
               spirits
               ought
               chiefly
               to
               contend
               .
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               that
               he
               do
               not
               proudly
               seeke
               for
               soueraintie
               ;
               but
               sometimes
               not
               to
               receiue
               it
               being
               offered
               ,
               otherwhile
               to
               giue
               it
               ouer
               ,
               being
               had
               .
            
             
               Fourthly
               ,
               that
               hee
               labour
               to
               bee
               free
               from
               all
               perturbation
               of
               minde
               ,
               as
               namely
               desire
               ,
               fear
               ,
               
               griefe
               ,
               voluptuousnesse
               ,
               and
               angrinesse
               ;
               that
               so
               hee
               may
               inioye
               both
               trāquillitie
               of
               mind
               &
               also
               securitie
               ,
               which
               may
               bring
               him
               both
               constancy
               and
               a
               worthy
               estimation
               .
            
             
               Heere
               he
               taketh
               occasion
               to
               speake
               of
               some
               ,
               who
               earnestly
               desiring
               to
               attain
               this
               tranquillitie
               ,
               haue
               withdrawne
               themselues
               from
               publike
               businesses
               ,
               and
               betaken
               them
               to
               follow
               a
               quiet
               life
               .
            
             
               And
               amongst
               others
               some
               of
               the
               noblest
               and
               verie
               chief
               Philosophers
               ,
               
               and
               some
               most
               seuere
               &
               graue
               men
               ,
               because
               they
               could
               neither
               indure
               the
               maners
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               nor
               the
               rulers
               ,
               haue
               chosen
               to
               liue
               in
               remote
               and
               solitary
               places
               ,
               delighting
               themselues
               only
               in
               their
               domesticall
               occasions
               .
            
             
               Also
               for
               these
               hee
               sheweth
               what
               ends
               they
               aimed
               at
               herein
               ;
               viz.
               the
               same
               ends
               which
               kings
               do
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               That
               they
               might
               neede
               nothing
               ,
               obey
               no
               man
               ,
               vse
               their
               owne
               liberty
               ,
               and
               indeede
               liue
               as
               they
               list
               .
            
             
               Now
               both
               these
               sorts
               ,
               viz.
               both
               Philosophers
               and
               great
               men
               ayming
               at
               this
               
               tranquillity
               &
               freedome
               from
               all
               disquietnesse
               ;
               the
               one
               sort
               ,
               viz.
               the
               great
               men
               think
               that
               they
               can
               obtaine
               it
               ,
               if
               they
               can
               get
               great
               wealth
               ;
               the
               other
               ,
               if
               they
               can
               be
               content
               with
               their
               owne
               and
               with
               a
               little
               .
            
             
               And
               for
               these
               two
               sorts
               hee
               declareth
               that
               neither
               of
               their
               opinions
               are
               vtterly
               to
               be
               despised
               .
            
             
               First
               ,
               because
               the
               life
               of
               tho●…e
               who
               haue
               betaken
               themselues
               to
               liue
               priuatly
               and
               quietly
               ,
               is
               both
               more
               easie
               &
               safe
               ,
               and
               also
               lesse
               greeuous
               and
               troublesome
               to
               others
               .
            
             
               But
               the
               life
               of
               those
               who
               apply
               themselues
               to
               gouernment
               ,
               for
               the
               good
               of
               the
               common-wealth
               ,
               
               or
               to
               atchiue
               great
               maters
               :
               for
               the
               same
               ,
               is
               more
               profitable
               to
               mankinde
               ,
               and
               also
               more
               ▪
               fit
               for
               attayning
               fame
               and
               honour
               .
            
             
               Moreouer
               ,
               hee
               teacheth
               that
               many
               of
               thē
               who
               haue
               chosen
               the
               priuate
               life
               may
               be
               borne
               withall
               in
               another
               respect
               ;
               because
               beeing
               of
               excellēt
               wits
               they
               betake
               themselves
               to
               the
               studie
               of
               learning
               .
            
             
               As
               also
               such
               as
               being
               hindred
               throgh
               infirmitie
               of
               body
               ,
               or
               som
               other
               more
               weighty
               cause
               ,
               haue
               left
               the
               managing
               of
               the
               affaires
               of
               the
               commōwealth
               to
               others
               .
            
             
             
               But
               for
               them
               who
               ,
               haue
               no
               such
               occasion
               ,
               and
               yet
               withdrawe
               themselues
               from
               publike
               seruices
               in
               the
               common
               wealth
               ,
               onely
               vpon
               pretence
               that
               they
               contem●…e
               those
               things
               which
               most
               men
               so
               admire
               ,
               as
               namely
               rule
               &
               magistracy
               ;
               hee
               sheweth
               that
               hee
               taketh
               it
               to
               bee
               not
               onely
               no
               commendation
               to
               them
               ,
               but
               a
               fault
               in
               them
               :
               for
               that
               howsoeuer
               their
               iudgement
               may
               seeme
               not
               to
               be
               altogether
               disallowed
               for
               despising
               glory
               ,
               yet
               they
               may
               withall
               bee
               thought
               to
               feare
               the
               troubles
               and
               griefes
               which
               
               follow
               such
               callings
               ,
               as
               a
               certaine
               reproach
               and
               infamie
               .
            
             
               And
               then
               giueth
               the
               reason
               heereof
               ;
               because
               some
               are
               of
               such
               a
               disposition
               ,
               as
               that
               they
               agree
               not
               with
               themselues
               in
               contrary
               matters
               :
               as
               ,
               who
               seuerely
               contemning
               pleasures
               ,
               cannot
               yet
               indure
               griefe
               ;
               and
               despising
               glory
               ,
               are
               yet
               ouercomn
               with
               infamy
               .
            
             
               And
               therefore
               hee
               teacheth
               that
               such
               men
               who
               haue
               the
               best
               helpes
               of
               dispatch
               of
               businesses
               
               are
               rather
               to
               sue
               for
               offices
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               serue
               the
               commonwealth
               ,
               all
               delaies
               and
               excuses
               set
               aside
               .
            
             
               Because
               otherwise
               neither
               can
               the
               state
               bee
               gouer●…ed
               ,
               nor
               their
               greatnesse
               and
               worth
               declared
               .
            
             
               Moreouer
               ,
               he
               sheweth
               ,
               that
               all
               such
               as
               take
               vpon
               them
               any
               gouernment
               in
               the
               common
               weale
               ,
               are
               to
               despise
               worldly
               things
               ,
               and
               to
               seeke
               after
               quietnesse
               of
               minde
               and
               security
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               the
               Philosophers
               ,
               or
               more
               ,
               if
               that
               they
               will
               not
               bee
               ouermuch
               oppressed
               with
               cares
               ,
               but
               liue
               with
               grauitie
               and
               constancie
               .
            
             
             
               And
               thereunto
               they
               must
               striue
               more
               earnestly
               ,
               because
               the
               fewer
               things
               of
               the
               world
               the
               Philosophers
               haue
               to
               lose
               ,
               the
               more
               easie
               is
               it
               ,
               to
               despise
               it
               ;
               and
               also
               for
               that
               they
               doe
               not
               stand
               in
               neede
               of
               so
               many
               things
               ,
               as
               the
               magistrate
               &
               great
               man
               ,
               neither
               can
               fall
               so
               grieuously
               whatsoeuer
               aduersity
               doth
               betide
               .
            
             
               Likewise
               ,
               because
               such
               great
               commāders
               haue
               occasions
               of
               greater
               stirrings
               of
               their
               mindes
               ,
               and
               for
               that
               greater
               matters
               are
               to
               be
               don
               by
               them
               ,
               then
               by
               Philosophers
               :
               whereupon
               
               they
               haue
               neede
               of
               more
               greatnesse
               of
               courage
               &
               freedom
               from
               vexations
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               hee
               giueth
               three
               caueats
               to
               all
               that
               are
               to
               atchiue
               any
               great
               matters
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               they
               take
               heede
               ,
               they
               doe
               not
               onely
               consider
               ,
               that
               the
               matter
               bee
               honest
               ,
               but
               also
               that
               they
               haue
               abilitie
               to
               performe
               it
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               they
               weigh
               all
               things
               so
               wisely
               ,
               as
               that
               they
               neither
               despaire
               ,
               through
               cowardliness
               of
               the
               effecting
               thereof
               ,
               nor
               yet
               be
               ouer
               cōfident
               through
               a
               greedie
               desire
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               as
               in
               all
               businesses
               ,
               
               a
               man
               is
               to
               vse
               a
               diligent
               preparation
               ;
               so
               likewise
               ,
               as
               the
               matter
               is
               greater
               ,
               to
               be
               more
               carefull
               therein
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               26.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Argument
                 .
              
               
                 [
                 Tully
                 ]
                 q
                 
                   sheweth
                   by
                   many
                   q
                   reasons
                   [
                   in
                   this
                   Chapter
                   ]
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   q
                   a
                   matter
                   of
                   greater
                   valour
                   ,
                   to
                   excell
                   *
                   in
                   ciuill
                   then
                   *
                   warlike
                   affaires
                   ,
                   and
                   [
                   speaketh
                   ]
                   somewhat
                   concerning
                   himselfe
                   .
                
              
            
             
               1
               BVt
               vvhereas
               q
               most
               men
               thinke
               q
               martiall
               affaires
               to
               be
               greater
               
               then
               *
               ciuil
               ,
               this
               opinion
               is
               to
               bee
               q
               altered
               .
               For
               many
               haue
               oft
               times
               sought
               warres
               ,
               for
               the
               desire
               of
               glory
               ;
               and
               that
               falleth
               out
               for
               most
               parte
               in
               great
               q
               stomacks
               and
               [
               excellent
               ]
               wits
               :
               and
               so
               much
               the
               rather
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               [
               men
               ]
               fit
               for
               q
               chiualry
               ,
               and
               desirous
               of
               warfare
               .
               q
               Yet
               if
               wee
               vvill
               iudge
               q
               aright
               ,
               there
               haue
               beene
               many
               q
               Citie
               businesses
               greater
               and
               q
               nobler
               ,
               then
               the
               q
               martiall
               .
               1
               For
               although
               Themistocles
               be
               q
               rightly
               commended
               ,
               and
               his
               name
               be
               more
               famous
               then
               [
               the
               
               name
               ]
               of
               *
               Solon
               ;
               and
               also
               Salamis
               be
               cited
               [
               as
               ]
               a
               witness
               of
               [
               this
               ]
               most
               *
               glorious
               victory
               ,
               which
               is
               preferred
               before
               the
               counsell
               of
               Solon
               ,
               [
               euen
               ]
               that
               whereby
               hee
               first
               ordained
               the
               q
               Areopagites
               :
               [
               yet
               ]
               q
               this
               is
               to
               be
               *
               adiudged
               no
               lesse
               *
               praise-worthie
               then
               that
               .
               1
               For
               that
               q
               auailed
               onely
               once
               :
               this
               q
               shall
               for
               euer
               doe
               good
               to
               the
               Citie
               .
               q
               By
               this
               counsell
               the
               laws
               of
               the
               Athenians
               ,
               by
               this
               the
               ordinances
               of
               [
               their
               ]
               ancestours
               are
               preserued
               .
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               Themistocles
               in
               very
               deed
               saide
               
               nothing
               ,
               wherewith
               hee
               helped
               q
               Areopagus
               .
               But
               it
               is
               true
               q
               that
               Themistocles
               was
               helped
               by
               *
               him
               .
               For
               the
               vvarre
               vvas
               q
               maintained
               by
               the
               q
               aduice
               of
               that
               Senate
               which
               vvas
               q
               ordained
               by
               Solon
               .
               2
               We
               may
               say
               q
               the
               same
               q
               of
               Pausanias
               and
               Lisander
               :
               by
               whose
               q
               deedes
               of
               armes
               although
               q
               the
               Empire
               of
               the
               Lacedemonians
               is
               thought
               to
               haue
               beene
               enlarged
               ;
               yet
               in
               very
               deede
               they
               are
               [
               not
               ]
               to
               be
               q
               compared
               ,
               no
               not
               in
               the
               least
               part
               to
               the
               lawes
               and
               *
               discipline
               of
               Lycurgus
               .
               
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               *
               for
               these
               same
               causes
               ,
               they
               had
               [
               their
               ]
               armies
               both
               more
               q
               ready
               and
               q
               valiant
               .
               3
               Neither
               indeed
               q
               when
               wee
               were
               children
               ,
               
                 Marcus
                 Scaurus
              
               seemed
               q
               to
               be
               inferiour
               to
               
                 Caius
                 Marius
              
               ;
               q
               nor
               when
               we
               q
               had
               to
               to
               doe
               in
               the
               Common
               —
               wealth
               ,
               q
               
                 Quintus
                 Catulus
              
               to
               
                 Cneius
                 Pompeius
              
               .
               For
               q
               armes
               are
               of
               small
               force
               abroad
               ,
               vnless
               there
               be
               q
               good
               aduice
               at
               home
               .
               3
               Nor
               Africanus
               ,
               beeing
               both
               a
               singular
               man
               ,
               and
               a
               worthy
               q
               Captaine
               ,
               q
               did
               more
               seruice
               to
               the
               
               Common
               wealth
               in
               q
               razing
               of
               Numance
               ,
               q
               then
               at
               the
               same
               time
               ,
               
                 Publius
                 Nasica
              
               a
               priuate
               [
               man
               ]
               did
               ]
               when
               he
               slew
               
                 Tiberius
                 Gracchus
              
               .
            
             
               q
               Howbeit
               this
               case
               indeed
               is
               not
               onely
               of
               a
               ciuill
               consideration
               .
               For
               it
               concerneth
               also
               the
               warlike
               ;
               because
               it
               was
               done
               by
               force
               and
               by
               q
               strong
               hand
               :
               yet
               the
               very
               same
               was
               done
               ,
               by
               q
               the
               counsell
               of
               the
               Citie
               ,
               without
               an
               army
               .
               That
               also
               is
               q
               a
               worthy
               [
               speach
               ]
               vvherein
               I
               heare
               q
               that
               I
               am
               wont
               to
               be
               q
               taxed
               of
               enuious
               and
               lewde
               
               [
               persons
               ]
               .
            
             
               *
               Let
               q
               armes
               giue
               place
               to
               the
               q
               gowne
               ;
            
             
               Let
               the
               q
               laurell
               yeeld
               to
               the
               [
               Oratours
               ]
               tongue
               .
            
             
               For
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               *
               omit
               q
               others
               ,
               did
               not
               q
               armes
               yeelde
               vnto
               the
               q
               robe
               ,
               q
               when
               we
               gouerned
               the
               Cōmon
               -
               weale
               ?
               For
               neither
               was
               there
               euer
               q
               a
               sorer
               danger
               nor
               greater
               hatred
               in
               the
               Common-weale
               :
               so
               that
               the
               very
               weapons
               q
               slipping
               forthwith
               out
               of
               the
               hands
               of
               the
               bouldest
               Citizens
               ,
               fell
               [
               to
               the
               ground
               ]
               by
               our
               counsels
               &
               diligence
               .
               q
               What
               
               so
               great
               an
               exploit
               I
               pray
               you
               ,
               was
               euer
               done
               in
               warre
               ?
               what
               triumph
               [
               is
               ]
               to
               bee
               compared
               [
               with
               it
               ?
               ]
               q
               For
               I
               may
               bee
               bolde
               to
               glorie
               before
               you
               sonne
               Marke
               ;
               *
               vnto
               whom
               both
               the
               inheritance
               of
               this
               glory
               ,
               and
               also
               the
               imitation
               of
               [
               my
               ]
               deeds
               doth
               appertaine
               .
               In
               very
               truth
               ,
               
                 Cneius
                 Pompeius
              
               ,
               a
               man
               q
               abounding
               with
               all
               martiall
               praises
               ,
               *
               attributed
               this
               vnto
               mee
               q
               in
               the
               *
               hearing
               of
               many
               ,
               q
               whenas
               hee
               said
               ,
               that
               q
               hee
               should
               in
               vaine
               haue
               borne
               away
               the
               third
               triumph
               ,
               
               *
               vnlesse
               hee
               had
               had
               a
               place
               in
               the
               Common-vvealth
               by
               my
               *
               benefit
               ,
               where
               hee
               might
               q
               haue
               triumphed
               .
               q
               Home-valorous
               acts
               ,
               then
               ,
               are
               not
               inferior
               vnto
               *
               martiall
               ;
               wherein
               also
               q
               we
               are
               to
               bestow
               more
               labour
               and
               studie
               ,
               then
               in
               these
               .
               For
               that
               *
               honestie
               which
               we
               seek
               by
               a
               q
               hauty
               and
               princely
               courage
               ,
               is
               *
               effected
               by
               the
               q
               power
               of
               the
               minde
               ,
               not
               of
               the
               body
               .
               Yet
               the
               body
               must
               be
               exercised
               and
               q
               brought
               into
               such
               order
               ,
               as
               that
               it
               may
               bee
               able
               to
               obey
               counsell
               and
               
               reason
               ,
               in
               executing
               businesses
               ,
               &
               q
               enduring
               trauell
               .
               But
               that
               honestie
               which
               wee
               q
               search
               out
               ,
               doth
               wholly
               consist
               in
               the
               care
               and
               q
               casting
               of
               the
               minde
               .
               Wherin
               they
               bring
               no
               lesse
               commodity
               ,
               who
               gouerne
               the
               common
               —
               vvealth
               q
               in
               peace
               ,
               then
               they
               that
               make
               warre
               .
               And
               therefore
               wars
               are
               oftentimes
               either
               not
               q
               begun
               ,
               or
               ended
               ,
               and
               now
               and
               then
               attempted
               ,
               by
               their
               q
               aduice
               :
               as
               the
               third
               q
               Punicke
               warre
               [
               was
               ]
               by
               the
               counsell
               of
               
                 Marcus
                 Cato
              
               :
               in
               which
               the
               authority
               of
               
               him
               preuailed
               ,
               euen
               q
               after
               his
               death
               .
               Wherefore
               certainely
               q
               wisedome
               in
               *
               determining
               is
               rather
               to
               be
               desired
               ,
               then
               q
               valour
               in
               fighting
               .
               But
               we
               must
               beware
               ,
               that
               wee
               doe
               it
               not
               rather
               for
               the
               q
               auoiding
               of
               warre
               ,
               then
               q
               in
               regarde
               of
               commodity
               .
               q
               And
               so
               let
               warre
               be
               taken
               in
               hand
               ,
               that
               no
               other
               thing
               but
               peace
               may
               seeme
               to
               haue
               beene
               ●…ought
               .
               q
               It
               is
               moreouer
               ,
               indeed
               a
               token
               of
               a
               valorus
               and
               *
               constant
               courage
               ,
               not
               to
               be
               q
               disquieted
               in
               rough
               stormes
               ;
               
               nor
               *
               making
               a
               hurliburly
               ,
               q
               to
               be
               cast
               downe
               from
               his
               place
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               said
               ;
               but
               to
               q
               follow
               the
               aduice
               of
               a
               present
               resolution
               :
               nor
               yet
               to
               q
               swarue
               from
               *
               reason
               .
               Although
               q
               this
               proceedeth
               from
               a
               worthy
               resolution
               ,
               that
               also
               from
               an
               excellent
               wit
               ,
               q
               to
               cōceiue
               aforehand
               of
               things
               to
               come
               ;
               and
               to
               q
               determine
               somewhat
               before
               ,
               what
               may
               q
               fall
               out
               on
               both
               sides
               ,
               &
               what
               is
               to
               be
               done
               when
               any
               thing
               shall
               hap
               pen
               ,
               nor
               to
               q
               doe
               ought
               that
               at
               any
               time
               q
               a
               man
               shold
               say
               ,
               
                 Had
                 I
                 vvist
              
               .
            
             
             
               These
               are
               the
               workes
               of
               a
               great
               and
               lofty
               courage
               ,
               and
               q
               relying
               vpon
               prudence
               &
               counsell
               .
               But
               q
               for
               a
               man
               to
               thrust
               himselfe
               rashly
               into
               the
               forefront
               of
               the
               battell
               ,
               &
               to
               q
               fight
               with
               the
               enemy
               hand
               to
               hande
               ,
               is
               a
               certaine
               q
               brutish
               and
               q
               beastly
               thing
               .
               q
               Yet
               when
               time
               &
               necessity
               doth
               require
               ,
               a
               man
               must
               fight
               hand
               to
               hand
               ,
               and
               *
               death
               is
               to
               be
               preferred
               before
               q
               slauery
               &
               shame
               .
            
          
           
             
               Heer
               Tully
               (
               about
               to
               teach
               that
               to
               excel
               in
               ciuill
               affaires
               ,
               is
               no
               lesse
               commendation
               ,
               then
               in
               martiall
               exploits
               ,
               but
               rather
               greater
               )
               sheweth
               1.
               
               That
               whereas
               most
               men
               think
               the
               contrary
               ,
               their
               
               opinion
               is
               to
               be
               cōfuted
               .
               And
               this
               hee
               doth
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               By
               propounding
               the
               end
               which
               most
               men
               aime
               at
               in
               war
               ,
               to
               wit
               getting
               glory
               and
               renowne
               ;
               especially
               if
               they
               bee
               of
               high
               stomacks
               and
               excellent
               wits
               ,
               and
               withal
               fitted
               for
               chiualrie
               and
               desirous
               of
               warfare
               by
               nature
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               By
               sundry
               examples
               both
               of
               the
               Grecians
               and
               Romanes
               ,
               of
               city
               businesses
               which
               haue
               bin
               greater
               and
               nobler
               then
               the
               Martiall
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               whereof
               is
               taken
               from
               the
               Athenians
               ,
               by
               comparing
               and
               preferring
               
               Solons
               counsell
               for
               Athens
               before
               Themistocles
               victory
               .
               That
               although
               Themistocles
               bee
               rightly
               cōmended
               ,
               and
               his
               name
               more
               famous
               then
               Solons
               ;
               and
               also
               that
               the
               victory
               of
               Themistocles
               namely
               at
               Salamis
               bee
               extolled
               before
               that
               worthy
               counsell
               of
               Solon
               wherby
               he
               first
               ordained
               the
               Areopagites
               :
               Yet
               hee
               thinketh
               that
               indeede
               ,
               this
               is
               to
               bee
               adiudged
               no
               lesse
               praise
               worthie
               then
               that
               ,
               but
               more
               ,
               and
               that
               for
               these
               reasons
               ;
            
             
               1.
               
               Because
               that
               victorie
               did
               good
               to
               Athens
               once
               onely
               ,
               but
               this
               counsell
               should
               doe
               it
               good
               perpetually
               ;
               for
               that
               by
               this
               ,
               their
               lawes
               and
               the
               ordinances
               of
               their
               ancestors
               should
               bee
               preserued
               
               inviolable
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               for
               that
               Themistocles
               said
               nothing
               whereby
               he
               helped
               that
               coūsell
               concerning
               the
               Areopagites
               :
               but
               hee
               was
               helped
               by
               Solon
               &
               by
               them
               ;
               because
               that
               warre
               was
               managed
               by
               the
               counsell
               of
               the
               Senate
               which
               was
               was
               obtained
               by
               Solon
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               example
               ,
               is
               from
               the
               Lacedemonians
               ,
               in
               preferring
               the
               discipline
               of
               Lycurgus
               the
               lawgiuer
               ,
               before
               the
               victories
               of
               Pausanias
               &
               Lisander
               .
            
             
               Because
               although
               the
               Empire
               of
               the
               Lacedemonians
               is
               thought
               to
               haue
               beene
               inlarged
               by
               their
               noble
               exploits
               yet
               those
               are
               in
               no
               part
               to
               bee
               compared
               to
               the
               lawes
               and
               discipline
               of
               Lycurgus
               .
               
               Besides
               that
               by
               the
               means
               of
               these
               ,
               they
               had
               their
               armies
               more
               readie
               and
               valiant
               .
            
             
               A
               third
               sort
               of
               examples
               is
               taken
               frō
               themselues
               ,
               in
               sundrie
               particulars
               :
               as
               in
               comparing
               and
               closely
               preferring
               M.
               Scaurus
               before
               C.
               Marius
               ;
               and
               more
               lately
               ,
               Quintus
               Catulus
               before
               Cneius
               Pompeius
               ,
               the
               gouernment
               &
               counsell
               of
               the
               one
               before
               the
               Martiall
               acts
               of
               the
               other
               .
               And
               then
               giueth
               the
               reason
               of
               it
               .
               Because
               armes
               are
               little
               worth
               abroade
               ,
               vnles
               there
               be
               good
               counsell
               at
               home
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               By
               comparing
               P.
               Nasica
               a
               priuate
               man
               ,
               to
               Africanus
               .
               That
               although
               Africanus
               was
               indeed
               a
               singular
               man
               and
               a
               worthy
               Captaine
               ,
               yet
               hee
               did
               not
               more
               seruice
               to
               the
               
               common
               wealt
               in
               taking
               and
               razing
               Numance
               ,
               then
               Publius
               Nasica
               when
               he
               slewe
               Tib.
               Gracchus
               .
               And
               how
               beit
               that
               act
               of
               Nasica
               might
               seem
               not
               onely
               ciuill
               but
               martiall
               ,
               because
               it
               was
               done
               by
               force
               and
               strong
               hand
               ,
               yet
               it
               was
               done
               by
               the
               counsell
               of
               the
               city
               alone
               without
               any
               armie
               .
            
             
               This
               point
               hee
               further
               confirmeth
               by
               a
               worthie
               and
               general
               approued
               speech
               of
               his
               owne
               ,
               howsoeuer
               som
               enuious
               and
               lewde
               persons
               did
               carpe
               at
               him
               for
               it
               :
               to
               wit
               ,
               this
               ;
            
             
             
               Let
               armes
               giue
               place
               to
               the
               gowne
               ,
               the
               laurel
               to
               the
               Oratours
               tongue
               .
            
             
               The
               truth
               whereof
               he
               verefieth
               ,
               instancing
               in
               his
               own
               example
               ,
               to
               omit
               others
               ,
            
             
               By
               an
               interrogation
               to
               his
               sonne
               ,
               as
               of
               a
               matter
               notoriously
               knowne
               ;
               viz.
               whether
               in
               his
               gouernment
               ,
               armes
               did
               not
               yeelde
               to
               the
               robe
               ,
               whenas
               (
               though
               there
               was
               neuer
               sorer
               daunger
               no●…
               greater
               hatred
               in
               the
               common-weale
               :
               yet
               the
               verie
               weapons
               seemed
               to
               fall
               out
               of
               the
               bouldest
               enemies
               hands
               ,
               all
               being
               husht
               by
               his
               owne
               counsell
               and
               diligence
               .
            
             
             
               Now
               hee
               asketh
               him
               ,
               what
               so
               great
               an
               exploit
               was
               euer
               don
               i●…
               war
               ,
               or
               what
               triumph
               was
               to
               bee
               compared
               with
               it
               .
            
             
               And
               then
               giueth
               a
               reason
               of
               this
               his
               bould
               glorying
               therein
               ;
               That
               it
               was
               but
               vnto
               him
               ,
               his
               sonne
               ,
               as
               vnto
               whō
               both
               the
               inheritāce
               of
               his
               glory
               ,
               &
               the
               imitation
               of
               his
               deedes
               did
               appertaine
               .
            
             
               And
               secondly
               hee
               declareth
               further
               the
               truth
               heerof
               by
               the
               franke
               testimonie
               &
               commendation
               of
               C●…
               .
               Pompeius
               a
               singular
               man
               for
               all
               martiall
               praises
               ,
               who
               ascribed
               thus
               much
               vnto
               him
               whenas
               he
               said
               ,
               That
               it
               had
               been
               in
               vaine
               for
               him
               to
               haue
               had
               a
               third
               triumph
               ,
               but
               for
               
               that
               hee
               had
               a
               place
               in
               the
               cōmon
               weale
               through
               ●…ullies
               wi●…e
               gouernment
               ,
               to
               inioy
               the
               same
               .
               Whence
               hee
               concludeth
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               no
               lesse
               but
               euen
               a
               greater
               matter
               ,
               to
               excell
               in
               ciuill
               gouernmēt
               ,
               then
               martiall
               acts
               :
               and
               that
               therefore
               we
               are
               to
               bestowe
               more
               labour
               and
               studie
               in
               those
               then
               in
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               And
               secondly
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               the
               honour
               which
               is
               sought
               by
               valour
               ,
               is
               atchiued
               chiefely
               by
               the
               power
               of
               the
               mind
               ,
               and
               not
               of
               the
               body
               ;
               although
               the
               body
               must
               bee
               brought
               in
               order
               ,
               to
               become
               seruiceable
               
               to
               the
               mind
               for
               executing
               businesses
               and
               induring
               trauel
               .
            
             
               But
               the
               honour
               which
               is
               sought
               by
               ciuill
               gouernment
               ,
               doth
               wholy
               consist
               in
               the
               care
               and
               casting
               of
               the
               minde
               .
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               that
               they
               bring
               no
               lesse
               commoditie
               who
               gouerne
               in
               peace
               at
               home
               ,
               then
               they
               that
               make
               war
               abroade
               .
            
             
               And
               fourthly
               also
               ,
               that
               by
               the
               aduice
               at
               home
               ,
               wars
               are
               vsually
               ordered
               and
               managed
               abroade
               ,
               for
               the
               attempting
               ,
               beginning
               and
               endding
               of
               them
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               instanceth
               in
               the
               third
               Punike
               war
               guided
               by
               the
               counsel
               of
               M.
               Cato
               ,
               which
               they
               obeyed
               euen
               after
               his
               death
               .
            
             
             
               Whereof
               hee
               inferreth
               ,
               that
               wisedome
               in
               aduising
               &
               determining
               or
               ending
               war
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               preferred
               before
               valour
               in
               fighting
               .
            
             
               Yet
               heerein
               hee
               giueth
               this
               caution
               :
               That
               we
               do
               not
               aduise
               for
               the
               ending
               of
               war
               ,
               onely
               for
               auoiding
               the
               present
               danger
               and
               trouble
               thereof
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               good
               of
               the
               commonweale
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               warre
               is
               euer
               to
               bee
               ●…o
               vndertaken
               ,
               as
               that
               nothing
               may
               seeme
               to
               haue
               bin
               sought
               in
               it
               ,
               but
               an
               honest
               &
               safe
               peace
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               hee
               noteth
               one
               other
               token
               of
               a
               true
               valorous
               and
               constant
               courage
               ,
               viz.
               for
               a
               man
               not
               
               to
               bee
               daunted
               or
               disquieted
               so
               ,
               as
               to
               do
               any
               thing
               swaruing
               from
               reason
               ,
               whatsoeuer
               dangers
               or
               euils
               shall
               betide
               ;
               but
               euer
               to
               follow
               the
               wise
               aduice
               of
               a
               presēt
               resolution
               .
               And
               therefore
               that
               he
               haue
               not
               onely
               courage
               to
               resolue
               ,
               but
               also
               an
               excellent
               wit
               to
               conceiue
               of
               whatsoeuer
               may
               be
               likely
               to
               fall
               out
               ;
               &
               so
               to
               determine
               afore
               what
               to
               doe
               ;
               and
               neuer
               to
               doe
               any
               thing
               ,
               whereof
               he
               may
               say
               ,
               Had
               I
               wist
               .
            
             
             
               These
               things
               hee
               teacheth
               to
               bee
               the
               works
               of
               a
               great
               &
               worthy
               courage
               ,
               guided
               by
               prudēce
               and
               counsell
               .
            
             
               But
               contrarily
               for
               a
               man
               to
               thrust
               him selfe
               into
               danger
               ,
               as
               into
               the
               forefront
               of
               the
               battell
               ,
               or
               to
               fight
               with
               the
               enemie
               hand
               to
               hand
               rashly
               &
               without
               iust
               cause
               ,
               hee
               counteth
               it
               a
               certaine
               brutish
               and
               beastly
               thing
               ;
            
             
               Although
               when
               time
               and
               necessitie
               doth
               require
               it
               indeede
               ,
               a
               man
               is
               to
               fight
               hand
               to
               hand
               ,
               and
               to
               prefer
               death
               it selfe
               before
               slauery
               or
               shame
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               27.
               
            
             
               
                 [
                 
                   Heere
                   hee
                   teacheth
                
                 ]
                 q
                 
                   that
                   cruelty
                   and
                   also
                   rashnesse
                   are
                   vnbefitting
                   a
                   valorous
                   man.
                   
                
              
            
             
               BVt
               q
               as
               concerning
               the
               razing
               and
               sacking
               of
               Cities
               ,
               this
               is
               principally
               to
               bee
               considered
               ,
               that
               q
               nothing
               be
               done
               rashly
               ,
               nor
               any
               thing
               cruelly
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               q
               is
               the
               cōdition
               of
               *
               a
               valorous
               man
               ,
               q
               in
               the
               end
               of
               broyles
               ,
               to
               punish
               the
               offenders
               to
               q
               preserue
               the
               multitude
               ,
               to
               q
               maintaine
               right
               and
               honestie
               in
               euery
               
               state
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Heere
               Tully
               teacheth
               ,
               how
               valorous
               men
               are
               to
               car
               rie
               themselues
               in
               the
               razing
               and
               sacking
               of
               cities
               .
            
             
               That
               they
               are
               then
               to
               take
               heed
               of
               two
               faults
               principally
               ,
               viz.
               rashnesse
               ,
               and
               cruelty
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               in
               the
               end
               of
               all
               ,
               the
               victorie
               being
               fully
               gotten
               ,
               they
               looke
               to
               these
               three
               things
               chiefly
               :
               viz.
               to
               punish
               the
               chiefe
               offenders
               ;
               to
               preserue
               the
               multitude
               or
               common
               sort
               ;
               and
               finally
               ,
               to
               maintaine
               right
               and
               honesty
               in
               ech
               state
               and
               degree
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               28.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   How
                   perils
                   are
                   to
                   bee
                
                 q
                 
                   aduentured
                   by
                   a
                   valiant
                   man.
                
                 
              
            
             
               FOr
               as
               there
               are
               some
               (
               as
               I
               said
               before
               )
               who
               preferre
               q
               martiall
               prowesse
               before
               Citie
               businesses
               :
               So
               you
               shall
               find
               many
               ,
               to
               whom
               *
               perillous
               and
               *
               crafty
               q
               deuices
               seeme
               q
               gloriouser
               &
               grea
               ter
               then
               quiet
               q
               cōsultations
               .
            
             
               1
               q
               Indeed
               wee
               must
               neuer
               q
               so
               carry
               ourselues
               for
               auoiding
               danger
               ,
               
               that
               wee
               should
               seeme
               q
               cowardes
               and
               q
               dastards
               ;
            
             
               2
               q
               Yet
               q
               we
               must
               also
               take
               heede
               of
               this
               ,
               that
               we
               q
               thrust
               
               not
               our selues
               into
               dangers
               without
               cause
               ;
               then
               which
               ,
               nothing
               can
               be
               more
               foolish
               .
            
             
               3
               Wherefore
               in
               q
               attempting
               dangers
               ,
               q
               wee
               are
               to
               imitate
               the
               course
               of
               Physicians
               ,
               q
               who
               vse
               light
               cures
               to
               q
               them
               who
               are
               lightly
               diseased
               ;
               but
               are
               inforced
               q
               to
               minister
               dangerous
               and
               doubtfull
               medicines
               to
               *
               more
               grieuous
               diseases
               .
               q
               Therefore
               in
               a
               calme
               to
               wish
               a
               
               sore
               tempest
               is
               the
               part
               of
               a
               mad
               man
               ;
               but
               to
               q
               preuent
               the
               danger
               of
               the
               tempest
               ,
               by
               all
               maner
               of
               meanes
               ,
               is
               the
               part
               of
               a
               wise
               man
               :
               and
               so
               much
               the
               rather
               if
               you
               may
               obtaine
               more
               good
               ,
               q
               when
               the
               matter
               is
               dispatched
               ,
               then
               hurt
               while
               it
               is
               in
               doubt
               .
            
             
               4
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               the
               managing
               of
               *
               things
               is
               dangerous
               partly
               to
               thē
               who
               vndertake
               ,
               partly
               to
               the
               Common-weale
               .
               And
               also
               some
               q
               are
               brought
               into
               hazard
               of
               [
               their
               ]
               life
               ,
               others
               of
               [
               their
               ]
               *
               glory
               ,
               and
               good-will
               of
               [
               their
               ]
               Citizens
               .
               
               We
               ought
               therefore
               to
               bee
               more
               readie
               ,
               q
               to
               aduenture
               our
               own
               then
               common
               perils
               ;
               and
               to
               fight
               more
               readily
               q
               for
               honour
               and
               glory
               ,
               then
               for
               other
               commodities
               .
               But
               there
               q
               haue
               beene
               many
               found
               ,
               who
               q
               haue
               been
               ready
               to
               spend
               not
               onely
               [
               their
               ]
               *
               mony
               ,
               q
               but
               euen
               [
               their
               ]
               very
               life
               for
               their
               Countrey
               ,
               [
               &
               yet
               ]
               the
               same
               q
               vvould
               not
               lose
               ,
               no
               not
               the
               very
               least
               iot
               of
               their
               glorie
               ;
               no
               though
               the
               Common-weale
               required
               it
               :
               1
               As
               ,
               Callicratides
               ,
               who
               when
               he
               was
               Captaine
               
               of
               the
               Lacedemonians
               in
               the
               Peloponesian
               war
               ,
               and
               had
               done
               many
               things
               q
               very
               notably
               ,
               ouerturned
               all
               q
               in
               the
               end
               ,
               when
               he
               q
               followed
               not
               their
               aduice
               ,
               who
               thought
               good
               to
               *
               remoue
               the
               Nauie
               from
               Arginuse
               and
               not
               to
               fight
               vvith
               the
               Athenians
               .
               To
               whom
               hee
               answered
               ,
               q
               that
               the
               Lacedemonians
               ,
               though
               they
               should
               lose
               that
               Nauie
               ,
               might
               *
               prepare
               another
               ,
               q
               [
               but
               ]
               that
               hee
               could
               not
               fly
               without
               his
               q
               dishonour
               .
               And
               this
               was
               q
               no
               doubt
               a
               
               q
               prety
               blowe
               to
               the
               Lacedemonians
               :
               2
               [
               but
               ]
               that
               [
               was
               ]
               a
               pestilent
               q
               plague
               ,
               whereby
               the
               q
               power
               of
               the
               Lacedemonians
               q
               fell
               flatte
               to
               the
               ground
               ,
               whenas
               Cleombrotus
               fearing
               enuie
               ,
               had
               rashly
               q
               incountered
               with
               Epaminondas
               .
               How
               much
               better
               [
               did
               ]
               
                 Quintus
                 Fabius
                 Maximus
              
               ?
               Of
               whō
               Ennius
               [
               wrote
               thus
               ;
               ]
            
             
               One
               man
               hath
               restored
               [
               our
               ]
               q
               State
               by
               q
               delaying
               :
            
             
               For
               ,
               hee
               q
               preferred
               not
               rumors
               before
               our
               safety
               :
            
             
               Therefore
               q
               euer
               the
               longer
               his
               renowne
               
               is
               more
               famous
               .
            
             
               Which
               kinde
               of
               q
               fault
               must
               also
               be
               auoided
               in
               q
               ciuill
               affaires
               .
               For
               there
               are
               [
               some
               ]
               who
               although
               that
               which
               they
               thinke
               ,
               be
               *
               the
               very
               best
               ,
               yet
               they
               dare
               not
               q
               vtter
               it
               for
               feare
               of
               enuy
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Tully
               ,
               being
               heer
               about
               to
               set
               downe
               some
               other
               duties
               of
               valour
               in
               warre
               ,
               sheweth
               ,
               that
               as
               there
               be
               some
               such
               ,
               as
               prefer
               martiall
               prowesse
               before
               city
               businesses
               ;
               so
               there
               are
               many
               who
               thinke
               subtile
               and
               dangerous
               plots
               ,
               more
               glorious
               then
               quiet
               and
               safe
               consultations
               .
            
             
               And
               heer
               teacheth
               ,
               1.
               
               That
               wee
               neuer
               so
               carrie
               our selues
               
               in
               war
               ,
               as
               that
               for
               auoiding
               daungers
               ,
               wee
               should
               seeme
               cowards
               &
               dastards
               .
               2.
               
               That
               wee
               neuer
               thrust
               ourselues
               into
               daungers
               without
               iust
               cause
               ;
               for
               that
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               of
               all
               other
               ,
               most
               foolish
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               in
               dangers
               we
               imitate
               the
               courses
               of
               good
               Physicians
               ,
               who
               vse
               but
               light
               cures
               in
               light
               diseases
               ;
               whereas
               in
               more
               grieuous
               and
               desperate
               diseases
               ,
               they
               are
               inforced
               to
               vse
               more
               desperate
               cures
               .
            
             
               The
               contrarie
               practise
               hee
               sheweth
               to
               bee
               the
               part
               of
               a
               
               mad
               man
               rather
               then
               of
               one
               wise
               ;
               &
               to
               bee
               as
               if
               a
               mariner
               should
               in
               a
               pleasant
               calme
               wish
               a
               sore
               tempest
               ;
               which
               a
               wise
               man
               should
               by
               all
               manner
               of
               meanes
               seek
               to
               preuent
               .
            
             
               And
               for
               this
               he
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               wee
               are
               the
               rather
               to
               labor
               vnto
               it
               ;
               if
               wee
               may
               obtaine
               more
               good
               by
               it
               ,
               when
               the
               matter
               is
               quietly
               and
               safely
               dispatched
               ,
               thē
               we
               could
               whilst
               it
               was
               doubtfull
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               Whereas
               the
               vndertaking
               of
               such
               may
               be
               daungerous
               partly
               to
               them
               who
               vndertake
               them
               ,
               &
               partly
               to
               the
               commonweale
               :
               also
               that
               thereby
               some
               hazard
               their
               liues
               ,
               others
               their
               glorie
               ,
               &
               good
               will
               of
               their
               citizens
               ;
               hee
               teacheth
               
               for
               the
               first
               ,
               that
               we
               are
               to
               bee
               more
               readie
               to
               aduenture
               of
               any
               perill
               to
               our selues
               then
               to
               the
               common
               weale
               :
            
             
               And
               for
               the
               second
               ,
               that
               we
               are
               to
               fight
               more
               readily
               for
               honour
               and
               glorie
               then
               for
               other
               commodities
               ;
               and
               so
               rather
               to
               lose
               life
               and
               all
               ,
               then
               true
               glorie
               .
               And
               yet
               heere
               hee
               giueth
               warning
               of
               a
               great
               fault
               in
               sundry
               against
               the
               former
               of
               these
               two
               .
            
             
               That
               there
               haue
               beene
               many
               ,
               who
               though
               they
               would
               readily
               aduenture
               not
               onely
               their
               money
               but
               euen
               their
               verie
               liues
               for
               their
               countries
               ;
               yet
               wold
               not
               lose
               ,
               no
               not
               the
               verie
               least
               iot
               of
               their
               owne
               glorie
               for
               the
               same
               ,
               although
               neuer
               so
               great
               dammage
               should
               come
               to
               it
               thereby
               .
            
             
             
               This
               he
               confirmeth
               by
               three
               memorable
               ensamples
               :
            
             
               1.
               ●…e
               of
               Callicratides
               a
               famous
               captaine
               of
               the
               Lacedemonians
               ,
               in
               the
               Peloponesian
               war
               :
               who
               hauing
               there
               done
               many
               things
               verie
               worthily
               ,
               yet
               in
               the
               ●…d
               ouerturned
               all
               vtterly
               hereby
               ,
               when
               he
               would
               needes
               fight
               with
               the
               Athenians
               contrary
               to
               all
               aduice
               ,
               and
               aduenture
               rather
               the
               losse
               of
               their
               whole
               fleete
               as
               it
               came
               to
               passe
               ,
               then
               by
               withdrawing
               his
               ships
               a
               little
               and
               auoiding
               that
               fight
               ,
               to
               be
               thought
               to
               flee
               with
               disgrace
               ;
               saying
               that
               althogh
               they
               should
               los●…
               their
               nauy
               they
               might
               prouide
               a
               nother
               ,
               but
               he
               cold
               not
               flie
               without
               his
               dishonour
               .
            
             
               A
               second
               ensample
               
               is
               of
               Cleombrotus
               another
               captaine
               of
               the
               Lacedemonians
               ;
               who
               vpon
               the
               like
               surmise
               of
               disgrace
               ,
               would
               needes
               encounter
               rashly
               with
               Epaminōdas
               ;
               wherin
               his
               armie
               beeing
               ouercomne
               hee
               vtterly
               ouerthrew
               that
               whole
               estate
               .
            
             
               But
               for
               the
               contrary
               ,
               he
               sheweth
               how
               much
               better
               it
               is
               ,
               by
               one
               worthie
               ensample
               in
               Q.
               Fabius
               Max.
               who
               deferring
               to
               ioyne
               battel
               with
               Anniball
               vntill
               hee
               sawe
               that
               hee
               was
               able
               to
               ouercome
               him
               ;
               howsoeuer
               by
               delaying
               hee
               receiued
               some
               present
               disgrace
               ,
               yet
               at
               lēgth
               setting
               fiercely
               vpon
               him
               and
               ouercomming
               him
               ▪
               recouered
               eternall
               glory
               to
               himselfe
               &
               safety
               to
               his
               countrey
               ,
               for
               which
               hee
               is
               so
               highly
               extolled
               
               by
               Ennius
               in
               verse
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               hee
               giueth
               warning
               of
               the
               like
               fault
               in
               ciuil
               affairs
               :
               for
               that
               therin
               som
               dare
               not
               vtter
               their
               mindes
               for
               feare
               of
               enuy
               ,
               though
               they
               thinke
               that
               which
               is
               the
               best
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               29.
               
            
             
               q
               WHosoeuer
               shall
               bee
               gouernours
               in
               the
               Common-weal
               ,
               let
               them
               euer
               obserue
               two
               precepts
               of
               Plato
               .
               1
               One
               [
               is
               ]
               that
               they
               so
               maintaine
               the
               profit
               of
               
               the
               q
               commons
               ,
               that
               vvhatsoeuer
               they
               doe
               ,
               they
               referre
               it
               thereunto
               ,
               q
               forgetting
               their
               owne
               priuate
               commodities
               .
               2
               Another
               [
               is
               ]
               that
               they
               q
               haue
               care
               for
               the
               whole
               body
               of
               the
               Cōmonweale
               :
               lest
               whilst
               they
               q
               vphold
               som
               one
               part
               ,
               they
               leaue
               the
               rest
               destitute
               .
               For
               as
               a
               q
               gardianshippe
               ,
               euen
               so
               the
               q
               gouernement
               of
               the
               Common-weale
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               q
               vsed
               to
               the
               commoditie
               of
               them
               who
               are
               com
               mitted
               [
               to
               q
               be
               gouerned
               ]
               and
               not
               of
               them
               to
               whom
               q
               it
               is
               committed
               .
               q
               But
               who
               so
               prouide
               
               for
               [
               one
               ]
               part
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               that
               they
               neglect
               [
               another
               ]
               part
               ,
               do
               bring
               in
               a
               most
               pernicious
               matter
               into
               the
               Commonweal
               ,
               
               [
               to
               wit
               ]
               sedition
               and
               discord
               :
               wherupon
               it
               q
               falleth
               out
               ,
               that
               some
               seeme
               q
               popular
               ,
               some
               q
               affectionate
               to
               the
               nobility
               ,
               [
               but
               ]
               few
               to
               the
               
               whole
               .
               Hereupon
               great
               q
               dissentions
               sprang
               amongst
               the
               Athenians
               ;
               and
               not
               only
               seditions
               ,
               but
               also
               q
               pestilent
               ciuill
               warres
               in
               our
               Common-vveale
               .
               Which
               a
               graue
               &
               stout
               citizen
               ,
               and
               worthie
               of
               q
               rule
               
               in
               the
               Common-weale
               ,
               will
               fly
               and
               hate
               ,
               and
               will
               giue
               himselfe
               wholly
               to
               the
               Commonweal
               ,
               neither
               will
               hee
               q
               hunt
               after
               riches
               or
               power
               ;
               *
               and
               vvill
               so
               defende
               q
               the
               whole
               estate
               that
               hee
               may
               prouide
               for
               all
               [
               men
               .
               ]
               Neither
               in
               truth
               will
               hee
               q
               bring
               any
               man
               into
               hatred
               or
               enuy
               by
               false
               accusations
               ;
               but
               will
               q
               alwaies
               so
               cleaue
               to
               iustice
               and
               honestie
               ,
               that
               q
               so
               that
               hee
               may
               maintaine
               it
               ,
               hee
               q
               will
               q
               incurre
               the
               grieuous
               displeasure
               of
               any
               ;
               and
               desire
               death
               rather
               ,
               then
               forsake
               those
               
               things
               which
               I
               haue
               spoken
               of
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               29.
               
            
             
               Tully
               here
               ,
               about
               to
               set
               downe
               some
               Duties
               of
               ciuill
               gouernours
               ,
               teacheth
               that
               they
               must
               euer
               obserue
               two
               precepts
               of
               Plato
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               they
               alwaies
               prefer
               the
               common
               
               good
               before
               their
               owne
               priuate
               ,
               and
               referre
               all
               that
               they
               doe
               ,
               thereunto
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               they
               euer
               haue
               care
               for
               the
               whole
               body
               of
               the
               common
               wealth
               ;
               lest
               vpholding
               som
               one
               part
               ,
               they
               leaue
               the
               rest
               destitute
               .
               For
               the
               first
               of
               these
               he
               sheweth
               it
               by
               the
               example
               of
               a
               gardianship
               :
               That
               as
               it
               is
               to
               be
               vsed
               for
               their
               commoditie
               who
               are
               committed
               to
               be
               gouerned
               ,
               not
               of
               them
               to
               whom
               they
               are
               committed
               ;
               so
               it
               must
               be
               in
               the
               commonweale
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               second
               hee
               confirmeth
               it
               by
               a
               dangerous
               effect
               that
               otherwise
               may
               insue
               ;
               That
               prouiding
               for
               one
               part
               
               with
               the
               neglect
               of
               an
               other
               ,
               cause
               sedition
               and
               discord
               ,
               which
               are
               most
               pernicious
               to
               the
               commonweale
               .
            
             
               And
               moreouer
               that
               some
               of
               them
               seem
               popular
               ,
               others
               set
               to
               please
               the
               nobilitie
               ,
               but
               fewe
               that
               regard
               the
               whole
               .
            
             
               The
               mischiefe
               hee
               manifesteth
               by
               particular
               instances
               ,
               both
               amongst
               the
               Athenians
               and
               them selues
               :
            
             
               That
               heereupon
               great
               dissentions
               sprung
               among
               the
               Athenians
               ;
               and
               not
               onely
               seditions
               ,
               but
               also
               pestilent
               c●…uill
               wars
               fel
               out
               in
               their
               owne
               cōmonweale
               .
               Now
               these
               things
               he
               teacheth
               to
               bee
               such
               ,
               that
               a
               graue
               and
               stout
               citizen
               ,
               fit
               to
               beare
               rule
               will
               
               slie
               ,
               and
               giue
               himselfe
               wholly
               to
               the
               care
               of
               the
               common
               wealth
               ,
               without
               hunting
               either
               after
               riches
               or
               greatnesse
               ;
               and
               will
               so
               defend
               the
               whole
               state
               ,
               as
               he
               may
               pro
               uide
               for
               the
               good
               of
               each
               one
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               hee
               noteth
               this
               as
               another
               property
               of
               a
               worthie
               magistrate
               ,
               that
               hee
               will
               not
               bring
               any
               into
               hatred
               or
               disgrace
               by
               false
               accusations
               ;
               but
               contrarily
               will
               euer
               so
               cleaue
               to
               iustice
               &
               honestie
               ,
               as
               that
               he
               will
               rather
               incur
               displeasure
               or
               danger
               ,
               yea
               euen
               death
               it selfe
               ,
               then
               leaue
               the
               maintenance
               &
               iust
               defence
               thereof
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               30.
               
            
             
               
                 *
                 
                   To
                   contend
                   vehemently
                   about
                   honours
                   ,
                   to
                   bee
                   contrarie
                   to
                   the
                   dutie
                   of
                   a
                
                 q
                 
                   valorous
                   minde
                
                 .
              
            
             
               q
               AMbition
               &
               striuing
               for
               q
               promotion
               ,
               is
               of
               all
               other
               most
               miserable
               .
               q
               Concerning
               which
               it
               is
               notably
               q
               spoken
               in
               the
               same
               Plato
               ;
               q
               that
               they
               who
               would
               contend
               among
               themselues
               ,
               whether
               of
               them
               should
               rather
               rule
               
               the
               Cōmon-weale
               ,
               q
               should
               do
               q
               after
               the
               same
               fashion
               ,
               as
               if
               Mariners
               shold
               striue
               ,
               which
               of
               them
               should
               chiefly
               *
               gouerne
               .
            
             
               2
               And
               the
               same
               *
               man
               hath
               q
               Al
               taught
               vs
               ,
               that
               we
               
               should
               q
               take
               them
               for
               enemies
               ,
               who
               *
               beare
               armes
               against
               vs
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               not
               those
               who
               desire
               to
               pre●…erue
               the
               Cōmon-weal
               by
               their
               q
               discretion
               ;
               q
               as
               was
               the
               dissension
               betweene
               
                 Publius
                 Africanus
              
               ,
               &
               
                 Quintus
                 Metellus
              
               ,
               without
               [
               any
               ]
               bitternesse
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               ,
               Tully
               teacheth
               that
               m●…n
               of
               worthie
               resolutions
               ,
               ought
               to
               beware
               of
               ambition
               ,
               and
               all
               bitter
               contending
               for
               promotion
               &
               bearing
               rule
               ,
               as
               a
               thing
               verie
               miserable
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               teacheth
               by
               two
               testimonies
               of
               Plato
               ;
            
             
               1.
               
               Comparing
               their
               contentions
               to
               the
               contentions
               of
               mariners
               
               striuing
               which
               of
               them
               should
               gouerne
               the
               ship
               ,
               &
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               indanger
               all
               .
            
             
               And
               secondly
               ,
               directing
               that
               wee
               should
               take
               them
               onely
               for
               enemies
               who
               beare
               armes
               against
               vs
               ;
               notthose
               who
               striue
               to
               helpe
               to
               preserue
               the
               cōmonweale
               by
               their
               discretion
               .
            
             
               This
               later
               sort
               of
               contention
               Tully
               approoueth
               by
               the
               example
               of
               the
               dissension
               between
               P.
               Africanus
               and
               Q.
               Meteilus
               ,
               which
               was
               for
               the
               more
               safe
               preseruation
               of
               the
               common
               weale
               ,
               without
               any
               bitternesse
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               31.
               
            
             
               
                 [
                 
                   It
                   is
                
                 ]
                 q
                 
                   the
                   property
                   of
                   fortitude
                   ,
                   to
                   moderate
                   anger
                   .
                
              
            
             
               1
               NEither
               q
               certainely
               are
               they
               q
               worthie
               to
               be
               heard
               ,
               who
               shall
               hold
               opinion
               that
               we
               are
               to
               be
               q
               furiously
               〈◊〉
               angrie
               q
               with
               our
               enemies
               ,
               and
               doe
               iudge
               it
               the
               propertie
               of
               a
               *
               magnanimous
               and
               valiant
               man.
               2
               For
               there
               is
               nothing
               more
               commēdable
               ,
               nothing
               more
               q
               seemly
               for
               a
               great
               and
               q
               noble
               personage
               ,
               then
               q
               placability
               and
               clemency
               .
            
             
             
               3
               Moreouer
               q
               amongst
               free
               people
               ,
               and
               q
               where
               there
               is
               equality
               of
               law
               ,
               there
               must
               be
               vsed
               also
               *
               gentlenesse
               ,
               and
               q
               noblenesse
               of
               courage
               ,
               q
               as
               they
               *
               cal
               it
               ;
               lest
               if
               wee
               bee
               q
               angry
               either
               with
               [
               those
               ]
               q
               who
               come
               out
               of
               time
               ,
               or
               who
               aske
               impudently
               ,
               we
               fall
               into
               q
               testinesse
               [
               both
               ]
               vnprofitable
               and
               odious
               .
               And
               yet
               q
               gentlenesse
               and
               clemency
               *
               is
               so
               to
               be
               *
               approued
               ,
               that
               seuerity
               be
               vsed
               for
               the
               q
               Common-weales
               sake
               ,
               without
               which
               a
               Citie
               cannot
               be
               q
               gouerned
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               31.
               
            
             
               Heer
               Tullie
               ,
               about
               to
               teach
               that
               it
               is
               the
               property
               of
               true
               fortitude
               to
               moderate
               anger
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               Reproueth
               them
               as
               vnworthie
               to
               be
               heard
               ,
               who
               houlde
               this
               opinion
               ,
               That
               we
               are
               to
               be
               exceedingly
               angry
               withour
               enemies
               ,
               and
               iudge
               it
               to
               bee
               the
               propertie
               of
               a
               valiant
               man.
               
            
             
               2.
               
               Sheweth
               that
               cōtrarily
               nothing
               is
               more
               commendable
               ,
               nor
               more
               beseeming
               a
               great
               &
               noble
               personage
               ,
               then
               placabilitie
               &
               clemencie
               .
            
             
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               that
               amōg
               all
               free
               people
               ,
               and
               which
               inioy
               equalitie
               of
               lawe
               ,
               mildenesse
               &
               gentlenesse
               must
               be
               ioined
               with
               nobleness
               of
               mind
               .
               Because
               otherwise
               the
               magistrates
               ,
               being
               angry
               either
               with
               such
               as
               come
               at
               vnfit
               times
               ,
               or
               who
               are
               too
               boulde
               or
               importunate
               ,
               fall
               into
               testinesse
               or
               rage
               ,
               which
               is
               both
               vnprofitable
               and
               odious
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               giueth
               this
               caution
               ,
               that
               yet
               gentlenesse
               and
               clemencie
               are
               so
               to
               be
               approued
               of
               ,
               that
               seueritie
               be
               also
               vsed
               sometimes
               for
               the
               common
               good
               ,
               for
               that
               without
               it
               a
               citie
               cannot
               bee
               gouerned
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               32.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 
                   We
                   must
                   especially
                   abstaine
                   from
                   anger
                   in
                   all
                   kinde
                   of
                   Correction
                   .
                
              
            
             
               q
               ALL
               punishmēt
               ought
               to
               bee
               voide
               of
               q
               contumely
               ;
               q
               and
               not
               bee
               done
               to
               serue
               his
               turne
               who
               punisheth
               or
               q
               rebuketh
               any
               ,
               but
               to
               the
               *
               commoditie
               of
               the
               Common-weale
               .
               3
               We
               must
               also
               beware
               ,
               q
               that
               the
               punishment
               be
               not
               greater
               then
               the
               fault
               ;
               4
               And
               that
               some
               be
               not
               punished
               for
               the
               same
               causes
               ,
               others
               q
               not
               so
               much
               as
               spoken
               
               to
               .
               5
               q
               Likewise
               ,
               wee
               must
               chiefly
               refrain
               from
               anger
               in
               punishing
               .
               For
               he
               that
               *
               goeth
               to
               punish
               [
               others
               ]
               being
               angry
               ,
               shall
               neuer
               keepe
               that
               q
               mediocrity
               which
               is
               betweene
               q
               too
               much
               and
               too
               little
               .
               Which
               q
               [
               moderation
               ]
               pleaseth
               the
               *
               Peripatecians
               :
               and
               it
               q
               liketh
               them
               *
               rightly
               ,
               so
               that
               they
               would
               not
               commend
               angrynesse
               ,
               &
               say
               ,
               q
               that
               it
               is
               profitably
               giuen
               of
               Nature
               .
            
             
               But
               that
               [
               q
               affection
               ]
               is
               in
               all
               *
               things
               to
               be
               q
               eschewed
               :
               and
               it
               is
               to
               be
               wished
               ,
               that
               q
               such
               as
               gouerne
               
               the
               Commonweal
               ,
               q
               be
               like
               the
               lawes
               ;
               which
               are
               q
               mooued
               to
               punish
               not
               by
               *
               angrinesse
               ,
               but
               by
               equity
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               ,
               Tully
               setteth
               down
               certaine
               Duties
               to
               be
               obserued
               in
               all
               maner
               of
               correction
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               all
               punishment
               and
               chastisement
               ought
               to
               bee
               done
               without
               contumely
               ,
               viz.
               without
               taunting
               or
               bitter
               speeches
               or
               contempt
               to
               the
               partie
               punished
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               it
               bee
               not
               done
               to
               serue
               his
               turn
               onely
               who
               inflicteth
               the
               punishment
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               good
               of
               the
               commonweale
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               there
               bee
               speciall
               care
               had
               ,
               that
               the
               punishment
               be
               not
               greater
               then
               the
               fault
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               That
               all
               offending
               alike
               ,
               be
               punished
               
               alike
               ;
               &
               not
               some
               punished
               ,
               others
               not
               so
               much
               as
               spoken
               to
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               that
               they
               who
               are
               to
               punish
               others
               doe
               refraine
               from
               anger
               ;
               and
               that
               for
               this
               cause
               chiefly
               ;
            
             
               Because
               he
               that
               goeth
               to
               punish
               others
               being
               angry
               ,
               can
               neuer
               keep
               the
               true
               meane
               which
               is
               betweene
               too
               much
               &
               too
               little
               .
            
             
               And
               for
               this
               keeping
               a
               moderation
               ,
               he
               commēdeth
               the
               opinion
               of
               the
               Peripateticks
               ,
               only
               dis
               liking
               thē
               for
               their
               approbation
               of
               angrinesse
               ,
               affirming
               it
               to
               bee
               profitably
               giuen
               by
               nature
               .
            
             
               But
               for
               this
               passion
               of
               angrinesse
               hee
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               in
               all
               things
               to
               bee
               eschewed
               :
               and
               that
               it
               were
               to
               be
               wished
               ,
               that
               such
               as
               gouern
               
               the
               common
               weale
               should
               bee
               like
               the
               lawes
               ;
               which
               punish
               ,
               not
               by
               angrinesse
               ,
               but
               onely
               by
               equitie
               and
               iustice
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               33.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   It
                   is
                
                 [
                 
                   the
                   condition
                
                 ]
                 q
                 
                   of
                   a
                   noble
                   courage
                   ,
                   neither
                   to
                   wax
                
                 q
                 insolent
                 q
                 
                   in
                   prosperity
                   ,
                   nor
                   to
                   be
                   deiected
                   in
                   aduersity
                   .
                
              
            
             
               q
               MOreouer
               ,
               in
               prosperity
               ,
               and
               when
               things
               flowe
               euen
               at
               our
               will
               ,
               Let
               vs
               earnestly
               fly
               pride
               ,
               disdainfulnesse
               and
               arrogancy
               .
               For
               as
               
               it
               is
               q
               a
               token
               of
               lightnesse
               ,
               to
               take
               aduersity
               [
               impatiently
               ]
               ;
               so
               likewise
               to
               vse
               prosperitie
               immoderately
               .
            
             
               q
               For
               a
               continuall
               euennesse
               in
               all
               a
               mans
               life
               ,
               also
               the
               same
               countenance
               euer
               ,
               q
               and
               one
               manner
               of
               cheer
               ,
               is
               q
               very
               cōmendable
               ,
               as
               vvee
               haue
               q
               heard
               concerning
               Socrates
               and
               concerning
               
                 Caius
                 Lelius
              
               also
               .
               I
               see
               indeed
               Philip
               king
               of
               the
               Macedonians
               to
               haue
               beene
               q
               surmounted
               by
               his
               *
               sonne
               in
               *
               valorous
               acts
               and
               glory
               ,
               q
               [
               yet
               ]
               in
               q
               mildenesse
               &
               curtesie
               to
               haue
               
               beene
               farre
               superiour
               .
               Therefore
               the
               one
               [
               was
               ]
               alwaies
               q
               noble
               ;
               the
               other
               oft
               times
               most
               q
               beastly
               .
               That
               they
               seeme
               to
               q
               aduertise
               aright
               ,
               who
               warne
               vs
               ,
               q
               that
               the
               higher
               we
               are
               ,
               the
               lowlyer
               wee
               *
               carrie
               our selues
               .
               q
               Panetius
               reporteth
               ,
               q
               that
               Africanus
               his
               hearer
               &
               familiar
               friend
               ,
               was
               wont
               to
               sai
               ,
               that
               like
               as
               [
               mē
               ]
               q
               vse
               q
               to
               put
               to
               riders
               ,
               horses
               waxing
               ouer
               fierce
               for
               their
               often
               fights
               in
               battel
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               q
               haue
               them
               the
               *
               more
               gentle
               ;
               euen
               so
               should
               men
               *
               vnbridled
               
               through
               prosperity
               ,
               &
               q
               ouer
               much
               trusting
               to
               themselues
               ,
               be
               brought
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               within
               the
               compasse
               of
               reason
               and
               learning
               ,
               that
               they
               might
               thorowly
               beholde
               q
               the
               frailty
               of
               *
               humane
               things
               ,
               and
               the
               q
               wauering
               of
               fortune
               .
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               also
               in
               our
               greatest
               prosperitie
               ,
               we
               are
               especially
               to
               vse
               the
               aduice
               of
               our
               friends
               ;
               q
               and
               wee
               must
               giue
               them
               also
               a
               greater
               authority
               then
               before
               :
               and
               at
               q
               those
               times
               wee
               must
               take
               heede
               ,
               that
               wee
               open
               not
               our
               eares
               to
               flatterers
               ,
               
               nor
               suffer
               our selues
               to
               be
               *
               flattered
               ,
               wherein
               it
               is
               an
               easie
               thing
               to
               be
               deceiued
               .
               For
               we
               then
               thinke
               our selues
               q
               such
               ,
               that
               of
               right
               wee
               may
               be
               praised
               :
               whereof
               innumerable
               faults
               doe
               *
               spring
               ;
               whenas
               men
               puft
               vppe
               with
               q
               conceites
               ,
               are
               shamefully
               scorned
               ,
               and
               are
               q
               vvrapped
               q
               in
               very
               grosse
               errours
               .
               q
               But
               of
               these
               matters
               thus
               farre
               .
            
          
           
             
               Tully
               ,
               here
               proceeding
               to
               teach
               other
               conditions
               of
               a
               noble
               courage
               ,
               sheweth
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               in
               prosperitie
               ,
               and
               when
               all
               things
               flowe
               according
               to
               a
               mans
               wil
               ,
               hee
               is
               carefully
               to
               shun
               these
               vices
               viz.
               pride
               ,
               disdaine
               ,
               arrogancie
               ,
               which
               vsually
               attend
               vpon
               prosperity
               &
               great
               courages
               .
            
             
               Because
               as
               it
               is
               a
               token
               
               of
               inconstancy
               and
               leuitie
               ,
               to
               beare
               aduersitie
               impatiently
               ;
               so
               of
               the
               other
               side
               to
               vse
               prosperitie
               so
               immoderately
               ,
               as
               to
               fall
               into
               these
               vices
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               He
               teacheth
               that
               a
               continuall
               euennesse
               kept
               in
               all
               a
               mans
               life
               ,
               and
               as
               it
               were
               the
               same
               coūtenance
               ,
               and
               one
               manner
               of
               cheere
               ,
               is
               verie
               commendable
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               proueth
               ,
               first
               ,
               by
               the
               examples
               of
               Socrates
               &
               C.
               Lelius
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               of
               Philip
               king
               of
               Macedonia
               ;
               who
               howsoeuer
               he
               was
               inferiour
               to
               Alexander
               his
               sonne
               ,
               in
               valorous
               acts
               &
               glorie
               :
               yet
               for
               continuall
               gentlenesse
               〈◊〉
               curtesie
               was
               so
               
               far
               superiour
               vnto
               him
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               alwaies
               noble
               ;
               whereas
               Alexander
               by
               the
               contrarie
               cariage
               was
               oft
               verie
               base
               &
               ignoble
               ,
               through
               the
               vices
               mentioned
               .
            
             
               Hence
               hee
               gathereth
               this
               ,
               as
               a
               worthy
               aduertisemēt
               ;
               That
               the
               higher
               wee
               are
               ,
               the
               lowlyer
               we
               cary
               our selues
               .
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               he
               illustrateth
               it
               by
               the
               testimonie
               of
               Panetius
               ,
               cōcerning
               a
               speech
               of
               Africane
               his
               hearer
               and
               famili●…t
               friende
               ,
               who
               was
               wo●…t
               to
               say
               ,
               and
               so
               to
               vrge
               this
               point
               ,
               by
               this
               similitude
               ,
               That
               like
               as
               men
               are
               wōt
               to
               put
               their
               great
               horses
               to
               riders
               ,
               to
               the
               ende
               to
               haue
               them
               more
               gentle
               ,
               whereas
               otherwise
               they
               would
               proue
               ouer
               fierce
               ,
               through
               their
               often
               
               fights
               in
               battel
               ;
               euen
               so
               men
               beeing
               too
               vnbridled
               through
               an
               ouerweening
               of
               themselues
               ,
               are
               to
               bee
               brought
               within
               the
               compasse
               of
               reason
               and
               learning
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               throughly
               beholde
               the
               frailtie
               of
               all
               the
               things
               of
               this
               life
               ,
               and
               the
               inconstancie
               of
               fortune
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               directeth
               that
               in
               our
               greatest
               pro●…peritie
               wee
               bee
               especially
               carefull
               to
               v●…e
               the
               aduice
               of
               our
               friends
               ,
               &
               then
               also
               to
               giue
               them
               greater
               authoritie
               ouer
               vs
               then
               euer
               before
               ,
               for
               the
               free
               aduising
               of
               vs.
               
            
             
               And
               ,
               of
               the
               otherside
               ,
               to
               take
               heede
               chiefely
               at
               such
               times
               ,
               that
               wee
               harken
               not
               to
               flatterers
               ;
               
               nor
               suffer
               our selues
               to
               bee
               flattered
               in
               any
               case
               ;
               because
               it
               is
               so
               easie
               a
               matter
               to
               be
               deceiued
               by
               them
               .
               for
               that
               ,
               listning
               to
               thē
               ,
               we
               think
               our selues
               worthie
               of
               what
               praise
               soeuer
               they
               giue
               vs
               :
               whereof
               he
               sheweth
               ,
               that
               innumerable
               euills
               doe
               spring
               ;
               and
               namely
               this
               ,
               that
               being
               puft
               vp
               with
               conceitednesse
               of
               our selues
               ,
               wee
               are
               oft
               times
               scorned
               and
               abused
               very
               shamefully
               ,
               &
               wrapped
               in
               verie
               grosse
               errours
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               34.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   The
                   dutie
                   of
                   a
                   noble
                   minde
                   in
                   an
                   honest
                
                 q
                 
                   priuate
                   life
                
                 .
              
            
             
               q
               THis
               then
               is
               to
               be
               *
               so
               iudged
               ;
               The
               greatest
               q
               acts
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               greatest
               courage
               to
               bee
               q
               vndertaken
               by
               them
               ,
               who
               gouerne
               the
               Common-weal
               ;
               because
               their
               q
               gouernement
               q
               extendeth
               the
               farthest
               ,
               and
               appertaineth
               vnto
               most
               .
               q
               Yet
               there
               be
               ,
               and
               haue
               been
               many
               of
               great
               courage
               ,
               euen
               in
               the
               *
               quiet
               life
               ,
               vvho
               wold
               either
               q
               search
               
               out
               or
               q
               indeauour
               certain
               great
               *
               matters
               ,
               and
               q
               keepe
               themselues
               within
               the
               bounds
               of
               their
               owne
               businesses
               ;
               or
               else
               being
               *
               cast
               betweene
               Philosophers
               ,
               and
               those
               that
               rule
               the
               Common-weale
               ,
               would
               bee
               delighted
               with
               their
               owne
               q
               housholde
               substance
               ;
               q
               not
               heaping
               vp
               the
               same
               by
               all
               maner
               of
               meanes
               ,
               nor
               *
               excluding
               theirs
               from
               the
               vse
               thereof
               ;
               but
               rather
               imparting
               it
               both
               to
               [
               their
               ]
               friends
               ,
               &
               to
               the
               Common-weale
               ,
               *
               if
               there
               should
               bee
               neede
               at
               any
               time
               .
            
             
               q
               Which
               first
               let
               
               it
               be
               q
               well
               gotten
               ,
               q
               by
               no
               dishonest
               nor
               q
               odious
               gain
               .
               q
               Secondly
               ,
               let
               it
               be
               in
               readinesse
               for
               the
               good
               of
               many
               ,
               so
               they
               be
               worthy
               :
               q
               Lastly
               ,
               let
               it
               bee
               increased
               by
               q
               discretion
               ,
               diligence
               and
               q
               thrift
               ;
               q
               and
               let
               it
               not
               lie
               open
               rather
               to
               lust
               and
               riot
               ,
               then
               to
               liberality
               and
               bountie
               .
               q
               Hee
               that
               obserueth
               these
               precepts
               may
               liue
               q
               roially
               ,
               grauely
               ,
               and
               q
               stoutly
               ,
               and
               also
               plainely
               ,
               faithfully
               ,
               and
               friendly
               ,
               q
               for
               the
               life
               of
               man.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               34.
               
            
             
               Tully
               heer
               (
               being
               about
               to
               teach
               that
               there
               may
               be
               a
               noble
               minde
               ,
               euen
               in
               a
               priuate
               life
               ,
               &
               some
               Duties
               thereof
               )
               declareth
               first
               ,
            
             
               That
               although
               the
               noble
               acts
               &
               which
               beseeme
               best
               the
               greatest
               courages
               ,
               are
               to
               bee
               vndertaken
               by
               them
               chiefly
               who
               gouern
               the
               commonweale
               ,
               because
               their
               gouernment
               appertaineth
               to
               the
               most
               ;
               yet
               that
               there
               bee
               and
               haue
               bin
               many
               of
               noble
               mindes
               who
               haue
               liued
               a
               priuate
               and
               a
               quiet
               life
               ,
            
             
               Who
               would
               still
               be
               either
               searching
               out
               
               or
               indeuouring
               som
               great
               matters
               ,
               yet
               keeping
               themselues
               within
               the
               boundes
               of
               their
               owne
               callings
               &
               businesses
               ;
               Or
               else
               being
               of
               a
               middle
               ranke
               betweene
               Philosophers
               ,
               &
               those
               that
               rule
               the
               common-weale
               ,
               haue
               delighted
               themselues
               with
               their
               owne
               domesticall
               affaires
               and
               estate
               ;
               not
               heaping
               vp
               riches
               by
               any
               ma
               ner
               of
               bad
               means
               ,
               nor
               excluding
               others
               from
               the
               vse
               the●…eof
               ;
               but
               rather
               imparting
               their
               goods
               both
               to
               the
               vse
               of
               their
               friends
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               common
               weale
               ,
               if
               there
               haue
               beene
               neede
               at
               any
               time
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               he
               giueth
               certaine
               precepts
               concerning
               the
               substance
               of
               such
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               it
               bee
               well
               
               gotten
               ▪
               and
               not
               by
               any
               dishonest
               or
               odiou
               ▪
               game
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               they
               haue
               it
               euer
               in
               readinesse
               for
               the
               good
               of
               all
               who
               stand
               in
               neede
               thereof
               being
               worthie
               ,
               and
               to
               whom
               they
               are
               more
               specially
               bound
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               it
               be
               increased
               by
               discretion
               ,
               diligence
               and
               thrift
               ,
               &
               be
               readie
               alwaies
               to
               be
               bestowed
               not
               on
               lust
               and
               riot
               ,
               but
               on
               liberalitie
               and
               bountie
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               declareth
               the
               benefits
               of
               obseruing
               these
               precepts
               ;
               that
               a
               man
               may
               liue
               royally
               ,
               brauely
               and
               stoutly
               ;
               and
               also
               honestly
               &
               profitably
               for
               the
               life
               of
               man.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               35.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   The
                   fourth
                   fountaine
                   of
                   dutie
                   [
                   is
                   ]
                   Temperance
                   :
                   which
                   Aristotle
                   thinketh
                   to
                   be
                   a
                   moderation
                   of
                   q
                   desires
                   ,
                   [
                   viz.
                   ]
                   of
                   those
                   onely
                   which
                   are
                   q
                   imployed
                   about
                   the
                   pleasures
                   of
                   the
                   q
                   gullet
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   groine
                   .
                   A
                   temperate
                   man
                   ,
                   quoth
                   hee
                   ,
                   desireth
                   those
                   things
                   vvhich
                   hee
                   ought
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   hee
                   ought
                   ,
                   and
                   when
                   hee
                   ought
                   .
                   The
                   q
                   principall
                   point
                   heereof
                   ,
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   desire
                   obey
                   reason
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   childe
                   [
                   his
                   ]
                   Scholomaster
                   .
                   From
                   thence
                   ariseth
                   that
                   q
                   decorum
                   ,
                   q
                   vvhich
                   ,
                   
                   how
                   it
                   is
                   q
                   deriued
                   from
                   nature
                   and
                   other
                   circumstances
                   ,
                   and
                   q
                   graceth
                   euery
                   *
                   dutie
                   of
                   life
                   ,
                   Tully
                   sets
                   downe
                   diuinely
                   .
                
              
            
             
               IT
               followeth
               ,
               that
               wee
               speake
               of
               q
               one
               other
               parte
               of
               honesty
               which
               remayneth
               ,
               wherein
               q
               bashfulnesse
               ,
               and
               temperance
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               a
               certaine
               ornamēt
               q
               of
               mans
               life
               ,
               and
               also
               of
               modestie
               ,
               and
               all
               q
               appeasing
               of
               the
               passiōs
               of
               the
               mind
               ,
               and
               the
               measure
               of
               things
               ,
               is
               seene
               .
               q
               In
               this
               place
               is
               contayned
               that
               [
               comlinesse
               ]
               which
               may
               bee
               called
               in
               Latin
               decorum
               ;
               for
               
               it
               is
               called
               in
               Greek
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               .
               The
               q
               nature
               heereof
               is
               ,
               that
               it
               cannot
               bee
               separated
               from
               honestie
               :
               For
               both
               that
               which
               becommeth
               is
               honest
               ,
               &
               also
               that
               which
               is
               honest
               becōmeth
               .
               q
               But
               what
               difference
               is
               betweene
               honestie
               &
               comelinesse
               ,
               may
               q
               sooner
               be
               q
               conceiued
               then
               q
               expressed
               .
               For
               whatsoeuer
               it
               is
               which
               becometh
               q
               doth
               then
               appear
               ,
               when
               honestie
               q
               hath
               gone
               before
               .
            
          
           
             
             
             
               Tully
               ,
               comming
               to
               speak
               of
               the
               fourth
               fountaine
               of
               Duty
               ,
               viz.
               temperance
               ,
               which
               he
               calleth
               the
               other
               part
               of
               honestie
               ;
               sheweth
               first
               what
               parts
               it
               containeth
               vnder
               it
               :
               to
               wit
               ,
               bashfulnesse
               &
               temperance
               ,
               which
               he
               termeth
               to
               bee
               a
               speciall
               ornament
               of
               mans
               life
               :
               and
               withal
               ,
               modesty
               &
               calmnesse
               in
               appeasing
               all
               passions
               of
               the
               mind
               ,
               and
               moderation
               in
               keeping
               a
               measure
               in
               all
               things
               :
               and
               finally
               that
               comlinesse
               which
               is
               called
               in
               Latine
               decorum
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               
               called
               in
               Greek●…
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               he
               teacheth
               the
               nature
               of
               this
               comlinesse
               to
               be
               such
               ▪
               as
               that
               it
               cannot
               be
               separated
               from
               honestie
               :
               because
               that
               which
               becometh
               is
               honest
               ,
               &
               that
               which
               is
               honest
               becommeth
               ;
               But
               for
               the
               difference
               that
               is
               beween
               these
               two
               viz.
               betweene
               honestie
               and
               comlinesse
               ,
               that
               it
               may
               sooner
               bee
               conceiued
               in
               our
               mindes
               then
               expressed
               in
               words
               ;
               And
               that
               comliness
               doth
               then
               onely
               appeare
               when
               honesty
               hath
               gone
               before
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               36.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 
                   Comelinesse
                   is
                   double
                   :
                   generall
                   ,
                   which
                   consisteth
                   in
                   euery
                   dutie
                   ;
                   and
                   speciall
                   ,
                   which
                   properly
                   *
                   followeth
                   tēperance
                   .
                   Saint
                   Ambrose
                   taketh
                   that
                   to
                   bee
                   the
                   generall
                   comelinesse
                   ,
                   vvhich
                   q
                   ariseth
                   of
                   a
                   q
                   harmonie
                   and
                   q
                   concent
                   of
                   all
                   vertues
                   ,
                   amongst
                   themselues
                   ,
                   and
                   shineth
                   brightly
                   in
                   the
                   q
                   agreement
                   of
                   the
                   q
                   whole
                   frame
                   of
                   the
                   vvorld
                   :
                   the
                   speciall
                   [
                   to
                   bee
                   that
                   ]
                   which
                   shineth
                   in
                   any
                   one
                   parte
                   [
                   thereof
                   ]
                   but
                   especially
                   in
                   Temperance
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               THerfore
               it
               appeareth
               what
               is
               q
               decent
               ,
               not
               onely
               in
               this
               parte
               of
               honesty
               ,
               whereof
               q
               wee
               are
               to
               discourse
               in
               this
               place
               but
               also
               in
               the
               three
               former
               .
               q
               For
               [
               as
               ]
               it
               is
               decent
               q
               to
               vse
               reason
               and
               speech
               discreetly
               ,
               and
               to
               doe
               that
               which
               *
               you
               doe
               ,
               considerately
               ;
               and
               also
               both
               q
               to
               espie
               and
               maintain
               that
               which
               is
               true
               ,
               in
               euery
               matter
               ;
               [
               q
               so
               ]
               contrarily
               q
               to
               erre
               ,
               to
               slippe
               ,
               to
               bee
               deceiued
               ,
               doth
               as
               much
               disgrace
               ,
               as
               to
               dote
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               q
               distract
               in
               minde
               .
               All
               
               iust
               things
               also
               are
               comely
               ;
               and
               contrariwise
               all
               vniust
               things
               ,
               as
               they
               are
               dishonest
               ,
               so
               they
               are
               vncomly
               .
               q
               The
               nature
               of
               valour
               is
               like
               hereunto
               .
               For
               q
               that
               which
               is
               don
               manfully
               and
               with
               a
               great
               courage
               ,
               q
               seemeth
               meete
               for
               a
               man
               ,
               and
               comely
               :
               q
               and
               that
               which
               [
               is
               done
               ]
               *
               contrarily
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               dishonest
               ,
               euen
               so
               it
               is
               vncomely
               .
               Wherfore
               in
               truth
               ,
               this
               comlinesse
               ,
               which
               I
               speak
               of
               ,
               doth
               appertaine
               to
               all
               honestie
               ;
               and
               doth
               so
               appertaine
               [
               thereunto
               ]
               that
               it
               is
               seene
               not
               *
               in
               a
               certaine
               hidden
               
               manner
               ,
               but
               q
               appeareth
               openly
               .
            
             
               For
               there
               is
               a
               certain
               q
               decencie
               ,
               &
               the
               same
               is
               q
               perceiued
               in
               euery
               vertue
               :
               which
               may
               be
               separated
               from
               vertue
               rather
               by
               q
               imagination
               ,
               then
               *
               indeed
               .
               For
               ,
               as
               *
               beautifulness
               &
               fairenesse
               of
               bodie
               cannot
               be
               q
               separated
               from
               health
               ;
               so
               this
               comeliness
               whereof
               wee
               q
               intreat
               ,
               q
               is
               indeede
               wholy
               mixed
               with
               vertue
               ,
               but
               is
               distinguished
               in
               [
               ones
               ]
               minde
               and
               q
               conceit
               .
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               the
               description
               therof
               is
               q
               of
               two
               sorts
               .
               For
               both
               wee
               q
               vnderstand
               
               a
               certaine
               gerall
               q
               decorum
               ,
               which
               q
               is
               in
               all
               honesty
               ;
               and
               another
               q
               vnder
               this
               ,
               which
               appertayneth
               
               to
               euery
               seuerall
               parte
               of
               honesty
               .
               And
               that
               former
               is
               wont
               q
               to
               be
               commonly
               thus
               defined
               ;
               q
               That
               ,
               that
               is
               comely
               ,
               which
               is
               agreeable
               to
               *
               the
               excellencie
               of
               man
               ,
               q
               wherin
               his
               nature
               *
               differeth
               from
               other
               liuing
               creatures
               .
            
             
               q
               But
               they
               define
               that
               part
               which
               is
               vnder
               the
               genenerall
               [
               viz.
               the
               speciall
               ]
               ▪
               in
               such
               sort
               ,
               that
               they
               will
               haue
               that
               to
               be
               comely
               ,
               which
               is
               so
               agreeable
               
               to
               nature
               ,
               as
               both
               moderation
               &
               temperance
               may
               appeare
               in
               it
               ,
               with
               a
               certaine
               *
               honest
               shew
               .
               [
               Now
               ]
               vvee
               may
               q
               conceiue
               q
               that
               these
               things
               are
               so
               q
               meant
               by
               the
               Philosophers
               ,
               by
               that
               comelinesse
               which
               the
               Poets
               follow
               :
               concerning
               which
               q
               more
               is
               wont
               to
               be
               spoken
               in
               another
               place
               .
            
             
               q
               But
               we
               say
               that
               Poets
               doe
               then
               obserue
               q
               that
               grace
               which
               becometh
               ,
               when
               that
               which
               is
               q
               fitting
               to
               euery
               person
               ,
               is
               both
               done
               and
               said
               .
            
             
               As
               if
               Eacus
               or
               Minos
               should
               say
               ;
            
             
             
               q
               Let
               them
               hate
               ,
               
               so
               that
               they
               feare
               .
            
             
               Or
               [
               this
               .
               ]
            
             
               The
               father
               himselfe
               is
               a
               graue
               to
               his
               children
               :
            
             
               It
               should
               seeme
               vncomly
               ,
               because
               vvee
               haue
               heard
               ,
               q
               that
               they
               were
               iust
               .
               But
               Atreus
               saying
               [
               so
               ,
               ]
               q
               it
               would
               cause
               a
               great
               applause
               :
               for
               q
               it
               is
               a
               speech
               beseeming
               the
               person
               .
            
             
               But
               Poets
               vvill
               iudge
               q
               by
               the
               person
               ,
               what
               q
               is
               comly
               for
               euery
               one
               .
            
             
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               nature
               it selfe
               hath
               put
               vpon
               vs
               q
               a
               personage
               of
               great
               excellency
               &
               preheminence
               ,
               aboue
               all
               other
               liuing
               
               creatures
               .
               Wherefore
               Poets
               will
               q
               discerne
               in
               great
               variety
               of
               persons
               ,
               what
               is
               befitting
               euen
               to
               the
               *
               vicious
               ,
               and
               what
               becommeth
               [
               them
               .
               ]
               But
               sith
               that
               the
               parts
               of
               *
               constancie
               ,
               
               moderation
               ,
               temperance
               ,
               and
               q
               modestie
               ,
               are
               giuen
               [
               vs
               ]
               by
               nature
               ,
               and
               seeing
               that
               the
               same
               nature
               teacheth
               vs
               not
               to
               q
               be
               carelesse
               ,
               *
               how
               we
               q
               behaue
               our selues
               towards
               q
               euery
               man
               ;
               *
               It
               cometh
               to
               pass
               ,
               that
               it
               both
               appeareth
               ,
               how
               farre
               that
               comelynesse
               ,
               which
               appertaines
               to
               all
               honesty
               ,
               q
               doth
               extend
               
               
               it selfe
               ,
               and
               also
               q
               this
               which
               is
               seene
               in
               euery
               seuerall
               kinde
               of
               vertue
               .
               For
               as
               the
               q
               fairenesse
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               with
               a
               fitte
               composing
               of
               q
               euery
               parte
               ,
               doth
               mooue
               the
               eyes
               ,
               and
               delighteth
               [
               ●…hem
               ]
               q
               euen
               in
               this
               ,
               that
               all
               the
               parts
               consent
               together
               amongst
               themselues
               with
               a
               certaine
               q
               grace
               :
               euen
               so
               this
               comelinesse
               which
               shineth
               in
               [
               our
               ]
               life
               ,
               
               q
               winneth
               *
               the
               approbation
               of
               those
               with
               whom
               we
               liue
               ,
               by
               an
               order
               q
               constancy
               ,
               &
               *
               moderation
               ,
               of
               all
               [
               our
               ]
               words
               and
               deedes
               .
            
             
             
               q
               There
               must
               be
               vsed
               therefore
               a
               certaine
               reuerence
               towards
               men
               ,
               both
               q
               to
               euery
               one
               of
               the
               best
               sorte
               ,
               and
               also
               *
               to
               others
               .
            
             
               q
               For
               to
               bee
               retchlesse
               what
               euery
               one
               thinketh
               of
               him
               ,
               is
               not
               onely
               a
               signe
               of
               an
               arrogant
               body
               ,
               but
               also
               of
               one
               altogether
               q
               dissolute
               .
            
             
               But
               there
               is
               q
               a
               certaine
               difference
               q
               Al
               in
               each
               respect
               
               to
               bee
               had
               ,
               betweene
               iustice
               &
               q
               modestie
               .
               q
               It
               it
               is
               the
               parte
               of
               iustice
               q
               to
               offer
               men
               no
               violence
               ;
               of
               modestie
               ,
               not
               *
               to
               offēd
               [
               thē
               ]
               :
               wherein
               the
               q
               nature
               
               of
               comelynesse
               is
               q
               seene
               especially
               .
               These
               things
               therefore
               thus
               declared
               ,
               I
               thinke
               it
               q
               sufficiently
               vnderstood
               ,
               q
               what
               it
               is
               which
               we
               *
               say
               ,
               to
               become
               .
            
          
           
             
             
             
               Heere
               he
               ,
               proceeding
               to
               handle
               this
               matter
               of
               comlinesse
               ,
               sheweth
               ,
               1.
               
               How
               in
               a
               generall
               maner
               it
               appertaineth
               to
               euerie
               part
               of
               honesty
               ,
               viz.
               to
               euerie
               of
               the
               other
               three
               vertues
               as
               well
               as
               to
               temperance
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               ,
               how
               it
               belōgeth
               to
               prudēce
               ,
               by
               a
               comparison
               ,
               Because
               as
               it
               is
               decent
               to
               vse
               reason
               &
               speech
               discreetly
               ,
               &
               to
               doe
               whatsoeuer
               a
               man
               doth
               advisedly
               ,
               and
               withall
               both
               to
               espie
               &
               to
               maintaine
               onely
               that
               which
               is
               true
               in
               euerie
               matter
               ;
               so
               contrarily
               ,
               to
               erre
               &
               to
               be
               deceiued
               ,
               doth
               as
               much
               disgrace
               as
               to
               doate
               or
               to
               bee
               distracted
               in
               minde
               .
            
             
             
               Secōdly
               ,
               how
               to
               iustice
               :
               because
               all
               iust
               things
               are
               comly
               ;
               and
               contrarily
               all
               vniust
               things
               ,
               as
               they
               are
               dishonest
               ,
               so
               they
               are
               also
               vncomely
               .
            
             
               And
               thirdly
               ,
               for
               valour
               :
               because
               that
               which
               is
               done
               manfully
               and
               with
               a
               valiant
               courage
               is
               cōly
               for
               a
               man
               ;
               &
               cōtrarily
               ,
               what
               soeuer
               is
               done
               otherwise
               is
               dishonest
               and
               vncomely
               .
               Whence
               hee
               concludeth
               this
               first
               point
               ,
               that
               this
               comlinesse
               appertaineth
               to
               each
               part
               of
               honestie
               ;
               &
               that
               so
               ,
               as
               it
               may
               be
               seen
               therein
               not
               darkely
               or
               in
               a
               hidden
               maner
               ,
               but
               openly
               .
            
             
             
               Yet
               so
               ,
               as
               that
               it
               can
               hardly
               be
               separated
               from
               the
               seuerall
               vertues
               themselues
               ;
               but
               that
               it
               is
               rather
               distinguished
               ,
               by
               imagination
               and
               in
               a
               mans
               conceipt
               ;
               then
               indeede
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               also
               illustrateth
               by
               a
               fit
               resemblance
               :
               That
               as
               fairnesse
               of
               bodie
               cannot
               be
               separated
               from
               health
               ;
               so
               neither
               this
               comliness
               can
               be
               distinguished
               from
               vertue
               ,
               but
               onely
               in
               our
               minde
               and
               conceipt
               :
               because
               it
               is
               so
               wholly
               mixed
               therewith
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               second
               place
               he
               cometh
               to
               diuide
               this
               comlinesse
               ,
               making
               it
               to
               be
               of
               two
               
               sorts
               ,
               viz.
               generall
               and
               speciall
               ,
               &
               then
               defineth
               them
               seuerally
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               ,
               for
               the
               generall
               he
               sheweth
               that
               it
               is
               wont
               to
               be
               defined
               thus
               ;
            
             
               That
               it
               is
               such
               a
               comlinesse
               as
               is
               agreeable
               to
               the
               excellencie
               of
               man
               in
               all
               things
               ;
               wherein
               his
               nature
               differreth
               from
               other
               liuing
               creatures
               .
            
             
               The
               speciall
               comlilinesse
               is
               that
               ,
               which
               is
               so
               agreeable
               to
               
               nature
               ,
               as
               that
               both
               moderation
               &
               temperance
               may
               appear
               in
               it
               ,
               with
               a
               shewe
               of
               honestie
               .
            
             
               That
               the
               philosophers
               did
               take
               these
               things
               so
               ,
               he
               prooueth
               it
               by
               the
               testimonie
               of
               the
               Poets
               in
               that
               comlinesse
               which
               they
               follow
               :
            
             
               Of
               whom
               wee
               say
               ,
               That
               they
               obserue
               a
               right
               decorum
               ;
               whenas
               they
               bring
               in
               euerie
               person
               both
               saying
               and
               doing
               that
               ,
               which
               is
               fit
               ting
               vnto
               him
               .
            
             
               And
               contrarily
               that
               they
               should
               vtterly
               misle
               this
               decorum
               (
               As
               for
               example
               )
               if
               they
               should
               bring
               in
               Eacus
               or
               Minos
               
               wickedly
               ,
               it
               would
               be
               very
               absurde
               ,
               because
               they
               were
               knowne
               to
               bee
               iust
               men
               :
            
             
               Whereas
               bringing
               in
               Atreus
               so
               speaking
               ,
               it
               wold
               be
               verie
               comly
               and
               moue
               a
               great
               applause
               ,
               because
               he
               was
               a
               vile
               man.
               
            
             
               Also
               the
               reason
               why
               they
               obserue
               this
               decorum
               is
               ,
               Because
               they
               iudge
               by
               the
               persons
               what
               is
               comely
               for
               euerie
               one
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               he
               declareth
               it
               frō
               the
               work
               of
               nature
               it selfe
               :
               because
               it
               hath
               giuen
               man
               a
               personage
               of
               great
               excellencie
               &
               preheminence
               aboue
               all
               other
               liuing
               creatures
               .
            
             
             
               Whence
               the
               Poets
               will
               ,
               in
               great
               variety
               of
               persons
               ,
               discerne
               what
               is
               fitting
               and
               what
               vnfitting
               to
               each
               .
            
             
               And
               moreouer
               ,
               for
               that
               nature
               hath
               giuen
               vs
               the
               seuerall
               parts
               of
               constancie
               ,
               moderation
               ,
               temperance
               and
               modestie
               ,
               and
               teacheth
               vs
               withall
               ,
               that
               wee
               bee
               not
               carelesse
               how
               we
               behaue
               our selues
               towards
               euerie
               man
               ;
               it
               sheweth
               vs
               likewise
               how
               far
               that
               generall
               comlineste
               ,
               which
               appertaineth
               to
               all
               honestie
               doth
               extend
               it selfe
               ;
               and
               also
               that
               speciall
               comliness
               ,
               
               which
               is
               seene
               〈◊〉
               euery
               seuerall
               kinde
               of
               vertue
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               excellencie
               of
               this
               comlinesse
               kept
               in
               euerie
               action
               ,
               and
               how
               it
               winneth
               the
               approbation
               of
               all
               ,
               he
               illustrateth
               by
               a
               verie
               familiar
               and
               notable
               ensample
               .
            
             
               That
               as
               the
               fairness
               of
               the
               bodie
               and
               comlie
               proportion
               of
               euery
               part
               mooueth
               the
               eies
               of
               others
               ,
               and
               delighteth
               them
               with
               the
               grace
               appearing
               therein
               ;
               euen
               so
               a
               comlinesse
               shining
               in
               our
               life
               ,
               winneth
               the
               good
               will
               and
               liking
               of
               all
               with
               whom
               we
               liue
               ,
               by
               obseruing
               order
               ,
               cō
               stancie
               ,
               and
               mode
               ▪
               ration
               ,
               in
               all
               our
               words
               and
               deeds
               .
            
             
             
               Also
               for
               the
               more
               full
               accomplishmēt
               of
               this
               comelinesse
               ,
               he
               teacheth
               moreouer
               that
               we
               must
               vse
               a
               certain
               reuerence
               towards
               all
               sorts
               ,
               not
               onely
               them
               of
               higher
               ranke
               ,
               but
               also
               others
               of
               meaner
               degree
               .
               Because
               this
               will
               bring
               vs
               a
               good
               estimation
               with
               all
               men
               .
               Wheras
               contrarily
               to
               bee
               retchlesse
               what
               euerie
               one
               thinketh
               of
               vs
               ,
               is
               not
               onely
               a
               signe
               of
               an
               arrogāt
               body
               ,
               but
               also
               of
               one
               altogether
               dissolute
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               to
               this
               purpose
               hee
               setteth
               downe
               a
               difference
               betweene
               iustice
               &
               modesty
               :
            
             
               That
               it
               is
               the
               part
               of
               iustice
               not
               to
               offer
               violence
               to
               any
               ;
               but
               of
               modesty
               ,
               not
               to
               offend
               them
               ;
               &
               that
               heerein
               the
               nature
               
               of
               comlinesse
               is
               seene
               especially
               .
            
             
               And
               so
               endeth
               this
               point
               ,
               what
               comlinesse
               is
               ;
               as
               beeing
               plaine
               enough
               by
               that
               which
               hath
               bin
               said
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               37.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 
                   Comelinesse
                   is
                   according
                   to
                   nature
                
                 ,
                 &
                 q
                 
                   auaileth
                   very
                   much
                   both
                   in
                   all
                
                 *
                 
                   parts
                   [
                   of
                   vertue
                   ]
                   and
                   especially
                   in
                   Teperance
                   .
                
              
            
             
               q
               MOreouer
               ,
               also
               the
               dutie
               which
               q
               proceedeth
               from
               that
               [
               comliness
               ]
               *
               hath
               
               first
               of
               all
               this
               way
               ,
               which
               leadeth
               vnto
               the
               q
               conuenience
               and
               preseruation
               of
               nature
               :
               which
               if
               wee
               will
               followe
               as
               a
               guide
               ,
               we
               shall
               neuer
               q
               erre
               .
               And
               wee
               
               shall
               q
               followe
               that
               which
               is
               both
               acute
               ,
               and
               witty
               by
               nature
               ,
               and
               that
               which
               q
               serueth
               fitly
               for
               the
               consociation
               of
               men
               ,
               and
               also
               that
               which
               is
               q
               forceable
               &
               manly
               .
               But
               the
               greatest
               q
               efficacy
               of
               comeliness
               ,
               q
               standeth
               in
               this
               parte
               whereof
               vvee
               dispute
               .
               For
               not
               onely
               the
               motions
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               which
               q
               agree
               vnto
               nature
               ,
               
               but
               much
               more
               the
               motions
               of
               the
               minde
               ,
               which
               are
               likewise
               agreeable
               vnto
               nature
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               approued
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               37.
               
            
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               T.
               setteth
               downe
               the
               efficacie
               of
               true
               cōlinesse
               ;
               
               that
               it
               leadeth
               vnto
               the
               conuenience
               and
               preseruation
               of
               nature
               ,
               beeing
               agreeable
               thereunto
               :
               And
               that
               following
               nature
               ,
               we
               cannot
               erre
               ;
               but
               wee
               shall
               both
               follow
               that
               which
               is
               acute
               &
               wittie
               ,
               viz.
               prudence
               ;
               and
               that
               which
               serueth
               for
               the
               increase
               of
               humane
               societie
               ,
               to
               wit
               iustice
               ;
               and
               likewise
               that
               which
               is
               truly
               valorous
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               he
               sheweth
               that
               there
               is
               a
               comlinesse
               in
               all
               these
               three
               parts
               of
               honestie
               ;
               yet
               so
               ,
               as
               that
               the
               greatest
               efficacie
               of
               it
               consisteth
               in
               this
               fourth
               part
               of
               honestie
               ,
               to
               wit
               in
               temperance
               .
               And
               that
               ,
               because
               all
               motions
               not
               onely
               of
               
               the
               body
               ,
               but
               much
               more
               those
               of
               the
               minde
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               agreeable
               to
               nature
               ,
               are
               approoued
               and
               liked
               of
               by
               all
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               38.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   The
                   fountaine
                   of
                   all
                   modesty
                   q
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   appetite
                   obey
                   reason
                   :
                   q
                   And
                   Ambrose
                   thinketh
                   this
                   same
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   q
                   first
                   fountaine
                   of
                   all
                   duties
                   .
                
              
            
             
               FOr
               the
               power
               of
               the
               mind
               &
               of
               nature
               q
               consisteth
               in
               two
               parts
               .
               The
               one
               part
               q
               cōsisteth
               in
               appetite
               ,
               q
               which
               in
               Greek
               is
               
               called
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               which
               q
               pulleth
               a
               man
               hither
               and
               thither
               .
               The
               other
               q
               in
               reason
               :
               which
               teacheth
               and
               sheweth
               plainely
               what
               is
               to
               be
               done
               or
               to
               bee
               q
               au●…ided
               .
               So
               it
               commeth
               to
               pas●…e
               that
               reason
               ruleth
               ,
               and
               appetite
               obeyeth
               .
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               euery
               action
               ought
               to
               q
               bee
               free
               from
               ●…ashnesse
               and
               negligence
               :
               neither
               indeed
               [
               ought
               a
               man
               ]
               to
               doe
               any
               thing
               ,
               wherof
               q
               he
               is
               not
               able
               to
               render
               a
               probable
               reason
               .
               For
               this
               is
               *
               in
               a
               manner
               the
               *
               description
               of
               Dutie
               .
               Wee
               must
               also
               q
               looke
               to
               this
               
               that
               our
               *
               appetites
               obey
               reason
               ,
               and
               neither
               runne
               before
               it
               q
               through
               rashnesse
               ,
               neither
               *
               forsake
               it
               ,
               thorow
               sloath
               or
               q
               cowardlinesse
               ;
               and
               that
               they
               be
               quiet
               ,
               and
               q
               free
               from
               all
               *
               perturbation
               of
               mind
               .
               Whereupon
               all
               constancy
               &
               q
               moderation
               shal
               plainly
               appeare
               .
               For
               ,
               vvhat
               q
               desires
               q
               stray
               q
               ouerfarre
               ,
               and
               as
               it
               were
               insulting
               too
               much
               ,
               either
               in
               q
               longing
               after
               [
               things
               ]
               or
               flying
               [
               from
               them
               ]
               are
               not
               sufficiently
               staied
               by
               reason
               ,
               these
               without
               doubt
               q
               passe
               their
               q
               bounds
               and
               measure
               :
               
               for
               they
               *
               ●…eaue
               and
               q
               reiect
               obedience
               ,
               neither
               yet
               obey
               reason
               ,
               wherunto
               they
               are
               subiect
               by
               the
               lawe
               of
               nature
               .
               q
               Whereby
               not
               onely
               q
               the
               mindes
               ,
               but
               *
               also
               the
               bodies
               are
               disquieted
               .
               We
               ●…ay
               see
               the
               *
               very
               faces
               of
               angry
               [
               men
               ,
               ]
               or
               of
               those
               who
               are
               moued
               by
               any
               lust
               or
               feare
               ,
               or
               [
               who
               ]
               q
               reioice
               with
               too
               great
               pleasure
               :
               all
               whose
               countenances
               ,
               voyces
               ,
               motions
               ,
               &
               q
               standings
               are
               changed
               .
            
             
               Of
               which
               q
               this
               is
               gathered
               (
               that
               wee
               may
               returne
               to
               the
               forme
               of
               Dutie
               )
               q
               that
               all
               
               appetites
               are
               to
               be
               q
               restrained
               and
               abated
               ,
               and
               q
               that
               wee
               must
               stirre
               vp
               all
               q
               care
               and
               diligence
               ,
               that
               wee
               doe
               not
               any
               thing
               rashly
               and
               at
               q
               aduenture
               ,
               [
               nor
               ]
               q
               inconsiderately
               ,
               and
               negligently
               .
               q
               For
               we
               are
               not
               so
               bred
               of
               nature
               ,
               that
               we
               should
               seem
               to
               be
               made
               q
               for
               play
               and
               for
               q
               sport
               ;
               but
               rather
               to
               seuerity
               ,
               and
               to
               certaine
               more
               weighty
               and
               greater
               studies
               .
               And
               as
               for
               q
               play
               and
               iesting
               ,
               wee
               may
               indeede
               vse
               them
               ,
               but
               e●…en
               as
               [
               we
               vse
               ]
               sleep
               ,
               and
               other
               q
               recreations
               ,
               q
               at
               such
               
               time
               when
               we
               haue
               q
               dispatched
               [
               our
               ]
               weighty
               and
               earnest
               businesses
               .
               And
               the
               very
               maner
               of
               [
               our
               ]
               q
               sport
               ought
               to
               be
               q
               neither
               excessiue
               ,
               no●…
               immodest
               ,
               but
               *
               ingenuous
               and
               *
               pleasant
               .
               For
               as
               wee
               q
               grant
               not
               to
               children
               all
               libertie
               of
               play
               ,
               but
               such
               as
               is
               not
               q
               estranged
               from
               honest
               exercises
               :
               so
               in
               our
               very
               iesting
               there
               should
               appeare
               q
               some
               light
               of
               an
               honest
               disposition
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               38.
               
            
             
               Here
               〈◊〉
               (
               about
               to
               s●…t
               ou●…
               the
               ●…ountaine
               of
               all
               modestie
               and
               comlinesse
               ,
               therein
               ;
               to
               wit
               that
               the
               appetite
               obey
               reason
               )
               teacheth
               first
               ,
               That
               the
               motions
               of
               the
               minde
               which
               he
               spake
               of
               ,
               are
               of
               two
               sorts
               :
               The
               one
               sort
               consisting
               in
               appetite
               ,
               which
               appetite
               the
               
               ●…recians
               call
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               which
               haleth
               a
               man
               hither
               or
               thither
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               sort
               consisting
               in
               reason
               :
               which
               reason
               teacheth
               and
               sheweth
               plainly
               ,
               what
               is
               to
               bee
               done
               and
               what
               to
               be
               avoided
               .
               Wherupon
               it
               is
               that
               reason
               is
               to
               rule
               ,
               appetite
               to
               obey
               .
               And
               thēce
               he
               sheweth
               that
               these
               properties
               ought
               to
               be
               in
               euerie
               action
               :
               1.
               
               That
               it
               bee
               free
               from
               rashnesse
               and
               negligence
               ;
               and
               that
               so
               far
               ,
               as
               that
               a
               man
               ought
               neuer
               to
               doe
               any
               thing
               whereof
               hee
               is
               not
               able
               to
               rēder
               a
               probable
               reason
               .
               For
               that
               this
               is
               almost
               the
               definition
               of
               Dutie
               .
            
             
             
               2.
               
               That
               our
               appetites
               or
               willes
               must
               neither
               run
               before
               reasō
               through
               rashnesse
               ,
               nor
               leaue
               the
               following
               of
               it
               through
               sloth
               or
               cowardlinesse
               .
               3.
               that
               our
               desires
               and
               motions
               must
               bee
               quiet
               &
               free
               frō
               all
               perturbations
               &
               passions
               of
               minde
               ;
               and
               so
               thereby
               all
               constancie
               and
               moderation
               shal
               plainly
               appeare
               .
            
             
               Then
               hee
               giueth
               this
               reason
               heereof
               :
               Because
               what
               desires
               or
               motiōs
               st●…ay
               ouer
               far
               frō
               reason
               ,
               or
               are
               too
               vehemēt
               in
               longing
               after
               any
               thing
               or
               flying
               from
               it
               ,
               those
               passe
               their
               bounds
               ,
               for
               
               that
               they
               therein
               do
               not
               obey
               reason
               ,
               whereunto
               they
               ought
               to
               be
               subiect
               by
               the
               lawe
               of
               nature
               .
               And
               that
               thēce
               ariseth
               the
               disqu●…etting
               not
               onely
               of
               the
               mindes
               ,
               but
               of
               the
               bodies
               also
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               proueth
               by
               experience
               :
               giuing
               instance
               in
               the
               suddaine
               changes
               wrought
               in
               men
               by
               such
               〈◊〉
               motiōs
               and
               desires
               .
            
             
               How
               in
               angry
               men
               and
               those
               who
               are
               vehemently
               moued
               through
               lust
               ,
               feare
               or
               any
               tickling
               ioy
               ,
               their
               verie
               countenances
               ,
               voyces
               ,
               motions
               and
               standings
               are
               changed
               .
               Wherupon
               he
               cōcludeth
               ,
               that
               all
               our
               appetites
               
               are
               euer
               to
               bee
               restrained
               &
               guided
               according
               to
               reason
               ;
               a●…d
               that
               wee
               must
               vse
               all
               care
               and
               dil●…gence
               ,
               that
               wee
               neuer
               do
               any
               thing
               rashly
               or
               at
               aduenture
               ,
               nor
               in
               considerately
               &
               negligently
               .
            
             
               And
               lastly
               ,
               hee
               further
               declareth
               this
               euen
               from
               nature
               it selfe
               :
               That
               wee
               are
               not
               bred
               by
               nature
               for
               play
               and
               spor●…
               ;
               but
               rather
               to
               seueritie
               &
               to
               great
               and
               weightie
               studies
               .
               And
               here
               he
               taketh
               occasion
               to
               shewe
               the
               right
               man●…r
               of
               sport●…
               and
               play
               ,
               how
               we
               may
               vse
               them
               aright
               :
            
             
               1.
               
               For
               the
               time
               ;
               That
               wee
               vse
               them
               as
               sleepe
               and
               other
               recreations
               ,
               onely
               at
               such
               times
               ,
               when
               
               we
               haue
               dispatched
               our
               weightie
               &
               earnest
               businesses
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               for
               the
               manner
               of
               them
               ;
               That
               they
               bee
               not
               excessi●…e
               or
               immodest
               ,
               but
               ingenuous
               and
               pleasant
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               teacheth
               by
               a
               comparison
               in
               an
               instance
               of
               that
               libertie
               which
               wee
               graunt
               to
               children
               :
               That
               as
               we
               graunt
               not
               to
               them
               liberty
               of
               al
               maner
               of
               play
               ,
               but
               onely
               of
               such
               playes
               and
               sports
               as
               are
               not
               estranged
               from
               honest
               exercises
               ;
               so
               likewise
               in
               all
               our
               owne
               iesting
               and
               sports
               ,
               some
               light
               of
               an
               honest
               disposition
               should
               euer
               shewe
               it selfe
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               39.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   Of
                   scurrility
                   and
                
                 q
                 
                   pleasantnesse
                   of
                   spe●…ch
                
                 .
              
            
             
               q
               TO
               be
               short
               ,
               there
               is
               a
               double
               kinde
               of
               iesting
               :
               one
               q
               base
               *
               malapart
               ,
               q
               lewd
               ,
               q
               filthy
               :
               the
               other
               elegant
               ,
               ciuill
               ,
               witty
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               *
               pleasant
               .
               With
               which
               kinde
               not
               only
               our
               Plantus
               ,
               and
               the
               ancient
               Comedy
               of
               the
               q
               Athenians
               ,
               but
               also
               the
               books
               of
               the
               *
               Socratical
               Philosophers
               are
               *
               full
               .
               There
               are
               also
               q
               many
               witty
               speeches
               of
               many
               men
               ,
               as
               those
               that
               
               are
               gathered
               by
               ●…lde
               ●…ato
               ,
               which
               be
               called
               q
               Apothegmes
               .
               The
               difference
               therfore
               *
               of
               an
               ingenuous
               and
               a
               q
               homely
               iest
               is
               plaine
               .
            
             
               The
               one
               is
               q
               meet
               for
               an
               honest
               man
               if
               it
               bee
               done
               in
               q
               seaso●…
               &
               q
               mildely
               :
               the
               other
               is
               not
               indeed
               meete
               for
               [
               any
               ]
               man
               ,
               *
               if
               vncleannes
               of
               words
               bee
               adioyned
               to
               the
               filthinesse
               of
               the
               q
               matter
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               39.
               
            
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               T.
               proceedeth
               to
               discourse
               of
               iesting
               &
               of
               the
               maner
               &
               vse
               thereof
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               ,
               hee
               diuideth
               it
               ,
               teaching
               that
               there
               is
               a
               double
               kinde
               of
               iesting
               .
               One
               verie
               base
               ,
               malepart
               ,
               lewde
               &
               filthie
               ;
               the
               other
               elegant
               ,
               c●…uil
               and
               pleasant
               .
            
             
               This
               later
               he
               commendeth
               by
               the
               testimony
               of
               Plautus
               ,
               in
               his
               practice
               of
               it
               ,
               and
               by
               other
               auncient
               comedies
               〈◊〉
               are
               generally
               approoued
               of
               ;
               and
               more
               specially
               by
               the
               bookes
               of
               the
               Socra●…ical
               Philosophers
               ,
               which
               hee
               sheweth
               to
               bee
               full
               of
               it
               .
            
             
               And
               to
               this
               kinde
               of
               iesting
               he
               teacheth
               that
               all
               wittie
               
               speeches
               of
               learned
               men
               do
               appertaine
               ;
               as
               namely
               those
               called
               Apothegms
               ,
               gathered
               by
               old
               Cato
               and
               others
               .
            
             
               Thence
               he
               concludeth
               ,
               that
               the
               difference
               between
               these
               two
               kindes
               ,
               viz.
               betweene
               an
               ingenuous
               and
               base
               iest
               ,
               is
               plaine
               :
            
             
               Also
               that
               the
               one
               of
               them
               ,
               viz.
               an
               ingenuous
               iest
               is
               befitting
               an
               honest
               man
               ,
               especially
               if
               it
               bee
               done
               in
               season
               and
               mildely
               ;
               but
               that
               the
               other
               ,
               viz.
               a
               base
               ●…est
               ,
               is
               not
               at
               al
               meete
               ,
               no
               not
               for
               any
               man
               ;
               chiefly
               ,
               if
               base
               &
               odious
               matters
               be
               vttered
               ,
               and
               made
               worse
               by
               base
               and
               filthie
               words
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               40.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 
                   That
                   a
                   measure
                   must
                   bee
                   kept
                   euen
                   in
                   honest
                   pastimes
                   .
                
              
            
             
               THere
               is
               also
               a
               certaine
               measure
               of
               q
               pastime
               to
               be
               kept
               ,
               that
               wee
               doe
               not
               q
               lauish
               out
               all
               too
               excessiuely
               ;
               and
               beeing
               q
               ouer
               merry
               ,
               slip
               into
               some
               dishonestie
               .
               But
               both
               our
               [
               Martiall
               ]
               field
               ,
               &
               also
               the
               exercises
               of
               hunting
               do
               q
               afforde
               vs
               honest
               examples
               of
               q
               pastime
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               40.
               
            
             
               Heere
               ●…ully
               proceedeth
               to
               giue
               directions
               likewise
               for
               our
               pastin●…es
               &
               recreations
               ;
               teaching
               ,
               1.
               
               T●…at
               there
               m●…st
               bee
               a
               measure
               kept
               euen
               therein
               ,
               &
               that
               for
               two
               speciall
               causes
               .
            
             
               The
               1.
               whereof
               is
               :
               Lest
               thereby
               wee
               should
               la●…ish
               out
               our
               goods
               too
               excessiuely
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               ;
               lest
               being
               ouer
               carried
               with
               the
               pleasure
               of
               the
               recreation
               wee
               fall
               into
               some
               kinde
               of
               dishonesty
               .
            
             
               Second
               hee
               directeth
               what
               exercises
               are
               most
               commendable
               and
               safe
               for
               auoiding
               these
               euils
               :
               as
               ●…amely
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               Exercises
               of
               feats
               of
               armes
               ,
               such
               as
               were
               practised
               in
               Mars
               field
               at
               Rome
               2.
               
               Hunting
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               41.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   The
                   delight
                   of
                   the
                   minde
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                
                 q
                 
                   sought
                   from
                   honest
                
                 q
                 
                   exercises
                   :
                   the
                   pleasure
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                
                 *
                 
                   belonging
                   to
                   beasts
                   ,
                   is
                   either
                   to
                   bee
                   reiected
                   altogether
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   be
                
                 q
                 
                   vsed
                   very
                   sparingly
                
                 .
              
            
             
               BVt
               it
               belongs
               q
               to
               the
               whole
               discourse
               of
               Duty
               ,
               to
               haue
               euermore
               q
               in
               minde
               ,
               how
               farre
               the
               nature
               of
               man
               exceedeth
               *
               cattell
               and
               all
               other
               beasts
               .
               For
               q
               they
               perc●…iue
               nothing
               but
               pleasure
               ,
               and
               are
               carried
               
               thereunto
               *
               with
               
               all
               violence
               .
               But
               the
               minde
               of
               man
               *
               is
               nourished
               by
               learning
               ;
               and
               doth
               euer
               either
               *
               search
               out
               some
               matter
               by
               deuising
               ,
               or
               doth
               perform
               somthing
               ;
               and
               is
               led
               with
               a
               delight
               of
               seeing
               and
               hearing
               .
               Moreouer
               ,
               if
               there
               bee
               any
               one
               *
               somwhat
               too
               much
               q
               inclined
               vnto
               pleasures
               ,
               so
               that
               hee
               be
               not
               of
               the
               *
               kinde
               of
               beasts
               (
               for
               q
               some
               there
               be
               [
               that
               are
               ]
               men
               not
               in
               deede
               ,
               but
               [
               onely
               ]
               in
               name
               )
               but
               if
               there
               be
               any
               somewhat
               q
               lesse
               addicted
               to
               pleasure
               [
               then
               these
               ,
               ]
               
               although
               hee
               bee
               *
               caught
               with
               pleasure
               ,
               
               hee
               hideth
               &
               dissembleth
               his
               q
               longing
               desire
               of
               pleasure
               ,
               for
               *
               shame
               fastnesse
               .
               Whereupon
               q
               we
               may
               obserue
               ,
               q
               that
               the
               pleasure
               of
               the
               body
               is
               not
               *
               beseeming
               the
               excellency
               of
               man
               ;
               q
               but
               that
               it
               ought
               to
               be
               despised
               and
               reiected
               .
               But
               if
               there
               be
               any
               man
               who
               q
               yeeldeth
               somewhat
               vnto
               pleasure
               [
               let
               him
               knowe
               ]
               q
               he
               must
               very
               warily
               keepe
               a
               measure
               of
               enioying
               thereof
               .
               And
               q
               for
               that
               cause
               ,
               q
               let
               the
               diet
               and
               apparell
               of
               the
               body
               be
               referred
               
               to
               health
               &
               strength
               ,
               not
               to
               q
               voluptuousnesse
               .
               q
               Moreouer
               if
               wee
               will
               consider
               what
               an
               excellency
               and
               Al
               dignity
               
               there
               is
               in
               the
               nature
               of
               man
               ,
               vvee
               shall
               vnderstand
               how
               vnbeseeming
               it
               is
               to
               *
               ouerflowe
               in
               riot
               ,
               and
               to
               liue
               deliciously
               and
               *
               wantonly
               ;
               and
               how
               q
               comely
               a
               thing
               is
               is
               to
               liue
               q
               frugally
               ,
               *
               continently
               ,
               q
               sagely
               [
               &
               ]
               soberly
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               41.
               
            
             
               Heer
               he
               sheweth
               the
               meanes
               how
               we
               may
               keepe
               a
               measure
               in
               our
               play
               and
               sports
               .
               And
               this
               point
               hee
               teacheth
               to
               belong
               to
               euery
               question
               of
               Dutie
               .
               The
               first
               meanes
               is
               this
               ;
               By
               hauing
               euermore
               in
               minde
               ,
               how
               far
               the
               nature
               of
               man
               exceedeth
               the
               nature
               of
               beasts
               .
               Which
               he
               teacheth
               to
               appeare
               heerein
               especially
               ,
               for
               that
               they
               perceiue
               nothing
               but
               pleasure
               ,
               &
               are
               carried
               thereunto
               
               with
               all
               violence
               :
               whereas
               contrarily
               the
               minde
               of
               man
               is
               nourished
               by
               learning
               ,
               and
               is
               euer
               searching
               out
               some
               matter
               by
               meditating
               and
               deuising
               or
               performing
               something
               of
               more
               worth
               ;
               and
               is
               euermore
               led
               with
               a
               delight
               of
               seeing
               or
               hearing
               some
               great
               matter
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               for
               that
               i●…
               there
               be
               any
               one
               who
               is
               by
               nature
               more
               inclined
               to
               pleasure
               (
               if
               hee
               bee
               not
               a
               verie
               beast
               as
               some
               such
               beasts
               there
               are
               who
               are
               not
               men
               in
               deede
               but
               onely
               in
               name
               )
               
               although
               hee
               bee
               sometimes
               too
               violently
               carried
               after
               pleasures
               ,
               yet
               for
               verie
               shame
               hee
               will
               hide
               and
               dissemble
               his
               ouerlonging
               desire
               after
               the
               same
               Whereby
               he
               sheweth
               that
               it
               is
               most
               euident
               ,
               that
               verie
               nature
               teaches
               ,
               that
               the
               pleasures
               of
               the
               bodie
               are
               not
               beseeming
               the
               excellencie
               of
               man.
               
            
             
               A
               second
               means
               ,
               to
               keepe
               a
               measure
               in
               our
               pleasures
               ,
               especially
               if
               we
               bee
               too
               much
               giuen
               therto
               ,
               is
               ;
               So
               to
               moderate
               our
               diet
               and
               apparell
               ,
               as
               that
               wee
               vse
               them
               onely
               so
               ,
               as
               they
               may
               bee
               best
               
               for
               our
               health
               and
               strength
               ,
               and
               not
               for
               voluptuousness
               .
               A
               third
               meanes
               is
               ,
               by
               considering
               aright
               what
               an
               excellencie
               and
               dignitie
               there
               is
               in
               the
               nature
               of
               man
               :
               by
               the
               due
               meditation
               whereof
               ,
               wee
               shall
               see
               plainely
               ,
               how
               vnbeseeming
               it
               is
               for
               man
               to
               lauish
               out
               all
               riotously
               ,
               &
               to
               liue
               deliciously
               &
               wantonly
               ;
               and
               contrarily
               ,
               how
               comly
               it
               is
               to
               liue
               frugally
               ,
               continently
               ,
               sagely
               and
               soberly
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               42.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Argument
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Reader
                   ,
                   marke
                   the
                   order
                   :
                   first
                
                 [
                 Tully
                 ]
                 sheweth
                 [
                 in
                 
                   this
                   chapter
                   ]
                   what
                   is
                   comely
                   according
                   to
                   nature
                
                 *
                 
                   common
                   with
                   beasts
                   :
                   and
                   then
                   ,
                   what
                
                 q
                 *
                 
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   excellency
                   of
                   man
                   :
                   afterward
                   ,
                   what
                   becommeth
                
                 q
                 
                   euery
                   ones
                   person
                   ,
                   either
                   giuen
                   by
                   nature
                   ,
                   or
                   imposed
                   by
                   chance
                   ,
                   or
                   assumed
                   vvith
                   i●…dgement
                   .
                
                 
              
            
             
               q
               WE
               must
               further
               vnderstand
               ,
               that
               we
               *
               are
               as
               it
               vvere
               
               cloathed
               by
               nature
               with
               two
               *
               persons
               :
               vvhereof
               one
               is
               common
               ,
               q
               thereupon
               ,
               
               because
               wee
               are
               all
               partakers
               of
               reason
               ,
               and
               of
               that
               *
               excellency
               ,
               whereby
               we
               q
               surmount
               beasts
               :
               frō
               which
               all
               honesty
               and
               comelinesse
               is
               q
               deriued
               :
               and
               out
               of
               which
               the
               way
               of
               finding
               out
               of
               Dutie
               is
               sought
               out
               .
            
             
               q
               And
               the
               other
               [
               is
               that
               ]
               which
               is
               properly
               q
               assigned
               to
               euery
               one
               .
               For
               as
               there
               bee
               great
               q
               differences
               in
               bodies
               ,
               (
               for
               vvee
               see
               some
               to
               q
               surpasse
               others
               in
               swiftnesse
               for
               q
               running
               ,
               *
               others
               in
               strength
               
               q
               for
               wrastling
               :
               &
               likewise
               in
               q
               coūtenances
               ,
               q
               that
               som
               haue
               a
               maie
               sty
               ,
               other●…
               amiablenesse
               :
               so
               there
               are
               in
               minde●…
               also
               greater
               *
               varieties
               .
            
             
               There
               was
               in
               
                 Lucius
                 Crassus
              
               and
               
                 Lucius
                 Philippus
              
               much
               pleasantness
               ;
               but
               greater
               and
               more
               of
               set
               purpose
               ,
               in
               
                 Caius
                 Caesar
              
               q
               Lucius
               his
               sonne
               .
               q
               And
               q
               at
               the
               same
               time
               ,
               q
               there
               was
               in
               
                 Marcus
                 Scaurus
              
               and
               
                 Marcus
                 Drusus
              
               being
               a
               young
               man
               ,
               a
               singular
               grauitie
               ;
               q
               in
               
                 Caius
                 Lelius
              
               much
               mirth
               ,
               q
               in
               his
               familiar
               friend
               Scipio
               
               greater
               *
               ambitition
               ,
               *
               a
               sadder
               life
               .
            
             
               Also
               among
               the
               Grecians
               wee
               haue
               heard
               of
               Socrates
               ,
               to
               haue
               been
               sweet
               &
               pleasantly
               conceited
               ,
               and
               of
               a
               merry
               q
               discourse
               ,
               and
               also
               [
               to
               haue
               beene
               ]
               an
               q
               *
               E●…ronist
               in
               al
               his
               speech
               ,
               whom
               the
               Grecian●…
               named
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               :
               contrariwise
               P●…thagoras
               and
               Pericles
               to
               haue
               attained
               q
               very
               great
               estimation
               ,
               without
               any
               mirth
               at
               all
               .
            
             
               Wee
               haue
               heard
               of
               Hanniball
               ,
               q
               of
               the
               nation
               of
               the
               Carthaginians
               ,
               to
               to
               haue
               been
               q
               subtle
               ;
               
                 Quintus
                 Maximus
              
               of
               our
               Captaines
               ,
               
               q
               to
               haue
               beene
               very
               cunning
               in
               concealing
               matters
               ,
               in
               silence
               ,
               dissimulation
               ,
               plot
               ting
               ,
               preuenting
               the
               deuices
               of
               enemies
               .
               In
               which
               kinde
               the
               Greekes
               preferre
               
                 Themisto●…
                 cles
              
               the
               Athenian
               and
               Iaso
               the
               Pherean
               before
               all
               other
               ;
               and
               especially
               the
               subtile
               and
               crafty
               deed
               of
               Solon
               :
               q
               who
               to
               the
               end
               that
               his
               life
               might
               be
               the
               safer
               ,
               and
               that
               he
               might
               *
               Al
               somwhat
               more
               
               further
               the
               Common-wealth
               ,
               fayned
               himselfe
               to
               be
               madde
               .
               There
               be
               others
               much
               vnlike
               to
               these
               ;
               plaine
               
               and
               open
               :
               which
               thinke
               q
               that
               nothing
               ought
               to
               be
               done
               secretly
               ,
               nothing
               by
               guile
               ,
               being
               louers
               of
               truth
               ,
               enemies
               of
               deceit
               .
               And
               againe
               there
               be
               others
               ,
               who
               can
               endure
               any
               thing
               ,
               doe
               seruice
               to
               any
               man
               ,
               so
               that
               they
               may
               obtaine
               what
               they
               *
               desire
               :
               as
               we
               saw
               Sylla
               and
               
                 Marcus
                 Crassus
              
               .
               In
               which
               kinde
               we
               haue
               heard
               of
               Lysander
               the
               Lacedemonian
               to
               haue
               beene
               most
               subtle
               and
               q
               most
               able
               to
               endure
               any
               thing
               ;
               and
               contrariwise
               Callicratides
               ,
               who
               vvas
               Admirall
               of
               the
               Nauy
               next
               after
               
               Lysander
               .
               And
               likewise
               q
               in
               speech
               wee
               see
               indeed
               another
               man
               ,
               although
               he
               be
               *
               very
               mighty
               ,
               yet
               so
               to
               order
               the
               matter
               ,
               that
               hee
               may
               seeme
               to
               be
               [
               but
               ]
               one
               q
               of
               the
               common
               sort
               .
               Which
               thing
               we
               haue
               *
               seen
               both
               in
               Catulus
               the
               father
               ,
               &
               q
               the
               sonne
               ,
               and
               also
               in
               
                 Quintus
                 Mutius
                 Mancinus
              
               .
               I
               haue
               heard
               also
               of
               [
               mine
               ]
               ancestours
               ,
               q
               that
               the
               same
               was
               in
               
                 Publiks
                 Scipio
                 Nasica
              
               ;
               And
               contrarily
               q
               that
               his
               father
               ,
               euen
               who
               auenged
               the
               mischieuous
               enterprises
               of
               Tiberius
               
               Gracchus
               ,
               q
               had
               no
               affability
               of
               speech
               :
               no
               no●…
               indeede
               Xenocrates
               q
               vvho
               was
               the
               sagest
               of
               all
               the
               Philosophers
               ,
               and
               for
               that
               very
               cause
               q
               both
               great
               and
               famous
               .
               Innumerable
               other
               diuersities
               there
               be
               of
               nature
               and
               maners
               ,
               yet
               not
               at
               all
               to
               bee
               dispraised
               .
               But
               euery
               mans
               owne
               q
               [
               gifts
               ]
               are
               q
               carefully
               to
               be
               maintained
               ;
               [
               tho
               ]
               not
               such
               as
               are
               *
               vicious
               ,
               q
               yet
               those
               vvhich
               are
               naturall
               ,
               whereby
               that
               comelinesse
               which
               we
               doe
               seek
               may
               bee
               more
               easily
               retained
               .
               For
               we
               must
               so
               deale
               ,
               
               that
               wee
               contend
               not
               at
               all
               against
               q
               that
               nature
               which
               is
               vniuersall
               :
               yet
               that
               beeing
               preserued
               ,
               let
               vs
               euery
               one
               follow
               our
               own
               proper
               nature
               ;
               [
               So
               ]
               that
               although
               there
               bee
               q
               other
               grauer
               and
               better
               studies
               ,
               yet
               q
               wee
               measure
               q
               our
               own
               by
               the
               rule
               of
               Nature
               .
               For
               neither
               q
               is
               it
               to
               any
               purpose
               to
               fight
               against
               Nature
               ,
               nor
               to
               q
               ensue
               any
               thing
               which
               you
               cannot
               attaine
               .
            
             
               Whereupon
               it
               more
               appeareth
               q
               what
               manner
               of
               thing
               this
               comelinesse
               is
               :
               sith
               that
               nothing
               becommeth
               ,
               
               q
               maugre
               Minerua
               ,
               as
               they
               vse
               to
               say
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               *
               nature
               with
               standing
               and
               resisting
               .
               q
               And
               verely
               if
               there
               be
               any
               thing
               comely
               ,
               certainely
               there
               is
               nothing
               more
               ,
               then
               an
               q
               euen
               and
               constant
               *
               course
               of
               our
               whole
               life
               *
               and
               of
               euery
               action
               :
               which
               you
               cannot
               keep
               ,
               if
               you
               *
               imitate
               the
               nature
               of
               other
               men
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               *
               omit
               your
               owne
               .
               For
               as
               wee
               ought
               to
               vse
               that
               *
               speech
               which
               is
               knowne
               vntovs
               ,
               lest
               q
               chopping
               in
               [
               certaine
               ]
               Greeke
               words
               ,
               as
               some
               [
               v●…e
               to
               doe
               ]
               wee
               bee
               worthily
               
               
               
               
               
               q
               scoffed
               at
               :
               q
               so
               wee
               should
               shew
               no
               contrariety
               in
               our
               doings
               or
               in
               our
               whole
               life
               .
            
             
               And
               this
               difference
               of
               natures
               hath
               so
               great
               q
               power
               ,
               that
               somtimes
               one
               man
               ought
               q
               to
               procure
               his
               owne
               death
               ,
               another
               ought
               not
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               *
               cause
               .
            
             
               *
               For
               was
               
                 Marcus
                 Cato
              
               in
               one
               q
               quarrell
               ,
               the
               rest
               which
               yielded
               themselues
               to
               Caesar
               in
               Africk
               ,
               in
               another
               ?
               Yet
               peraduenture
               it
               had
               beene
               q
               accounted
               for
               a
               fault
               in
               the
               rest
               ,
               if
               they
               had
               q
               slaine
               themselues
               ,
               because
               their
               life
               had
               been
            
             
             
               *
               more
               pleasant
               ,
               &
               their
               maners
               more
               q
               milde
               .
               But
               whenas
               Nature
               had
               giuen
               vnto
               Cato
               an
               incredible
               grauity
               ;
               and
               himselfe
               had
               q
               confirmed
               the
               same
               by
               a
               perpetuall
               constancy
               ,
               and
               euer
               remained
               in
               his
               q
               intent
               and
               determined
               purpose
               ,
               he
               ought
               rather
               to
               die
               then
               behold
               the
               tyrants
               face
               .
            
             
               How
               many
               things
               q
               endured
               Vlysses
               in
               that
               q
               long
               trauell
               ,
               when
               he
               both
               q
               did
               seruice
               vnto
               women
               (
               if
               Circe
               and
               Calipso
               are
               to
               be
               named
               women
               )
               and
               desired
               to
               shew
               himselfe
               *
               affable
               
               and
               curteous
               to
               all
               men
               ,
               in
               all
               his
               speech
               ?
               and
               also
               q
               at
               home
               endured
               the
               *
               con●…umelies
               of
               q
               slaues
               and
               girles
               ;
               that
               hee
               might
               *
               at
               length
               at●…aine
               to
               that
               which
               hee
               desired
               .
               But
               A●…ax
               (
               q
               being
               of
               that
               courage
               wihich
               is
               reported
               )
               had
               rather
               die
               a
               thousand
               *
               deaths
               ,
               then
               to
               endure
               those
               things
               of
               another
               man.
               
            
             
               q
               Which
               diuersities
               when
               wee
               beholde
               ,
               it
               shall
               bee
               q
               necessarie
               to
               weigh
               ,
               *
               what
               echone
               hath
               of
               his
               owne
               ,
               and
               to
               order
               those
               aright
               ;
               q
               and
               not
               to
               haue
               
               a
               desire
               to
               try
               ,
               how
               q
               others
               mens
               gra
               ▪
               ces
               would
               become
               him
               .
               *
               For
               that
               especially
               becommeth
               each
               man
               ,
               which
               is
               *
               most
               of
               all
               q
               euery
               one
               's
               owne
               .
               q
               Let
               euery
               man
               therefore
               knowe
               his
               owne
               disposition
               :
               and
               let
               him
               *
               shew
               himself●…
               a
               sharp
               〈◊〉
               both
               of
               his
               owne
               vices
               ,
               &
               q
               vertues
               ;
               lest
               q
               players
               may
               seem
               to
               haue
               more
               q
               discretion
               then
               we
               .
               For
               they
               chuse
               not
               the
               best
               q
               enterludes
               ,
               but
               the
               fittest
               for
               themselues
               .
               They
               that
               *
               relie
               vpon
               their
               pronuntiation
               ,
               chuse
               Epigonus
               and
               
               Medea
               .
               They
               [
               who
               relie
               vpon
               their
               ]
               gesture
               ,
               q
               [
               take
               ]
               Menalippa
               ,
               or
               
                 Cl●…temnestra
                 .
                 Rutilius
              
               ,
               whom
               I
               remember
               ,
               euer
               q
               [
               made
               choyce
               of
               ]
               
                 Antiopa
                 :
                 Esop
              
               q
               very
               seldome
               [
               chused
               ]
               Aiax
               .
               Shall
               a
               player
               then
               see
               this
               in
               the
               stage
               which
               a
               wise
               man
               shall
               not
               see
               in
               his
               life
               ?
               q
               We
               are
               therfore
               q
               to
               labour
               especially
               in
               those
               things
               ,
               whereunto
               wee
               shall
               bee
               most
               apt
               .
               But
               if
               at
               any
               time
               necessitie
               shal
               q
               inforce
               vs
               vnto
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               shall
               not
               bee
               q
               fit
               for
               our
               disposition
               ,
               q
               wee
               must
               vse
               all
               
               care
               ,
               meditation
               &
               diligence
               ,
               that
               wee
               may
               q
               performe
               them
               ,
               if
               not
               comelily
               ,
               yet
               q
               with
               as
               little
               vncomeliness
               [
               as
               may
               be
               .
               ]
               Neither
               ought
               wee
               so
               much
               to
               endeauour
               ourselues
               q
               to
               follow
               the
               vertues
               which
               are
               not
               giuen
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               as
               q
               to
               fly
               the
               vices
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               42.
               
            
             
               Tully
               (
               still
               going
               on
               to
               set
               out
               more
               fully
               the
               nature
               of
               comlinesse
               ,
               and
               the
               fountaine
               thereof
               )
               teacheth
               .
            
             
             
               1.
               
               That
               enerie
               one
               har●…
               by
               nature
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               two
               persons
               .
            
             
               The
               one
               of
               them
               common
               ;
               which
               is
               in
               that
               wee
               are
               all
               partakers
               of
               reason
               and
               of
               that
               excellency
               whereby
               we
               surmount
               brute
               beasts
               :
               &
               from
               this
               hee
               sheweth
               that
               both
               all
               honestie
               &
               comlinesse
               are
               deriued
               ,
               &
               the
               way
               of
               finding
               out
               Dutie
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               proper
               :
               to
               wit
               ,
               that
               which
               is
               properly
               assigned
               to
               euerie
               one
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               speciall
               constitution
               both
               of
               his
               body
               and
               minde
               ,
               and
               therein
               the
               speciall
               differences
               amongst
               men
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               noteth
               by
               experience
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               In
               the
               bodies
               ,
               for
               that
               we
               see
               som
               to
               excell
               in
               swiftnesse
               for
               running
               ,
               others
               in
               strength
               
               ●…or
               wrastling
               ,
               some
               hauing
               in
               their
               coūtenances
               a
               maiesty
               ,
               others
               being
               amiable
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               By
               experience
               in
               the
               mindes
               ,
               &
               that
               therein
               also
               are
               greater
               varieties
               and
               differences
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               proueth
               by
               sundry
               particular
               examples
               ,
               and
               first
               ,
               amongst
               themselues
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               That
               there
               was
               much
               pleasantnesse
               of
               speech
               in
               L.
               Philippus
               ,
               but
               greater
               and
               more
               of
               sette
               purpose
               in
               C.
               Caesar
               L.
               his
               sonne
               .
            
             
               Likewise
               at
               the
               same
               time
               ,
               that
               there
               was
               in
               M.
               〈◊〉
               sus
               ,
               though
               but
               a
               young
               man
               ,
               a
               singular
               grauity
               ;
               much
               mirth
               in
               Caius
               Lelius
               ;
               In
               Scipio
               his
               familiar
               friend
               grea
               ter
               ambition
               with
               more
               austeritie
               .
            
             
             
               Secondly
               ,
               amongst
               the
               Grecians
               ,
               as
               he
               had
               heard
               by
               report
               ;
               As
               that
               Socrates
               was
               sweete
               &
               pleasantly
               conceited
               ,
               and
               also
               of
               a
               merry
               discourse
               ,
               an
               Eironist
               in
               all
               his
               speech
               .
            
             
               Contrarily
               ,
               that
               Pithagoras
               and
               Pericles
               were
               of
               greater
               esteeme
               ,
               yet
               without
               any
               mirth
               at
               al.
               
            
             
               So
               amongst
               great
               Captaines
               :
               as
               ,
               that
               Haniball
               of
               Carthage
               was
               very
               subtle
               ;
               Q.
               Maximus
               one
               of
               their
               owne
               Captaines
               ,
               very
               cūning
               
               in
               concealing
               his
               purposes
               ,
               dissimulation
               ,
               plotting
               and
               preuenting
               the
               deuices
               of
               the
               enemie
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               among
               the
               Grecians
               ,
               Themistocles
               the
               Athenian
               Captaine
               ,
               and
               Iaso
               the
               Pherean
               are
               renowned
               for
               the
               like
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               that
               Solon
               the
               lawgiuer
               is
               famous
               for
               policy
               ;
               &
               namely
               in
               that
               act
               ,
               where
               in
               to
               the
               end
               ,
               that
               his
               life
               might
               both
               be
               safer
               ,
               and
               he
               do
               the
               better
               seruice
               to
               the
               cōmon
               weale
               ,
               hee
               fained
               himselfe
               mad
               .
            
             
               Sundry
               other
               examples
               hee
               brings
               
               to
               this
               purpose
               not
               vnlike
               to
               the
               former
               ,
               to
               shewe
               the
               great
               varietie
               of
               dispositions
               amongst
               men
               .
            
             
               As
               that
               there
               are
               some
               plaine
               and
               open
               hearted
               ,
               enemies
               to
               all
               deceipt
               :
            
             
               Others
               who
               can
               indure
               any
               thing
               ,
               serue
               any
               man
               ,
               so
               they
               may
               obtaine
               their
               desire
               :
               as
               Sylla
               ,
               M.
               Crassus
               ,
               and
               Lysander
               the
               Lacedemonian
               ;
               though
               Callicratides
               ,
               who
               succeeded
               Lysander
               in
               the
               admiralty
               of
               the
               nauie
               ,
               was
               of
               a
               contrarie
               disposition
               .
            
             
             
               Others
               excelling
               in
               curtesie
               of
               speech
               ,
               and
               in
               affabilitie
               ;
               so
               as
               thogh
               they
               were
               verie
               great
               men
               ,
               yet
               could
               frame
               themselues
               to
               the
               common
               sort
               so
               ,
               as
               to
               winne
               the
               hearts
               of
               all
               ;
               like
               as
               they
               had
               seene
               in
               the
               Catuli
               both
               in
               the
               father
               and
               the
               sonne
               ,
               and
               also
               in
               Q.
               Mutius
               Mancinus
               .
            
             
               The
               like
               hee
               sheweth
               to
               haue
               bin
               reported
               of
               P.
               Scipio
               Nasica
               ,
               tho
               his
               father
               ,
               otherwise
               a
               worthie
               mā
               (
               as
               who
               auenged
               the
               mischieuous
               enterprices
               of
               Tiberius
               Grachus
               )
               yet
               had
               no
               affabilitie
               of
               speech
               at
               all
               .
            
             
             
               No
               nor
               Xenocrates
               who
               was
               the
               verie
               sagest
               of
               al
               the
               Philosophers
               ,
               and
               for
               that
               cause
               a
               great
               &
               famous
               man.
               
            
             
               And
               thus
               hee
               sheweth
               that
               there
               are
               innumerable
               diuersities
               of
               natures
               and
               dispositions
               ;
               yet
               not
               to
               be
               dispraised
               .
            
             
               Now
               in
               these
               seuerall
               varieties
               and
               all
               other
               hee
               giueth
               this
               rule
               ;
            
             
               That
               euerie
               ones
               owne
               proper
               gifts
               are
               carefully
               to
               bee
               maintained
               ;
               thogh
               not
               any
               such
               qualities
               as
               are
               vicious
               ,
               yet
               all
               such
               gifts
               as
               are
               naturall
               ,
               and
               whereby
               that
               comlinesse
               which
               wee
               seeke
               may
               be
               retained
               more
               easily
               .
            
             
             
               And
               so
               long
               as
               wee
               striue
               not
               against
               that
               nature
               which
               is
               vniuersall
               ,
               that
               each
               of
               vs
               follow
               our
               own
               proper
               nature
               .
            
             
               Whence
               hee
               teacheth
               this
               as
               a
               second
               lesson
               ;
               That
               although
               there
               might
               be
               other
               grauer
               &
               better
               studies
               to
               be
               followed
               of
               vs
               ,
               yet
               that
               we
               are
               to
               measure
               &
               limitour
               studies
               by
               the
               rule
               of
               nature
               ,
               to
               doe
               nothing
               against
               it
               .
            
             
               Because
               it
               doth
               not
               auaile
               to
               fight
               against
               nature
               ;
               or
               to
               pursue
               any
               thing
               ▪
               which
               we
               haue
               no
               hope
               by
               nature
               to
               〈◊〉
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               heereupon
               it
               appeareth
               more
               fully
               wherein
               true
               comliness
               consisteth
               ;
               that
               we
               do
               
               not
               any
               thing
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               against
               nature
               ;
               but
               onely
               that
               whereto
               we
               are
               fitted
               by
               it
               .
            
             
               Because
               ,
               if
               wee
               euer
               follow
               nature
               ,
               wee
               shal
               be
               able
               to
               keep
               an
               euen
               and
               a
               constant
               course
               ,
               both
               of
               our
               whole
               life
               ▪
               &
               of
               e●…erie
               action
               ;
               then
               which
               there
               is
               nothing
               more
               com
               ly
               :
               whereas
               if
               wee
               imitate
               the
               nature
               of
               other
               men
               omitting
               our
               owne
               ,
               wee
               cannot
               keepe
               that
               euennes●…e
               which
               we
               ought
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               〈◊〉
               plaine
               by
               a
               certaine
               similitude
               :
            
             
               That
               as
               wee
               are
               to
               vse
               that
               speech
               onely
               ,
               which
               is
               known
               vn●…o
               vs
               ,
               lest
               chopping
               in
               Greeke
               or
               other
               strāge
               words
               (
               as
               some
               do
               )
               we
               be
               worthily
               scoffed
               at
               ;
               
               
               
               
               
               so
               wee
               are
               to
               keepe
               an
               euennesse
               in
               all
               our
               actions
               &
               our
               whole
               life
               ,
               that
               no
               contra●…ietie
               appear
               at
               all
               .
            
             
               Again
               ,
               he
               teacheth
               that
               the
               differences
               of
               natures
               are
               of
               so
               great
               power
               ,
               that
               that
               may
               bee
               commendable
               in
               one
               ,
               which
               should
               bee
               faulty
               in
               another
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               example
               :
               that
               one
               man
               ought
               to
               lay
               violent
               handes
               vpon
               himselfe
               ,
               which
               should
               be
               reproueable
               in
               others
               in
               the
               same
               cause
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               instanceth
               in
               M.
               Cato
               slaying
               himself
               ,
               rather
               then
               to
               yeeld
               vp
               himself
               to
               Cesar
               in
               Africke
               as
               others
               did
               ;
               wheras
               it
               had
               bin
               faultie
               in
               the
               rest
               of
               them
               ,
               to
               haue
               done
               the
               like
               ,
               because
               their
               liues
               had
               bin
               more
               
               pleasant
               ,
               and
               their
               maners
               more
               mild
               :
               yet
               in
               him
               it
               is
               cōmended
               ,
               for
               that
               he
               was
               of
               such
               an
               vncredible
               grauitie
               by
               nature
               ,
               and
               had
               confirmed
               the
               same
               by
               perpetuall
               constancie
               ,
               and
               al●…o
               had
               euer
               remained
               in
               this
               determinate
               resolution
               ,
               that
               hee
               would
               rather
               die
               ,
               then
               behould
               the
               tyrants
               race
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               In
               comparing
               the
               faults
               of
               Vlysses
               and
               Aiax
               together
               :
               That
               whereas
               this
               was
               an
               honour
               to
               Vlysses
               to
               haue
               indured
               the
               things
               which
               he
               did
               ,
               in
               his
               long
               trauels
               ,
               and
               that
               he
               had
               beene
               able
               to
               yeelde
               himselfe
               to
               do
               seruice
               to
               women
               ,
               as
               to
               Circe
               &
               Calipso
               ,
               (
               if
               they
               were
               worthie
               to
               be
               named
               women
               )
               &
               to
               shew
               himselfe
               so
               affable
               &
               curteous
               
               to
               all
               ;
               yea
               after
               his
               returne
               home
               ,
               so
               to
               indure
               the
               contum●…ly
               of
               slaues
               and
               wenches
               ,
               to
               the
               end
               that
               hee
               might
               attaine
               to
               that
               which
               he
               desired
               :
               yet
               contrarily
               this
               is
               Ajax
               his
               honour
               ,
               that
               he
               being
               of
               an
               vnconquerable
               courage
               by
               nature
               ,
               had
               rather
               die
               a
               thousand
               deaths
               ▪
               then
               to
               endure
               such
               contumelies
               or
               iniuries
               from
               any
               .
            
             
               Hence
               hee
               concludeth
               ,
               that
               we
               are
               necessarily
               to
               weigh
               what
               gifts
               each
               of
               vs
               hath
               properly
               ,
               &
               to
               vse
               the
               same
               aright
               ;
               and
               not
               to
               
               haue
               a
               desire
               to
               tr●…e
               how
               other
               mens
               gifts
               would
               become
               vs
               :
               because
               that
               especially
               becometh
               euerie
               one
               ,
               which
               most
               properly
               belongeth
               vnto
               him
               And
               secondly
               ,
               hee
               aduis●…th
               each
               man
               to
               knowe
               his
               owne
               disposition
               ,
               and
               to
               shew
               himself
               a
               sharp
               iudge
               of
               his
               owne
               vertues
               ,
               and
               vices
               ;
               and
               so
               to
               chuse
               and
               follow
               that
               course
               which
               is
               fittest
               for
               him
               .
            
             
               This
               also
               he
               vrgeth
               by
               a
               reason
               taken
               from
               players
               ;
               Lest
               they
               should
               seeme
               to
               haue
               more
               discretion
               heerein
               then
               wee
               .
            
             
               Because
               they
               chufe
               not
               the
               best
               interludes
               to
               act
               ;
               but
               those
               that
               are
               fittest
               for
               them
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               their
               pronuntiation
               ,
               
               or
               gesture
               ,
               and
               which
               they
               can
               performe
               the
               best
               ;
               as
               hee
               sheweth
               in
               sundrie
               particulars
               :
            
             
               Whence
               hee
               inferreth
               againe
               what
               an
               absurd
               thing
               this
               is
               ,
               that
               a
               player
               should
               see
               that
               on
               the
               stage
               ,
               which
               a
               wise
               man
               cannot
               in
               his
               life
               .
            
             
               And
               so
               shutteth
               vp
               this
               point
               ,
               That
               we
               are
               chiefly
               to
               labor
               in
               those
               things
               whereunto
               wee
               are
               most
               apt
               .
            
             
               Yet
               here
               he
               giueth
               two
               cautions
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               if
               at
               any
               time
               necessitie
               shall
               inforce
               vs
               vnto
               those
               things
               to
               which
               we
               ar
               not
               apt
               by
               nature
               ;
               that
               then
               wee
               specially
               vse
               all
               care
               ,
               
               meditation
               and
               diligence
               that
               we
               may
               performe
               them
               ,
               if
               not
               comlily
               ,
               yet
               with
               as
               little
               vncōlinesse
               as
               may
               be
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               we
               do
               not
               so
               much
               indeuour
               to
               attaine
               the
               vertues
               to
               which
               wee
               haue
               no
               aptnesse
               by
               nature
               ;
               as
               to
               shun
               those
               vices
               to
               which
               wee
               are
               by
               nature
               strongly
               inclined
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               43.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 Argument
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Comelinesse
                   from
                   those
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   fortune
                   hath
                   giuen
                   vs
                   ,
                   or
                   vvhich
                   wee
                   haue
                
                 q
                 
                   gotten
                   by
                   [
                   our
                   owne
                
                 ]
                 q
                 discretion
                 .
              
            
             
             
               q
               MOreouer
               ,
               vnto
               those
               two
               persons
               which
               I
               spake
               of
               q
               before
               ,
               a
               third
               person
               is
               adioyned
               which
               some
               chance
               or
               time
               q
               imposeth
               [
               on
               vs.
               ]
               And
               also
               a
               fourth
               which
               wee
               shall
               q
               fit
               vnto
               our selues
               after
               our
               owne
               q
               mind
               .
               For
               kingdomes
               ,
               empires
               ,
               q
               nobility
               ,
               honours
               ,
               riches
               ,
               q
               power
               ,
               and
               those
               which
               are
               contrary
               to
               these
               ,
               q
               consisting
               on
               fortune
               ,
               q
               are
               ordered
               according
               to
               the
               times
               .
               But
               it
               proceedeth
               from
               our
               owne
               q
               free
               will
               ,
               *
               what
               person
               wee
               q
               list
               to
               beare
               .
            
             
             
               And
               therefore
               som
               apply
               themselues
               vnto
               Philosophy
               ▪
               others
               the
               Ciuill
               lawe
               ,
               others
               eloquence
               :
               and
               q
               som
               one
               chuseth
               to
               excell
               in
               one
               of
               those
               vertues
               .
               [
               another
               in
               another
               .
               ]
               *
               But
               whose
               fathers
               or
               〈◊〉
               q
               haue
               beene
               famous
               in
               any
               kinde
               of
               glory
               ,
               *
               most
               of
               theirs
               doe
               study
               to
               excell
               in
               the
               same
               kinde
               of
               q
               cōmendation
               :
               as
               
                 Quintus
                 Mu●…us
              
               q
               Publius
               his
               sonne
               [
               did
               ]
               in
               the
               Ciuill
               lawe
               :
               Africanus
               q
               Paulus
               his
               sonne
               ,
               q
               in
               chiualrie
               .
               Also
               q
               diuers
               doe
               adde
               some
               q
               of
               their
               owne
               vnto
               
               those
               praises
               ,
               which
               they
               haue
               receiue
               ▪
               from
               their
               *
               fathers
               :
               as
               this
               same
               Affricanus
               increased
               his
               martiall
               glory
               by
               [
               his
               ]
               eloquence
               .
               Which
               selfe
               same
               thing
               q
               did
               also
               
                 Timotheus
                 Conons
              
               sonne
               :
               who
               *
               when
               as
               hee
               was
               not
               inferiour
               q
               to
               his
               father
               in
               q
               praises
               of
               warre
               ,
               yet
               *
               adioyned
               vnto
               that
               commendation
               the
               glory
               of
               learning
               &
               wit.
               Sometimes
               also
               it
               q
               falleth
               out
               ,
               that
               certaine
               q
               hauing
               omitted
               the
               imitation
               of
               their
               parents
               ,
               follow
               some
               q
               course
               of
               their
               owne
               ;
               and
               those
               
               especially
               trauell
               therein
               for
               most
               part
               ,
               who
               beeing
               borne
               of
               q
               obscure
               parents
               ,
               *
               propound
               vnto
               themselues
               great
               *
               matters
               .
               Therefore
               when
               we
               seek
               what
               things
               q
               are
               comely
               ,
               wee
               ought
               to
               q
               cast
               all
               these
               in
               our
               minde
               &
               q
               cogitation
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               43.
               
            
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               Tully
               teacheth
               ▪
               that
               besides
               those
               two
               persons
               spoken
               of
               before
               ,
               which
               euerie
               one
               hath
               by
               nature
               ,
               we
               haue
               other
               two
               also
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               whereof
               is
               that
               ,
               which
               euerie
               one
               hath
               imposed
               vpon
               him
               ,
               by
               some
               chance
               ,
               or
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               times
               :
               as
               to
               bee
               Kings
               ,
               Emperours
               ,
               nobles
               ,
               honorable
               ,
               rich
               ,
               mightie
               and
               the
               like
               ,
               or
               such
               as
               are
               contrarie
               to
               these
               :
               which
               as
               they
               cōsist
               in
               fortune
               ,
               so
               are
               they
               ordered
               according
               to
               the
               times
               The
               later
               is
               that
               which
               wee
               fit
               vnto
               our selues
               ,
               according
               to
               our
               iudgement
               applying
               our selues
               thereunto
               ;
               for
               that
               it
               proceedeth
               from
               our
               own
               will
               ,
               what
               course
               of
               life
               we
               will
               follow
               .
            
             
             
               Hence
               are
               the
               diuers
               studies
               of
               men
               ;
               that
               some
               applie
               themselues
               to
               Philosophie
               ,
               others
               to
               the
               ciuill
               lawe
               ,
               others
               to
               eloquēce
               ,
               and
               that
               one
               chooseth
               to
               excell
               in
               some
               one
               of
               these
               vertues
               ,
               another
               in
               another
               .
            
             
               More
               specially
               ,
               that
               those
               whose
               fathers
               or
               auncestors
               haue
               bin
               famous
               for
               any
               kind
               of
               glorie
               ,
               doe
               for
               most
               part
               〈◊〉
               to
               excell
               in
               the
               same
               :
               as
               Q.
               Mu●…us
               Publ.
               his
               sonne
               in
               chiualrie
               .
            
             
               Hence
               also
               it
               is
               that
               sundrie
               increase
               the
               
               glorie
               of
               their
               auncestors
               :
               as
               hee
               instanceth
               in
               Affricanus
               that
               hee
               increased
               his
               martiall
               glory
               by
               his
               eloquence
               ;
               and
               in
               Timotheus
               Conous
               sonne
               who
               by
               his
               wit
               and
               learning
               augmented
               the
               renowne
               which
               hee
               had
               receiued
               from
               his
               auncestors
               by
               their
               martiall
               praises
               .
            
             
               And
               moreouer
               ,
               that
               certaine
               leauing
               the
               imitation
               of
               their
               parents
               follow
               som
               course
               of
               their
               own
               ;
               and
               especially
               they
               
               who
               borne
               of
               obscure
               parents
               ,
               yet
               propounde
               vnto
               themselues
               great
               matters
               .
            
             
               And
               thus
               hee
               concludeth
               ,
               that
               when
               wee
               seeke
               what
               is
               comely
               ,
               wee
               ought
               to
               think
               of
               all
               these
               things
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               44.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   Wee
                   must
                   determine
                   the
                   kinde
                   and
                
                 q
                 
                   course
                   of
                   our
                   life
                
                 .
              
            
             
               BVt
               first
               of
               all
               wee
               must
               determine
               whom
               and
               what
               manner
               of
               
               men
               wee
               vvould
               *
               haue
               our selues
               ,
               and
               q
               of
               what
               kind
               of
               life
               :
               Which
               *
               deliberation
               is
               the
               hardest
               of
               all
               other
               .
               For
               in
               the
               entrance
               into
               the
               q
               youthfull
               time
               ,
               q
               wherein
               there
               is
               the
               greatest
               weaknesse
               of
               counsell
               ;
               then
               euery
               man
               q
               appointeth
               vnto
               
               himselfe
               that
               kind
               of
               q
               life
               ,
               which
               he
               q
               chiefly
               liketh
               .
               And
               therefore
               hee
               is
               entangled
               with
               some
               certaine
               kind
               and
               course
               of
               liuing
               ,
               before
               q
               that
               hee
               q
               bee
               able
               to
               iudge
               ,
               what
               should
               be
               best
               .
               For
               q
               wheras
               Prodicus
               saith
               ,
               q
               that
               Hercules
               (
               as
               
               it
               is
               in
               Xenophon
               )
               so
               soone
               as
               he
               q
               began
               to
               come
               to
               mans
               estate
               ,
               (
               which
               time
               is
               gran
               ted
               by
               nature
               ,
               to
               chuse
               what
               q
               vvay
               of
               liuing
               euery
               man
               will
               enter
               )
               q
               went
               forth
               into
               q
               a
               desart
               place
               ,
               and
               sitting
               there
               ,
               doubted
               *
               long
               with
               himselfe
               and
               much
               ,
               when
               he
               beheld
               two
               waies
               ,
               the
               one
               of
               pleasure
               ,
               the
               other
               of
               vertue
               ,
               whether
               of
               them
               it
               q
               were
               better
               to
               enter
               into
               .
            
             
               This
               peraduenture
               might
               *
               happen
               vnto
               Hercules
               being
               q
               borne
               of
               Iupiters
               seede
               ;
               but
               not
               so
               to
               vs
               ,
               
               
               
               
               
               who
               imitate
               whom
               it
               seemeth
               best
               to
               q
               euery
               of
               vs
               ;
               and
               are
               *
               inforced
               to
               their
               studies
               &
               and
               q
               fashions
               .
            
             
               And
               for
               the
               most
               part
               wee
               beeing
               *
               trayned
               vp
               by
               the
               precepts
               of
               our
               parents
               ,
               q
               are
               drawn
               vnto
               their
               *
               guise
               and
               q
               manners
               .
               Others
               are
               carried
               *
               by
               the
               iudgement
               of
               the
               multitude
               ,
               and
               q
               long
               after
               those
               things
               especially
               ,
               vvhich
               seeme
               q
               goodliest
               to
               the
               greater
               part
               .
               q
               Yet
               some
               ,
               whether
               by
               a
               certaine
               happinesse
               ,
               or
               by
               goodnesse
               of
               nature
               ,
               or
               by
               the
               instruction
               of
               their
               
               parents
               ,
               haue
               followed
               the
               right
               course
               of
               life
               .
               q
               But
               that
               kinde
               of
               men
               is
               most
               seldome
               found
               ,
               who
               beeing
               *
               adorned
               either
               with
               excellent
               q
               profoundnes
               of
               wit
               ,
               or
               else
               with
               famous
               learning
               &
               knowledge
               ,
               or
               with
               both
               of
               them
               ,
               haue
               q
               yet
               taken
               a
               time
               of
               q
               delibe
               ration
               ,
               what
               course
               of
               life
               they
               would
               especially
               followe
               .
               In
               which
               deliberation
               ,
               q
               all
               a
               mans
               counsell
               is
               to
               bee
               q
               applied
               to
               each
               mans
               q
               proper
               nature
               .
               For
               ●…ith
               that
               q
               in
               all
               things
               that
               are
               done
               ,
               we
               search
               out
               of
               that
               q
               
               nature
               ,
               *
               wherewith
               euery
               one
               is
               borne
               (
               as
               is
               said
               before
               )
               what
               q
               is
               comely
               ;
               then
               q
               a
               farre
               greater
               care
               thereof
               must
               be
               had
               in
               setting
               downe
               the
               whole
               course
               of
               our
               life
               ;
               that
               vvee
               may
               q
               euer
               agree
               with
               our selues
               in
               all
               our
               whole
               life
               ,
               and
               neuer
               halt
               in
               any
               dutie
               .
               But
               seeing
               that
               Nature
               hath
               the
               greatest
               q
               power
               vnto
               this
               choice
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               Fortune
               the
               next
               ;
               there
               must
               euer
               be
               had
               a
               *
               regarde
               of
               both
               of
               thē
               ,
               in
               chusing
               the
               q
               course
               of
               our
               life
               ,
               but
               of
               Nature
               more
               .
               For
               q
               it
               is
               both
               much
               
               *
               more
               firme
               and
               *
               constant
               :
               In
               so
               much
               ,
               that
               sometimes
               fortune
               ,
               as
               beeing
               q
               mortall
               ,
               may
               seeme
               to
               fight
               q
               with
               nature
               being
               immortall
               .
               Hee
               therefore
               that
               will
               apply
               q
               his
               vvhole
               course
               to
               the
               kind
               of
               his
               nature
               no●…
               corrupted
               ,
               let
               him
               kee●…e
               q
               constancy
               ;
               For
               that
               becommeth
               chiefl●…
               :
               except
               peraduenture
               hee
               shall
               p●…rceiue
               that
               q
               he
               hath
               erred
               in
               c●…using
               *
               the
               kind
               of
               [
               his
               ]
               life
               .
               Which
               if
               it
               sh●…ll
               fall
               out
               (
               q
               as
               indeede
               it
               may
               )
               there
               must
               bee
               made
               a
               change
               of
               manners
               and
               purposes
               .
               
               We
               *
               shall
               make
               that
               change
               more
               easily
               and
               commodiously
               ,
               if
               the
               times
               shall
               q
               further
               vs
               ;
               but
               if
               not
               ,
               it
               must
               be
               done
               q
               leasurely
               ,
               &
               by
               little
               and
               little
               :
               like
               as
               wise
               men
               do
               iudge
               is
               to
               be
               more
               q
               conuenient
               ,
               to
               q
               breake
               off
               by
               little
               and
               little
               ,
               those
               friendships
               ,
               which
               doe
               not
               so
               much
               delight
               vs
               ,
               and
               are
               lesse
               approued
               of
               vs
               ,
               then
               to
               cut
               thē
               off
               ,
               q
               of
               a
               sodaine
               .
            
             
               q
               And
               when
               we
               haue
               changed
               our
               course
               of
               life
               ,
               wee
               must
               by
               all
               means
               take
               ●…eed
               ,
               that
               we
               be
               thought
               to
               haue
               done
               it
               vpon
               good
               
               q
               aduice
               .
               But
               for●…
               as
               q
               vvee
               〈◊〉
               ▪
               a
               little
               before
               ▪
               q
               that
               vvee
               〈◊〉
               *
               imitate
               out
               〈◊〉
               ▪
               ●…et
               q
               this
               first
               ●…e
               ex●…
               ,
               that
               their
               vices
               q
               are
               not
               to
               be
               imitated
               ▪
               *
               And
               then
               it
               Nature
               will
               not
               beare
               ,
               that
               q
               we
               can
               imitate
               certaine
               things
               ;
               ●…s
               q
               the
               elder
               Affricanus
               sonne
               ,
               who
               adopted
               q
               this
               ou●…
               〈◊〉
               his
               sonne
               ,
               could
               n●…t
               ,
               for
               his
               q
               sicklinesse
               ,
               be
               so
               like
               vnto
               his
               father
               ,
               as
               the
               *
               other
               q
               was
               his
               :
               If
               therefore
               one
               be
               not
               able
               ,
               either
               to
               *
               defend
               causes
               ,
               or
               *
               to
               retaine
               the
               people
               
               
               
               
               
               with
               orations
               ,
               or
               to
               q
               followe
               the
               warres
               ,
               yet
               q
               hee
               ought
               to
               performe
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               *
               shall
               bee
               in
               his
               power
               :
               as
               Iustice
               ,
               q
               Fidelity
               ,
               ●…iberality
               ,
               Modestie
               ▪
               [
               &
               ]
               Tēperance
               ;
               q
               that
               that
               thing
               ,
               which
               is
               lacking
               in
               him
               ,
               may
               bee
               the
               lesse
               missed
               .
               q
               And
               indeed
               the
               best
               inheritance
               [
               which
               ]
               is
               left
               by
               fathers
               vnto
               their
               children
               ,
               and
               more
               worth
               then
               any
               patrimonie
               [
               is
               ]
               the
               glory
               of
               [
               their
               ]
               vertue
               ,
               and
               of
               worthy
               deedes
               :
               whereunto
               to
               be
               a
               *
               staine
               ,
               
               is
               to
               be
               accounted
               [
               both
               ]
               a
               fault
               and
               
               shame
               .
               And
               because
               the
               same
               duties
               q
               doe
               not
               belong
               to
               vnlike
               ages
               ▪
               but
               q
               some
               are
               for
               young
               men
               ,
               others
               for
               old
               men
               ,
               somewhat
               is
               also
               to
               be
               spoken
               of
               this
               diuersity
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               44.
               
            
             
               Heere
               T.
               proceedeth
               to
               teach
               ,
               how
               to
               determine
               of
               the
               course
               of
               our
               life
               ,
               
               which
               euerie
               one
               is
               to
               follow
               as
               most
               fit
               for
               him
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               he
               sheweth
               that
               this
               deliberation
               is
               exceeding
               hard
               in
               regarde
               of
               the
               time
               ,
               when
               men
               are
               to
               determine
               hereof
               .
            
             
               Because
               they
               are
               to
               resolue
               of
               it
               in
               the
               verie
               enterance
               into
               their
               youthfull
               age
               ;
               at
               what
               time
               they
               are
               at
               the
               weakest
               for
               counsell
               &
               iudge●…ēt
               to
               determine
               aright
               :
               and
               so
               e●…ch
               followeth
               that
               which
               he
               liketh
               or
               fancieth
               to
               himself
               without
               any
               grounded
               reason
               .
               Whereupon
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               that
               they
               haue
               intangled
               thēselues
               with
               some
               certaine
               course
               of
               life
               ,
               before
               they
               are
               able
               to
               iudge
               what
               were
               the
               best
               :
            
             
               And
               that
               howsoeuer
               Hercules
               (
               as
               
               Xenophon
               reporteth
               )
               at
               this
               age
               of
               youth
               ,
               when
               he
               began
               to
               come
               to
               mans
               estate
               ,
               going
               into
               a
               desert
               place
               ,
               and
               there
               beholding
               two
               waies
               ,
               the
               one
               the
               way
               of
               plea
               sure
               ,
               the
               other
               of
               vertue
               ,
               &
               after
               long
               deliberating
               with
               himself
               whether
               of
               them
               he
               shold
               take
               ,
               made
               choice
               of
               the
               better
               ;
               viz.
               the
               way
               of
               vertue
               :
            
             
               Yet
               ,
               this
               hee
               thinketh
               might
               befall
               to
               Hercules
               being
               sprung
               of
               the
               seed
               of
               Iupiter
               ,
               &
               so
               of
               a
               diuine
               vnderstanding
               and
               iudgemēt
               :
               but
               that
               there
               is
               not
               any
               hope
               that
               any
               of
               vs
               should
               make
               such
               a
               choice
               .
            
             
             
               
               
               
               
               1.
               
               Because
               wee
               vse
               rashly
               to
               imitate
               whomsoeuer
               wee
               like
               best
               of
               ,
               and
               so
               follow
               their
               studies
               and
               fashions
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               For
               that
               we
               being
               for
               most
               part
               trained
               vp
               by
               the
               precepts
               and
               aduice
               of
               our
               parents
               ,
               are
               drawne
               vnto
               a
               likeing
               of
               their
               guise
               &
               maners
               .
            
             
               Or
               thirdly
               ,
               for
               that
               we
               vse
               to
               be
               carried
               by
               the
               iudgement
               of
               the
               multitude
               ,
               &
               so
               to
               long
               after
               those
               things
               which
               the
               greatest
               part
               do
               most
               admire
               .
            
             
               Yet
               notwithstanding
               how
               hard
               soeuer
               it
               is
               ,
               he
               acknow
               ledgeth
               that
               some
               indeede
               haue
               followed
               a
               right
               course
               of
               life
               ,
               whether
               a
               certaine
               happinesse
               betiding
               them
               ,
               or
               the
               goodnes
               of
               their
               natures
               ,
               or
               through
               the
               right
               institution
               
               of
               their
               parents
               .
               But
               for
               this
               kind
               of
               men
               who
               〈◊〉
               so
               ,
               he
               noteth
               that
               they
               are
               verie
               seldom
               to
               be
               found
               ,
               which
               (
               if
               they
               be
               of
               profo●…d
               wits
               ,
               of
               excellent
               learning
               and
               knowledge
               )
               will
               take
               a
               due
               time
               for
               delibe●…ing
               hereof
               ,
               what
               course
               to
               choose
               .
            
             
               Thus
               hauing
               shewed
               the
               difficultie
               of
               his
               deliberation
               he
               now
               commeth
               to
               set
               downe
               the
               right
               maner
               of
               it
               ;
               that
               we
               ought
               chi●…fly
               to
               cō
               sider
               to
               what
               we
               are
               most
               fit
               by
               nature
               .
            
             
             
               Because
               sith
               that
               we
               seeke
               in
               euery
               thing
               particularly
               ,
               what
               is
               comely
               ,
               by
               doing
               it
               according
               to
               nature
               ;
               then
               much
               more
               care
               ought
               we
               to
               haue
               heereof
               in
               determining
               the
               whole
               course
               of
               our
               life
               ;
               and
               that
               chiefly
               to
               this
               end
               ,
               that
               we
               may
               euer
               agree
               with
               our selues
               in
               all
               our
               whole
               life
               ,
               and
               neuer
               halt
               in
               any
               dutie
               .
            
             
               And
               whereas
               ,
               next
               vnto
               nature
               ,
               fortune
               hath
               the
               greatest
               power
               for
               making
               this
               choice
               ,
               he
               teacheth
               that
               we
               are
               to
               haue
               a
               regard
               euen
               of
               fortune
               also
               therein
               ;
               but
               yet
               of
               nature
               more
               .
               For
               that
               it
               is
               more
               firm
               &
               cōstant
               ,
               then
               fortune
               ;
               
               in
               so
               much
               as
               fortune
               sometimes
               ,
               as
               beeing
               mortall
               may
               seeme
               to
               fight
               with
               nature
               as
               beeing
               immortall
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               third
               place
               he
               〈◊〉
               ,
               that
               a
               man
               thus
               applying
               the
               whole
               course
               of
               his
               life
               to
               the
               kinde
               of
               his
               nature
               vnco●…rupted
               ,
               ought
               to
               be
               constant
               in
               it
               .
            
             
               Because
               constancie
               principally
               becommeth
               a
               man
               ,
               vnlesse
               he
               shall
               afterwards
               perceiue
               that
               hee
               hath
               〈◊〉
               in
               his
               choice
               :
               which
               if
               it
               happen
               (
               as
               he
               sheweth
               it
               may
               well
               )
               he
               directeth
               wh●…t
               is
               to
               be
               don
               ,
               viz.
               that
               he
               must
               the●…
               make
               a
               change
               of
               his
               course
               &
               purposes
               .
            
             
             
               And
               for
               the
               manner
               of
               effecting
               heereof
               ,
               that
               if
               the
               〈◊〉
               serue
               and
               〈◊〉
               thereto
               ,
               it
               may
               then
               be
               made
               more
               easily
               &
               commodiously
               ▪
               〈◊〉
               if
               not
               ,
               it
               is
               to
               bee
               made
               more
               leasurely
               ,
               and
               as
               by
               little
               and
               little
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               we
               are
               to
               doe
               heerein
               as
               wise
               men
               in
               breaking
               off
               their
               friendship
               with
               such
               as
               they
               would
               ●…aine
               be
               shut
               of
               ;
            
             
               who
               thinke
               it
               more
               cōuenient
               to
               break
               off
               with
               thē
               by
               little
               &
               little
               ,
               then
               to
               cut
               them
               off
               ,
               of
               a
               suddaine
               :
               And
               yet
               euer
               to
               obserue
               this
               caution
               in
               our
               chāge
               ;
               That
               when
               we
               haue
               thus
               changed
               ,
               wee
               may
               bee
               thought
               to
               haue
               done
               it
               vpon
               good
               aduice
               .
            
             
             
               Here
               also
               〈◊〉
               two
               other
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               ●…ration
               of
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               ther
               's
               or
               auncestors
               in
               our
               courses
               of
               life
               ,
               spoken
               of
               before
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               we
               〈◊〉
               that
               we
               do
               not
               ●…tate
               their
               vices
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               If
               through
               nature
               ,
               or
               any
               other
               imped●…ment
               ,
               wee
               cannot
               〈◊〉
               certaine
               things
               which
               were
               commend●…ble
               in
               them
               ,
               like
               as
               he
               instan●…eth
               in
               the
               elder
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               ,
               who
               could
               not
               to
               imitate
               his
               father
               ,
               as
               the
               other
               〈◊〉
               ▪
               son
               did
               his
               ,
               through
               ●…ickliness
               ;
               Or
               if
               we
               be
               not
               ●…o
               fitted
               for
               pleading
               or
               defending
               causes
               ,
               or
               for
               making
               orations
               &
               like
               speeches
               to
               the
               people
               ,
               or
               to
               follow
               
               
               
               
               
               the
               wars
               or
               the
               like
               ▪
               that
               yet
               we
               are
               to
               ●…e
               careful
               to
               performe
               those
               things
               which
               are
               in
               our
               power
               (
               as
               iustice
               ▪
               fidelitie
               ,
               liberalitie
               ,
               modestie
               and
               temperance
               )
               in
               the
               best
               ●…ort
               that
               we
               can
               ,
               that
               so
               what
               is
               lacking
               in
               vs
               may
               bee
               lesse
               missed
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               he
               concludeth
               this
               poynt
               ,
               vrging
               the
               care
               of
               it
               ;
               That
               sith
               indeede
               the
               best
               inheritāce
               ,
               which
               can
               be
               left
               by
               fathers
               vnto
               their
               children
               ,
               &
               which
               is
               more
               worth
               then
               any
               patrimonie
               ,
               is
               the
               glorie
               of
               their
               vertues
               and
               worthy
               deeds
               ;
               and
               for
               that
               cause
               ,
               seeing
               to
               be
               a
               staine
               thereunto
               ,
               is
               both
               a
               foule
               fault
               &
               
               a
               great
               shame
               :
               therfore
               eu●…rie
               one
               should
               the
               more
               warily
               looke
               to
               the
               right
               imitation
               of
               them
               .
            
             
               And
               thus
               he
               endeth
               this
               matter
               ,
               making
               an
               entraunce
               to
               the
               discourse
               following
               of
               the
               diuersiue
               of
               Duties
               in
               regard
               of
               ages
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               45.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   What
                   things
                   doe
                   properly
                   become
                
                 *
                 youth
                 .
              
            
             
               IT
               is
               therefore
               q
               a
               young
               mans
               dutie
               to
               reuerence
               his
               elders
               ,
               and
               to
               chuse
               out
               of
               them
               the
               best
               and
               most
               approued
               ;
               whose
               counsel
               and
               authoritie
               
               he
               may
               q
               rel●…e
               vpon
               .
               For
               the
               vnskilfulnesse
               of
               q
               youth
               ,
               is
               to
               bee
               q
               directed
               and
               gouerned
               by
               the
               *
               wisdome
               of
               old
               men
               .
               This
               age
               is
               also
               to
               be
               specially
               q
               refrained
               from
               *
               lust
               ,
               and
               to
               bee
               exercised
               in
               labour
               and
               *
               patience
               both
               of
               minde
               and
               bodie
               ,
               that
               their
               industry
               may
               q
               excell
               both
               in
               martiall
               and
               ciuill
               duties
               .
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               vvhen
               they
               will
               refresh
               their
               *
               mindes
               and
               *
               giue
               thems●…lues
               to
               q
               pastime
               ,
               let
               them
               beware
               of
               intemperance
               ,
               and
               remember
               q
               to
               obserue
               modesty
               ;
               which
               
               q
               they
               may
               doe
               more
               easily
               ,
               if
               they
               will
               q
               have
               their
               elders
               also
               p●●sent
               at
               such
               *
               things
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               45.
               
            
             
               Here
               ●…
               .
               teacheth
               the
               speciall
               duties
               of
               young
               men
               ,
               &
               what
               things
               do
               become
               them
               :
               as
               ,
               1.
               
               That
               they
               reuerence
               their
               elders
               .
               2.
               
               That
               they
               chuse
               out
               ,
               amōgst
               the
               ancienter
               ,
               the
               best
               and
               most
               approued
               ,
               whose
               counsell
               and
               
               authoritie
               they
               may
               vse
               and
               rely
               vpon
               .
               The
               reason
               whereof
               ●…s
               ,
               because
               the
               v●…skilfulnesse
               of
               youth
               is
               to
               be
               direc
               ted
               by
               the
               wisedom
               of
               the
               auncient
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               this
               age
               is
               specially
               to
               bee
               re●…
               from
               lustful●…
               pleasures
               ,
               and
               to
               bee
               exercised
               in
               labour
               and
               patience
               both
               of
               minde
               and
               body
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               excell
               in
               martiall
               &
               cruall
               duties
               ,
               &
               their
               industrie
               bee
               s●…ene
               therein
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               That
               when
               they
               desire
               to
               recreate
               themselues
               with
               sports
               ,
               they
               carefully
               beware
               of
               intemperance
               ,
               &
               remember
               modesty
               .
               And
               to
               this
               end
               he
               thinketh
               it
               fit
               ,
               that
               they
               should
               haue
               som
               of
               
               the
               ancienter
               present
               at
               such
               recreations
               wherin
               otherwise
               might
               be
               danger
               of
               any
               intemperance
               or
               immode●…ty
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               46.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   What
                   things
                
                 q
                 
                   do
                   chiefly
                   become
                   olde
                   age
                
                 .
              
            
             
               *
               BVt
               the
               labours
               of
               the
               body
               are
               to
               bee
               q
               diminished
               in
               olde
               men
               ,
               and
               exercises
               o●…
               the
               mind
               q
               seeme
               meere
               to
               be
               increased
               .
               And
               q
               they
               must
               doe
               their
               endeauour
               ,
               that
               they
               q
               principally
               〈◊〉
               both
               their
               friends
               ,
               and
               
               the
               youth
               &
               chiefly
               the
               Common-weale
               vvith
               counsell
               and
               wisedome
               .
               But
               *
               nothing
               is
               more
               to
               bee
               taken
               heede
               of
               to
               olde
               age
               ,
               then
               that
               it
               giue
               not
               it selfe
               ouer
               to
               lithernesse
               &
               q
               idlenesse
               .
               *
               Riotous●…esse
               also
               q
               as
               it
               is
               dishonest
               to
               euery
               age
               ,
               q
               so
               to
               olde
               age
               most
               shamefull
               .
               But
               if
               the
               intemperance
               of
               lust
               shal
               q
               moreouer
               bee
               ioyned
               therewith
               ,
               there
               is
               a
               double
               q
               mischie●…
               ;
               because
               both
               age
               it selfe
               q
               receiu●…th
               *
               shame
               [
               therby
               ]
               and
               it
               causeth
               q
               the
               young
               mens
               intemperance
               
               to
               bee
               more
               q
               shamelesse
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               46.
               
            
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               setteth
               downe
               some
               Duties
               of
               olde
               men
               ,
               as
               especially
               concerning
               them
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1.
               ●…hat
               they
               diminish
               the
               labours
               of
               their
               bodies
               ,
               and
               increase
               the
               exercises
               of
               the
               minde
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               they
               vse
               all
               indeuour
               to
               helpe
               both
               their
               friendes
               
               &
               the
               younger
               sort
               ,
               and
               chiefly
               the
               cōmonweale
               ,
               by
               their
               counsell
               &
               wisdom
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               they
               beware
               in
               any
               case
               that
               they
               giue
               not
               themselues
               ouer
               to
               lithernesse
               and
               idlenesse
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               That
               they
               take
               heed
               of
               riotousness
               :
               because
               as
               it
               is
               dishonest
               to
               euerie
               age
               ;
               so
               in
               olde
               men
               it
               is
               most
               shamefull
               .
               5.
               
               That
               they
               more
               heedfully
               auoide
               all
               intemperance
               of
               lust
               :
               because
               that
               ,
               ioyned
               with
               riot
               or
               sloth
               ,
               is
               a
               double
               mischiefe
               ;
               for
               that
               both
               age
               it selfe
               receiueth
               shame
               therby
               ,
               and
               also
               that
               it
               maketh
               the
               younger
               sort
               to
               be
               more
               shamelesse
               and
               ou●…ragious
               in
               al
               intemperance
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               47.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   What
                   things
                
                 q
                 
                   are
                   befitting
                   the
                   person
                   of
                   the
                   Magistrate
                   .
                
              
            
             
               ANd
               *
               this
               indeed
               is
               not
               q
               from
               the
               purpose
               ,
               to
               speak
               *
               of
               the
               Du
               ties
               of
               Magistrates
               ,
               [
               &
               ]
               of
               priuate
               men
               ▪
               of
               citizens
               [
               and
               ]
               of
               strangers
               .
               It
               is
               therefore
               the
               proper
               office
               of
               a
               Magistrate
               ,
               q
               to
               consider
               that
               hee
               represents
               the
               person
               of
               the
               Citie
               ,
               q
               &
               that
               he
               ought
               to
               maintaine
               the
               q
               honour
               
               &
               reputation
               thereof
               :
               q
               to
               see
               the
               statutes
               obserued
               ,
               q
               to
               make
               lawes
               ,
               and
               to
               rememb●…r
               q
               that
               those
               things
               are
               committed
               to
               his
               q
               charge
               .
               〈◊〉
               behooueth
               also
               a
               priuate
               man
               ,
               to
               liue
               q
               vnder
               the
               like
               lawe
               ,
               as
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               citizens
               (
               neither
               q
               as
               an
               vnderling
               and
               ab●…ect
               ,
               no●…
               q
               hearing
               himselfe
               too
               high
               )
               and
               also
               to
               q
               seeke
               those
               things
               in
               the
               Cōmon-weale
               ,
               *
               that
               are
               quiet
               and
               honest
               .
               For
               wee
               are
               vvont
               both
               to
               *
               thinke
               and
               to
               call
               such
               a
               one
               a
               good
               citizen
               .
               But
               it
               is
               the
               dutie
               of
               a
               stranger
               
               and
               q
               alien
               inhabitant
               ,
               to
               ●…eddle
               with
               nothing
               〈◊〉
               his
               owne
               ●…ulinesse
               .
               q
               〈◊〉
               to
               enquire
               of
               another
               mans
               matter
               ;
               and
               to
               b●…e
               q
               no
               whit
               *
               curious
               in
               a
               *
               strange
               Cōmonweale
               .
               q
               Thus
               for
               the
               most
               parte
               Duties
               shall
               be
               found
               ou●…
               ,
               when
               it
               shall
               be
               q
               enquired
               what
               q
               is
               decent
               ,
               and
               what
               is
               q
               befitting
               persons
               ,
               times
               and
               ages
               .
               And
               there
               is
               nothing
               that
               *
               can
               so
               much
               grace
               a
               man
               ,
               as
               to
               keep
               constancy
               in
               q
               managing
               euery
               matter
               ,
               and
               in
               *
               taking
               of
               aduice
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap
               ,
               47.
               
            
             
               Heere
               T.
               proceedeth
               to
               set
               downe
               certaine
               Duties
               of
               Magistrates
               ,
               priuate
               men
               ,
               citizens
               and
               strangers
               ;
               as
               which
               are
               most
               comly
               and
               commendable
               in
               each
               of
               th●…m
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               ,
               for
               the
               magistrate
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               it
               is
               his
               proper
               office
               to
               cōsider
               euer
               ,
               that
               hee
               represents
               the
               person
               of
               the
               citie
               ,
               and
               that
               therefore
               hee
               carefully
               maintaine
               the
               honour
               
               and
               〈◊〉
               ▪
               on
               thereof
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               〈◊〉
               see
               the
               〈◊〉
               of
               the
               〈◊〉
               obserued
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               he
               helpe
               to
               make
               lawes
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               That
               he
               euer
               remember
               all
               things
               committed
               to
               his
               trust
               and
               〈◊〉
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               for
               the
               priuate
               man.
               
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               he
               liue
               orderly
               ,
               submitting
               himself
               to
               the
               same
               lawes
               and
               orders
               as
               other
               〈◊〉
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               he
               neither
               demeane
               〈◊〉
               ●…oo
               ba●…ely
               ,
               as
               an
               ●…derling
               ,
               or
               〈◊〉
               ,
               nor
               beare
               himselfe
               too
               high
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               hee
               follow
               those
               things
               onely
               which
               concerne
               peace
               and
               〈◊〉
               ;
               for
               that
               such
               are
               esteemed
               good
               citizens
               .
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               for
               the
               
               〈◊〉
               and
               then
               inhabitant
               ,
               he
               pre●…
               this
               ,
               as
               most
               be●…eeming
               &
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               he
               meddle
               onely
               with
               his
               own
               businesse
               ,
               without
               inquiring
               into
               other
               mens
               matters
               ;
               and
               much
               more
               withou●…
               intermedling
               in
               〈◊〉
               of
               the
               cōmonweale
               .
            
             
               And
               to
               conclude
               ,
               thus
               hee
               ●…heweth
               that
               duties
               may
               be
               found
               our
               ;
               when
               there
               is
               a
               wise
               consideration
               what
               is
               befitting
               to
               persōs
               ,
               〈◊〉
               and
               ages
               .
            
             
               And
               finally
               ,
               to
               the
               ende
               that
               wee
               may
               be
               constant
               in
               good
               duties
               ,
               hee
               ●…etteth
               this
               downe
               as
               a
               generall
               rule
               .
            
             
               That
               nothing
               can
               so
               grace
               a
               man
               as
               to
               keepe
               constancie
               in
               managing
               euerie
               〈◊〉
               ,
               and
               also
               in
               taking
               of
               aduice
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               48.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 
                   Comelinesse
                   in
                   the
                   ordering
                   and
                   motion
                   of
                   [
                   our
                   ]
                   bodie
                   .
                
              
            
             
               BVt
               because
               q
               this
               comeliness
               q
               appeareth
               in
               all
               deeds
               &
               words
               ,
               and
               finally
               in
               the
               motion
               and
               q
               gesture
               of
               the
               bodie
               ,
               &
               the
               same
               q
               consisteth
               in
               three
               things
               ,
               q
               fairnesse
               ,
               order
               [
               and
               ]
               q
               setting
               forth
               ,
               meete
               q
               for
               ones
               doings
               :
               it
               is
               more
               difficult
               to
               *
               vtter
               ,
               but
               it
               wil
               be
               easie
               enough
               to
               be
               *
               vnderstood
               .
               That
               care
               also
               is
               cōtained
               in
               these
               3.
               
               things
               ,
               that
               we
               be
               *
               approued
               of
               thē
               with
               whom
               ,
               and
               amongst
               whom
               we
               liue
               .
               Let
               q
               some
               few
               [
               wordes
               ]
               bee
               spoken
               q
               likewise
               of
               these
               things
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               48.
               
            
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               ●…
               .
               sheweth
               ,
               that
               〈◊〉
               is
               not
               onely
               to
               bee
               obserued
               in
               all
               our
               words
               &
               deeds
               but
               also
               in
               the
               verie
               motions
               and
               gestures
               of
               our
               bodies
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               this
               same
               consisteth
               chiefly
               in
               these
               three
               things
               ,
               viz.
               fairnesse
               ,
               order
               ,
               and
               handsomnesse
               of
               the
               gesture
               meet
               for
               the
               thing
               done
               .
               Also
               that
               howsoeuer
               this
               point
               bee
               somwhat
               difficult
               to
               vtter
               ,
               yet
               it
               is
               plaine
               enough
               to
               bee
               vnderstood
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               that
               in
               these
               three
               things
               consisteth
               
               chiefly
               that
               care
               that
               we
               may
               be
               approued
               of
               them
               with
               whom
               and
               amongst
               whom
               wee
               liue
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               49.
               
            
             
               
                 q
                 
                   That
                   it
                   is
                   vncomely
                   for
                   certaine
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   to
                   be
                   shewed
                   ;
                   and
                   likewise
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   vnbeseeming
                   either
                   to
                   do
                   certaine
                   things
                   or
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   to
                   〈◊〉
                   them
                   ,
                   openly
                   .
                
              
            
             
               q
               FIrst
               of
               all
               ,
               nature
               it selfe
               seemeth
               to
               haue
               had
               a
               great
               *
               respect
               
               of
               our
               body
               ,
               which
               hath
               set
               q
               in
               open
               view
               our
               q
               countenance
               and
               the
               rest
               of
               our
               shape
               ,
               wherein
               there
               is
               a
               q
               comely
               shew
               :
               but
               she
               hath
               couered
               and
               hidde
               those
               parts
               of
               the
               bodie
               ,
               which
               being
               giuen
               for
               the
               necessitie
               of
               Nature
               ,
               would
               haue
               an
               ilfauoured
               &
               q
               ●…oule
               sight
               .
               The
               modestie
               of
               *
               man
               hath
               followed
               this
               so
               q
               cunning
               a
               frame
               of
               Nature
               .
               q
               For
               what
               things
               Nature
               hath
               hid
               ,
               those
               all
               men
               ,
               who
               are
               well
               in
               their
               wits
               ,
               do
               keep
               from
               the
               eyes
               :
               and
               they
               doe
               their
               endeauour
               
               to
               q
               serue
               *
               very
               necessitie
               as
               q
               closely
               as
               they
               can
               :
               also
               of
               what
               parts
               of
               the
               body
               there
               are
               q
               seruile
               vses
               ,
               they
               neither
               *
               call
               those
               partes
               nor
               [
               their
               ]
               vses
               by
               their
               owne
               names
               :
               q
               and
               so
               that
               which
               it
               is
               no
               shame
               to
               doe
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               q
               secretly
               ;
               it
               is
               q
               vncleanly
               to
               report
               .
               And
               therfore
               neither
               the
               q
               doing
               of
               those
               things
               openly
               〈◊〉
               voide
               of
               q
               impudencie
               ,
               q
               nor
               the
               speaking
               of
               them
               [
               free
               from
               ]
               dishonestie
               .
               Neither
               yet
               indeed
               are
               the
               Cynicks
               q
               worthie
               to
               bee
               heard
               ,
               or
               if
               there
               haue
               
               beene
               any
               Stoicks
               in
               maner
               Cynicks
               ,
               who
               *
               reproue
               and
               scoffe
               at
               vs
               ,
               because
               wee
               say
               ,
               q
               that
               those
               things
               are
               shamefull
               to
               bee
               vttered
               in
               vvords
               ,
               which
               are
               not
               dishonest
               in
               deede
               :
               and
               yet
               wee
               ●…earm
               those
               things
               which
               be
               *
               filthie
               ,
               by
               their
               owne
               names
               :
               q
               as
               ,
               to
               robbe
               by
               the
               high
               wayes
               ,
               *
               beguile
               ,
               commit
               adultery
               ,
               is
               a
               thing
               dishonest
               indeede
               ,
               but
               it
               is
               q
               spoken
               of
               without
               any
               dishonestie
               :
               q
               to
               beget
               children
               is
               indeed
               honest
               ,
               q
               but
               vncleanely
               to
               bee
               vttered
               .
               q
               And
               so
               these
               Philosophers
               
               bring
               many
               things
               to
               that
               purpose
               against
               q
               modestie
               .
               But
               let
               vs
               followe
               Nature
               ,
               and
               q
               shun
               euery
               thing
               which
               q
               abhorreth
               the
               verie
               *
               approbation
               of
               the
               eyes
               &
               ears
               .
               Let
               our
               standing
               ,
               *
               going
               ,
               sitting
               downe
               ,
               sitting
               at
               the
               table
               ,
               countenance
               ,
               eyes
               ,
               moouing
               of
               [
               our
               ]
               hands
               keepe
               that
               same
               q
               decorum
               .
               In
               which
               
               things
               ,
               two
               [
               faults
               ]
               
               are
               to
               be
               q
               〈◊〉
               especially
               :
               q
               that
               wee
               doe
               nothing
               effeminately
               or
               nicely
               ,
               q
               nor
               rudely
               or
               clownishly
               .
               Neither
               indeede
               may
               wee
               yeeld
               vnto
               *
               players
               &
               oratours
               ,
               
               
               
               
               
               that
               these
               things
               should
               bee
               q
               seemely
               done
               by
               them
               ,
               dissolutely
               by
               vs.
               The
               very
               custome
               of
               stage-players
               ,
               hath
               so
               great
               q
               modestie
               from
               the
               ancient
               q
               order
               ,
               that
               no
               man
               commeth
               on
               the
               stage
               without
               breeches
               .
               For
               they
               are
               afraide
               ,
               lest
               if
               it
               should
               fall
               out
               by
               any
               chance
               that
               *
               certaine
               parts
               of
               the
               bodie
               should
               be
               q
               discouered
               ,
               they
               would
               bee
               q
               seene
               vncomely
               .
               q
               And
               as
               the
               fashion
               is
               with
               vs
               ,
               children
               growing
               to
               q
               mans
               estate
               ,
               are
               not
               q
               bathed
               with
               their
               parents
               ,
               
               nor
               sonnes
               in
               lawe
               with
               their
               fathers
               in
               law
               .
               The
               q
               modestie
               therefore
               of
               this
               kinde
               is
               to
               be
               q
               obserued
               ,
               especially
               Nature
               herself
               beeing
               Mistresse
               and
               guide
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               49.
               
            
             
               Heere
               T.
               proceedeth
               to
               shewe
               more
               specially
               how
               comlinesse
               may
               bee
               retained
               in
               all
               these
               ,
               viz
               word
               ,
               deede
               ,
               motion
               ,
               gesture
               ,
               that
               we
               may
               bee
               approued
               of
               all
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               ,
               that
               wee
               are
               chiefly
               to
               follow
               nature
               heerein
               likewise
               :
            
             
               That
               as
               it
               seemeth
               to
               haue
               had
               a
               great
               
               respect
               of
               our
               body
               ,
               hauing
               sette
               in
               open
               view
               our
               coūtenance
               and
               the
               rest
               of
               our
               shape
               ,
               wherin
               the
               principall
               comlinesse
               is
               ;
               but
               hid
               those
               parts
               which
               beeing
               giuen
               onely
               for
               necessitie
               of
               nature
               would
               bee
               vncomly
               to
               looke
               vpon
               so
               the
               modestie
               of
               man
               doth
               &
               ought
               to
               follow
               this
               so
               cunning
               a
               worke
               of
               Nature
               :
               which
               he
               declareth
               euidently
               he●…reby
               ;
            
             
               Because
               what
               things
               nature
               hath
               hid
               ,
               those
               all
               who
               are
               wel
               in
               their
               wits
               doe
               keepe
               fo●…th
               of
               sight
               ;
               and
               do
               what
               they
               can
               to
               serue
               
               the
               necessitie
               of
               nature
               as
               secretly
               as
               may
               be
               .
            
             
               Likewise
               ,
               of
               what
               parts
               of
               the
               bodie
               there
               are
               more
               seruile
               and
               base
               vses
               ,
               they
               doe
               not
               somuch
               as
               call
               them
               or
               their
               vses
               by
               their
               owne
               names
               .
               So
               that
               ,
               that
               which
               it
               is
               no
               shame
               to
               do
               so
               it
               be
               secretly
               ,
               yet
               it
               is
               vncleanly
               to
               reporte
               .
            
             
               Whence
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               doing
               of
               those
               things
               openly
               cannot
               be
               without
               impudencie
               ,
               no
               nor
               the
               verie
               speaking
               of
               them
               can
               be
               free
               from
               dishonestie
               .
               And
               heere
               he
               confuteth
               &
               reproueth
               the
               Cynicks
               as
               vnworthy
               to
               be
               heard
               
               and
               also
               the
               Stoicks
               who
               were
               almost
               Cynicks
               in
               this
               point
               ,
               who
               vsed
               to
               scoffe
               at
               them
               for
               this
               ;
               because
               they
               affirmed
               that
               these
               things
               are
               shameful
               to
               bee
               vttered
               ,
               in
               words
               ,
               which
               are
               not
               dishonest
               indeede
               :
               and
               yet
               they
               vsed
               to
               tearm
               other
               things
               by
               their
               owne
               names
               ,
               which
               were
               dishonest
               &
               vile
               indeed
               ,
               as
               namely
               to
               rob
               ,
               cos●…n
               ,
               commit
               adulterie
               ,
               and
               could
               speake
               of
               them
               with
               out
               dishonestie
               ;
               ●…ut
               to
               beget
               children
               a
               matter
               honest
               in
               it selfe
               ,
               they
               accounted
               vncleanly
               to
               be
               vttered
               .
            
             
               This
               and
               other
               like
               reasōs
               they
               brought
               against
               modestie
               .
            
             
             
               But
               for
               answere
               heereof
               hee
               setteth
               downe
               this
               as
               a
               sure
               rule
               ;
            
             
               That
               we
               are
               heerin
               to
               follow
               nature
               ,
               &
               to
               shun
               euery
               thing
               which
               our
               eyes
               dislike
               to
               beholde
               ,
               or
               our
               eares
               to
               heare
               .
               So
               likewise
               that
               our
               standing
               ,
               going
               ,
               countenance
               ,
               eyes
               &
               gestures
               keep
               the
               same
               decorū
               ,
               as
               that
               they
               may
               be
               approued
               of
               all
               .
            
             
               And
               here
               he
               giueth
               warning
               of
               two
               principall
               faults
               :
            
             
               1.
               
               To
               beware
               that
               we
               doe
               nothing
               e●…feminately
               or
               too
               nicely
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               ,
               that
               wee
               doe
               not
               any
               thing
               rudely
               or
               clounishlie
               .
            
             
               After
               ,
               he
               vrgeth
               this
               point
               for
               obseruing
               comlinesse
               :
            
             
               1.
               
               By
               the
               examples
               of
               players
               ,
               by
               whō
               
               
               
               
               
               it
               is
               shame
               to
               be
               reproued
               heerein
               .
            
             
               Amongst
               whom
               there
               is
               so
               great
               regarde
               of
               modestie
               ,
               in
               this
               behalfe
               euen
               according
               to
               the
               auncient
               custome
               ,
               that
               none
               of
               them
               come
               vpō
               the
               stage
               without
               breeches
               ,
               and
               that
               because
               they
               feare
               lest
               by
               any
               chance
               some
               parts
               of
               the
               bodie
               should
               be
               discouered
               and
               seene
               vndecently
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               By
               the
               fashion
               in
               bathing
               ,
               in
               vse
               amongst
               them
               ;
            
             
               That
               childrē
               growing
               to
               mans
               estate
               might
               not
               bee
               bathed
               with
               their
               parents
               ,
               nor
               sonnes
               in
               lawe
               with
               their
               fathers
               in
               lawe
               :
               only
               
               for
               this
               modestie
               which
               nature
               hath
               taught
               .
            
             
               Hence
               ,
               finally
               hee
               concludeth
               ,
               that
               the
               modestie
               in
               this
               kinde
               is
               carefully
               to
               be
               obserued
               ;
               especially
               nature
               herselfe
               be●…ing
               such
               a
               strict
               mistresse
               and
               guide
               heerein
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               50.
               
            
             
               
                 What
                 q
                 
                   beauty
                   becomes
                   a
                   man
                   ,
                   what
                   a
                   woman
                   ,
                   and
                   how
                
                 q
                 
                   both
                   of
                   them
                   are
                   to
                   be
                
                 q
                 
                   adorned
                   :
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   ,
                   what
                   gesture
                   ,
                   and
                   what
                   motion
                   is
                   comely
                   .
                
              
            
             
               BVt
               whereas
               there
               are
               two
               kindes
               of
               q
               beauty
               ,
               in
               the
               one
               of
               
               which
               is
               fairnesse
               ,
               in
               the
               other
               Maiesty
               :
               
               wee
               ought
               to
               account
               fairnesse
               to
               belong
               to
               the
               woman
               ,
               and
               maiesty
               to
               the
               man.
               
            
             
               All
               q
               manner
               of
               trimming
               therfore
               q
               vnbefitting
               man
               ,
               must
               be
               remooued
               from
               his
               q
               outward
               forme
               :
               and
               let
               a
               fault
               like
               vnto
               this
               be
               taken
               heede
               of
               in
               the
               gesture
               and
               in
               the
               motion
               .
            
             
               For
               both
               q
               the
               stirrings
               like
               wrastlers
               are
               oft
               times
               *
               more
               q
               misliked
               ,
               and
               also
               q
               many
               gestures
               *
               of
               players
               are
               not
               vvithout
               *
               foolish
               toyes
               :
               also
               in
               both
               kinds
               those
               things
               are
               cōmended
               which
               
               are
               right
               &
               q
               plain
               .
               But
               the
               maiesty
               of
               the
               fauour
               is
               to
               be
               preserued
               by
               the
               goodnesse
               of
               the
               colour
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               the
               colour
               by
               the
               exercises
               of
               the
               body
               .
            
             
               q
               There
               must
               moreouer
               bee
               vsed
               a
               cleanelinesse
               ,
               [
               which
               is
               ]
               not
               odious
               ,
               nor
               too
               curious
               ,
               but
               onely
               which
               escheweth
               all
               q
               rude
               and
               vnciuill
               slouenrie
               .
            
             
               *
               The
               same
               regarde
               is
               to
               be
               had
               of
               [
               our
               ]
               apparell
               ;
               in
               which
               as
               in
               most
               things
               a
               meane
               is
               the
               best
               :
               wee
               must
               also
               take
               heede
               that
               wee
               neither
               vse
               q
               ouer
               nice
               slownesse
               in
               our
               q
               pase
               ,
               that
               vvee
               
               
               
               
               
               should
               seeme
               to
               be
               like
               the
               *
               Pageants
               in
               triumphes
               ,
               q
               nor
               too
               much
               q
               speed
               in
               our
               haste
               .
            
             
               Which
               things
               whē
               they
               q
               fall
               out
               ,
               q
               there
               followeth
               shortnes
               of
               breath
               ,
               the
               q
               countenance
               is
               changed
               ,
               q
               the
               face
               is
               disfigured
               :
               of
               which
               q
               ariseth
               a
               great
               presumption
               ,
               that
               they
               haue
               no
               staiednesse
               .
               But
               wee
               must
               *
               labour
               much
               more
               ,
               that
               the
               *
               motions
               of
               our
               mind
               q
               swarue
               not
               from
               Nature
               :
               which
               we
               shall
               attaine
               ,
               if
               we
               beware
               that
               we
               fall
               not
               into
               q
               passions
               and
               q
               mazes
               ,
               and
               if
               we
               wil
               keep
               our
               mind●…
               
               q
               heedfull
               to
               the
               *
               preseruation
               of
               comelinesse
               .
               But
               the
               motions
               of
               the
               minde
               are
               q
               of
               two
               sorts
               ;
               some
               of
               the
               q
               *
               thoughts
               ,
               others
               of
               the
               appetite
               .
               The
               thought
               is
               q
               especially
               busied
               in
               searching
               out
               the
               truth
               :
               the
               appetite
               *
               inforceth
               a
               man
               to
               action
               .
               q
               Wee
               must
               therefore
               bee
               carefull
               ,
               that
               we
               q
               imploy
               our
               tho●…ghts
               about
               the
               very
               best
               matters
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               that
               wee
               q
               make
               [
               our
               ]
               appetite
               obedient
               to
               reason
               .
            
          
           
             
               Heere
               T.
               declareth
               yet
               more
               paticularly
               ,
               what
               things
               becom
               a
               man
               ,
               what
               a
               womā
               ,
               what
               both
               ,
               so
               as
               they
               may
               bee
               approued
               of
               all
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               whereas
               there
               are
               two
               kindes
               of
               
               beautie
               ,
               to
               wit
               fairnesse
               and
               maiestie
               ;
               that
               fairness
               belōgeth
               more
               properly
               to
               the
               woman
               ,
               as
               more
               comely
               for
               her
               ,
               maiestie
               to
               the
               man
               as
               more
               gracing
               him
               .
               Whence
               he
               giueth
               these
               lessons
               :
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               men
               beware
               of
               too
               much
               tricking
               their
               outward
               beautie
               .
            
             
               2
               That
               they
               neither
               vse
               ouer
               ,
               violent
               motions
               like
               wrastlers
               ,
               nor
               too
               much
               gesture
               or
               other
               foolish
               toyes
               like
               players
               ;
               but
               that
               such
               as
               are
               most
               plaine
               are
               best
               .
            
             
             
               3.
               
               To
               preserue
               the
               〈◊〉
               of
               the
               fauour
               by
               ●…he
               good
               ▪
               nes
               of
               the
               co●…our
               ;
               &
               〈◊〉
               ,
               by
               the
               exercise
               of
               the
               body
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               That
               they
               carefully
               vse
               clenlinesse
               ,
               and
               that
               such
               as
               is
               not
               any
               way
               odious
               or
               too
               curious
               ,
               but
               only
               which
               eschews
               all
               vnciuil
               slouenry
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               For
               apparell
               that
               it
               likewise
               be
               clenly
               ;
               and
               that
               in
               it
               ,
               as
               in
               most
               things
               ,
               a
               meane
               is
               best
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               For
               our
               pase
               .
               That
               we
               neither
               vse
               ouernice
               slownesse
               ,
               
               
               
               
               
               to
               seem
               to
               goe
               like
               pageants
               borne
               in
               triumphs
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               not
               mouing
               ,
               nor
               yet
               too
               much
               speed
               in
               our
               haste
               .
            
             
               This
               later
               hee
               giueth
               speciall
               warning
               to
               preuent
               by
               the
               inconueniences
               following
               thereof
               ;
               as
               shortnesse
               of
               breathing
               ,
               changing
               of
               the
               countenance
               ,
               disfiguring
               the
               face
               ;
               whence
               ariseth
               a
               great
               presumption
               of
               lacke
               of
               staiednesse
               in
               the
               party
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               That
               yet
               aboue
               all
               these
               ,
               wee
               looke
               to
               the
               motions
               of
               our
               mindes
               ,
               that
               they
               swarue
               not
               frō
               nature
               .
            
             
               And
               withall
               teacheth
               how
               wee
               may
               attaine
               thereunto
               ;
               viz.
               if
               wee
               bew
               are
               that
               we
               fall
               not
               into
               passions
               ,
               and
               apply
               
               our
               mindes
               to
               preserue
               comlinesse
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               hee
               giueth
               this
               aduice
               ,
               That
               whereas
               the
               motions
               of
               the
               minde
               are
               of
               two
               sorts
               ,
               som
               of
               the
               thoghts
               others
               of
               the
               appetite
               ;
               that
               wee
               carefully
               imploy
               our
               thoughts
               about
               the
               verie
               best
               matters
               ,
               and
               euer
               make
               our
               appetites
               obedient
               to
               reason
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               51.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   There
                   is
                
                 *
                 
                   a
                   double
                   kinde
                   of
                   speech
                
                 ,
                 *
                 
                   rhetoricall
                   and
                
                 q
                 common
                 .
              
            
             
               ANd
               because
               q
               the
               power
               of
               speech
               is
               great
               ,
               and
               that
               q
               also
               [
               〈◊〉
               ]
               of
               two
               sortes
               ,
               the
               one
               of
               q
               vehement
               speech
               ,
               the
               other
               of
               q
               ordinarie
               talk
               .
               Let
               the
               *
               vehement
               speech
               q
               serue
               for
               pleadings
               in
               q
               iudgments
               ,
               orations
               in
               assemblies
               ,
               &
               speeches
               in
               the
               Senate
               house
               :
               q
               Let
               the
               ordinarie
               speech
               be
               vsed
               in
               companies
               ,
               q
               reasoning
               about
               matters
               ,
               meetings
               
               of
               q
               〈◊〉
               ,
               and
               q
               let
               it
               also
               be
               at
               feasti●…gs
               .
            
             
               *
               There
               are
               many
               
               precepts
               of
               Rhetoricians
               ,
               of
               vehement
               speech
               ,
               none
               of
               ordinarie
               talke
               ▪
               although
               I
               *
               knowe
               not
               whether
               q
               there
               may
               not
               be
               such
               also
               .
               H●…wbeit
               there
               are
               
               masters
               for
               their
               studies
               that
               will
               learne
               :
               but
               there
               are
               none
               that
               studie
               this
               :
               all
               places
               are
               q
               replenished
               with
               store
               of
               Rhetoricians
               .
               Although
               those
               same
               precepts
               which
               are
               of
               words
               &
               sentences
               ,
               q
               may
               serue
               for
               talke
               .
               But
               sith
               that
               we
               haue
               [
               our
               ]
               
               voyce
               the
               *
               declarer
               
               of
               [
               our
               ]
               speech
               ,
               q
               and
               in
               our
               voyce
               we
               seek
               two
               things
               ,
               that
               it
               bee
               cleare
               and
               sweete
               ,
               q
               they
               both
               are
               to
               be
               fetched
               altogether
               from
               Nature
               ;
               but
               exercise
               vvill
               increase
               the
               one
               ,
               and
               imitation
               q
               of
               thē
               that
               speake
               q
               pithily
               and
               pleasantly
               ,
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               What
               was
               there
               in
               the
               Catuli
               ,
               that
               you
               should
               think
               them
               q
               to
               bee
               of
               an
               exquisite
               iudgement
               in
               learning
               ?
               Although
               they
               were
               learned
               ,
               q
               so
               were
               others
               also
               .
               But
               these
               were
               thought
               to
               vse
               the
               Latine
               tongue
               the
               best
               ,
               
               their
               q
               pronuntiation
               was
               sweete
               ,
               their
               letters
               neither
               q
               too
               much
               mouthed
               nor
               drowned
               ,
               lest
               it
               should
               be
               either
               q
               darke
               to
               be
               vnderstood
               ,
               or
               *
               ouer
               harsh
               .
               [
               Their
               voyce
               was
               ]
               without
               straining
               ,
               neither
               q
               faint
               nor
               q
               too
               shrill
               .
               The
               speech
               of
               
                 Lucius
                 Crassus
              
               [
               was
               ]
               more
               q
               flowing
               ,
               and
               no
               lesse
               *
               conceited
               .
               q
               Yet
               for
               eloquēce
               the
               Catuli
               were
               in
               no
               lesse
               estimation
               .
               But
               Caesar
               ,
               the
               brother
               of
               the
               father
               of
               Catulus
               ,
               q
               went
               beyond
               all
               in
               q
               wit
               and
               pleasant
               conceits
               ,
               that
               in
               that
               verie
               lawyerlike
               
               kinde
               of
               speaking
               ,
               he
               q
               surpassed
               the
               vehemencie
               of
               others
               ,
               [
               euen
               ]
               in
               q
               [
               his
               ]
               familiar
               talk
               .
               q
               We
               must
               therfore
               take
               paines
               in
               all
               these
               things
               ,
               if
               wee
               seeke
               out
               what
               q
               is
               decent
               in
               euery
               matter
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               51.
               
            
             
               In
               this
               Chapter
               and
               the
               next
               .
               T.
               giueth
               directions
               for
               the
               manner
               of
               our
               speech
               .
               and
               heere
               fi●…st
               for
               the
               rhetoricall
               or
               mo●…e
               vehement
               speec●…
               ;
            
             
               That
               whereas
               there
               are
               two
               ●…orts
               of
               sp●…ech
               ,
               the
               one
               more
               eloquent
               and
               vehement
               ,
               the
               o●…her
               ordinary
               ,
               he
               directeth
               that
               the
               vehement
               speech
               serue
               for
               pleadings
               ,
               orations
               ,
               speeches
               in
               the
               senate
               house
               ,
               and
               the
               like
               :
               the
               ordinarie
               in
               vsuall
               meetings
               and
               debatings
               of
               
               matters
               at
               feasts
               &
               the
               like
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               He
               sheweth
               that
               the
               Rhetoriciās
               giue
               many
               precepts
               for
               the
               vehemē●…
               sp●…ech
               ,
               none
               for
               the
               ordinarie
               :
            
             
               Howbeit
               he
               thinketh
               there
               may
               be
               for
               this
               also
               ;
               (
               although
               there
               are
               none
               tha●…
               studie
               it
               ,
               and
               so
               no
               such
               teachers
               for
               it
               ,
               as
               there
               are
               for
               the
               veheme●…t
               ,
               all
               places
               beeing
               replenished
               with
               store
               of
               Rhetoricians
               :
               and
               that
               ●…he
               same
               precepts
               which
               serue
               for
               words
               &
               sentences
               may
               serue
               for
               ordidinarie
               speech
               .
            
             
               3
               For
               the
               more
               vehement
               ;
               that
               sith
               
               our
               voice
               is
               giuen
               vs
               to
               be
               the
               declarer
               of
               our
               minde
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               it
               wee
               seeke
               these
               two
               things
               ,
               that
               it
               be
               cleare
               and
               sweet
               ;
               hee
               teacheth
               that
               although
               both
               of
               them
               are
               to
               bee
               fetched
               from
               nature
               ,
               yet
               they
               may
               be
               much
               helped
               ;
               the
               clearnesse
               by
               continuall
               exercise
               ,
               the
               pleasantnesse
               by
               imitation
               of
               them
               who
               speak
               most
               pithilie
               &
               pleasantly
               .
            
             
               That
               these
               two
               doe
               exceedingly
               cōmēd
               the
               voice
               ,
               he
               prooueth
               by
               instances
               in
               the
               Catuli
               ,
               who
               were
               thought
               to
               be
               of
               exquisite
               learning
               ,
               &
               to
               excell
               others
               ,
               who
               were
               as
               learned
               ;
               and
               to
               surpasse
               others
               in
               the
               Latine
               tongue
               ,
               only
               
               because
               their
               pronuntiation
               was
               so
               sweet
               .
            
             
               Their
               letters
               were
               neither
               too
               much
               mouthed
               ,
               nor
               drow
               ned
               in
               their
               pronūtiation
               ,
               lest
               their
               speech
               should
               haue
               bin
               either
               darke
               or
               vnpleasant
               .
               Their
               voice
               also
               without
               strayning
               ,
               neither
               too
               weake
               nor
               too
               shrill
               .
               So
               that
               although
               the
               speech
               of
               L.
               Cr.
               was
               more
               flowing
               &
               no
               lesse
               conceited
               ,
               yet
               for
               eloquence
               the
               Caruli
               were
               in
               as
               great
               estimation
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               hee
               teacheth
               by
               the
               example
               of
               Caesar
               ,
               Catulus
               fathers
               brother
               ,
               that
               each
               should
               labour
               to
               excell
               in
               wit
               and
               pleasant
               conceipts
               ;
               
               that
               heereby
               ,
               in
               his
               verie
               familiar
               talke
               he
               went
               beyond
               the
               eloquēce
               of
               others
               ;
               And
               therefore
               concludeth
               that
               we
               are
               to
               take
               paines
               in
               euerie
               one
               of
               these
               ,
               if
               we
               seek
               to
               attaine
               what
               is
               decent
               in
               euerie
               matter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               52.
               
            
             
               
                 [
                 
                   How
                   our
                
                 ]
                 
                   familiar
                   talke
                   is
                   to
                   be
                
                 *
                 moderated
                 .
              
            
             
               LEt
               then
               this
               *
               talke
               (
               in
               which
               the
               Socratians
               most
               excell
               )
               be
               *
               gentle
               ,
               and
               not
               froward
               .
               Let
               there
               bee
               therein
               
               q
               a
               pleasantnesse
               .
               Neither
               yet
               indeed
               q
               let
               a
               man
               exclude
               others
               ,
               as
               though
               hee
               were
               q
               entered
               into
               his
               owne
               possession
               :
               but
               let
               him
               think
               that
               he
               ought
               q
               oft
               times
               to
               vse
               an
               enterchange
               —
               able
               course
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               matters
               so
               also
               in
               common
               talke
               .
            
             
               And
               let
               him
               q
               consider
               first
               of
               all
               of
               what
               matters
               hee
               speake
               :
               if
               [
               it
               bee
               ]
               of
               earnest
               bus●…esses
               ,
               let
               him
               q
               vse
               q
               sagenesse
               ;
               if
               of
               merry
               matters
               ,
               pleasantnesse
               .
               Especially
               let
               him
               q
               looke
               vnto
               it
               that
               his
               talke
               doe
               not
               q
               bewray
               some
               
               vice
               q
               in
               his
               manners
               .
               Which
               is
               wont
               to
               fall
               out
               then
               especially
               ,
               when
               as
               q
               men
               do
               speake
               purposely
               of
               them
               who
               are
               absent
               ,
               to
               their
               reproach
               ,
               q
               in
               scorn
               or
               earnest
               ,
               either
               raylingly
               ,
               or
               spitefully
               .
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               ordinarie
               cōmunication
               is
               for
               the
               most
               parte
               ,
               ei●…
               of
               domestical
               businesses
               ,
               or
               of
               the
               Common-weale
               ,
               or
               of
               the
               studies
               of
               good
               artes
               ,
               and
               of
               learning
               .
               q
               Wee
               must
               therefore
               do
               our
               endeauour
               ▪
               that
               q
               howsoeuer
               our
               communication
               shall
               begin
               to
               stray
               vnto
               other
               
               matters
               ,
               [
               yet
               ]
               it
               be
               called
               back
               q
               herevnto
               .
               But
               howsoeuer
               ,
               the
               matters
               q
               bee
               (
               for
               neither
               are
               vvee
               [
               all
               ]
               delighted
               vvith
               the
               same
               things
               ,
               nor
               at
               euery
               season
               ,
               nor
               alike
               )
               [
               ye●…
               ]
               we
               must
               also
               q
               consider
               how
               our
               speech
               may
               q
               bee
               seasoned
               with
               delight
               :
               and
               as
               there
               was
               a
               way
               to
               begin
               it
               ;
               so
               let
               there
               bee
               a
               q
               good
               manner
               of
               the
               ending
               therof
               .
               But
               because
               this
               is
               most
               rightly
               q
               inioyned
               ,
               in
               our
               whole
               life
               ,
               that
               we
               flie
               [
               all
               ]
               q
               passions
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               all
               q
               vnmeasurable
               moodes
               of
               minde
               ,
               
               q
               not
               ruled
               by
               reason
               ▪
               so
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               must
               bee
               〈◊〉
               of
               such
               passions
               ,
               lest
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               [
               in
               it
               ]
               either
               anger
               ,
               or
               any
               *
               couetousnes
               ,
               or
               q
               lazinesse
               ,
               or
               cowardlinesse
               ,
               or
               lest
               any
               such
               thing
               appeare
               .
               And
               aboue
               all
               ,
               q
               we
               are
               to
               be
               carefull
               ,
               that
               wee
               seeme
               both
               to
               reuerence
               and
               loue
               them
               with
               vvhom
               q
               we
               talke
               .
               Also
               now
               &
               then
               ,
               there
               q
               fall
               out
               necessary
               chidings
               ,
               wherin
               peraduenture
               wee
               are
               to
               vse
               a
               greater
               strayning
               of
               voyce
               ,
               and
               a
               sharper
               grauitie
               of
               words
               .
               q
               Wee
               are
               also
               to
               loo●…e
               to
               
               that
               ,
               that
               wee
               doe
               not
               seeme
               to
               doe
               those
               things
               q
               angrily
               :
               but
               as
               Physicians
               [
               doe
               come
               ]
               to
               searing
               &
               cutting
               ,
               so
               we
               come
               seldome
               and
               [
               as
               it
               were
               ]
               vnwillingly
               to
               q
               such
               kinde
               of
               rebuking
               ;
               q
               nor
               euer
               but
               necessarily
               ,
               if
               no
               other
               remedy
               will
               be
               found
               .
               But
               yet
               q
               let
               it
               be
               altogether
               void
               of
               anger
               ,
               with
               vvhich
               nothing
               can
               bee
               done
               well
               ,
               nothing
               q
               considerately
               .
            
             
               q
               For
               the
               most
               parte
               likewise
               q
               we
               may
               vse
               a
               gentle
               manner
               of
               rebuking
               ,
               yet
               q
               tempered
               with
               grauitie
               ,
               that
               both
               *
               seuerity
               
               may
               bee
               shewed
               ,
               and
               all
               q
               contumely
               auoided
               .
               And
               also
               that
               q
               same
               bitternesse
               which
               is
               in
               chiding
               ,
               must
               bee
               signified
               to
               haue
               beene
               q
               vsed
               for
               his
               *
               cause
               who
               is
               chidden
               .
               It
               is
               q
               good
               also
               ,
               euen
               in
               those
               *
               contentions
               ,
               which
               are
               made
               with
               our
               greatest
               enemies
               ,
               although
               we
               heare
               [
               wordes
               ]
               q
               vnfit
               to
               bee
               spoken
               to
               vs
               ;
               yet
               to
               *
               retaine
               a
               grauity
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               to
               q
               suppresse
               the
               angry
               moode
               .
               For
               those
               things
               which
               are
               done
               with
               any
               *
               passion
               ,
               can
               neither
               be
               done
               constantly
               ,
               nor
               bee
               
               approued
               of
               them
               that
               are
               present
               .
               It
               is
               also
               *
               an
               vncomly
               thing
               ,
               [
               for
               a
               man
               ]
               to
               report
               [
               great
               matters
               ]
               of
               himselfe
               ,
               especially
               being
               false
               ;
               and
               to
               imitate
               the
               *
               glorious
               soldier
               ,
               with
               the
               q
               scorning
               of
               the
               hearers
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               52.
               
            
             
               Heere
               hee
               giueth
               sundry
               precepts
               for
               ordinarie
               talke
               ;
               Wherein
               the
               Socratians
               did
               most
               excell
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               it
               be
               gentle
               ,
               not
               froward
               ,
               but
               having
               
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               .
            
             
               2
               That
               〈◊〉
               grant
               others
               〈◊〉
               due
               course
               〈◊〉
               free
               ●…betie
               of
               〈◊〉
               ,
               as
               〈◊〉
               ●…s
               wee
               wish
               to
               our
               selue●…
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               To
               consider
               well
               of
               the
               matter
               of
               the
               cōmunication
               ,
               that
               if
               it
               bee
               about
               carnest
               businesse
               〈◊〉
               vse
               lagen●…
               or
               〈◊〉
               :
               in
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               itters
               ,
               pleasantnesse
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               That
               our
               speech
               bewra●…e
               not
               some
               vice
               in
               our
               maners
               .
               
               And
               this
               hee
               teacheth
               to
               fall
               out
               then
               especially
               ,
               when
               we
               speak
               of
               set
               purpose
               ,
               of
               them
               that
               are
               absēt
               to
               their
               reproch
               ,
               whether
               in
               scorne
               or
               good
               earnest
               ,
               either
               raylingly
               or
               spitefully
               ;
               and
               therfore
               to
               be
               wary
               how
               wee
               speake
               of
               such
               ,
               who
               beeing
               absent
               are
               not
               able
               to
               defend
               themselues
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               Our
               ordinarie
               cōmunication
               beeing
               for
               the
               most
               part
               of
               some
               more
               serious
               matter
               ,
               as
               of
               domesticall
               businesses
               ,
               or
               things
               concerning
               the
               cōmonweale
               ,
               or
               some
               matter
               of
               learning
               ;
               that
               we
               indeuour
               to
               call
               backe
               and
               keep
               our
               speech
               to
               the
               point
               in
               hand
               till
               it
               be
               finished
               ,
               if
               vpon
               occasion
               any
               begin
               to
               diuert
               from
               it
               .
            
             
             
               6.
               
               That
               whatsoeuer
               we
               talke
               of
               (
               as
               there
               are
               varieties
               of
               matters
               and
               occasions
               )
               yet
               we
               consider
               and
               looke
               well
               to
               this
               ▪
               how
               our
               speech
               may
               bee
               seasoned
               with
               delight
               to
               giue
               contet
               to
               them
               that
               heare
               vs.
               
            
             
               7.
               
               As
               we
               are
               to
               be
               carefull
               to
               take
               a
               meet
               occasion
               for
               the
               entrance
               into
               our
               discourse
               ;
               so
               for
               the
               ending
               of
               it
               ▪
               to
               do
               it
               in
               the
               best
               maner
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               That
               as
               wee
               are
               inioyned
               to
               flie
               all
               pa●…siōs
               in
               our
               whole
               life
               ,
               so
               more
               specially
               in
               our
               talke
               we
               are
               to
               beware
               of
               all
               
               moodie
               fits
               not
               ruled
               by
               reason
               ,
               that
               there
               appeare
               not
               in
               any
               part
               of
               our
               speech
               either
               anger
               ,
               couetousnesse
               ,
               lazinesse
               ,
               or
               cowardlinesse
               ,
               or
               any
               such
               vnbeseeming
               fault
               .
            
             
               ●…
               .
               That
               aboue
               all
               we
               bee
               carefull
               that
               we
               may
               be
               thoght
               both
               to
               reuerence
               and
               loue
               them
               with
               whom
               we
               talke
               .
            
             
               10.
               
               If
               it
               fall
               out
               that
               wee
               are
               necessarily
               occasioned
               to
               chide
               any
               ,
               and
               therein
               to
               vse
               more
               loudnes
               of
               voyce
               &
               more
               sharp
               nes
               in
               words
               ,
               yet
               that
               we
               are
               to
               looke
               
               to
               this
               ,
               that
               we
               seem
               not
               to
               doe
               it
               irefully
               or
               headily
               :
               but
               ,
               as
               the
               wise
               &
               disc●…eete
               Physitians
               who
               come
               to
               searing
               &
               cutting
               but
               verie
               seldome
               and
               as
               it
               were
               vnwillingly
               ,
               when
               no
               other
               meanes
               will
               serue
               ;
               ●…o
               we
               come
               likewise
               to
               this
               kinde
               of
               rebuking
               ,
               &
               that
               neuer
               but
               necessarily
               ▪
               when
               no
               other
               remedy
               wil
               be
               found
               .
               Here
               he
               giueth
               also
               four
               other
               cautions
               for
               our
               rebuking
               of
               others
               ,
               that
               it
               may
               be
               comly
               and
               profitable
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               it
               hee
               altogether
               voide
               of
               anger
               ,
               because
               in
               it
               nothing
               can
               bee
               done
               well
               or
               aduisedly
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               it
               be
               done
               in
               as
               milde
               a
               maner
               as
               may
               be
               ,
               yet
               tempered
               with
               grauitie
               ,
               that
               a
               wholesome
               
               seueritie
               may
               bee
               shewed
               ,
               &
               all
               contumely
               auoided
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               If
               there
               seeme
               to
               be
               any
               bitternesse
               in
               it
               ,
               that
               it
               be
               signified
               that
               it
               was
               vsed
               chiefly
               for
               his
               good
               who
               was
               chidden
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               Euen
               in
               those
               contentions
               which
               fall
               out
               to
               bee
               with
               our
               enemies
               ,
               howsoeuer
               they
               giue
               vs
               verie
               vnbefitting
               speeches
               ,
               that
               yet
               we
               euer
               retaine
               grauitie
               and
               suppresse
               our
               angry
               moode
               ,
               because
               we
               cannot
               otherwise
               carry
               our selues
               wisely
               therein
               ,
               nor
               be
               approued
               
               of
               them
               who
               are
               present
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               hee
               giueth
               this
               aduice
               ,
               that
               in
               speaking
               of
               our
               owne
               matters
               ,
               wee
               beware
               how
               we
               report
               any
               great
               things
               of
               our selues
               especially
               false
               ,
               seeming
               to
               imitate
               therein
               the
               glorious
               souldier
               ,
               with
               the
               scorning
               of
               the
               hearers
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               53.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   What
                   order
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                   kept
                
                 q
                 
                   in
                   buildings
                
                 .
              
            
             
               ANd
               because
               wee
               pursue
               q
               euery
               point
               (
               q
               at
               least
               certainely
               we
               desire
               to
               doe
               it
               )
               wee
               must
               shew
               also
               
               what
               a
               one
               q
               it
               becommeth
               the
               house
               of
               an
               honorable
               man
               and
               of
               a
               Prince
               to
               bee
               :
               the
               end
               whereof
               is
               the
               *
               vse
               ,
               whereunto
               the
               q
               plot
               of
               the
               building
               must
               be
               q
               framed
               ;
               and
               yet
               [
               withall
               ]
               q
               there
               must
               be
               a
               respect
               be
               had
               of
               the
               q
               statelinesse
               and
               *
               commodiousness
               of
               it
               .
               Wee
               haue
               heard
               q
               that
               it
               was
               an
               honor
               to
               
                 Kneius
                 Octauius
              
               (
               q
               who
               was
               the
               first
               Consull
               of
               that
               family
               )
               that
               he
               had
               built
               a
               q
               goodly
               and
               very
               stately
               house
               in
               the
               palace
               :
               Which
               when
               it
               was
               q
               seen
               of
               all
               the
               vulgar
               
               sort
               [
               re●…orting
               thither
               ]
               it
               was
               thoght
               q
               to
               further
               the
               master
               [
               of
               i●…
               ]
               (
               being
               q
               a
               man
               newly
               come
               vp
               )
               vnto
               the
               Consulship
               .
               S●…aurus
               q
               plucked
               this
               downe
               ,
               [
               and
               ]
               enlarged
               〈◊〉
               owne
               houses
               .
               *
               Th●…rfore
               *
               Octauius
               first
               brought
               the
               Consulship
               into
               his
               house
               :
               q
               this
               othe●…
               a
               noble
               and
               famous
               mans
               sonne
               ▪
               brought
               into
               his
               enlarged
               house
               ,
               not
               onely
               a
               repulse
               but
               also
               q
               shame
               and
               miserie
               .
               For
               a
               mans
               honour
               is
               to
               bee
               q
               set
               out
               by
               his
               house
               ,
               and
               not
               his
               whole
               honour
               sought
               *
               from
               his
               
               house
               :
               Neither
               is
               the
               Master
               to
               bee
               q
               graced
               by
               [
               his
               ]
               house
               ;
               but
               the
               house
               is
               to
               be
               q
               graced
               by
               the
               Master
               .
            
             
               And
               as
               in
               all
               q
               things
               else
               ,
               a
               regarde
               is
               to
               be
               had
               not
               onely
               of
               a
               mans
               owne
               selfe
               ,
               but
               also
               of
               others
               ;
               so
               *
               in
               the
               house
               of
               a
               q
               noble
               man
               ,
               into
               which
               both
               many
               guests
               are
               to
               bee
               *
               receiued
               ,
               and
               a
               q
               number
               of
               men
               of
               *
               euery
               sort
               [
               is
               ]
               to
               bee
               admitted
               ,
               q
               there
               must
               be
               made
               a
               prouision
               for
               roomth
               .
            
             
               Otherwise
               ,
               a
               q
               large
               house
               oft
               times
               q
               prooueth
               a
               disgrace
               to
               the
               Master
               
               q
               if
               there
               bee
               in
               it
               solitarin●…sse
               ,
               and
               especially
               if
               at
               any
               time
               it
               was
               wont
               to
               be
               q
               well
               filled
               by
               another
               master
               .
            
             
               For
               it
               is
               an
               odious
               thing
               ,
               vvhen
               it
               is
               saide
               of
               q
               the
               passers
               by
               :
            
             
               O
               ancient
               house
               ,
               alasse
               with
               how
               q
               vnbefitting
               a
               master
               art
               thou
               gouerned
               ?
            
             
               Al.
               q
               Which
               indeed
               a
               man
               may
               [
               truly
               ]
               say
               of
               many
               q
               now
               a-daies
               .
               You
               must
               take
               heed
               also
               ,
               q
               namely
               if
               you
               builde
               ,
               that
               you
               *
               goe
               not
               beyond
               measure
               in
               q
               sumptuousnesse
               &
               *
               magnificence
               :
               in
               the
               which
               kind
               ,
               
               ther
               is
               q
               much
               euill
               
               euen
               in
               the
               example
               .
               For
               *
               very
               many
               doe
               earnestly
               imitate
               the
               doings
               of
               Princes
               ,
               especially
               in
               this
               q
               behalfe
               :
               as
               ,
               Who
               [
               doth
               imitate
               ]
               the
               vertue
               of
               
                 Lucius
                 Lucul
              
               .
               a
               q
               singular
               man
               ?
               yet
               how
               many
               haue
               imitated
               the
               q
               statelinesse
               of
               his
               mannour
               places
               ?
               q
               Whereof
               yet
               in
               very
               deede
               a
               measure
               is
               to
               bee
               kept
               ,
               and
               to
               bee
               q
               reduced
               vnto
               *
               a
               mediocritie
               ,
               and
               that
               same
               mediocrity
               to
               be
               referred
               Al.
               q
               to
               the
               cōmon
               vse
               and
               ornament
               of
               life
               .
               q
               But
               of
               these
               hitherto
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               53.
               
            
             
               Here
               T.
               desirous
               to
               pursue
               euery
               point
               wherein
               comlinesse
               may
               consist
               ,
               cometh
               to
               buildings
               ,
               for
               the
               order
               and
               decencie
               to
               bee
               obserued
               in
               them
               .
            
             
             
               And
               first
               ,
               for
               the
               house
               of
               a
               Prince
               or
               an
               honourable
               man
               ,
               he
               giueth
               this
               precept
               ,
               That
               althogh
               for
               the
               frame
               and
               forme
               of
               it
               ,
               it
               must
               be
               fitted
               especially
               according
               to
               the
               end
               of
               it
               ,
               which
               is
               chiefly
               the
               vse
               thereof
               :
               yet
               notwithstanding
               that
               there
               must
               be
               a
               due
               respect
               had
               ,
               to
               the
               state
               and
               comlinesse
               of
               it
               ,
               meet
               for
               the
               place
               and
               honour
               of
               the
               owner
               .
            
             
               This
               hee
               sheweth
               ,
               1.
               
               By
               the
               example
               of
               Kn.
               Octauius
               ,
               the
               first
               that
               was
               Consull
               of
               that
               familie
               :
               who
               by
               reason
               of
               a
               goodly
               house
               which
               he
               had
               built
               in
               the
               palace
               ,
               yet
               such
               as
               was
               befitting
               him
               ,
               is
               reported
               ,
               not
               onely
               to
               haue
               receiued
               much
               honour
               ,
               but
               also
               through
               the
               concourse
               
               of
               the
               vulgar
               sorte
               to
               view
               it
               ,
               and
               of
               other
               beholders
               ,
               to
               haue
               bin
               aduanced
               to
               the
               Consulship
               ;
               being
               otherwise
               a
               man
               but
               new
               ly
               comne
               vp
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               By
               another
               example
               of
               Scaurus
               contrarie
               to
               this
               ,
               who
               building
               beyonde
               his
               est
               〈◊〉
               ouerthrewe
               himselfe
               ther●…y
               For
               ●…owsoeuer
               ●…ee
               was
               made
               by
               Octauius
               the
               first
               Consull
               of
               h●…s
               family
               for
               it
               ,
               and
               was
               a
               noble
               mans
               son
               ;
               yet
               he
               brought
               into
               his
               ●…nlarged
               house
               together
               with
               the
               Consulship
               ,
               not
               onely
               a
               repul●…e
               ,
               but
               also
               shame
               and
               miserie
               in
               the
               end
               ,
               whē
               hee
               was
               not
               able
               to
               maintaine
               it
               .
            
             
               And
               therefore
               heer
               he
               giueth
               two
               rules
               to
               this
               purpose
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               a
               mans
               honour
               is
               to
               be
               set
               out
               
               by
               his
               house
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               bee
               wholly
               sought
               from
               his
               house
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               the
               maister
               is
               not
               to
               looke
               to
               be
               graced
               by
               his
               house
               ,
               but
               his
               house
               by
               him
               .
            
             
               A
               second
               precept
               for
               such
               buildings
               is
               this
               ,
               That
               a
               man
               therein
               haue
               regard
               not
               only
               of
               himself
               ,
               but
               also
               of
               others
               .
            
             
               And
               therefore
               in
               great
               mens
               houses
               into
               which
               many
               strangers
               are
               to
               bee
               receiued
               ,
               &
               a
               great
               number
               of
               all
               sorts
               to
               bee
               admitted
               ,
               there
               must
               bee
               speciall
               prouision
               for
               conuenient
               roome
               ,
               so
               as
               it
               may
               bee
               large
               enough
               ,
               and
               the
               owner
               able
               to
               main
               tain
               the
               port
               ▪
               that
               it
               may
               euer
               be
               wel
               fild
               ;
               for
               that
               otherwise
               a
               large
               house
               may
               proue
               a
               disgrace
               
               to
               the
               maister
               if
               it
               come
               to
               be
               solitary
               ,
               especially
               if
               it
               was
               euer
               well
               filled
               by
               another
               maister
               .
            
             
               This
               disgrace
               hee
               exaggerates
               by
               the
               odious
               speeches
               of
               the
               passers
               by
               ,
               as
               might
               be
               truly
               verified
               of
               many
               in
               his
               daies
               .
            
             
               A
               third
               precept
               is
               ,
               that
               in
               such
               buildings
               a
               measure
               be
               kept
               for
               sumptuousnesse
               and
               magnificence
               .
            
             
             
               Because
               thereby
               otherwise
               ariseth
               much
               euill
               ,
               euen
               by
               the
               example
               .
               The
               reason
               is
               :
               for
               that
               verie
               many
               do
               earnestly
               imitate
               the
               workes
               of
               princes
               chiefly
               ,
               in
               this
               behalfe
               ,
               although
               they
               neuer
               regarde
               their
               vertues
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               instanceth
               in
               L.
               Lucullus
               a
               singular
               man
               for
               vertue
               :
               yet
               none
               imitated
               him
               in
               that
               ;
               but
               verie
               many
               in
               the
               sumptuousnesse
               of
               his
               man
               our
               places
               .
               And
               therefore
               hee
               concludeth
               ,
               that
               in
               all
               these
               things
               a
               measure
               is
               to
               bee
               kept
               ,
               and
               all
               to
               bee
               reduced
               thereunto
               :
               and
               finally
               that
               that
               same
               mediocritie
               is
               to
               be
               referred
               to
               the
               common
               vse
               and
               ornament
               of
               life
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               54.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   Three
                   things
                
                 q
                 
                   to
                   bee
                   obserued
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   life
                   .
                
              
            
             
               q
               MOreouer
               ,
               in
               euery
               action
               q
               we
               vndertake
               ,
               three
               things
               are
               to
               bee
               q
               obserued
               .
               First
               ,
               that
               appetite
               obey
               reason
               :
               then
               which
               ,
               nothing
               is
               more
               *
               meet
               to
               preserue
               Dutie
               .
            
             
               q
               Secondly
               ,
               that
               wee
               consider
               how
               great
               the
               matter
               is
               ,
               which
               wee
               desire
               q
               to
               bring
               to
               passe
               ;
               and
               that
               neither
               *
               greater
               nor
               lesse
               care
               &
               *
               diligence
               q
               be
               vsed
               then
               the
               
               cause
               requireth
               .
            
             
               A
               third
               thing
               is
               ,
               that
               wee
               take
               heede
               ,
               Al.
               q
               that
               we
               moderate
               those
               things
               which
               appertaine
               to
               liberality
               ,
               by
               an
               honest
               shew
               and
               q
               seemly
               grace
               .
               And
               the
               best
               meane
               is
               ,
               to
               keepe
               that
               comelinesse
               ,
               whereof
               we
               spake
               before
               ;
               q
               &
               not
               to
               goe
               beyond
               it
               .
               Also
               the
               chiefe
               of
               these
               three
               is
               ,
               q
               that
               appetite
               obey
               reason
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               54.
               
            
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               T.
               setteth
               downe
               three
               things
               to
               bee
               carefully
               obserued
               in
               a
               mans
               whole
               life
               ;
               as
               ,
               much
               tending
               to
               the
               gracing
               thereo●…
               and
               so
               of
               euerie
               particular
               action
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               appetite
               &
               will
               euer
               obey
               reason
               ;
               then
               which
               he
               teacheth
               that
               nothing
               can
               bee
               fitter
               to
               preserue
               vs
               in
               the
               way
               of
               vertue
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               wee
               consider
               wisely
               of
               each
               matter
               which
               wee
               desire
               to
               bring
               to
               passe
               ;
               and
               so
               also
               of
               a
               meet
               diligence
               for
               the
               sure
               effecting
               thereof
               ,
               and
               neither
               more
               nor
               lesse
               care
               
               then
               the
               matter
               requireth
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               in
               things
               which
               chiefely
               appertaine
               to
               honesty
               ,
               wee
               euer
               moderate
               all
               ,
               by
               retaining
               a
               decent
               shewe
               and
               seemely
               grace
               according
               to
               our
               place
               &
               estate
               ;
               and
               in
               all
               things
               euer
               to
               striue
               to
               keepe
               that
               comlinesse
               which
               hath
               bin
               taught
               ;
               &
               and
               not
               to
               goe
               beyond
               it
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               he
               concludeth
               ,
               that
               yet
               of
               these
               three
               this
               is
               the
               chiefe
               ,
               That
               appetite
               euer
               obey
               reason
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               55.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   Comelinesse
                   from
                   the
                   place
                   and
                   time
                   .
                
              
            
             
               q
               NOw
               wee
               are
               to
               speake
               of
               the
               order
               of
               things
               and
               opportunity
               of
               times
               :
               and
               herein
               is
               contayned
               that
               q
               know
               ledge
               which
               the
               Grecians
               q
               call
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ;
               not
               this
               ,
               which
               we
               *
               interpret
               q
               moderation
               ,
               in
               which
               worde●…
               
                 modus
                 [
                 viz.
              
               a
               mean
               ]
               q
               is
               comprehended
               .
               But
               this
               is
               [
               that
               ]
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               in
               which
               is
               q
               meant
               a
               keeping
               of
               order
               .
               As
               therefore
               wee
               call
               the
               same
               q
               discretion
               
               is
               thus
               defined
               of
               the
               Stoicks
               :
               that
               *
               discretion
               is
               q
               the
               knowledge
               of
               q
               setting
               those
               things
               which
               shall
               bee
               done
               or
               said
               ,
               in
               their
               q
               proper
               place
               .
               And
               so
               it
               seemeth
               there
               will
               be
               the
               same
               q
               power
               of
               order
               and
               q
               disposing
               things
               aright
               .
               For
               thus
               also
               they
               define
               Order
               ,
               to
               be
               q
               a
               composing
               of
               things
               in
               apt
               and
               *
               conuenient
               places
               .
               q
               And
               place
               they
               say
               belongeth
               vnto
               action
               ,
               but
               opportunity
               vnto
               time
               .
               Also
               *
               the
               time
               conuenient
               for
               the
               doing
               of
               any
               thing
               
               [
               is
               called
               ]
               in
               Greeke
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               in
               
               Latine
               it
               is
               called
               occasio
               .
               So
               q
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               this
               discretion
               ,
               which
               wee
               interpret
               ,
               as
               I
               haue
               said
               ,
               is
               a
               knowledge
               of
               the
               opportunity
               of
               fit
               q
               seasons
               to
               doe
               any
               thing
               .
               q
               Yet
               there
               may
               be
               the
               same
               defini●…ion
               of
               prudence
               ,
               whereof
               wee
               spake
               in
               the
               beginning
               .
               But
               q
               in
               this
               place
               we
               dispute
               concerning
               moderation
               and
               temperance
               *
               and
               [
               other
               ]
               vertues
               like
               q
               vnto
               these
               .
            
             
               *
               Therefore
               vvhat
               were
               the
               properties
               of
               prudence
               haue
               been
               *
               shewed
               in
               their
               place
               .
               But
               
               what
               *
               things
               of
               these
               vertues
               ,
               wherof
               wee
               haue
               q
               begun
               to
               speake
               ,
               do
               appertain
               to
               q
               discretion
               ,
               and
               q
               to
               their
               liking
               with
               whom
               we
               liue
               ,
               are
               now
               to
               be
               shewed
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               55.
               
            
             
               Here
               T.
               about
               to
               teach
               how
               comlines●…e
               is
               to
               be
               kept
               i●…
               regard
               both
               of
               place
               &
               time
               ,
               viz.
               in
               obseruing
               the
               right
               order
               of
               doing
               things
               ,
               and
               fi●…test
               opportunities
               of
               times
               ,
               for
               the
               same
               ,
               sheweth
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               therein
               is
               contained
               that
               knowledge
               which
               the
               Grecians
               call
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               meaning
               the●…eby
               not
               that
               which
               the
               Latines
               expour
               d●…
               modesty
               ,
               viz.
               moderation
               ,
               in
               which
               word
               modus
               ,
               to
               wit
               a
               meane
               ,
               is
               compre●…ended
               ;
               but
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               viz.
               discretion
               ,
               or
               keeping
               order
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               He
               teacheth
               how
               
               this
               is
               defined
               by
               the
               Stoicks
               ,
               viz.
               That
               discretion
               is
               a
               science
               of
               setting
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               are
               done
               or
               said
               ,
               in
               their
               proper
               place
               and
               order
               .
               And
               so
               maketh
               it
               nothing
               but
               a
               facultie
               of
               ordering
               &
               disposing
               things
               aright
               .
               Because
               thus
               they
               define
               order
               also
               ;
            
             
               That
               it
               is
               a
               composing
               of
               things
               in
               apt
               and
               conuenient
               places
               ;
               And
               say
               that
               place
               belongeth
               to
               action
               ,
               but
               opportunitie
               to
               time
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               For
               the
               time
               cōuenient
               for
               the
               doing
               of
               things
               ,
               hee
               first
               sheweth
               it
               by
               the
               names
               ;
               that
               it
               is
               
               called
               in
               Greeke
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ▪
               in
               Latine
               o●…casio
               and
               then
               defineth
               it
               ,
               that
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               is
               a
               knowledge
               of
               the
               opprotunities
               ,
               or
               fit
               seasons
               to
               doe
               any
               thing
               ,
            
             
               Also
               that
               prudence
               (
               spoken
               of
               before
               )
               may
               be
               defined
               after
               the
               same
               maner
               .
            
             
               To
               conclude
               this
               chapter
               ,
               he
               sheweth
               that
               heere
               he
               speaketh
               concerning
               discretion
               and
               temperance
               ,
               and
               other
               vertues
               like
               vnto
               them
               ,
               hauing
               spoken
               before
               of
               prudence
               and
               the
               properties
               thereof
               ,
               in
               the
               right
               place
               ;
               and
               
               that
               now
               he
               is
               only
               to
               speake
               of
               such
               other
               vertues
               ,
               as
               appertain
               to
               modesty
               ,
               and
               to
               gaine
               the
               good
               likeing
               of
               them
               with
               whom
               we
               liue
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               56.
               
            
             
               
                 What
                 q
                 
                   is
                   decent
                   in
                   euery
                   place
                   and
                   time
                   ,
                   and
                   vvhat
                
                 q
                 not
                 .
              
            
             
               *
               SVch
               an
               order
               then
               of
               our
               actions
               is
               to
               bee
               q
               obserued
               ,
               q
               that
               as
               in
               a
               well
               framed
               oration
               ,
               so
               in
               [
               our
               ]
               life
               all
               things
               bee
               *
               apt
               and
               agreeable
               
               among
               themselues
               .
               For
               it
               is
               a
               dishonest
               thing
               and
               very
               faulty
               ,
               in
               a
               q
               sage
               matter
               q
               to
               bring
               in
               any
               table
               talke
               ,
               or
               wanton
               speech
               .
               Well
               spake
               Pericles
               ,
               vvhen
               he
               had
               Sophocles
               the
               Poet
               q
               ioyned
               with
               him
               in
               the
               Pretorship
               ▪
               q
               and
               these
               two
               were
               cōmuning
               about
               their
               office
               ;
               q
               as
               by
               chance
               a
               well
               fauoured
               boy
               passed
               by
               ,
               and
               Sophocles
               had
               saide
               ,
               Oh
               faire
               boy
               ●…
               Pericles
               ,
               [
               he
               ]
               answered
               :
               q
               But
               Sophocles
               ,
               it
               becommeth
               a
               Pretor
               to
               haue
               not
               onely
               q
               continent
               
               hands
               ,
               but
               eyes
               also
               .
               q
               Now
               if
               Sophocles
               had
               spoken
               this
               same
               q
               in
               a
               place
               of
               approbation
               of
               wrastlers
               ,
               hee
               had
               q
               beene
               free
               from
               iust
               reproofe
               .
               So
               great
               force
               there
               is
               both
               of
               place
               and
               time
               ,
               that
               if
               any
               man
               ,
               when
               hee
               is
               to
               plead
               a
               cause
               do
               q
               meditate
               with
               himselfe
               in
               his
               iourney
               ,
               or
               in
               his
               walking
               ,
               or
               q
               think
               of
               any
               other
               thing
               more
               seriously
               ,
               he
               may
               not
               be
               reproued
               ;
               but
               if
               he
               doe
               q
               the
               like
               at
               a
               feast
               he
               may
               be
               thought
               vn●…iuil
               ,
               q
               for
               hauing
               
               no
               regarde
               to
               the
               time
               .
            
             
               Howbeit
               those
               things
               which
               farre
               dasagree
               from
               q
               all
               ciuility
               (
               as
               if
               any
               man
               sing
               in
               the
               q
               market
               place
               ,
               or
               if
               there
               be
               any
               other
               great
               q
               disorder
               )
               do
               *
               easily
               appeare
               ,
               neither
               doe
               they
               greately
               neede
               admonition
               or
               precepts
               ;
               q
               But
               vvee
               are
               more
               carefully
               to
               shun
               those
               faults
               which
               seeme
               to
               be
               small
               ,
               and
               cannot
               be
               perceiued
               of
               *
               many
               :
               as
               ,
               q
               in
               stringed
               or
               q
               winde
               instruments
               ,
               tho
               they
               q
               iarre
               neuer
               so
               littl●…
               ,
               yet
               q
               it
               is
               vsu●…dly
               obserued
               
               of
               a
               *
               skilfull
               [
               man.
               ]
               q
               We
               are
               so
               to
               carry
               our selues
               in
               our
               life
               ,
               q
               that
               nothing
               chance
               to
               iarre
               ;
               yea
               and
               by
               much
               more
               also
               ,
               q
               as
               an
               harmony
               of
               deeds
               is
               greater
               and
               better
               then
               of
               *
               sounds
               .
               And
               therefore
               as
               q
               the
               Musicians
               eares
               doe
               perceiue
               euen
               the
               least
               discords
               
               in
               instruments
               :
               so
               wee
               (
               if
               wee
               will
               be
               sharpe
               and
               *
               diligent
               iudges
               ,
               and
               *
               markers
               of
               faults
               )
               shall
               oft
               vnderstand
               great
               things
               of
               small
               ;
               Wee
               shall
               easily
               iudge
               by
               the
               q
               setting
               
               of
               the
               eyes
               ,
               q
               by
               either
               the
               smooth
               looking
               or
               bending
               of
               the
               browes
               ,
               by
               sadnesse
               ,
               mirth
               ,
               laughter
               ,
               speech
               ,
               silence
               ,
               q
               strayning
               and
               falling
               of
               the
               voice
               ,
               and
               other
               like
               things
               ,
               *
               which
               of
               them
               is
               fitly
               done
               ,
               which
               q
               swerueth
               from
               Duty
               and
               Nature
               .
               In
               which
               kinde
               it
               is
               not
               *
               incommodious
               to
               iudge
               by
               others
               ,
               q
               of
               what
               sort
               each
               of
               them
               is
               :
               that
               if
               any
               thing
               bee
               vndecent
               in
               others
               ,
               wee
               our selues
               also
               may
               auoid
               it
               .
               For
               it
               comes
               to
               passe
               ,
               q
               I
               wot
               not
               how
               ,
               that
               wee
               see
               more
               
               in
               others
               ,
               then
               in
               our selues
               ,
               if
               any
               thing
               bee
               done
               amisse
               .
               q
               Therefore
               in
               learning
               ,
               [
               those
               scholars
               ]
               are
               very
               soone
               corrected
               ,
               whose
               faults
               the
               masters
               doe
               q
               counterfeit
               ,
               to
               the
               end
               to
               amend
               them
               .
               Neither
               indeed
               is
               it
               amisse
               q
               to
               vse
               the
               aduice
               of
               learned
               or
               experienced
               men
               ,
               for
               the
               choosing
               of
               those
               things
               ,
               vvhich
               may
               bee
               doubtfull
               ,
               and
               to
               q
               enquire
               what
               liketh
               them
               concerning
               euery
               kinde
               of
               Duty
               .
               For
               the
               greater
               parte
               q
               is
               vsually
               wont
               to
               be
               carried
               thither
               ,
               whither
               it
               is
               led
               by
               
               q
               very
               nature
               .
               In
               which
               things
               wee
               are
               not
               onely
               to
               consider
               ,
               what
               euery
               one
               speaketh
               ,
               but
               also
               what
               euery
               one
               *
               thinketh
               ,
               and
               also
               *
               for
               what
               cause
               each
               man
               thinketh
               so
               .
               For
               as
               painters
               ,
               &
               q
               picturers
               ,
               and
               also
               the
               true
               Poets
               q
               are
               desirous
               to
               haue
               their
               workes
               seene
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               men
               ,
               that
               if
               any
               thing
               bee
               q
               found
               fault
               with
               by
               many
               ,
               it
               may
               be
               corrected
               ;
               and
               they
               doe
               diligently
               *
               enquire
               both
               vvith
               themselues
               and
               others
               ,
               vvhat
               is
               *
               done
               amisse
               in
               it
               :
               So
               very
               many
               things
               are
               to
               bee
               
               done
               and
               left
               vndone
               of
               vs
               ,
               q
               according
               to
               the
               iudgement
               of
               others
               ,
               and
               also
               changed
               and
               q
               amended
               .
               q
               As
               for
               those
               things
               that
               are
               done
               q
               after
               the
               custome
               and
               ciuill
               q
               ordinances
               ,
               q
               there
               is
               no
               precept
               to
               bee
               giuen
               of
               them
               :
               for
               they
               are
               precepts
               of
               themselues
               .
               Neither
               ought
               any
               man
               to
               be
               q
               caried
               with
               this
               errour
               ,
               that
               if
               Socrates
               or
               Aristippus
               haue
               done
               or
               spoken
               any
               thing
               against
               q
               ciuill
               order
               and
               custome
               ,
               he
               shold
               thinke
               the
               same
               thing
               to
               be
               lawfull
               
               for
               himselfe
               .
               For
               they
               obtained
               this
               *
               liberty
               by
               their
               great
               and
               diuine
               gifts
               .
               But
               the
               q
               fashion
               of
               the
               Cynicks
               is
               wholly
               to
               be
               reiected
               .
               For
               it
               is
               q
               contrarie
               to
               modesty
               ,
               vvithout
               which
               *
               nothing
               
               can
               be
               right
               ,
               nothing
               honest
               .
            
             
               q
               Moreouer
               ,
               we
               ought
               to
               *
               obserue
               and
               to
               *
               reuerence
               them
               ,
               whose
               life
               hath
               been
               thorowly
               tryed
               in
               honest
               and
               great
               matters
               ,
               [
               being
               men
               ]
               q
               hauing
               a
               good
               opinion
               of
               the
               Common-wealth
               ,
               and
               hauing
               deserued
               or
               deseruing
               well
               [
               thereof
               ,
               ]
               [
               and
               ]
               
               q
               aduanced
               to
               any
               honour
               or
               place
               of
               gouernment
               :
               &
               also
               *
               to
               giue
               much
               vnto
               olde
               age
               .
            
             
               *
               To
               giue
               place
               to
               those
               which
               q
               beare
               office
               ;
            
             
               q
               To
               make
               a
               difference
               betweene
               a
               citizen
               and
               a
               stranger
               ;
               and
               also
               [
               to
               consider
               ]
               in
               the
               very
               stranger
               ,
               whether
               hee
               came
               q
               of
               his
               owne
               priuate
               businesse
               ,
               or
               about
               the
               Common-wealths
               affaires
               .
               q
               In
               a
               word
               (
               that
               I
               may
               not
               intreate
               of
               euery
               particular
               )
               we
               are
               bound
               to
               loue
               ,
               maintaine
               and
               preserue
               the
               common
               q
               agreement
               ,
               and
               
               society
               of
               all
               mankinde
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               56.
               
            
             
               In
               this
               chapter
               T.
               being
               to
               shew
               what
               is
               decent
               in
               euerie
               action
               ,
               time
               and
               place
               ,
               teacheth
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               such
               an
               order
               is
               to
               bee
               kept
               in
               all
               our
               actions
               ,
               that
               in
               our
               whole
               life
               ,
               all
               the
               parts
               and
               euerie
               thing
               therein
               ,
               bee
               apt
               both
               for
               place
               and
               time
               ,
               &
               agreeable
               
               amongst
               them selues
               ;
               like
               as
               in
               a
               wel
               framed
               oration
               .
               And
               secondly
               ,
               that
               of
               the
               contrary
               it
               is
               dishonest
               and
               verie
               faultie
               ,
               to
               doe
               that
               which
               is
               vnbeseeming
               in
               any
               action
               .
               As
               for
               example
               :
               If
               a
               man
               in
               a
               sage
               matter
               ,
               should
               bring
               in
               table
               talke
               ,
               or
               any
               wanton
               or
               idle
               speech
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               confirmeth
               by
               a
               witty
               speech
               of
               Pericles
               :
               who
               when
               Sophocles
               the
               Poet
               was
               ioyned
               with
               him
               in
               the
               pretorship
               ,
               and
               they
               two
               were
               of
               a
               time
               cōmuning
               about
               matters
               of
               their
               office
               ;
               as
               by
               chance
               a
               faire
               boy
               passed
               by
               ,
               Sophocles
               saide
               ,
               Oh
               faire
               boy
               !
               Pericles
               reprehending
               him
               ,
               spake
               thus
               vnto
               him
               again
               :
               But
               Sophocles
               it
               becommeth
               a
               Pretour
               to
               haue
               
               not
               onely
               stayed
               hands
               ,
               but
               continent
               eyes
               also
               .
            
             
               Now
               concerning
               this
               speech
               T.
               sheweth
               ,
               that
               if
               Sophocles
               had
               vsed
               it
               in
               some
               other
               place
               ,
               as
               where
               maisteries
               are
               beholden
               or
               the
               like
               ,
               he
               had
               beene
               free
               from
               any
               iust
               reproofe
               :
               whereas
               doing
               it
               in
               this
               place
               and
               at
               this
               time
               ,
               hee
               was
               iustly
               reproued
               ,
               for
               that
               ther
               is
               such
               great
               force
               of
               time
               and
               place
               herein
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Hee
               setteth
               it
               forth
               by
               another
               example
               illustrated
               by
               a
               comparison
               of
               contraries
               ,
               thus
               ;
               If
               any
               man
               when
               hee
               is
               to
               pleade
               a
               cause
               ,
               doe
               meditate
               of
               it
               in
               his
               iour●…ie
               or
               as
               he
               is
               walking
               ,
               or
               doe
               then
               think●…
               more
               seriously
               of
               any
               other
               matter
               ,
               he
               is
               not
               disliked
               :
               whereas
               if
               he
               shold
               
               doe
               the
               like
               at
               a
               feast
               ,
               hee
               would
               bee
               thought
               verie
               vn●…iuill
               ,
               for
               hauing
               no
               regarde
               of
               time
               or
               place
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               Hee
               teacheth
               ,
               whereas
               some
               disorders
               are
               so
               gros●…e
               ,
               and
               so
               far
               disagreeing
               frō
               all
               ciuility
               ,
               as
               they
               neede
               not
               greatly
               any
               admonition
               or
               precept
               ,
               as
               to
               sing
               in
               the
               pleading
               place
               or
               the
               like
               ;
               that
               wee
               are
               therefore
               to
               shun
               more
               carefully
               those
               faults
               which
               seeme
               to
               bee
               but
               small
               ,
               and
               cannot
               be
               perceiued
               of
               euery
               one
               but
               only
               of
               the
               wise
               ,
               for
               that
               they
               are
               to
               iudge
               euen
               of
               the
               least
               disorder
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               teacheth
               by
               a
               fit
               similitude
               taken
               from
               musiciās
               ;
               who
               auoid
               the
               least
               iarre
               in
               their
               instruments
               ,
               because
               the
               verie
               least
               is
               easily
               
               obserued
               ,
               of
               the
               skilfull
               :
               and
               so
               wee
               likewise
               are
               to
               demeane
               our selues
               in
               our
               whole
               life
               ,
               that
               nothing
               chance
               to
               iarre
               therein
               .
               And
               that
               this
               wee
               are
               to
               doe
               so
               much
               the
               rather
               ,
               as
               an
               harmony
               of
               deeds
               ,
               is
               greater
               and
               better
               then
               a
               harmony
               of
               soūds
               .
               Then
               ,
               where
               as
               it
               may
               bee
               said
               ,
               But
               how
               shall
               I
               come
               to
               discerne
               of
               these
               little
               faults
               ;
               hee
               answereth
               it
               by
               a
               fit
               similitude
               ;
            
             
               That
               as
               the
               musicians
               eares
               doe
               perceiue
               euen
               the
               least
               discords
               ,
               in
               instruments
               ,
               by
               a
               diligent
               obseruation
               and
               cōparing
               of
               sounds
               ;
               so
               we
               ,
               if
               we
               will
               be●…
               diligent
               markers
               &
               iudges
               of
               faults
               ,
               shall
               be
               able
               to
               vnderstand
               euen
               the
               least
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               he
               giueth
               
               speciall
               direction
               how
               we
               may
               iudge
               by
               others
               :
               viz.
               by
               obseruing
               the
               fixing
               of
               their
               eyes
               ,
               the
               smooth
               looking
               or
               bending
               of
               their
               browes
               ,
               their
               dumpishnesse
               ,
               mirth
               ,
               laughing
               ,
               speech
               ,
               silence
               ,
               or
               ouer
               much
               lifting
               vp
               or
               falling
               of
               their
               voices
               ,
               or
               the
               like
               ;
               so
               in
               them
               to
               iudge
               what
               was
               don
               fitly
               ,
               what
               otherwise
               ,
               And
               then
               what
               we
               haue
               obserued
               to
               bee
               vndecent
               in
               others
               ,
               to
               auoide
               the
               same
               in
               our selues
               .
            
             
               After
               ,
               he
               giueth
               the
               reason
               hereof
               .
            
             
               Because
               it
               vsually
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               we
               see
               more
               in
               
               others
               then
               in
               our selues
               if
               any
               thing
               be
               ami●…se
               ,
               and
               so
               do
               better
               amend
               our
               faults
               thereby
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               confirmeth
               by
               an
               instance
               in
               scholars
               ,
               who
               are
               the
               eas●…yest
               corrected
               ,
               by
               their
               masters
               counterfetting
               their
               faults
               ,
               to
               let
               them
               see
               the
               ill
               fauourednesse
               of
               them
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               Hee
               directeth
               what
               meanes
               are
               best
               ,
               to
               know
               what
               is
               the
               fittest
               in
               euery
               kinde
               of
               dutie
               ,
               and
               so
               in
               all
               doubtfull
               matters
               ;
               viz.
               To
               vse
               the
               aduice
               of
               learned
               or
               experienced
               men
               herein
               .
               Because
               the
               greater
               part
               of
               men
               is
               vsually
               caried
               whither
               
               they
               are
               led
               by
               nature
               .
            
             
               Therefore
               wee
               are
               not
               onely
               to
               consider
               what
               euery
               one
               speaketh
               ▪
               but
               what
               he
               thinketh
               ▪
               &
               why
               he
               thinketh
               so
               ;
               which
               wise
               men
               can
               giue
               the
               best
               reason
               o●…
               and
               so
               to
               vse
               them
               chiefly
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               we
               are
               to
               doe
               herein
               as
               painters
               ,
               pictureres
               and
               Poets
               ;
               who
               are
               not
               only
               desirus
               to
               haue
               their
               workes
               seene
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               that
               if
               any
               thing
               be
               generally
               or
               iustly
               disliked
               ,
               it
               may
               bee
               amended
               :
               but
               also
               to
               this
               ende
               do
               diligently
               inquire
               ,
               what
               is
               amisse
               in
               the
               same
               .
               Euen
               so
               that
               
               we
               are
               to
               doe
               ,
               or
               leaue
               vndone
               many
               things
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               iudgement
               of
               others
               ,
               and
               likewise
               to
               change
               and
               to
               amend
               them
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               Hee
               giueth
               this
               rule
               :
               That
               in
               what
               things
               we
               haue
               customes
               &
               ciuill
               ordinances
               to
               follow
               ,
               we
               carefully
               obserue
               them
               ;
               For
               that
               they
               are
               precepts
               of
               thē selues
               ,
               and
               so
               need
               not
               to
               haue
               any
               pre
               cepts
               giuen
               of
               them
               .
               And
               that
               we
               are
               not
               by
               any
               priuate
               mans
               ensample
               ,
               though
               neuer
               so
               wise
               or
               of
               the
               greatest
               authoritie
               ,
               to
               be
               drawne
               to
               do
               or
               speake
               any
               thing
               against
               ciuill
               orders
               and
               customes
               ;
               no
               not
               by
               the
               ●…nsample
               of
               Socrates
               or
               Aristippus
               .
               Because
               they
               might
               haue
               
               that
               liberty
               by
               their
               great
               and
               diuine
               gifts
               ,
               which
               wee
               cannot
               haue
               .
            
             
               Yet
               here
               hee
               giueth
               a
               caueat
               ,
               That
               for
               the
               fashion
               &
               guise
               of
               the
               Cynicks
               ,
               it
               is
               wholly
               to
               bee
               reiected
               ,
               as
               contrary
               to
               all
               modestie
               ,
               without
               which
               nothing
               can
               be
               right
               or
               honest
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               giueth
               some
               fewe
               other
               particular
               directions
               ,
               concerning
               this
               point
               ,
               and
               so
               concludeth
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               we
               ought
               specially
               to
               obserue
               and
               reuerence
               them
               whose
               liues
               haue
               bin
               throughly
               tried
               in
               honest
               and
               great
               matters
               ;
               chiefly
               being
               sound
               louers
               of
               the
               commonweale
               ,
               hauing
               alreadie
               deserued
               well
               of
               the
               same
               ,
               &
               
               aduanced
               to
               any
               honour
               or
               place
               of
               gouernment
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               wee
               much
               respect
               olde
               age
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               we
               yeelde
               &
               submit
               our selues
               to
               them
               that
               are
               in
               office
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               That
               wee
               put
               a
               difference
               between
               citizens
               and
               strangers
               ;
               and
               yet
               in
               the
               very
               strangers
               to
               consider
               whether
               they
               came
               of
               their
               owne
               priuate
               busisinesse
               ,
               or
               about
               the
               affaires
               of
               the
               commonweale
               :
               And
               in
               a
               word
               to
               looke
               carefully
               to
               this
               generall
               ,
               as
               comprehending
               many
               particulars
               ;
            
             
               That
               each
               knowe
               himselfe
               bounde
               to
               loue
               ,
               maintaine
               &
               preserue
               the
               common
               agreement
               &
               societie
               of
               all
               sorts
            
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               57.
               
            
             
               
                 What
                 q
                 
                   trades
                   ,
                   and
                
                 q
                 
                   what
                   kindes
                   of
                   gaine
                   are
                   base
                   :
                   what
                   contrarily
                   are
                
                 q
                 honest
                 .
              
            
             
               NOw
               concerning
               q
               trades
               and
               commodities
               ,
               which
               are
               to
               bee
               accounted
               q
               honest
               ,
               which
               base
               ,
               q
               thus
               commonly
               wee
               haue
               heard
               ;
            
             
               First
               ,
               those
               q
               kinds
               of
               gaines
               are
               disallowed
               q
               which
               are
               odious
               to
               all
               ,
               as
               [
               the
               gaine
               ]
               of
               q
               tolefarmers
               ,
               and
               
               vsurers
               .
               The
               gaines
               also
               of
               q
               all
               hirelings
               ,
               q
               whose
               labour
               is
               bought
               &
               not
               their
               cunning
               ,
               are
               seruile
               &
               base
               .
               q
               For
               in
               them
               the
               very
               q
               hire
               is
               [
               as
               it
               were
               ]
               the
               q
               bond
               of
               their
               q
               seruitude
               .
               They
               moreouer
               ,
               are
               q
               to
               be
               accounted
               *
               base
               ,
               vvho
               buy
               of
               marchants
               that
               which
               q
               they
               presently
               retayle
               againe
               .
               q
               For
               these
               gaine
               nought
               ,
               vnlesse
               they
               lye
               q
               exceedingly
               .
               q
               And
               indeed
               there
               is
               nothing
               more
               dishonest
               then
               lying
               .
               Also
               all
               kinde
               of
               q
               handicrafts
               men
               q
               serue
               in
               base
               occupations
               .
               Neither
               
               in
               truth
               can
               the
               *
               shoppe
               haue
               in
               it
               q
               any
               thing
               beseeming
               a
               gentle-man
               ;
               and
               in
               no
               wise
               are
               those
               trades
               to
               bee
               approoued
               which
               be
               seruers
               of
               pleasures
               ;
               [
               as
               ]
               *
               fishmongers
               of
               great
               fish
               ,
               butchers
               ,
               cookes
               ,
               puddingmakers
               ,
               fishermen
               ,
               as
               ,
               Terence
               speaketh
               :
               adde
               to
               these
               ,
               if
               q
               you
               *
               please
               ,
               *
               perfumers
               ,
               dancers
               ,
               and
               all
               *
               play
               at
               dice.
               But
               in
               
               vvhat
               q
               sciences
               there
               is
               either
               greater
               wisedome
               ,
               or
               *
               no
               small
               gaine
               is
               sought
               ,
               as
               Physicke
               ,
               q
               casting
               plots
               for
               buildings
               ,
               
               the
               learning
               of
               q
               worthy
               things
               ,
               these
               are
               honest
               for
               them
               *
               to
               whose
               estate
               they
               agree
               .
               Ma●…chandize
               also
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               small
               ,
               is
               to
               bee
               q
               accounted
               base
               :
               but
               if
               it
               bee
               great
               and
               q
               abundant
               ,
               q
               bringing
               in
               from
               euery
               side
               many
               commodities
               ,
               &
               q
               dispersing
               the
               same
               into
               many
               mens
               hands
               ,
               without
               lying
               ,
               it
               is
               not
               much
               to
               bee
               dispraised
               .
               And
               furthermore
               ,
               if
               it
               beeing
               *
               satiate
               or
               rather
               content
               with
               gaine
               ,
               as
               it
               hath
               oft
               comne
               from
               the
               q
               sea
               to
               the
               hauen
               ,
               so
               [
               it
               shall
               *
               betake
               ]
               it selfe
               
               from
               the
               hauen
               q
               to
               lands
               and
               possessions
               ,
               it
               seemeth
               *
               that
               it
               may
               bee
               commended
               *
               by
               very
               good
               right
               .
               q
               For
               of
               all
               things
               from
               which
               any
               [
               gaine
               ]
               is
               q
               sought
               ,
               nothing
               is
               better
               then
               q
               husbandry
               :
               nothing
               q
               yeelding
               greater
               increase
               ,
               nothing
               more
               q
               pleasant
               ,
               nothing
               meeter
               for
               q
               a
               free
               borne
               man.
               *
               Cōcerning
               which
               ,
               because
               wee
               q
               haue
               sufficiently
               spoken
               q
               in
               our
               book
               called
               
                 Cato
                 maior
              
               [
               or
               
                 de
                 senectute
              
               ]
               from
               thence
               you
               *
               shall
               take
               q
               whatsoeuer
               shall
               appertaine
               to
               this
               place
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               57.
               
            
             
               T.
               in
               this
               chapter
               still
               pursuing
               this
               point
               of
               comlinesse
               and
               honestie
               ,
               cometh
               to
               speake
               of
               trades
               and
               kindes
               of
               commodities
               ;
               and
               teacheth
               in
               the
               first
               place
               ,
               what
               sorts
               of
               them
               are
               to
               bee
               accounted
               liberall
               and
               honest
               ,
               what
               base
               according
               to
               the
               common
               esteeme
               of
               men
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               hee
               reckneth
               vp
               sundry
               of
               those
               kindes
               which
               are
               disallowed
               as
               base
               and
               odious
               :
               As
               ,
               1.
               
               The
               trades
               and
               gaines
               of
               tolefarmers
               &
               vsurers
               .
            
             
             
               2.
               
               The
               gaines
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               hirelings
               ,
               whose
               labours
               are
               bought
               ,
               &
               not
               their
               cunning
               .
               Because
               in
               them
               their
               hire
               is
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               the
               bond
               of
               their
               seruitude
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               They
               who
               buy
               of
               the
               marchants
               such
               commodities
               ,
               as
               they
               presently
               retaile
               againe
               .
            
             
               For
               that
               these
               vsually
               gaine
               little
               or
               nothing
               ,
               vnlesse
               they
               lie
               exceedingly
               :
               then
               which
               he
               sheweth
               that
               nothing
               is
               more
               dishonest
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               He
               teacheth
               that
               all
               kinde
               of
               handy-crafts
               men
               serue
               in
               base
               occupations
               ;
               
               because
               that
               in
               truth
               ,
               the
               shop
               cannot
               haue
               ,
               in
               it
               ,
               any
               thing
               beseeming
               an
               ingenuous
               or
               free
               man.
               
            
             
               5.
               
               Aboue
               all
               other
               ,
               he
               accoūteth
               those
               trades
               most
               base
               ,
               which
               are
               for
               seruing
               the
               pleasures
               of
               men
               :
               as
               of
               fishmongers
               ,
               butchers
               ,
               cookes
               ,
               pudding
               makers
               &
               the
               like
               ,
               and
               more
               specially
               perfumers
               ,
               dancers
               ,
               and
               all
               gaining
               by
               dicing
               and
               such
               vnlawfull
               games
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               second
               place
               hee
               sheweth
               what
               arts
               are
               to
               bee
               accounted
               liberall
               and
               honest
               .
            
             
               As
               first
               ,
               All
               arts
               &
               sciences
               ,
               wherein
               there
               is
               either
               greater
               wisedome
               required
               ,
               or
               no
               small
               gain
               sought
               :
               as
               namely
               physicke
               ,
               casting
               plots
               for
               buildings
               ;
               
               and
               so
               all
               maner
               of
               learning
               of
               honest
               &
               worthie
               matters
               ;
               for
               that
               these
               are
               comly
               for
               them
               ,
               for
               whose
               state
               and
               degree
               they
               are
               conuenient
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Marchandize
               ,
               which
               howsoeuer
               being
               small
               ,
               it
               is
               accounted
               but
               base
               ;
               yet
               if
               it
               be
               great
               ,
               bringing
               in
               commodities
               from
               forraine
               countries
               ,
               and
               dispersing
               the
               same
               into
               many
               mens
               hands
               for
               the
               common
               good
               ,
               so
               that
               it
               be
               without
               lying
               ,
               is
               not
               much
               to
               bee
               dispraised
               ,
               but
               rather
               commended
               .
            
             
               And
               especially
               if
               the
               marchant
               ,
               being
               thereby
               sufficiently
               inriched
               ,
               shall
               content
               himselfe
               and
               buy
               
               lands
               &
               possessions
               therewith
               ,
               to
               settle
               himselfe
               thereupon
               ,
               for
               the
               good
               of
               his
               countrie
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Of
               all
               things
               from
               which
               gaines
               are
               sought
               ,
               he
               preferreth
               husbandrie
               ,
               for
               that
               nothing
               yealdeth
               greater
               increase
               ,
               nothing
               more
               pleasant
               ,
               nothing
               meeter
               for
               a
               free
               borne
               man.
               
            
             
               But
               for
               this
               matter
               of
               husbandrie
               ,
               hee
               referreth
               vs
               to
               his
               booke
               
                 de
                 senectute
              
               ,
               where
               he
               hath
               written
               of
               the
               delight
               of
               it
               at
               large
               ,
               that
               from
               thence
               we
               may
               learne
               whatsoeuer
               wee
               desire
               in
               this
               behalfe
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               58.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   Of
                   two
                   honest
                   things
                   ,
                   whether
                   is
                   the
                   more
                   honest
                   .
                
              
            
             
               BVt
               q
               I
               thinke
               it
               sufficiently
               declared
               ,
               how
               duties
               should
               q
               bee
               deriued
               ,
               from
               those
               parts
               which
               q
               belong
               to
               honesty
               .
               q
               Yet
               of
               those
               same
               things
               which
               are
               honest
               ,
               there
               may
               fall
               out
               oft
               times
               a
               question
               ,
               and
               a
               cōparison
               q
               of
               two
               honest
               things
               ,
               whe
               ther
               is
               the
               honester
               :
               
               which
               point
               is
               passed
               ouer
               of
               Panetius
               .
               For
               wheras
               all
               honesty
               q
               sprin
               geth
               out
               of
               four●…
               
               q
               heads
               ,
               whereof
               one
               is
               of
               knowledge
               ,
               another
               is
               of
               q
               community
               ,
               the
               third
               of
               *
               magnanimity
               ,
               the
               fourth
               of
               *
               moderation
               ;
               it
               is
               q
               of
               necessitie
               ,
               that
               in
               chusing
               of
               Dutie
               ,
               these
               be
               oft
               cōpared
               amongst
               themselues
               .
               q
               We
               think
               therfore
               that
               those
               Duties
               are
               more
               agreeable
               to
               Nature
               ,
               which
               [
               are
               q
               borrowed
               ]
               from
               q
               cōmunity
               ,
               then
               those
               which
               are
               q
               fetched
               from
               knowledge
               .
               And
               that
               may
               bee
               *
               confirmed
               by
               this
               argument
               :
               because
               ,
               q
               if
               a
               wise
               man
               shall
               happen
               on
               such
               a
               life
               ,
               that
               
               hee
               bee
               inriched
               with
               q
               abundance
               of
               *
               all
               things
               ,
               although
               hee
               consider
               with
               himselfe
               with
               the
               greatest
               *
               leasure
               ,
               and
               *
               beholde
               all
               things
               which
               are
               worthy
               q
               to
               bee
               knowne
               ;
               yet
               if
               his
               solitarinesse
               q
               should
               bee
               so
               great
               ,
               that
               hee
               q
               could
               not
               *
               see
               a
               man
               ,
               q
               hee
               would
               wish
               to
               bee
               out
               of
               this
               life
               .
               And
               that
               wisdome
               which
               the
               Greekes
               *
               call
               q
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               is
               the
               princesse
               of
               all
               vertues
               .
            
             
               q
               For
               we
               take
               prudence
               ,
               which
               the
               Greekes
               call
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               to
               bee
               another
               certain
               thing
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               knowledge
               
               of
               things
               to
               be
               q
               desired
               ,
               and
               [
               things
               ]
               q
               meete
               to
               bee
               eschewed
               .
               But
               that
               wisedome
               (
               which
               I
               named
               the
               princesse
               )
               is
               the
               q
               knowledgè
               of
               diuine
               and
               humane
               things
               :
               wher
               in
               is
               contained
               the
               the
               q
               community
               of
               gods
               and
               men
               ,
               and
               their
               society
               amongst
               thēselues
               .
               [
               Now
               ]
               if
               *
               that
               be
               the
               greatest
               (
               *
               as
               it
               is
               indeede
               )
               q
               it
               must
               needs
               follow
               that
               the
               Dutie
               which
               is
               borrowed
               from
               community
               ,
               is
               the
               greatest
               also
               .
               For
               knowledge
               and
               q
               contemplation
               of
               *
               Nature
               q
               is
               after
               a
               sort
               q
               maymed
               
               and
               imperfect
               ,
               if
               no
               q
               performance
               of
               deeds
               follow
               :
               and
               that
               q
               performāce
               doth
               especially
               appeare
               ,
               in
               ▪
               defending
               q
               mens
               commodities
               .
               It
               then
               appertaineth
               to
               *
               the
               society
               of
               mankind
               ;
               and
               for
               that
               cause
               ,
               is
               to
               bee
               preferred
               before
               knowledge
               .
               And
               euery
               q
               best
               disposed
               man
               doth
               declare
               and
               shew
               the
               same
               thing
               ,
               q
               when
               it
               comes
               vnto
               the
               point
               .
               For
               who
               is
               so
               q
               studiously
               set
               in
               q
               the
               searching
               out
               and
               knowing
               the
               nature
               of
               things
               ;
               that
               if
               q
               tidings
               q
               shold
               bee
               brought
               him
               
               of
               a
               sodaine
               ,
               of
               the
               perill
               and
               hazarde
               of
               his
               countrey
               ,
               which
               he
               might
               be
               able
               to
               succour
               and
               helpe
               ;
               although
               hee
               were
               handling
               and
               contemplating
               matters
               most
               worthy
               q
               to
               be
               knowen
               ,
               would
               hee
               not
               leaue
               and
               q
               cast
               aside
               all
               q
               these
               [
               studies
               ;
               ]
               yea
               althogh
               he
               thought
               q
               that
               hee
               vvas
               able
               to
               number
               the
               stars
               ,
               and
               to
               measure
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               worldes
               ?
               q
               And
               he
               would
               do
               the
               very
               same
               thing
               in
               the
               cause
               o●…
               perill
               of
               [
               his
               ]
               q
               parents
               or
               friends
               .
               By
               which
               things
               q
               wee
               may
               plainely
               gather
               ,
               
               q
               that
               the
               duties
               of
               iustice
               which
               apper
               taine
               to
               the
               profit
               of
               men
               ,
               then
               which
               nothing
               ought
               to
               bee
               q
               dearer
               vnto
               man
               ,
               q
               are
               to
               bee
               preferred
               before
               the
               studies
               and
               duties
               of
               knowledge
               .
               q
               They
               moreouer
               ,
               whose
               studies
               and
               whole
               life
               hath
               beene
               q
               spent
               in
               the
               knowledge
               of
               things
               ,
               q
               haue
               not
               yet
               withdrawne
               
               themselues
               from
               increasing
               the
               profits
               and
               commodities
               of
               men
               .
               For
               they
               also
               haue
               instructed
               many
               ,
               *
               to
               the
               end
               that
               they
               might
               bee
               the
               better
               citizens
               ,
               and
               the
               more
               profitable
               in
               
               their
               Common-weales
               ;
               as
               Lysias
               *
               the
               Pithagorean
               [
               instructed
               ]
               *
               the
               Thebane
               
                 Epaminondas
                 ;
                 Plato
              
               taught
               Dion
               *
               the
               Syracusian
               ,
               &
               q
               many
               other
               haue
               done
               many
               moe
               .
               And
               q
               whatsoeuer
               benefit
               wee
               ourselues
               haue
               broght
               vnto
               the
               Cōmon-wealth
               (
               if
               so
               bee
               that
               wee
               haue
               brought
               any
               thing
               )
               wee
               haue
               q
               attained
               vnto
               it
               ,
               being
               instructed
               by
               teachers
               ,
               and
               furnished
               with
               learning
               .
            
             
               q
               Neither
               doe
               they
               onely
               instruct
               and
               teach
               them
               that
               are
               desirous
               of
               learning
               ,
               while
               they
               
               are
               aliue
               and
               present
               ;
               but
               they
               attaine
               the
               very
               same
               thing
               also
               ,
               euen
               after
               their
               death
               by
               [
               their
               ]
               monuments
               of
               learning
               .
               q
               Neither
               is
               there
               any
               q
               point
               q
               omitted
               of
               them
               ,
               which
               might
               q
               concerne
               the
               lawes
               ,
               customs
               and
               *
               discipline
               of
               the
               Commonweal
               :
               so
               that
               they
               may
               seeme
               to
               haue
               imployed
               their
               *
               leasure
               vnto
               our
               affaires
               .
               Thus
               they
               themselues
               beeing
               giuen
               to
               the
               studies
               of
               learning
               &
               wisedome
               ,
               q
               do
               chiefly
               bestowe
               Al.
               their
               
               wisdome
               ,
               prudence
               and
               vnderstanding
               ,
               to
               the
               
               cōmodity
               of
               men
               .
               And
               for
               that
               cause
               also
               ,
               it
               is
               better
               to
               *
               speake
               copiously
               so
               that
               it
               be
               *
               wisely
               ,
               then
               to
               q
               meditate
               euen
               most
               wittily
               without
               vtterance
               ;
               q
               for
               that
               ,
               meditation
               serueth
               onely
               within
               ones-selfe
               ,
               but
               eloquēce
               q
               serueth
               for
               the
               benefit
               of
               all
               those
               ,
               with
               whom
               we
               beioined
               in
               q
               common
               society
               .
               And
               as
               the
               swarmes
               of
               Bees
               q
               doe
               cluster
               together
               not
               to
               this
               end
               to
               make
               combes
               ,
               q
               but
               beeing
               swarming
               by
               nature
               they
               worke
               their
               hony
               combs
               ;
               So
               &
               much
               more
               also
               ,
               men
               being
               *
               gathered
               
               by
               nature
               ,
               doe
               vse
               their
               cunning
               in
               doing
               and
               deuising
               .
               Therefore
               vnlesse
               that
               vertue
               which
               consisteth
               q
               in
               defending
               men
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               q
               in
               maintaining
               the
               society
               of
               mankinde
               ,
               q
               doe
               meete
               with
               the
               knowlege
               of
               things
               ,
               it
               may
               seeme
               a
               lone-wandring
               and
               barren
               knowledge
               And
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               greatnesse
               of
               courage
               ,
               separate
               from
               humane
               q
               society
               &
               friēdship
               ,
               is
               a
               certaine
               *
               sauagenesse
               and
               *
               vntractable
               cruelty
               .
               So
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               the
               q
               accōpanying
               together
               of
               men
               &
               
               common
               society
               ,
               far
               surmounts
               the
               study
               of
               knowledge
               .
               Neither
               is
               it
               true
               which
               is
               saide
               of
               q
               some
               ,
               q
               that
               therfore
               this
               community
               &
               society
               with
               men
               ,
               q
               is
               for
               the
               necessity
               of
               life
               ,
               because
               wee
               could
               not
               attaine
               nor
               q
               effect
               without
               others
               ,
               those
               things
               which
               nature
               might
               desire
               .
               For
               if
               so
               be
               that
               all
               things
               which
               appertaine
               to
               the
               food
               &
               *
               furniture
               of
               life
               ,
               were
               q
               ministred
               vnto
               vs
               as
               is
               were
               ,
               by
               the
               q
               grace
               of
               God
               ,
               as
               they
               say
               ;
               then
               euery
               one
               q
               of
               a
               good
               wit
               ,
               q
               omitting
               all
               other
               businesses
               ,
               would
               
               q
               imploy
               himselfe
               wholly
               in
               knowledge
               and
               science
               .
               But
               it
               is
               not
               so
               .
               For
               he
               would
               both
               fly
               solitarinesse
               ,
               and
               seek
               a
               cōpanion
               of
               his
               study
               ;
               &
               q
               wold
               both
               teach
               and
               learne
               ,
               also
               heare
               and
               speake
               .
            
             
               [
               And
               ]
               therefore
               euery
               dutie
               which
               appertaineth
               q
               to
               the
               maintenance
               of
               the
               neighborhood
               &
               society
               of
               men
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               preferred
               before
               that
               duty
               which
               q
               consisteth
               in
               knowledge
               and
               science
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               58.
               
            
             
               T.
               hauing
               finished
               the
               first
               maine
               question
               concerning
               honesty
               ,
               to
               wit
               ,
               how
               Duty
               may
               be
               deriued
               from
               the
               foure
               chiefe
               fountaines
               thereof
               ,
               and
               also
               whether
               the
               thing
               to
               be
               deliberated
               of
               be
               honest
               or
               dishonest
               ;
               cōmeth
               now
               to
               the
               second
               question
               ,
               arising
               from
               the
               comparing
               of
               honest
               things
               amongst
               themselues
               :
               viz.
               Of
               two
               honest
               things
               propounded
               whether
               is
               the
               more
               honest
               :
               which
               point
               hee
               sheweth
               as
               before
               ,
               to
               haue
               bin
               omitted
               by
               Panetius
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               he
               giueth
               the
               reason
               heereof
               :
               That
               all
               honestie
               springeth
               from
               out
               of
               these
               foure
               foūtaines
               ,
               
               viz
               Prudēce
               ,
               Iustice
               ,
               Fortitude
               ,
               Temperance
               ;
               that
               in
               the
               making
               choice
               of
               what
               duties
               wee
               are
               to
               performe
               ,
               we
               vse
               oft
               to
               compare
               these
               among
               them selues
               .
               And
               〈◊〉
               hee
               teacheth
               ,
               that
               those
               dut●…es
               are
               more
               agreeable
               to
               nature
               which
               spring
               from
               our
               communitie
               with
               others
               ,
               viz.
               from
               Iustice
               ,
               then
               those
               which
               are
               fetched
               from
               prudence
               ;
               and
               so
               to
               bee
               preferred
               before
               them
               .
            
             
               This
               he
               confirmeth
               by
               sundry
               argumē●…s
               from
               the
               necessitie
               of
               humane
               societie
               ,
               from
               which
               the
               duties
               of
               Iustice
               doe
               proceede
               .
               Which
               societie
               he
               sheweth
               to
               be
               so
               necessarie
               ,
               That
               if
               a
               wise
               man
               should
               happen
               on
               such
               a
               life
               ,
               that
               hee
               
               should
               be
               inriched
               with
               all
               abundance
               of
               good
               things
               ,
               and
               should
               haue
               both
               abilitie
               &
               leasure
               enough
               to
               contemplate
               and
               consider
               of
               all
               things
               worthy
               the
               knowledge
               of
               mortall
               man
               ;
               yet
               if
               his
               solitarinesse
               ,
               should
               be
               such
               that
               hee
               could
               not
               see
               a
               man
               ,
               hee
               would
               wish
               much
               rather
               to
               die
               then
               to
               liue
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               frō
               that
               wisedome
               which
               is
               called
               in
               Greeke
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               and
               in
               Latine
               sapientia
               ,
               from
               which
               these
               duties
               of
               Iustice
               &
               communitie
               are
               likewise
               deriued
               :
            
             
               This
               wisedome
               he
               sheweth
               to
               bee
               the
               princesse
               of
               all
               vertues
               ,
               and
               distinct
               from
               that
               which
               is
               called
               in
               Latine
               prudentia
               ,
               &
               in
               Greeke
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               which
               
               is
               defined
               thus
               ,
               viz
               A
               knowledge
               of
               things
               ,
               meet
               to
               bee
               desired
               or
               eschewed
               :
            
             
               Where
               as
               this
               wisedome
               called
               sapientia
               is
               the
               knowledg
               of
               diuine
               and
               humane
               things
               ,
               wherin
               is
               contained
               the
               cōmunity
               of
               Gods
               and
               men
               ,
               and
               their
               societie
               amongst
               themselues
               .
            
             
               Whence
               hee
               reasoneth
               thus
               :
            
             
               If
               that
               vertue
               of
               wisdom
               from
               which
               these
               duties
               proceed
               be
               the
               greatest
               and
               as
               it
               were
               the
               princesse
               of
               all
               vertues
               ,
               that
               then
               these
               duties
               flowing
               frō
               it
               must
               needs
               be
               the
               greatest
               also
               .
               And
               that
               they
               doe
               proceede
               hence
               ,
               hee
               proueth
               further
               ;
               for
               that
               the
               contemplation
               and
               knowledge
               of
               nature
               is
               maimed
               
               and
               vnperfect
               ,
               if
               no
               performance
               of
               deeds
               follow●…
               :
               which
               performance
               he
               declareth
               to
               appeare
               especially
               in
               defending
               the
               commodities
               of
               others
               ,
               and
               so
               appertaineth
               to
               the
               societie
               of
               man-kind
               ;
               &
               therfore
               to
               bee
               preferred
               before
               meere
               knowledge
               .
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               he
               proueth
               it
               by
               the
               examples
               of
               the
               best
               disposed
               men
               ;
               who
               vse
               to
               cast
               aside
               all
               duties
               of
               getting
               knowledge
               ,
               whatsoeuer
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               helpe
               their
               countrie
               in
               any
               extreame
               perill
               .
               For
               example
               ,
               he
               asketh
               this
               question
               ,
               who
               there
               is
               so
               studiously
               set
               in
               searching
               out
               the
               nature
               of
               things
               ,
               if
               tidings
               should
               be
               brought
               him
               of
               a
               suddaine
               ,
               
               of
               some
               great
               imminent
               perill
               of
               his
               countrie
               ,
               which
               hee
               might
               bee
               able
               to
               preuent
               ;
               though
               he
               were
               contemplating
               matters
               most
               worthie
               of
               all
               other
               to
               be
               knowne
               ,
               which
               would
               not
               yet
               cast
               aside
               all
               those
               studies
               :
               yea
               although
               hee
               thought
               hee
               should
               bee
               able
               by
               his
               searching
               ,
               to
               number
               the
               starres
               ,
               and
               to
               measure
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               world
               .
            
             
               And
               moreouer
               ,
               for
               that
               hee
               would
               not
               onely
               doe
               this
               for
               his
               countrie
               ,
               but
               euen
               in
               the
               verie
               cause
               of
               the
               perill
               of
               his
               parents
               ,
               or
               friendes
               .
               Whence
               he
               concludeth
               euidently
               againe
               ,
               that
               
               the
               duties
               of
               Iustice
               appertaining
               to
               the
               profit
               of
               mankinde
               ,
               then
               which
               nothing
               can
               bee
               dearer
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               preferred
               before
               duties
               of
               knowledge
               .
            
             
               Fourthly
               ,
               hee
               further
               demonstrateth
               it
               by
               other
               generall
               ensamples
               in
               this
               kind
               .
               As
               ,
            
             
               First
               ,
               in
               that
               they
               whose
               studies
               and
               whole
               life
               haue
               bin
               spent
               in
               seeking
               out
               the
               knowledge
               of
               things
               ,
               yet
               haue
               not
               withdrawne
               themselues
               from
               indeuouring
               to
               inincrease
               the
               commodities
               of
               men
               .
               As
               those
               who
               haue
               instructed
               many
               ,
               to
               make
               them
               the
               better
               citizens
               ,
               &
               more
               profitable
               to
               the
               
               commonweales
               .
               Of
               this
               sort
               hee
               giueth
               sundrie
               ensamples
               :
               as
               ,
            
             
               1.
               
               Of
               Lysias
               the
               Pithagorean
               philosopher
               ,
               who
               instructed
               Epaminondas
               of
               Thebes
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Of
               Plato
               ,
               who
               taught
               Dion
               the
               Siracusian
               ,
               and
               many
               other
               haue
               done
               the
               like
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               Hee
               sheweth
               for
               himselfe
               ,
               that
               whatsoeuer
               benefit
               hee
               had
               brought
               to
               the
               commonweale
               (
               if
               he
               had
               brought
               any
               at
               all
               )
               he
               had
               attained
               vnto
               it
               by
               beeing
               himself
               instructed
               by
               teachers
               ,
               and
               so
               furnished
               with
               learning
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               in
               that
               such
               doe
               not
               onely
               instruct
               them
               that
               are
               desirous
               of
               learning
               ,
               whilst
               they
               
               are
               aliue
               and
               present
               with
               them
               ;
               but
               they
               also
               effect
               the
               same
               euen
               after
               their
               death
               much
               more
               effectually
               ,
               by
               the
               monuments
               of
               their
               learning
               left
               behinde
               them
               .
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               in
               that
               they
               omit
               no
               point
               which
               might
               concerne
               the
               lawes
               ,
               customes
               &
               discipline
               of
               the
               common-weale
               :
               so
               that
               they
               may
               seeme
               to
               haue
               imployed
               all
               their
               leasure
               for
               the
               benefit
               of
               posteritie
               .
            
             
               Thus
               hee
               sheweth
               ,
               that
               they
               being
               giuen
               to
               the
               studies
               of
               learning
               ,
               bestowed
               all
               their
               wisedome
               and
               vnderstanding
               for
               the
               good
               of
               the
               commonweale
               ,
               and
               so
               did
               euer
               preferre
               duties
               belonging
               to
               the
               societie
               of
               men
               .
            
             
             
               Fourthly
               ,
               he
               prooueth
               it
               by
               this
               instance
               ▪
               That
               for
               this
               cause
               alone
               it
               is
               bet
               ter
               to
               speake
               copiously
               ,
               so
               it
               be
               wisely
               ,
               then
               to
               meditate
               most
               wittily
               without
               vtterance
               .
            
             
               Because
               meditation
               serueth
               only
               within
               ones
               selfe
               ,
               but
               eloquence
               serueth
               for
               the
               good
               of
               all
               with
               whom
               we
               conuerse
               ,
               and
               many
               others
               .
               Fiftly
               ,
               because
               wee
               could
               not
               deuise
               nor
               effect
               matters
               sowel
               alone
               as
               with
               others
               .
               This
               hee
               proueth
               by
               a
               fit
               similitude
               taken
               from
               Bees
               :
               That
               as
               they
               swarme
               together
               ,
               not
               to
               the
               ende
               to
               make
               combs
               ,
               but
               being
               thus
               swarming
               by
               nature
               doe
               make
               their
               combs
               more
               ea●…ily
               ;
               euen
               so
               and
               much
               more
               also
               ,
               men
               being
               of
               a
               
               sociable
               nature
               ,
               do
               vse
               their
               cunning
               in
               doing
               and
               deuising
               much
               the
               better
               &
               more
               speedily
               .
            
             
               Sixtly
               ,
               in
               that
               know
               ledge
               separate
               from
               iustice
               or
               imployment
               for
               the
               common
               good
               ,
               remaineth
               fruitlesse
               and
               barren
               .
               And
               so
               likewise
               fortitude
               or
               valour
               separate
               from
               humane
               societie
               &
               friendship
               ,
               viz
               if
               it
               be
               not
               vsed
               for
               the
               good
               of
               others
               ,
               is
               nothing
               else
               but
               sauagenesse
               &
               cruelty
               .
               Whence
               he
               concludeth
               ,
               Duties
               appertaining
               to
               the
               societie
               of
               men
               to
               
               bee
               far
               greater
               then
               the
               studies
               of
               know
               ledge
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               answereth
               an
               obiection
               of
               som
               ,
               who
               affirmed
               ,
               that
               wee
               vse
               duties
               appertaining
               to
               societie
               ,
               for
               our
               owne
               necessitie
               (
               for
               that
               wee
               could
               not
               effect
               nor
               attain
               with
               out
               others
               ,
               those
               things
               which
               nature
               might
               desire
               )
               &
               not
               for
               the
               good
               of
               others
               .
            
             
               Wherevnto
               hee
               answeres
               ;
               That
               if
               this
               were
               true
               ,
               then
               if
               a
               man
               had
               all
               things
               necessary
               for
               liuing
               ,
               ministred
               (
               as
               it
               were
               )
               by
               the
               grace
               of
               God
               ,
               without
               any
               labour
               or
               helpe
               of
               others
               ;
               if
               the
               same
               man
               were
               of
               a
               good
               wit
               ,
               hee
               omitting
               all
               other
               businesse
               would
               
               wholy
               imploy
               himselfe
               in
               knowledge
               and
               science
               .
            
             
               But
               he
               teacheth
               that
               this
               is
               false
               ;
               Because
               euen
               such
               a
               man
               would
               still
               flie
               solitarinesse
               ,
               and
               seeke
               some
               companion
               for
               his
               studies
               ,
               and
               would
               desire
               still
               both
               to
               teach
               and
               learne
               ,
               to
               heare
               and
               speake
               .
            
             
               And
               therefore
               vpon
               all
               these
               groūds
               he
               concludeth
               this
               point
               ,
               That
               euerie
               dutie
               which
               appertaineth
               to
               the
               main
               tenance
               of
               humane
               societie
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               preferred
               before
               such
               as
               consist
               in
               knowledge
               and
               science
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               Chap.
               59.
               
            
             
               
                 
                   Whether
                   Iustice
                   or
                   Tēperance
                   be
                   better
                   .
                
              
            
             
               q
               THis
               question
               may
               peraduenture
               be
               well
               asked
               ,
               whether
               this
               cōmunity
               which
               is
               q
               most
               agreeable
               to
               nature
               ,
               be
               also
               euer
               to
               be
               preferred
               before
               moderation
               and
               q
               temperance
               ?
               q
               I
               thinke
               not
               so
               .
               For
               there
               are
               q
               som
               things
               partly
               so
               q
               dishonest
               ,
               partly
               so
               haynous
               ,
               that
               a
               wise
               man
               wold
               not
               doe
               them
               ,
               no
               not
               q
               for
               the
               preseruing
               of
               his
               country
               .
               Possid
               .
               hath
               gathered
               many
               of
               them
               together
               ;
               but
               *
               certain
               of
               them
               so
               q
               vile
               [
               &
               ]
               so
               filthy
               ,
               that
               they
               
               may
               seme
               q
               shamefull
               euen
               to
               be
               spokē
               .
               q
               These
               things
               therefore
               ought
               no
               man
               to
               vndertake
               for
               the
               cause
               of
               the
               Cōmonweale
               ,
               neither
               indeed
               would
               the
               Commonweale
               q
               haue
               them
               vndertakē
               for
               her
               *
               cause
               .
            
             
               But
               this
               matter
               q
               stands
               so
               much
               in
               better
               case
               ,
               for
               that
               there
               q
               can
               befall
               no
               time
               ,
               that
               it
               should
               *
               concerne
               the
               Commonweal
               ,
               for
               a
               wise
               man
               to
               do
               any
               of
               them
               .
               Wherfore
               let
               this
               be
               concluded
               in
               chusing
               of
               Duties
               ,
               q
               that
               such
               kind
               of
               Duties
               excel
               most
               ,
               which
               cōcerne
               the
               society
               of
               men
               .
               For
               q
               wise
               performance
               will
               follow
               
               knowledge
               &
               prudence
               .
               So
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               q
               to
               performe
               [
               our
               ]
               actions
               considerately
               ,
               is
               *
               of
               more
               [
               worth
               ]
               then
               q
               wisely
               to
               meditate
               .
               q
               And
               thereof
               thus
               farre
               .
               For
               q
               this
               point
               is
               sufficiently
               layd
               open
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               not
               q
               difficult
               in
               the
               searching
               out
               of
               Duty
               ,
               to
               *
               see
               q
               what
               euery
               one
               is
               to
               preferre
               .
               Moreouer
               ,
               in
               q
               that
               very
               cōmon
               society
               ,
               there
               be
               degrees
               of
               Duties
               ,
               *
               of
               which
               it
               may
               bee
               vnderstood
               what
               excelleth
               euery
               other
               :
               *
               that
               the
               first
               [
               Duties
               ]
               be
               due
               ]
               to
               the
               immortall
               Gods
               ,
               the
               *
               second
               ,
               to
               
               [
               our
               ]
               country
               ,
               the
               third
               to
               [
               our
               ]
               parents
               ,
               q
               &
               so
               forth
               by
               degrees
               ,
               Al.
               the
               rest
               are
               due
               q
               to
               others
               .
               
               Of
               which
               things
               q
               thus
               briefly
               discoursed
               of
               ,
               it
               may
               bee
               vnderstood
               ,
               q
               how
               men
               are
               wont
               not
               onely
               q
               to
               doubt
               ,
               whether
               a
               thing
               be
               honest
               or
               dishonest
               ,
               but
               also
               q
               of
               two
               honest
               things
               q
               pro
               pounded
               ,
               whether
               is
               the
               q
               honester
               .
               This
               q
               point
               (
               as
               I
               said
               before
               )
               is
               q
               ouerslipped
               by
               Panetius
               .
               But
               now
               let
               vs
               q
               proceed
               to
               *
               the
               rest
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               59.
               
            
             
               Heere
               ●…
               .
               proceedeth
               to
               speak
               of
               the
               cōparing
               of
               duties
               ;
               and
               first
               ,
               somewhat
               in
               comparing
               the
               dutie
               's
               of
               Iustice
               &
               Temperance
               ,
               sheweth
               that
               this
               question
               may
               chance
               bee
               propounded
               ;
               Whether
               duties
               of
               societie
               be
               euer
               to
               be
               preferred
               before
               others
               of
               moderation
               &
               temperance
               .
               Whereunto
               he
               answereth
               ,
               that
               hee
               thinketh
               not
               so
               ;
               and
               giueth
               his
               reason
               ,
               for
               that
               there
               are
               some
               things
               partly
               so
               dishonest
               partly
               so
               hainous
               ,
               that
               a
               wise
               man
               would
               not
               doe
               them
               ,
               no
               not
               for
               the
               preseruing
               of
               his
               countrie
               .
               Of
               this
               sort
               hee
               sayth
               ,
               that
               Possidonius
               hath
               gathered
               many
               :
               certaine
               whereof
               are
               so
               odious
               that
               they
               are
               shamefull
               
               to
               be
               vttered
               .
               Now
               ,
               these
               hee
               teacheth
               that
               a
               wise
               man
               ought
               not
               to
               vndertake
               ,
               no
               not
               for
               the
               cause
               of
               the
               commonweale
               ,
               neither
               that
               indeede
               the
               commonweale
               would
               haue
               them
               vndertaken
               for
               her
               cause
               .
               But
               for
               these
               he
               sheweth
               that
               ther
               cannot
               befall
               any
               time
               wherein
               it
               can
               concerne
               the
               good
               of
               the
               common-weal
               for
               a
               wise
               man
               to
               doe
               any
               of
               thē
               .
               And
               therfore
               ,
               notwithstanding
               all
               these
               ,
               he
               concludeth
               this
               point
               concerning
               the
               choosing
               of
               duties
               ;
            
             
               That
               euermore
               such
               duties
               be
               preferred
               which
               concerne
               the
               good
               of
               others
               ;
               And
               that
               wise
               performance
               of
               our
               actions
               will
               
               euer
               follow
               knowledge
               &
               prudence
               .
               Whereupon
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               considerately
               to
               per
               forme
               our
               actions
               for
               the
               good
               of
               others
               ,
               is
               more
               worth
               thē
               to
               meditate
               wise
               ly
               .
               So
               he
               shutteth
               vp
               this
               whole
               matter
               as
               sufficiently
               layed
               open
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               choosing
               of
               duties
               it
               is
               not
               difficult
               to
               see
               what
               euery
               one
               is
               to
               preferre
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               for
               the
               ending
               of
               this
               whole
               treatise
               ,
               &
               the
               right
               performance
               and
               preferring
               of
               duties
               ,
               hee
               aduiseth
               to
               remēber
               that
               which
               was
               taught
               before
               ;
               That
               in
               the
               common
               societie
               ,
               there
               are
               degrees
               of
               duties
               ,
               whereby
               it
               may
               be
               best
               vnderstood
               what
               duties
               are
               especially
               to
               be
               preferred
               and
               and
               performed
               first
               and
               chiefely
               .
            
             
             
               As
               first
               those
               which
               are
               due
               to
               God
               ;
               next
               ,
               such
               as
               are
               due
               to
               our
               countrie
               ;
               thirdly
               ,
               those
               to
               our
               parents
               ,
               and
               so
               the
               rest
               according
               to
               degrees
               as
               they
               are
               due
               to
               others
               in
               order
               .
            
             
               And
               thus
               finally
               he
               sheweth
               ,
               that
               wee
               may
               easily
               vnderstand
               by
               the
               things
               handled
               before
               ,
               both
               these
               questions
               ,
               whereof
               men
               are
               wont
               to
               doubt
               ,
               viz.
               first
               ,
               whether
               a
               thing
               be
               honest
               or
               dishonest
               ▪
               Secondly
               ,
               of
               two
               honest
               things
               propoūded
               ,
               whether
               is
               the
               honester
               ;
               which
               was
               ouerslipped
               by
               Panetius
               .
               And
               so
               prepareth
               himselfe
               to
               proceede
               to
               that
               which
               followeth
               .
            
          
        
         
           Finis
           .
        
         
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A18817-e400
           
             q
             [
             Written
             or
             de●…icated
             ]
             to
             [
             his
             ]
             sonne
             Marcus
             ,
             of
             Duties
             .
          
           
             *
             summe
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             gathered
             or
             set
             downe
             ]
             by
             D.
             Erasmus
             .
          
           
             *
             Cicero
             ,
             his
             sonne
             .
          
           
             *
             giue
             not
             himselfe
             wholly
             vnto
             .
          
           
             q
             simple
             studie
             [
             or
             any
             one
             kinde
             of
             ●…earning
             ]
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…oyne
             together
             Greek
             [
             studies
             ]
             with
             Latin
             [
             studies
             ]
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             vertues
             of
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             science
             or
             skill
             .
          
           
             *
             And
             then
             .
          
           
             q
             science
             or
             skill
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             the
             intent
             that
             he
             may
             make
             him
             &c
             
          
           
             *
             to
             m●…ke
             it
             better
             .
          
           
             q
             ch●…fly
             by
             two
             names
             or
             cōmendations
             layeth
             open
             most
             largely
             [
             or
             most
             w●…de
             ]
             to
             euery
             respect
             [
             viz.
             part
             or
             purpose
             ]
             of
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             ch●…fly
             by
             two
             names
             or
             cōmendations
             layeth
             open
             most
             largely
             [
             or
             most
             w●…de
             ]
             to
             euery
             respect
             [
             viz.
             part
             or
             purpose
             ]
             of
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             this
             one
             is
             comm●…n
             to
             ●…ll
             philosophers
             amongst
             themselues
             .
          
           
             q
             he
             witnesseth
             himselfe
             to
             follow
             the
             Sto●…ks
             chiefly
             in
             this
             disputa●…iō
             .
          
           
             q
             appointed
             the
             very
             b●…st
             ,
             the
             end
             or
             limit
             of
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             vnto
             which
             ●…
             end
             .
          
           
             *
             election
             or
             difference
             .
          
           
             q
             ouerturned
             also
             .
          
           
             *
             the
             very
             nature
             of
             dutie
             .
          
           
             *
             Albeit
             
          
           
             q
             behooueth
             or
             is
             meet
             for
             you
             
          
           
             q
             hearing
             .
          
           
             q
             Athens
             a
             famous
             Citie
             &
             vniuersity
             in
             Greece
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             to
             abounde
             or
             flowe
             .
          
           
             *
             rules
             and
             instructions
             or
             lessons
             .
          
           
             q
             chiefe
             .
          
           
             *
             reader
             Cratippus
             ,
             viz.
             your
             teacher
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             which
             the
             one
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             increase
             or
             furnish
             you
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             other
             viz.
             the
             Citie
             may
             store
             you
             with
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             haue
             ioyned
             together
             .
             alwaies
             Latin
             to
             Greeke
             for
             my
             profit
             .
          
           
             q
             exercise
             of
             speaking
             [
             eloquently
             ]
             or
             practice
             of
             pleading
             .
          
           
             q
             exercise
             of
             speaking
             [
             eloquently
             ]
             or
             practice
             of
             pleading
             .
          
           
             q
             I
             think
             the
             same
             to
             be
             don
             of
             you
             .
          
           
             *
             equall
             .
          
           
             *
             skill
             or
             knowledge
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             which
             thing
             indeed
             .
          
           
             q
             do
             seeme
             or
             are
             thought
             .
          
           
             *
             furtherance
             .
          
           
             q
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             rude
             or
             vnskilfull
             of
             Greek
             letters
             or
             learning
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             they
             themselues
             haue
             gotten
             something
             ,
          
           
             q
             both
             to
             speake
             [
             〈◊〉
             ]
             and
             also
             to
             iudge
             .
          
           
             q
             prince
             .
          
           
             *
             time
             .
          
           
             *
             please
             .
          
           
             q
             shall
             owe
             to
             will
             or
             be
             willing
             .
          
           
             *
             increase
             in
             learning
             .
          
           
             q
             you
             reading
             
          
           
             q
             our
             works
             [
             or
             writings
             .
             ]
          
           
             *
             greatly
             .
          
           
             q
             disagreeing
             .
          
           
             *
             Philosophers
             of
             Aristotles
             ●…ect
             .
          
           
             *
             we
             both
             desire
             .
          
           
             *
             followers
             both
             of
             Socrates
             and
             Plato
             ,
             who
             was
             Aristotles
             schoolmaster
             and
             Socrates
             schollar
             .
          
           
             q
             do
             as
             you
             think
             good
             .
          
           
             q
             I
             hinder
             nothing
             .
          
           
             q
             but
             you
             .
          
           
             q
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             full
             or
             copious
             .
          
           
             q
             our
             writings
             .
          
           
             q
             verily
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             thought
             [
             or
             deemed
             ]
             spoken
             proudly
             or
             vauntingly
             .
          
           
             q
             granting
             [
             or
             giuing
             place
             ]
             to
             many
             the
             skill
             of
             playing
             the
             Philosopher
             .
          
           
             *
             take
             vpon
             me
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             the
             property
             of
             an
             Oratour
             .
          
           
             *
             fitly
             or
             properly
             .
          
           
             q
             finely
             .
          
           
             q
             consumed
             .
             [
             my
             ]
             age
             .
          
           
             q
             I
             seeme
             to
             challenge
             it
             as
             by
             mine
             own
             right
             ,
             in
             some
             manner
             .
          
           
             *
             wh●…refore
             .
          
           
             q
             I
             Exhort
             you
             verie
             greatly
             .
          
           
             q
             studio●…sly
             or
             diligen●…ly
             .
          
           
             q
             my
             Cicero
             .
          
           
             q
             haue
             equalized
             themselues
             almost
             o●…
             wel-n●…ere
             vnto
             those
             .
             viz.
             are
             become
             so
             many
             as
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             q
             power
             of
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             those
             [
             orations
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             equall
             of
             one
             ●…ort
             .
          
           
             q
             temperate
             or
             meane
             ,
             viz.
             not
             too
             lofty
             nor
             too
             base
             .
          
           
             *
             ado●…ned
             or
             practised
             .
          
           
             q
             truly
             I
             see
             that
             to
             haue
             happened
             as
             y●…t
             to
             none
             of
             the
             ●…recians
             
          
           
             q
             in
             either
             kind
             
          
           
             q
             that
             kinde
             of
             speaking
             belonging
             to
             the
             pleading
             place
             or
             the
             bar
             .
          
           
             q
             quiet
             .
          
           
             q
             disputing
             or
             reasoning
             .
          
           
             q
             had
             or
             reckoned
             .
          
           
             *
             a
             sharp
             disputant
             .
          
           
             q
             an
             orator
             smally
             [
             or
             nothing
             ]
             vehement
             .
          
           
             *
             pleasant
             .
          
           
             *
             Theophrastus-his
             scholar
             .
          
           
             q
             let
             it
             be
             the
             iudgement
             of
             others
             .
          
           
             q
             I
             truly
             do
             iudge
             also
             Plato
             to
             haue
             been
             able
             to
             speak
             most
             grau●…ly
             and
             most
             copiously
             ,
             if
             he
             would
             haue
             ●…ndled
             [
             or
             followed
             ]
             that
             lawyer
             like
             kind
             of
             speaking
             .
          
           
             *
             with
             great
             variety
             of
             words
             .
          
           
             q
             Demosthenes
             t●…
             haue
             been
             able
             to
             doe
             ●…rimly
             and
             glitteringly
             [
             or
             notably
             ]
             .
          
           
             q
             had
             beene
             willing
             to
             pronounce
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             Also
             I
             iudge
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             .
          
           
             q
             both
             of
             whom
             .
          
           
             *
             course
             .
          
           
             q
             when
             as
             .
          
           
             *
             decreed
             or
             appointed
             .
          
           
             q
             been
             most
             willing
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             make
             my
             entrance
             from
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             apt
             .
          
           
             q
             weighty
             ,
             or
             of
             most
             importance
             ,
             or
             most
             beseeming
             .
          
           
             q
             For
             whereas
             many
             things
             in
             philosophy
             both
             weightie
             ,
             &
             profitable
             ,
             are
             disputed
             .
          
           
             q
             accurrately
             ,
             or
             very
             curiously
             
          
           
             *
             at
             large
             .
          
           
             q
             deliuered
             by
             them
             and
             giuen
             in
             precepts
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             lye
             open
             [
             or
             reach
             the
             furthest
             ]
          
           
             q
             common
             matters
             .
          
           
             *
             belonging
             to
             a
             mans
             selfe
             ,
             or
             some
             few
             .
          
           
             *
             common
             pleas
             where
             matters
             are
             pleaded
             for
             all
             sorts
             ,
             or
             the
             Iudgement
             Hall.
             
          
           
             *
             common
             pleas
             where
             matters
             are
             pleaded
             for
             all
             sorts
             ,
             or
             the
             Iudgment
             Hall.
             
          
           
             *
             common
             pleas
             where
             matters
             are
             pleaded
             for
             all
             sorts
             ,
             or
             the
             Iudgment
             Hall.
             
          
           
             q
             matters
             at
             home
             
          
           
             q
             my
             thing
             with
             or
             by
             your selfe
             .
          
           
             q
             contract
             [
             or
             make
             bargaine
             ]
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             set
             .
          
           
             *
             practicing
             or
             exercising
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             filthines
             or
             ●…hame
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             no
             precepts
             of
             dutie
             to
             be
             giuen
             ,
             or
             being
             deliuered
             .
          
           
             q
             disciplines
             [
             viz.
             Sects
             of
             Philosophers
             ]
             .
          
           
             *
             ouerturne
             .
          
           
             q
             ends
             [
             or
             limits
             ]
             of
             good
             things
             and
             euill
             .
          
           
             q
             agreeable
             to
             
          
           
             *
             be
             very
             like
             himselfe
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             ouercomne
             sometimes
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             his
             nature
             .
          
           
             q
             loue
             ,
             vse
             or
             exercise
             .
          
           
             *
             bounty
             .
          
           
             q
             iudging
             .
          
           
             q
             determining
             or
             setting
             downe
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             readinesse
             ,
             or
             euident
             .
          
           
             *
             not
             further
             debating
             .
          
           
             *
             debated
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             Disciplines
             .
          
           
             *
             vnlesse
             they
             will
             〈◊〉
             from
             ,
             themselues
             .
          
           
             q
             neither
             any
             precepts
             of
             duty
             can
             be
             ●…et
             downe
             [
             as
             ]
             firme
             ,
             stable
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             sure
             .
          
           
             q
             conioyned
             or
             coupled
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             say
             .
          
           
             q
             honesty
             to
             bee
             most
             earnestly
             desired
             for
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             doctrine
             [
             or
             the
             right
             of
             giuing
             precepts
             ]
             of
             dutie
             ,
             doth
             p●…oly
             belong
             .
          
           
             q
             proper
             of
             .
          
           
             *
             hissed
             out
             of
             the
             schooles
             .
          
           
             q
             should
             haue
             .
          
           
             q
             right
             or
             due
             .
          
           
             q
             disputing
             .
          
           
             *
             matters
             .
          
           
             q
             be
             .
          
           
             q
             Therefore
             truly
             wee
             doe
             follow
             chiefely
             the
             Stoiks
             at
             this
             time
             ,
             and
             in
             this
             question
             .
          
           
             *
             expounders
             or
             translaters
             .
          
           
             *
             accustomed
             .
          
           
             q
             shall
             seem
             good
             by
             any
             meanes
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             our
             iudgement
             and
             arbitrement
             [
             or
             opinion
             ]
          
           
             q
             It
             pleaseth
             [
             or
             liketh
             ]
             therefore
             .
          
           
             q
             all
             my
             disputation
             [
             or
             the
             whole
             dispute
             following
             ]
          
           
             q
             concerning
             duty
             .
          
           
             *
             describe
             or
             set
             downe
             .
          
           
             q
             before
             .
          
           
             *
             wonder
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             haue
             beene
             omitted
             of
             Panetius
             .
          
           
             q
             institution
             or
             booke
             of
             giuing
             precepts
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             any
             .
          
           
             *
             taken
             in
             hand
             .
          
           
             q
             from
             reason
             .
             viz
             by
             an
             orderly
             course
             .
          
           
             q
             come
             or
             proceede
             from
             a
             definition
             .
          
           
             *
             concerning
             which
             the
             discourse
             is
             .
          
           
             q
             disputed
             or
             intreated
             .
          
           
             q
             word
             ,
             tearme
             denomination
             .
          
           
             q
             simple
             :
             v●…z
             .
             of
             one
             kinde
             onely
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             the
             general
             ,
             or
             according
             to
             the
             generall
             .
          
           
             q
             being
             twofold
             in
             deed
             .
          
           
             q
             indeed
             or
             in
             effect
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             sentence
             .
          
           
             *
             The
             one
             kind
             .
          
           
             q
             agreee
             to
             or
             belong
             .
          
           
             q
             except
             or
             saue
             onely
             .
          
           
             q
             The
             other
             is
             a
             middle
             Duty
             or
             begun
             .
          
           
             q
             taken
             or
             done
             to
             to
             some
             necessarie
             purpose
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             restore
             aright
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             of
             a
             perfect
             Duty
             ,
             or
             a
             property
             or
             part
             of
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             to
             restore
             ,
             but
             not
             aright
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             is
             ]
             of
             .
          
           
             *
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             perfect
             [
             Duty
             ]
             .
          
           
             *
             si●…h
             that
             .
          
           
             *
             as
             right
             and
             honesty
             requires
             .
          
           
             q
             but.
             
          
           
             q
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             counsels
             or
             aduice
             ,
             viz.
             of
             our selues
             ,
             without
             command
             or
             inforcement
             .
          
           
             q
             those
             [
             duties
             .
             ]
          
           
             *
             onely
             according
             to
             the
             commandement
             of
             others
             or
             lawes
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             to
             be
             ]
             of
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             ●…mploy
             ,
             gouern
             or
             order
             
          
           
             *
             may
             belong
             to
             .
          
           
             q
             Duty
             begun
             .
          
           
             q
             appertaineth
             to
             the
             perfect
             .
          
           
             *
             All
             the
             question
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             double
             [
             or
             of
             two
             sorts
             .
          
           
             *
             determinat
             ,
             one
             of
             good
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             other
             [
             kinde
             ]
             is
             .
          
           
             *
             is
             placed
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             vse
             of
             life
             may
             bee
             confirmed
             into
             all
             parts
             .
          
           
             q
             Examples
             of
             the
             former
             kinde
             are
             of
             this
             sort
             ▪
             or
             there
             are
             such
             like
             examples
             of
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             and
             which
             are
             of
             the
             same
             kinde
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             What
             Duties
             precepts
             are
             deliuered
             
          
           
             *
             the
             attaining
             of
             the
             greatest
             good
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             belong
             rather
             to
             ●…e
             institution
             [
             or
             orderin●…
             ]
             of
             the
             common
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             expressed
             of
             vs.
             
          
           
             *
             intreate
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             also
             there
             is
             another
             diuision
             of
             Duty
             .
          
           
             *
             meane
             .
          
           
             q
             right
             .
          
           
             q
             but
             they
             call
             this
             common
             office
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
          
           
             *
             meane
             or
             common
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             is
             a
             middle
             Duty
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             wherefore
             it
             is
             done
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             way
             of
             deliberaliberating
             [
             or
             aduising
             ]
             in
             chusing
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             Therefore
             there
             is
             a
             triple
             [
             or
             threefold
             ]
             aduisēent
             [
             or
             maner
             of
             aduising
             ]
             in
             taking
             counsell
             ,
             as
             it
             seemeth
             to
             Panetius
             .
          
           
             q
             falleth
             into
             deliberation
             ,
             or
             commeth
             to
             be
             considered
             of
             [
             or
             to
             bee
             weighed
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             sentences
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             then
             or
             in
             the
             next
             place
             .
          
           
             *
             search
             out
             or
             advise
             .
          
           
             q
             riches
             and
             store
             or
             abundance
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             which
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             their
             friends
             .
          
           
             q
             into
             the
             respect
             .
          
           
             *
             be
             contrary
             to
             honestie
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             the
             other
             side
             ,
          
           
             q
             recall
             .
          
           
             *
             haled
             to
             and
             fro
             .
          
           
             q
             deliberating
             or
             aduising
             .
          
           
             q
             doubtfull
             .
          
           
             *
             studie
             .
          
           
             q
             thinking
             or
             deliberating
             .
          
           
             q
             passe
             by
             .
          
           
             *
             ouer●…lipped
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             neither
             are
             wont
             to
             deliberate
             onely
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             two
             honest
             things
             being
             propounded
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             reason
             [
             or
             manner
             of
             aduising
             ]
             he
             thought
             to
             be
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             to
             owe
             ,
             or
             that
             ●…t
             ought
             .
          
           
             q
             wee
             must
             dispute
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             a
             like
             reason
             ,
             or
             as
             many
             waies
             .
          
           
             q
             afterwards
             .
          
           
             q
             comparison
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             Tully
             doth
             teach
             in
             this
             chapter
             according
             to
             the
             sentence
             of
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             mention
             this
             only
             to
             be
             to
             liue
             blessedly
             .
          
           
             q
             added
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             which
             ,
             industrie
             and
             vse
             comming
             thereunto
             .
          
           
             *
             whereunto
             .
          
           
             *
             first
             .
          
           
             *
             giuen
             .
          
           
             q
             study
             or
             earnest
             desire
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             is
             .
          
           
             q
             an
             appetite
             is
             following
             .
          
           
             q
             friendly
             to
             safety
             .
          
           
             *
             an
             avoiding
             .
          
           
             q
             nature
             hath
             added
             
          
           
             *
             soule
             .
          
           
             *
             force
             or
             abilitie
             .
          
           
             q
             whole
             or
             all
             .
          
           
             q
             arts
             or
             sciences
             .
          
           
             q
             goe
             or
             come
             .
          
           
             *
             in
             the
             beginning
             or
             first
             of
             all
             
          
           
             *
             each
             creature
             should
             saue
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             *
             auoide
             or
             flie
             from
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             preserue
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             as
             dens
             or
             hiding
             places
             .
          
           
             q
             other
             .
          
           
             q
             appetite
             .
          
           
             q
             coniunction
             ,
             copulation
             or
             ingendering
             .
          
           
             *
             breeding
             .
          
           
             q
             common
             thing
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             *
             loue
             .
          
           
             *
             creatures
             .
          
           
             q
             pro●…reated
             or
             brought
             forth
             .
          
           
             q
             doth
             differ
             chiefly
             
          
           
             q
             because
             this
             .
          
           
             q
             applieth
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             which
             is
             past
             .
          
           
             *
             indued
             with
             reason
             o●…
             vnderstanding
             .
          
           
             q
             things
             that
             follow
             ,
             or
             consequents
             or
             sequels
             .
          
           
             *
             he
             .
          
           
             q
             also
             he
             is
             not
             ignorant
             .
          
           
             q
             progresses
             .
          
           
             q
             foregoings
             or
             forerunners
             .
          
           
             q
             similitudes
             or
             semblances
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             .
          
           
             *
             considereth
             or
             obserueth
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             rule
             or
             gouern
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             the
             liuing
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             And.
             
          
           
             q
             reconcile
             or
             gain
             .
          
           
             *
             power
             .
          
           
             q
             both
             to
             a
             fellowship
             of
             speech
             and
             a
             fellowship
             of
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             first
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             q
             chiefe
             .
          
           
             q
             procreated
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             company
             .
          
           
             q
             celebrated
             or
             gathered
             by
             many
             together
             .
          
           
             q
             obey
             themselues
             .
          
           
             q
             minister
             sufficiently
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             cloathing
             and
             food
             or
             liuing
             .
          
           
             q
             wife
             .
          
           
             *
             whom
             it
             hath
             deare
             and
             ought
             to
             defend
             
          
           
             q
             also
             doth
             stir
             vp
             the
             mindes
             .
          
           
             q
             greater
             to
             manage
             their
             affaires
             .
          
           
             *
             is
             a
             speciall
             or
             chiefe
             property
             of
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             of
             man.
             
          
           
             *
             void
             of
             necessarie
             
          
           
             q
             couet
             .
          
           
             *
             somewhat
             .
          
           
             Al.
             cogitation
             .
          
           
             *
             secret
             .
          
           
             *
             wonderous
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             a
             blessed
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             which
             it
             i●…
             gathered
             ,
             that
             what
             is
             true
             .
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             pure
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             to
             be
             .
          
           
             q
             There
             is
             adioyned
             to
             this
             .
          
           
             q
             earnest
             longing
             for
             .
          
           
             q
             couetous
             desire
             .
          
           
             *
             espying
             or
             finding
             out
             .
          
           
             *
             framed
             of
             nature
             .
          
           
             q
             instructing
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             a
             man
             ]
          
           
             q
             commanding
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             the
             cause
             of
             [
             his
             ]
             commoditie
             ,
             wherein
             standeth
             .
          
           
             *
             ariseth
             .
          
           
             q
             humane
             things
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             .
          
           
             *
             force
             .
          
           
             q
             becommeth
             .
          
           
             *
             what
             measure
             [
             is
             to
             be
             obserued
             ]
             in
             de●…ds
             and
             words
             .
          
           
             *
             beauty
             ,
             grace
             .
          
           
             q
             conuenience
             or
             agreement
             .
          
           
             q
             similitude
             or
             proportion
             .
          
           
             q
             transporting
             .
          
           
             q
             fairenesse
             or
             beautie
             .
          
           
             *
             steadfastnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             also
             to
             be
             kept
             .
          
           
             q
             bewareth
             or
             taketh
             heed
             .
          
           
             q
             lest
             〈◊〉
             doe
             any
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             womanishly
             .
          
           
             q
             do
             not
             nor
             thinke
             any
             thing
             .
          
           
             *
             imagine
             .
          
           
             *
             sensually
             .
          
           
             q
             and.
             
          
           
             q
             honest
             thing
             .
          
           
             *
             framed
             .
          
           
             q
             made
             noble
             .
          
           
             *
             que
             for
             enim
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             to
             be
             laudable
             .
          
           
             q
             you
             see
             indeed
             .
          
           
             q
             admirable
             loues
             .
          
           
             *
             chiefe
             or
             cardinall
             vertues
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             the
             common
             life
             ,
             or
             belonging
             to
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             flowe
             abroad
             or
             proceede
             .
          
           
             q
             fortitude
             .
          
           
             q
             All
             which
             is
             honest
             .
          
           
             *
             euery
             part
             or
             dutie
             of
             honesty
             .
          
           
             q
             ariseth
             out
             of
             som
             [
             part
             ]
             of
             the
             foure
             parts
             .
          
           
             *
             branches
             or
             heads
             
          
           
             q
             occupied
             or
             conuersant
             .
          
           
             q
             full
             perceiuing
             or
             in●…ght
             ,
             o●…
             searching
             out
             .
          
           
             q
             cunning
             or
             policie
             .
          
           
             *
             fellowship
             .
          
           
             *
             euerie
             bodie
             his
             right
             .
          
           
             q
             faithfulnesse
             of
             things
             contracted
             ;
             viz
             faithfull
             dealing
             in
             all
             maner
             of
             couenants
             .
          
           
             q
             strength
             or
             worth
             
          
           
             q
             high
             and
             inconquerable
             minde
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             which
             are
             spoken
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             which
             is
             in
             .
          
           
             *
             moderation
             or
             discretion
             .
          
           
             q
             tied
             or
             linked
             ,
             knit
             
          
           
             *
             folden
             one
             within
             another
             .
          
           
             q
             certaine
             kindes
             
          
           
             *
             spring
             or
             proceed
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             in
             ,
             viz.
             issueth
             out
             .
          
           
             q
             inuention
             .
          
           
             q
             office
             or
             work
             .
          
           
             q
             most
             of
             all
             or
             especially
             .
          
           
             q
             he
             that
             can
             .
          
           
             q
             expresse
             or
             render
             
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             reputed
             worthily
             .
          
           
             *
             is
             the
             subiect
             thereof
             .
          
           
             q
             conuersant
             or
             occupied
             .
          
           
             *
             assigned
             or
             are
             the
             subiect
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             which
             the
             action
             of
             life
             is
             contained
             .
          
           
             q
             coniunction
             .
          
           
             *
             appeare
             .
          
           
             q
             riches
             or
             wealth
             
          
           
             *
             his
             [
             friends
             ]
          
           
             q
             stead
             fastnesse
             ,
             keeping
             of
             a
             measure
             .
          
           
             *
             added
             .
          
           
             q
             tossing
             or
             exercising
             .
          
           
             q
             adding
             or
             keeping
             measure
             .
          
           
             q
             handled
             or
             medled
             with
             .
          
           
             *
             keepe
             .
          
           
             q
             princesse
             or
             principall
             .
          
           
             q
             followed
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             or
             but.
             
          
           
             *
             chiefe
             heads
             or
             common
             places
             .
          
           
             q
             force
             or
             strength
             
          
           
             q
             touch
             chiefly
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             humane
             nature
             or
             mans
             nature
             
          
           
             q
             we
             all
             are
             drawne
             
          
           
             q
             science
             .
          
           
             q
             In
             which
             to
             excell
             we
             account
             it
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             passe
             others
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             we
             account
             it
             both
             euill
             &
             dishonest
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             an
             euill
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             both
             naturall
             .
          
           
             q
             vices
             .
          
           
             *
             must
             be
             shunned
             .
          
           
             q
             haue
             not
             or
             account
             not
             .
          
           
             *
             which
             we
             knowe
             not
             ,
             as
             though
             wee
             knewe
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             assent
             vnto
             them
             rashly
             .
          
           
             q
             flie
             from
             .
          
           
             q
             and.
             
          
           
             *
             to
             desire
             .
          
           
             q
             shall
             adde
             .
          
           
             *
             leasure
             .
          
           
             q
             matters
             to
             bee
             considered
             .
          
           
             q
             There
             is
             another
             fault
             .
          
           
             q
             confer
             ,
             or
             bestow
             .
          
           
             q
             much
             diligence
             .
          
           
             q
             vpon
             things
             obscure
             ,
             &c.
             viz.
             in
             darke
             and
             ha●…d
             matters
             .
          
           
             q
             same
             [
             things
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             nothing
             necessarie
             ,
             or
             needlesse
             .
          
           
             q
             shunned
             or
             eschewed
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             put
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             ,
             the
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             pra●…led
             by
             right
             .
          
           
             q
             as
             we
             haue
             heard
             ●…
             .
             Sulpit●…s
             [
             to
             haue
             trauel●…ed
             much
             o●…
             been
             verie
             excellent
             ]
             in
             Astrologie
             .
          
           
             q
             conuersant
             or
             occupied
             .
          
           
             q
             tracing
             or
             finding
             out
             .
          
           
             *
             through
             the.
             
          
           
             q
             doing
             things
             ,
             or
             following
             necessarie
             businesse
             .
          
           
             q
             all
             the
             commendation
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             doing
             or
             performing
             good
             duties
             .
          
           
             q
             an
             intermission
             is
             made
             ,
             or
             may
             be
             .
          
           
             q
             many
             returnes
             are
             giuen
             .
          
           
             q
             many
             returnes
             are
             giuen
             .
          
           
             *
             vnto
             the
             former
             studies
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             also
             the
             tossing
             .
          
           
             *
             ceaseth
             .
          
           
             q
             keepe
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             thinking
             or
             contemplation
             .
          
           
             q
             labour
             .
          
           
             q
             thought
             and
             mouing
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             conuersant
             .
          
           
             q
             consulting
             .
          
           
             q
             concerning
             honest
             things
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             the
             good
             and
             blessed
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             indeed
             .
          
           
             q
             three
             other
             vertues
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             reason
             [
             or
             consideration
             ]
             doth
             extend
             it selfe
             most
             largely
             .
          
           
             q
             wherein
             there
             is
             conta●…ned
             the
             societie
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             in
             which
             .
          
           
             q
             splendour
             .
          
           
             *
             whereof
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…re
             named
             .
          
           
             *
             bountifulnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             this
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             lawful
             to
             call
             .
          
           
             *
             gentlenesse
             .
          
           
             q
             first
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             any
             man
             hurt
             any
             one
             .
          
           
             q
             wrong
             .
          
           
             *
             The
             next
             ,
             or
             secondly
             .
          
           
             *
             his
             owne
             ,
             peculiar
             for
             himselfe
             ,
             or
             priuate
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             no.
             
          
           
             *
             possession
             or
             tenure
             .
          
           
             *
             waste
             grounds
             or
             places
             without
             inhabitant
             .
          
           
             q
             obtained
             in
             warre
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             which
             it
             is
             don
             .
          
           
             q
             field
             called
             Arpinas
             .
          
           
             *
             accounted
             the
             Arpinatians
             [
             field
             ]
             Thusculan
             ,
             of
             the
             Thusculanes
             .
          
           
             q
             field
             called
             Arpinas
             .
          
           
             *
             setting
             out
             .
          
           
             q
             like
             .
          
           
             q
             like
             .
          
           
             *
             sith
             that
             
          
           
             q
             had
             bin
             .
          
           
             *
             the
             owne
             of
             euery
             one
             .
          
           
             *
             enioy
             .
          
           
             *
             chanced
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             euerie
             one
             or
             to
             himselfe
             .
          
           
             *
             befallen
             him
             .
          
           
             *
             breake
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             fellowship
             amongst
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             Plato
             .
          
           
             *
             onely
             .
          
           
             q
             que
             for
             enim
             .
          
           
             *
             claime
             .
          
           
             q
             our
             parents
             [
             clayme
             ]
             a
             part
             .
          
           
             *
             as
             the
             Stoiks
             hlode
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             all
             .
          
           
             *
             are
             created
             .
          
           
             q
             begotten
             .
          
           
             *
             for
             mans
             cause
             .
          
           
             q
             some
             may
             profit
             others
             .
          
           
             *
             benefit
             or
             helpe
             .
          
           
             q
             In
             this
             .
          
           
             *
             we
             are
             bound
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             leader
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             bring
             into
             the
             midst
             .
          
           
             q
             receiuing
             .
          
           
             *
             knit
             .
          
           
             q
             fellowship
             of
             men
             amongst
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             fidelitie
             or
             faithfull
             dealing
             .
          
           
             Al
             And
             faithfulnesse
             is
             the
             foundation
             of
             Iustice.
             
          
           
             *
             all
             agreements
             .
          
           
             *
             more
             difficult
             .
          
           
             q
             studiously
             .
          
           
             q
             belieue
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             faithfulnesse
             is
             named
             thereof
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             which
             was
             said
             is
             done
             .
          
           
             *
             performed
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             Tullie
             teacheth
             that
             there
             are
             ]
             two
             kindes
             of
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             two
             kindes
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             may
             arise
             or
             be
             deriued
             .
          
           
             *
             belongeth
             .
          
           
             q
             bring
             in
             or
             doe
             iniurie
             .
          
           
             *
             put
             or
             driue
             away
             
          
           
             *
             choler
             .
          
           
             *
             perturbation
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             bring
             violent
             hands
             to
             his
             fellow
             .
          
           
             *
             doth
             not
             defend
             no●…
             〈◊〉
             iniurie
             to
             be
             don
             to
             others
             
          
           
             q
             for
             the
             cause
             of
             h●…rting
             .
          
           
             q
             come
             or
             proceed
             .
          
           
             q
             thinketh
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             except
             .
          
           
             q
             shall
             incur
             some
             damage
             .
          
           
             q
             affected
             or
             touched
             .
          
           
             q
             some
             .
          
           
             q
             attempt
             .
          
           
             *
             iniurie
             .
          
           
             q
             haue
             coueted
             or
             earnestly
             desired
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             vice
             .
          
           
             q
             lie
             open
             or
             extend
             it selfe
             most
             largely
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             greater
             courage
             or
             stomacke
             .
          
           
             q
             belongeth
             or
             hath
             a
             respect
             .
          
           
             q
             gratifying
             .
          
           
             q
             riches
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             any
             money
             or
             any
             summe
             of
             money
             was
             sufficient
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             with
             the
             fruits
             [
             or
             increase
             ]
             whereof
             .
          
           
             *
             if
             he
             were
             not
             able
             to
             maintaine
             an
             ar●…ie
             with
             his
             reuenew
             .
          
           
             q
             nourish
             .
          
           
             q
             Also
             .
          
           
             q
             preparations
             .
          
           
             q
             tricking
             or
             adorning
             .
          
           
             *
             finenesse
             .
          
           
             *
             meanes
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             effected
             .
          
           
             q
             should
             be
             .
          
           
             q
             amplifying
             or
             inc●…rease
             of
             the
             goods
             of
             a
             mans
             family
             .
          
           
             q
             fled
             or
             shunned
             .
          
           
             q
             very
             many
             .
          
           
             q
             brought
             especially
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             a
             forgetfulnesse
             of
             Iustice
             should
             take
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             haue
             or
             shall
             fall
             .
          
           
             q
             honours
             .
          
           
             q
             sacred
             fellowship
             .
          
           
             *
             reacheth
             further
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             that
             sort
             .
          
           
             *
             be
             cheefe
             .
          
           
             *
             therein
             falleth
             out
             for
             most
             part
             so
             great
             contention
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             made
             or
             happeneth
             .
          
           
             *
             storme
             raised
             of
             late
             by
             Caius
             Cesar
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             peruerted
             or
             turned
             topsie
             turuie
             .
          
           
             *
             the
             lawes
             of
             God
             and
             man.
             
          
           
             *
             for
             the
             cause
             of
             that
             principalitie
             
          
           
             q
             opinion
             .
          
           
             *
             stoutest
             stomacks
             or
             brauest
             mindes
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             to
             be
             looked
             to
             .
          
           
             q
             lest
             it
             be
             any
             thing
             offended
             in
             that
             kinde
             or
             behalfe
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             verie
             much
             concerneth
             .
          
           
             *
             wrong
             .
          
           
             q
             any
             perturbation
             ,
             or
             vpon
             a
             hotte
             blood
             as
             it
             is
             called
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             a
             time
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             set
             purpose
             or
             consultation
             .
          
           
             q
             things
             .
          
           
             *
             easier
             .
          
           
             q
             befall
             .
          
           
             q
             motion
             or
             passion
             .
          
           
             *
             deuised
             &
             thoght
             of
             b●…fore
             .
          
           
             *
             p●…epared
             for
             .
          
           
             *
             enough
             hath
             bin
             spoken
             .
          
           
             q
             bringing
             in
             or
             offering
             iniurie
             .
          
           
             q
             spring
             or
             growe
             .
          
           
             q
             And.
             
          
           
             q
             moe
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…termitting
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             defend
             one
             another
             .
          
           
             q
             forsaking
             .
          
           
             q
             they
             will
             not
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             take
             vpon
             them
             or
             vndergoe
             .
          
           
             q
             enmities
             or
             ill
             will.
             
          
           
             q
             cost
             .
          
           
             q
             slugg●…shnesse
             ▪
             ignorance
             or
             cowa●…d
             linesse
             .
          
           
             q
             occupations
             .
          
           
             *
             helplesse
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             saue
             harmeless
             .
          
           
             q
             Therefore
             we
             must
             looke
             .
          
           
             q
             lest
             it
             be
             not
             sufficient
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             Plato
             concerning
             the
             Philosophers
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             them
             ]
             to
             be
             iust
             therfore
             .
          
           
             q
             conuersant
             or
             exercised
             .
          
           
             q
             tracing
             or
             searching
             out
             of
             the
             truth
             .
          
           
             q
             depise
             .
          
           
             q
             account
             for
             nothing
             or
             make
             no
             reckning
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             most
             part
             of
             men
             
          
           
             *
             greedily
             seeke
             after
             .
          
           
             q
             cōcerning
             which
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             to
             fight
             with
             swords
             ,
             contend
             or
             braul●…
             .
          
           
             q
             offering
             iniurie
             .
          
           
             q
             letted
             by
             a
             desire
             of
             getting
             learning
             
          
           
             q
             in
             truth
             he
             thinketh
             .
          
           
             q
             them
             not
             about
             to
             come
             to
             the
             commonweale
             ,
             or
             to
             intermeddle
             in
             .
          
           
             q
             but
             compelled
             or
             inforced
             ,
             or
             were
             they
             not
             compeld
             .
          
           
             *
             more
             reason
             that
             it
             should
             be
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             with
             good
             will
             ,
             without
             constraint
             .
          
           
             q
             well
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             same
             is
             iust
             to
             ▪
             if
             it
             be
             done
             voluntarily
             .
          
           
             *
             loue
             .
          
           
             *
             looking
             to
             their
             houshold
             affaires
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             a
             certaine
             hate
             or
             some
             grudge
             .
          
           
             q
             themselues
             to
             do
             ,
             or
             to
             follow
             .
          
           
             q
             themselues
             to
             do
             ,
             or
             to
             follow
             .
          
           
             q
             may
             be
             thought
             .
          
           
             *
             fellowship
             .
          
           
             q
             nothing
             of
             study
             ,
             nothing
             of
             labour
             ,
             nothing
             of
             substance
             .
          
           
             q
             Because
             therefore
             after
             we
             haue
             declared
             the
             two
             kindes
             of
             iniustice
             .
          
           
             q
             either
             kinde
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             iudge
             easily
             .
          
           
             *
             loue
             or
             flatter
             our selues
             too
             much
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             hard
             to
             take
             care
             of
             other
             mens
             matters
             .
          
           
             q
             Terentian
             Chremes.
             
          
           
             q
             thinketh
             nothing
             to
             be
             strange
             to
             him
             of
             that
             which
             appertaineth
             to
             man.
             
          
           
             *
             estranged
             from
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             yet
             .
          
           
             q
             evther
             prosperous
             or
             crosse
             .
          
           
             q
             befall
             
          
           
             *
             as
             ye
             would
             say
             .
          
           
             q
             commaunde
             or
             teach
             well
             .
          
           
             q
             equitie
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             *
             is
             apparant
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             q
             declareth
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             cogitation
             of
             in●…urie
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             duties
             are
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             circumstances
             
          
           
             q
             officious
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             be
             departed
             .
          
           
             q
             Apex
             is
             taken
             for
             the
             highest
             top
             of
             any
             thing
             ;
             heere
             for
             ●…ice
             quiddities
             or
             extremities
             of
             law
             .
          
           
             *
             seasons
             .
          
           
             q
             fall
             out
             often
             .
          
           
             q
             worthy
             of
             .
          
           
             *
             become
             cleane
             otherwise
             .
          
           
             q
             as
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             iust
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             furious
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             becommeth
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             them
             ]
             to
             be
             referred
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             hurt
             be
             done
             to
             no
             man.
             
          
           
             *
             next
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             be
             serued
             to
             the
             common
             profit
             ,
             viz.
             that
             the
             cōmon
             commoditie
             be
             preferred
             .
          
           
             q
             duty
             is
             changed
             when
             as
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             remaines
             not
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             same
             
          
           
             q
             for
             some
             promise
             may
             fall
             out
             and
             couenant
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             it
             may
             be
             vnprofitable
             to
             be
             effected
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             .
          
           
             *
             reported
             in
             stories
             .
          
           
             *
             performed
             .
          
           
             *
             See
             the
             marginall
             note
             in
             the
             latine
             bookes
             .
          
           
             q
             depriued
             .
          
           
             *
             boones
             .
          
           
             q
             he
             being
             angry
             .
          
           
             *
             asked
             .
          
           
             *
             for
             the
             death
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             greatest
             mourning
             .
          
           
             q
             neither
             those
             promises
             are
             .
          
           
             *
             fulfilled
             .
          
           
             q
             promised
             .
          
           
             q
             profit
             .
          
           
             *
             made
             the
             promises
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             the
             greater
             losse
             should
             be
             .
          
           
             *
             harme
             .
          
           
             q
             put
             before
             or
             preferred
             to
             the
             lesse
             .
          
           
             q
             shall
             appoint
             or
             promise
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             you
             will
             come
             to
             be
             an
             aduocate
             or
             counsellour
             to
             speake
             for
             another
             in
             his
             matter
             which
             is
             in
             hand
             .
          
           
             q
             doe
             .
          
           
             *
             promised
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             was
             promised
             .
          
           
             q
             depart
             .
          
           
             q
             complaine
             himselfe
             to
             be
             left
             destitue
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             to
             be
             stoode
             to
             ,
             or
             that
             we
             are
             not
             to
             stand
             to
             ,
             or
             that
             it
             is
             not
             meet
             to
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             any
             man.
             
          
           
             *
             most
             of
             which
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             most
             of
             them
             are
             freed
             .
          
           
             q
             most
             of
             them
             are
             freed
             .
          
           
             *
             Chancery
             or
             Court
             of
             conscience
             .
          
           
             q
             Lawes
             ,
             or
             statute-lawes
             .
          
           
             q
             Equity
             is
             to
             be
             looked
             to
             in
             law
             matters
             .
          
           
             q
             Offices
             or
             matters
             .
          
           
             q
             Also
             wrongs
             are
             oft
             times
             .
          
           
             q
             but.
             
          
           
             q
             naughty
             or
             wrested
             misconstruing
             .
          
           
             q
             The
             chiefest
             or
             vtmost
             ,
             or
             the
             vigour
             of
             lawe
             .
          
           
             q
             chiefe
             .
          
           
             *
             made
             .
          
           
             q
             worne
             .
          
           
             q
             speech
             or
             communication
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             the
             common-weale
             .
          
           
             q
             league
             of
             peace
             .
          
           
             q
             truce
             of
             a
             hundreth
             and
             thirtie
             daies
             were
             couenāted
             with
             the
             enemy
             
          
           
             q
             destroyed
             ,
             wasted
             or
             ouer●…anne
             .
          
           
             q
             fields
             by
             night
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             truce
             of
             daies
             and
             not
             of
             nights
             were
             couenanted
             
          
           
             q
             neither
             truly
             .
          
           
             q
             ou●…s
             .
          
           
             q
             allowed
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             Quintus
             Fabius
             
          
           
             q
             giuen
             .
          
           
             *
             vmpire
             or
             daies-man
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             the
             Nolanes
             .
          
           
             *
             and
             them
             of
             Naples
             .
          
           
             *
             about
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             haue
             spoken
             with
             either
             of
             them
             seuerally
             .
          
           
             *
             greedily
             .
          
           
             q
             set
             backe
             or
             retire
             
          
           
             *
             encroche
             one
             vpon
             another
             .
          
           
             *
             which
             when
             either
             of
             them
             had
             done
             .
          
           
             *
             there
             was
             a
             parcell
             of
             ground
             ,
             &c.
             set
             out
             or
             bounded
             .
          
           
             Al
             on
             both
             sides
             .
          
           
             *
             yeelded
             .
          
           
             *
             eschewed
             .
          
           
             q
             thing
             ,
             or
             case
             .
          
           
             *
             in
             reuenge
             and
             chastisement
             .
          
           
             *
             wot
             not
             .
          
           
             q
             him
             who
             began
             to
             repent
             of
             his
             iniury
             .
          
           
             q
             prouoked
             .
          
           
             q
             any
             like
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             warres
             .
          
           
             q
             matters
             required
             or
             challenged
             ,
             viz.
             the
             things
             which
             they
             who
             begin
             ,
             would
             require
             .
          
           
             *
             we
             vse
             no
             cruelty
             
          
           
             q
             couenants
             .
          
           
             *
             mercifully
             or
             curteously
             .
          
           
             q
             Also
             .
          
           
             q
             warre
             .
          
           
             q
             preserued
             in
             any
             wise
             .
          
           
             q
             disputing
             or
             debating
             the
             matter
             .
          
           
             *
             violence
             .
          
           
             q
             proper
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             .
          
           
             q
             truly
             .
          
           
             q
             vndertaken
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             this
             end
             and
             purpose
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             may
             liued
             [
             of
             vs.
             ]
          
           
             *
             they
             ought
             to
             be
             saued
             .
          
           
             q
             bin
             cruell
             in
             war.
             
          
           
             q
             fierce
             ,
             sauage
             or
             outragious
             .
          
           
             q
             Equies
             .
          
           
             q
             tooke
             away
             [
             or
             spoiled
             ]
             vtterly
             .
          
           
             q
             I
             would
             not
             Co●…inth
             .
          
           
             q
             I
             belieue
             them
             to
             haue
             followed
             the
             opportunity
             of
             the
             place
             especially
             .
          
           
             q
             prouoke
             them
             to
             make
             warre
             .
          
           
             q
             Truly
             in
             my
             opinion
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             are
             alwaie
             to
             consult
             for
             peace
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             shall
             haue
             no
             deceipt
             .
          
           
             q
             if
             it
             had
             been
             obeyed
             vnto
             me
             ,
             or
             if
             I
             had
             bin
             obeyed
             .
          
           
             q
             best
             [
             common-weale
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             to
             be
             prouided
             for
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             haue
             ouercomne
             .
          
           
             q
             then
             they
             who
             their
             weapons
             being
             laide
             away
             fly
             to
             the
             fidelitie
             of
             the
             Emperours
             .
          
           
             q
             Aries
             ,
             is
             an
             engine
             called
             a
             ram
             :
             which
             serued
             in
             warre
             to
             beate
             downe
             walls
             .
          
           
             q
             smitton
             downe
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             which
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             so
             verie
             greatly
             .
          
           
             q
             at
             or
             with
             ours
             
          
           
             *
             vnto
             their
             fidelitie
             .
          
           
             q
             ouercome
             ,
             subdued
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             them
             ,
             viz.
             of
             those
             cities
             and
             nations
             .
          
           
             *
             after
             the
             manner
             .
          
           
             q
             truly
             .
          
           
             q
             equitie
             .
          
           
             *
             set
             downe
             .
          
           
             *
             sincerely
             .
          
           
             q
             law
             of
             the
             heralds
             who
             were
             to
             proclame
             warre
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             which
             .
          
           
             q
             no
             war
             to
             be
             iust
             .
          
           
             q
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             things
             being
             first
             claymed
             .
          
           
             q
             denounced
             solemly
             or
             published
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             Emperour
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             sonne
             of
             Cato
             ,
             a
             nouice
             .
          
           
             q
             did
             play
             the
             souldier
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             q
             seemed
             good
             to
             .
          
           
             q
             send
             away
             or
             discharge
             .
          
           
             q
             legion
             of
             souldiers
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             fighting
             .
          
           
             q
             should
             suffer
             .
          
           
             q
             tarry
             .
          
           
             q
             binde
             him
             by
             a
             second
             oath
             of
             warfare
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             former
             [
             oath
             ]
             being
             lost
             ,
             hee
             might
             not
             fight
             by
             right
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             chiefe
             obseruation
             they
             had
             .
          
           
             q
             mouing
             or
             managing
             their
             warre
             .
          
           
             q
             an
             epistle
             [
             extant
             ]
          
           
             q
             being
             an
             olde
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             himselfe
             to
             haue
             heard
             .
          
           
             q
             him
             to
             haue
             bin
             dismissed
             .
          
           
             q
             whenas
             he
             was
             a
             souldier
             .
          
           
             q
             admonisheth
             him
             to
             .
          
           
             *
             take
             heede
             .
          
           
             q
             into
             the
             battel
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             it
             was
             lawful
             .
          
           
             *
             a
             sworne
             souldier
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             good
             truth
             do
             obserue
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             who
             was
             a
             stubborne
             enemy
             by
             a
             proper
             name
             or
             by
             a
             proprietie
             of
             speech
             .
          
           
             *
             an
             open
             enemy
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             souldier
             or
             man
             of
             war.
             
          
           
             q
             sorowfulnesse
             .
          
           
             *
             matter
             .
          
           
             *
             amongst
             .
          
           
             *
             in
             these
             words
             ,
             Aut
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             gentlenesse
             or
             moderation
             .
          
           
             q
             soft
             or
             milde
             .
          
           
             *
             wage
             warre
             .
          
           
             q
             long
             continuance
             
          
           
             *
             odious
             .
          
           
             q
             hath
             .
          
           
             *
             standeth
             .
          
           
             q
             remained
             properly
             
          
           
             *
             in
             him
             ,
             viz.
             stands
             for
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             armour
             of
             the
             contrary
             part
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             contended
             ,
             viz.
             the
             contētion
             is
             
          
           
             q
             concerning
             empire
             ,
             viz.
             about
             gouerning
             or
             ruling
             ,
             who
             shall
             rule
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             causes
             to
             be
             the
             same
             altogether
             which
             I
             said
             a
             little
             before
             ,
             to
             be
             the
             iust
             causes
             of
             war.
             
          
           
             q
             to
             which
             .
          
           
             q
             empire
             or
             bearing
             rule
             .
          
           
             q
             lesse
             bitterly
             .
          
           
             q
             ciuilly
             .
          
           
             *
             if
             it
             bee
             against
             an
             enemie
             :
             otherwise
             if
             against
             a
             competi●…
             .
          
           
             *
             a
             ●…uter
             against
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             the
             strife
             of
             honour
             &
             dignitie
             is
             with
             the
             one
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             the
             head
             .
          
           
             *
             waged
             .
          
           
             q
             bee
             .
          
           
             q
             war
             was
             holden
             with
             the
             ●…atines
             .
          
           
             q
             Pe●…os
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             was
             foughten
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             ,
             viz.
             who
             should
             beate
             rule
             .
          
           
             q
             Penes
             .
          
           
             q
             That
             indeed
             is
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             a
             worthy
             sentence
             or
             speeche
             .
          
           
             q
             concerning
             captiues
             to
             be
             restored
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             my selfe
             .
          
           
             *
             summe
             of
             mony
             or
             hire
             .
          
           
             q
             playing
             the
             hu●…sters
             with
             war.
             
          
           
             q
             making
             war.
             
          
           
             q
             making
             war.
             
          
           
             q
             trie
             out
             or
             fight
             for
             our
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             iron
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             mistresse
             will
             haue
             it
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             or
             what
             fortune
             may
             bring
             .
          
           
             q
             vertue
             .
          
           
             q
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             vertue
             of
             whom
             .
          
           
             q
             shall
             be
             spared
             .
          
           
             q
             Account
             it
             for
             a
             guift
             .
          
           
             q
             It
             is
             determined
             ,
             me
             to
             spare
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             I
             giue
             it
             ,
             with
             the
             great
             Gods
             willing
             .
          
           
             q
             Truly
             a
             rega●…l
             [
             or
             kingly
             ]
             sentence
             ,
             and
             worthy
             the
             stocke
             of
             the
             Eacidanes
             .
          
           
             See
             the
             margent
             Latin.
             
          
           
             q
             And
             also
             if
             euerie
             one
             by
             themselues
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             also
             if
             euerie
             one
             by
             themselues
             .
          
           
             q
             led
             or
             drawne
             by
             the
             times
             ,
             viz.
             vpon
             such
             extremities
             .
          
           
             q
             fidelitie
             is
             to
             be
             kept
             in
             the
             same
             verie
             thing
             .
          
           
             *
             war
             of
             Carthage
             
          
           
             q
             had
             bin
             sent
             .
          
           
             q
             concerning
             the
             interchanging
             .
          
           
             q
             himself
             to
             return
             .
          
           
             q
             as
             he
             came
             .
          
           
             q
             he
             thought
             not
             in
             the
             Senate
             ,
             the
             prisoners
             to
             be
             restored
             .
          
           
             *
             he
             should
             haue
             bin
             retained
             or
             stopped
             of
             his
             .
          
           
             q
             chused
             rather
             .
          
           
             q
             deceiue
             or
             frustrate
             his
             fidelity
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             Cannas
             battel
             or
             fielde
             ,
             viz.
             battel
             fought
             the●…e
             .
          
           
             q
             left
             in
             the
             common
             treasure
             ,
             or
             to
             pay
             to
             the
             cōmon
             treasure
             ,
             or
             disfranchiled
             &
             put
             from
             their
             freedome
             to
             pay
             as
             strangers
             .
             verb.
             which
             ten
             Annibal
             sent
             to
             Rome
             bounde
             with
             an
             oth
             themselues
             to
             returne
             ,
             except
             they
             had
             obtained
             concerning
             the
             redeeming
             of
             those
             which
             were
             taken
             ;
             the
             Censor●…
             left
             them
             all
             in
             fines
             [
             or
             to
             pay
             yeerely
             fines
             ]
             who
             had
             fors●…orne
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             any
             of
             them
             liued
             .
          
           
             q
             left
             in
             the
             common
             treasure
             ,
             or
             to
             pay
             to
             the
             cōmon
             treasure
             ,
             or
             disfranchiled
             &
             put
             from
             their
             freedome
             to
             pay
             as
             strangers
             .
             verb.
             which
             ten
             Annibal
             sent
             to
             Rome
             bounde
             with
             an
             oth
             themselues
             to
             returne
             ,
             except
             they
             had
             obtained
             concerning
             the
             redeeming
             of
             those
             which
             were
             taken
             ;
             the
             Censor●…
             left
             them
             all
             in
             fines
             [
             or
             to
             pay
             yeerely
             fines
             ]
             who
             had
             fors●…orne
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             any
             of
             them
             liued
             .
          
           
             q
             nor
             lesse
             [
             or
             and
             no
             lesse
             ]
             him
             who
             had
             found
             a
             fault
             by
             the
             decerning
             of
             his
             oth
             .
          
           
             q
             gone
             out
             by
             Annibals
             licence
             .
          
           
             *
             within
             a
             little
             while
             after
             .
          
           
             q
             because
             .
          
           
             q
             himselfe
             to
             haue
             forgotten
             .
          
           
             *
             discharged
             of
             his
             oth
             .
          
           
             q
             you
             ought
             to
             thinke
             in
             fidelitie
             [
             or
             giuing
             your
             faithfull
             word
             ]
          
           
             q
             haue
             meant
             [
             or
             ought
             to
             haue
             meant
             .
             ]
          
           
             *
             most
             notable
             example
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             constituted
             or
             appointed
             .
          
           
             *
             a
             traitor
             hauing
             run
             away
             from
             Pyrrhus
             .
          
           
             q
             himselfe
             to
             giue
             poison
             to
             the
             king
             ,
             [
             or
             to
             poison
             the
             king
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             He
             ,
             or
             the
             Senate
             .
          
           
             *
             by
             treacherie
             or
             wickednesse
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             death
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             his
             owne
             accord
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             spoken
             .
          
           
             q
             warlike
             or
             warfaring
             or
             militarie
             Duties
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             lowest
             men
             ,
             viz.
             the
             meanest
             .
          
           
             q
             fortune
             .
          
           
             q
             seruants
             .
          
           
             q
             hirelings
             or
             mercenarie
             .
          
           
             q
             exact
             .
          
           
             q
             performe
             iust
             things
             vnto
             them
             
          
           
             q
             giue
             precepts
             amisse
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             *
             is
             .
          
           
             *
             violence
             .
          
           
             *
             fraude
             .
          
           
             *
             the
             property
             of
             the
             fox
             .
          
           
             q
             alienated
             or
             〈◊〉
             ged
             from
             man.
             
          
           
             *
             deserueth
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             worthy
             grieuous
             punishment
             or
             more
             hainous
             .
          
           
             *
             so
             handle
             the
             matter
             .
          
           
             q
             Concerning
             Iustice
             enough
             is
             said
             .
          
           
             q
             knit
             .
          
           
             q
             teacheth
             three
             things
             to
             be
             looked
             vnto
             chiefly
             .
          
           
             q
             others
             .
          
           
             *
             would
             giue
             .
          
           
             *
             vse
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             the
             measure
             of
             our
             substance
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             [
             men
             ]
             being
             commendable
             or
             praise
             worthie
             .
          
           
             q
             prosecute
             vs
             in
             honest
             good
             will
             ,
          
           
             q
             some
             band
             of
             societie
             doth
             come
             betweene
             to
             vs
             or
             pas●…e
             between
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             measured
             backe
             .
          
           
             q
             chiefe
             fountaine
             or
             spring
             .
          
           
             q
             how
             much
             .
          
           
             *
             carefully
             .
          
           
             q
             Let
             it
             be
             spoken
             furthermore
             ,
             as
             it
             was
             purposed
             ,
             of
             bountie
             and
             liberalitie
             .
          
           
             q
             determined
             .
          
           
             *
             beseeming
             or
             agreeable
             to
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             see
             .
          
           
             q
             lest
             our
             bountie
             .
          
           
             q
             those
             themselues
             to
             whom
             it
             shall
             seeme
             to
             bee
             done
             bountifully
             .
          
           
             *
             afterwards
             .
          
           
             q
             liberalitie
             .
          
           
             q
             greater
             then
             our
             substance
             .
          
           
             q
             Then.
             
          
           
             *
             must
             be
             applied
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             will
             or
             desire
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             q
             iudged
             .
          
           
             q
             pestilent
             .
          
           
             q
             who
             .
          
           
             q
             others
             .
          
           
             q
             doe
             fall
             into
             .
          
           
             *
             For
             there
             are
             :
             autem
             for
             enim
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             [
             those
             ]
             indeede
             .
          
           
             *
             forceablely
             take
             .
          
           
             *
             giue
             vainely
             .
          
           
             q
             their
             owne
             .
          
           
             *
             any
             way
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             must
             see
             therefore
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             no
             body
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             L.
             Syll●…
             .
          
           
             q
             translating
             .
          
           
             q
             money
             .
          
           
             q
             Lords
             or
             maister●…
             
          
           
             *
             others
             .
          
           
             q
             liberall
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             same
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             other
             place
             of
             caution
             was
             ,
             or
             the
             second
             caution
             .
          
           
             *
             liberalitie
             .
          
           
             q
             greater
             .
          
           
             q
             bountifull
             .
          
           
             q
             substance
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             neighbours
             or
             kinsmen
             ,
             next
             any
             way
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             what
             riches
             it
             were
             more
             equall
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             fremfolkes
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             their
             kinsfolks
             .
          
           
             q
             taking
             away
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             store
             may
             abounde
             .
          
           
             q
             giue
             prodigally
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             may
             also
             see
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             most
             part
             .
          
           
             q
             glory
             .
          
           
             q
             come
             .
          
           
             q
             good
             will.
             
          
           
             q
             dissembling
             ,
             a
             neerer
             neighbour
             .
          
           
             q
             thing
             propounded
             .
          
           
             q
             choice
             .
          
           
             q
             dignitie
             .
          
           
             q
             shall
             be
             looked
             vnto
             .
          
           
             q
             minde
             or
             good
             will.
             
          
           
             q
             conferred
             .
          
           
             q
             good
             turnes
             ,
             or
             seruices
             or
             duties
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             our
             profit
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             thing
             to
             be
             wished
             .
          
           
             q
             meet
             together
             ,
             that
             all
             which
             may
             concur
             it
             is
             to
             be
             wished
             .
          
           
             q
             maners
             to
             be
             looked
             vnto
             .
          
           
             q
             reason
             .
          
           
             *
             patterne
             or
             resemblance
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             liued
             ,
             leade
             our
             life
             .
          
           
             *
             throughly
             or
             absolutely
             wise
             .
          
           
             q
             those
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             done
             verie
             well
             .
          
           
             *
             if
             they
             be
             .
          
           
             q
             thinke
             .
          
           
             q
             vnderstoode
             .
          
           
             q
             no
             man
             to
             be
             despised
             .
          
           
             q
             signification
             ,
             or
             shewe
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             euerie
             one
             to
             be
             so
             honoured
             especially
             .
          
           
             q
             chiefely
             adorned
             
          
           
             *
             moderation
             .
          
           
             q
             wee
             haue
             spoken
             much
             before
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             valiant
             minde
             and
             great
             .
          
           
             *
             spirit
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             perfect
             nor
             wise
             .
          
           
             *
             viz.
             modestie
             ,
             temperance
             and
             iustice
             .
          
           
             q
             touch
             .
          
           
             *
             how
             we
             are
             to
             consider
             .
          
           
             *
             esteemed
             .
          
           
             q
             And.
             
          
           
             *
             beareth
             .
          
           
             q
             let
             vs
             iudge
             
          
           
             q
             guise
             or
             fashion
             .
          
           
             q
             feruency
             .
          
           
             *
             assurednesse
             and
             steadfastnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             if
             there
             shall
             be
             deserts
             .
          
           
             q
             fauour
             is
             not
             to
             bee
             gone
             into
             or
             to
             besought
             ,
             but
             to
             be
             requited
             .
          
           
             q
             added
             .
          
           
             *
             for
             .
          
           
             *
             thankfulnesse
             .
          
           
             *
             thankfulnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             receiued
             to
             vse
             or
             occupy
             .
          
           
             q
             greater
             .
          
           
             q
             benefit
             .
          
           
             *
             fruitfull
             .
          
           
             q
             doubt
             not
             .
          
           
             q
             profit
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             what
             ones
             .
          
           
             q
             giuing
             .
          
           
             q
             whether
             we
             will
             giue
             or
             no
             is
             in
             our
             owne
             power
             ,
             choice
             
          
           
             q
             not
             to
             restore
             is
             not
             lawfull
             for
             a
             good
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             choises
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             each
             greatest
             ,
             or
             who
             hath
             done
             vs
             the
             greatest
             kindenesse
             .
          
           
             *
             considered
             .
          
           
             q
             euery
             one
             .
          
           
             *
             doth
             it
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             or
             through
             .
          
           
             q
             rashnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             iudgement
             ,
             reason
             
          
           
             q
             stirred
             vp
             by
             force
             of
             minde
             .
          
           
             *
             rushing
             .
          
           
             *
             kindenesses
             .
          
           
             q
             deferred
             or
             giuen
             
          
           
             q
             considerately
             .
          
           
             *
             gratifying
             any
             .
          
           
             q
             alike
             .
          
           
             q
             this
             is
             chiefly
             of
             Duty
             .
          
           
             q
             euerie
             one
             .
          
           
             q
             especially
             .
          
           
             *
             aide
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             the
             most
             .
          
           
             *
             contrariwise
             .
          
           
             q
             from
             whome
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             these
             things
             
          
           
             *
             respect
             him
             .
          
           
             *
             chiefly
             .
          
           
             q
             Ioyning
             together
             o●…
             familiari●…e
             .
          
           
             q
             fellowship
             ,
             loue
             .
          
           
             q
             preserued
             best
             .
          
           
             q
             each
             ,
             or
             any
             one
             .
          
           
             q
             most
             liberalitie
             shall
             be
             bestowed
             on
             him
             .
          
           
             *
             kindnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             repeate
             more
             deepely
             .
          
           
             q
             beginnings
             of
             .
          
           
             *
             first
             things
             or
             principles
             of
             nature
             
          
           
             q
             the
             fellowship
             of
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             the
             first
             [
             principle
             .
             ]
          
           
             *
             appeareth
             .
          
           
             q
             winneth
             one
             man
             to
             another
             .
          
           
             q
             communicating
             .
          
           
             q
             disputing
             .
          
           
             q
             are
             we
             further
             away
             in
             any
             thing
             .
          
           
             *
             sauage
             .
          
           
             q
             strength
             to
             be
             i●…
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             iustice
             ,
             equity
             ,
             or
             goodnesse
             to
             be
             in
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             societie
             .
          
           
             q
             this
             is
             the
             largest
             spreading
             fellowship
             .
          
           
             *
             amongst
             themselues
             .
          
           
             *
             giuen
             or
             afforded
             .
          
           
             q
             described
             .
          
           
             *
             kept
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             which
             same
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             owe
             to
             be
             .
          
           
             q
             And.
             
          
           
             q
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             applied
             .
          
           
             q
             light
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             his
             light
             .
          
           
             q
             kindle
             it
             to
             him
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             one
             precept
             is
             sufficient
             .
          
           
             *
             losse
             or
             hurt
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             euen
             vnknowne
             .
          
           
             q
             those
             things
             are
             common
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             running
             water
             to
             any
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             one
             deliberating
             .
          
           
             q
             troublesome
             or
             burdensome
             .
          
           
             *
             doe
             something
             to
             further
             the
             common
             commoditie
             
          
           
             q
             of
             euerie
             one
             by
             himselfe
             .
          
           
             q
             riches
             .
          
           
             q
             these
             riches
             .
          
           
             *
             which
             Ennius
             speaketh
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             may
             shine
             to
             him selfe
             .
          
           
             *
             for
             to
             leaue
             that
             endlesse
             number
             .
          
           
             q
             countrie
             or
             people
             .
          
           
             q
             tongue
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             which
             .
          
           
             q
             chiefly
             .
          
           
             q
             inward
             .
          
           
             *
             one
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             there
             are
             many
             things
             common
             to
             citizens
             among
             themselues
             .
          
           
             q
             place
             where
             the
             court
             is
             kept
             or
             the
             market
             .
          
           
             q
             temples
             .
          
           
             q
             porches
             or
             galleries
             .
          
           
             q
             waies
             .
          
           
             q
             rights
             .
          
           
             q
             besides
             .
          
           
             q
             reasons
             [
             couenants
             or
             dealings
             ]
             contracted
             .
          
           
             q
             sundry
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             straighter
             binding
             together
             or
             neerer
             .
          
           
             *
             infinite
             or
             innumerable
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             shut
             vp
             into
             verie
             little
             and
             streight
             [
             place
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             sith
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             all
             liuing
             creatures
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             lust
             of
             procreation
             ,
             breeding
             or
             ingendring
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             wedlocke
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             then
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             which
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             beginning
             .
          
           
             q
             seminarie
             .
          
           
             q
             coniunctions
             or
             societies
             of
             brethren
             do
             follow
             .
          
           
             q
             cosin
             germanes
             ,
             viz.
             brethren
             and
             sisters
             children
             .
          
           
             q
             taken
             or
             holden
             .
          
           
             q
             newe
             townes
             .
          
           
             q
             mariages
             .
          
           
             q
             affinities
             .
          
           
             q
             moe
             .
          
           
             *
             spring
             .
          
           
             *
             multiplication
             .
          
           
             q
             issue
             or
             ofspring
             .
          
           
             *
             felowship
             or
             matching
             of
             bloods
             .
          
           
             *
             bindeth
             .
          
           
             q
             holy
             rites
             .
          
           
             q
             sepulchers
             ,
             or
             places
             of
             buriall
             common
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             excellent
             .
          
           
             *
             sure
             or
             stable
             .
          
           
             q
             maners
             .
          
           
             q
             conioyned
             .
          
           
             q
             spoken
             of
             .
          
           
             *
             allureth
             vs.
             
          
           
             *
             to
             be
             friendly
             .
          
           
             q
             be
             in
             ,
             or
             to
             dwell
             .
          
           
             *
             euery
             vertue
             ,
             or
             all
             kinde
             of
             vertues
             .
          
           
             *
             her
             .
          
           
             q
             maketh
             that
             we
             loue
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             effecteth
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             in
             ,
             viz.
             dwell
             or
             harbour
             .
          
           
             q
             especially
             .
          
           
             *
             And
             indeed
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             amiable
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             coupling
             together
             .
          
           
             q
             similitude
             of
             good
             maners
             .
          
           
             q
             like
             studies
             .
          
           
             q
             wills
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             done
             in
             these
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             each
             is
             delighted
             equally
             with
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             is
             effected
             or
             commeth
             to
             passe
             .
          
           
             q
             willeth
             .
          
           
             q
             one
             be
             made
             of
             many
             .
          
           
             q
             communitie
             of
             fellowship
             ,
             or
             societies
             
          
           
             q
             is
             made
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             benefits
             or
             good
             turnes
             .
          
           
             q
             taken
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             kindnesses
             .
          
           
             *
             common
             from
             one
             to
             another
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             pleasure
             one
             another
             .
          
           
             q
             those
             [
             kindnesses
             ]
             are
             .
          
           
             q
             tied
             in
             fast
             fellowship
             .
          
           
             q
             viewed
             or
             perused
             .
          
           
             q
             reason
             and
             minde
             
          
           
             q
             there
             is
             none
             of
             all
             societies
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             is
             to
             euery
             one
             of
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             [
             Our
             ]
             parents
             [
             are
             ]
             deare
             ,
             [
             our
             ]
             children
             [
             are
             ]
             dear
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             our
             ]
             kinsfolkes
             &
             familiar
             [
             friends
             ]
             [
             are
             ]
             deare
             .
          
           
             q
             can
             or
             would
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             ofter
             himselfe
             to
             death
             willingly
             ,
             or
             to
             die
             .
          
           
             q
             profit
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             q
             By
             which
             [
             or
             by
             how
             much
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             more
             detestable
             
          
           
             q
             torne
             in
             peeces
             ,
             rende
             their
             country
             in
             sunder
             .
          
           
             q
             all
             horrible
             wickednesse
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             blotting
             it
             out
             [
             or
             destroying
             it
             ]
             vtterly
             .
             
               See
               heere
               the
               pouder
               traitors
               &
               all
               of
               that
               bloody
               faction
               .
            
          
           
             q
             any
             contention
             and
             comparison
             bee
             made
             .
          
           
             q
             most
             or
             duty
             ought
             to
             be
             giuen
             .
          
           
             q
             principall
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             the
             benefits
             of
             whom
             wee
             are
             bounde
             chiefly
             .
          
           
             Al
             next
             our
             children
             and
             our
             whole
             house
             .
          
           
             q
             looketh
             to
             vs
             and
             can
             haue
             no
             other
             refuge
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             then
             .
          
           
             q
             with
             whom
             for
             most
             part
             a
             cōmon
             fortune
             .
          
           
             *
             comforts
             .
          
           
             q
             life
             &
             commonnesse
             of
             table
             .
          
           
             *
             communications
             
          
           
             *
             comfortings
             .
          
           
             q
             sometimes
             .
          
           
             q
             do
             florish
             especially
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             is
             the
             most
             pleasant
             friendship
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             similitude
             of
             maners
             .
          
           
             q
             yoked
             together
             .
          
           
             q
             It
             behooueth
             the
             Duties
             of
             liberalitie
             to
             be
             looked
             vnto
             not
             onely
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             from
             .
          
           
             q
             distributing
             or
             performing
             al
             these
             
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             to
             be
             seen
             .
          
           
             *
             needfull
             .
          
           
             q
             can
             attaine
             or
             cannot
             .
          
           
             *
             must
             not
             be
             alike
             to
             the
             degrees
             of
             times
             .
          
           
             Al.
             And
             there
             are
             Duties
             .
          
           
             q
             due
             rather
             .
          
           
             q
             getting
             .
          
           
             q
             controuersie
             in
             iudgement
             .
          
           
             q
             warily
             looked
             vnto
             .
          
           
             q
             exercise
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             to
             be
             taken
             .
          
           
             *
             able
             to
             giue
             vp
             a
             good
             account
             .
          
           
             q
             reckners
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             may
             be
             the
             summe
             of
             the
             rest
             or
             remainder
             .
          
           
             q
             you
             may
             vnderstand
             ,
             viz.
             a
             man
             may
             vnderstand
             .
          
           
             q
             perceiued
             [
             or
             attained
             ]
             the
             precepts
             
          
           
             q
             praise
             .
          
           
             q
             exercise
             .
          
           
             *
             obseruing
             .
          
           
             q
             set
             downe
             or
             deliuered
             .
          
           
             q
             may
             doe
             them
             
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             q
             greatnesse
             or
             difficulty
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             we
             haue
             said
             almost
             enough
             .
          
           
             q
             ariseth
             or
             cometh
             
          
           
             q
             drawn
             or
             fetched
             .
          
           
             q
             right
             of
             mans
             fellowship
             .
          
           
             q
             valiantnesse
             of
             courage
             ,
             nobleness
             of
             stomacke
             or
             fortitude
             .
          
           
             q
             doth
             come
             from
             .
          
           
             q
             amplitude
             or
             greatnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             going
             to
             [
             or
             attempting
             ]
             peril
             's
             .
          
           
             q
             going
             about
             .
          
           
             q
             There
             is
             to
             this
             at
             the
             right
             [
             hand
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             foolish
             hardinesse
             or
             ouer●…entrous
             bouldnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             proud
             presumption
             .
          
           
             q
             confidence
             [
             or
             presumption
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             frowardnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             cruelty
             or
             tyranny
             
          
           
             q
             an
             immoderate
             desire
             of
             honour
             .
          
           
             q
             timorousnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             slothfulnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             blockishnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             .
          
           
             *
             practised
             .
          
           
             *
             martiall
             business
             or
             matters
             of
             warre
             or
             chiualrie
             .
          
           
             q
             Cicero
             .
          
           
             q
             disputeth
             .
          
           
             q
             slee
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             to
             seem
             most
             bright
             ,
             or
             most
             glorious
             .
          
           
             q
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             haughty
             courage
             .
          
           
             q
             humane
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             especially
             in
             readinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             reproachfull
             speeches
             .
          
           
             q
             doe
             beare
             .
          
           
             q
             womanlike
             mindes
             .
          
           
             q
             maid
             .
          
           
             *
             thou
             giuest
             .
          
           
             q
             wot
             .
          
           
             *
             noble
             .
          
           
             q
             both
             .
          
           
             *
             discourse
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             Scipioes
             .
          
           
             *
             hath
             the
             commendation
             to
             excel
             .
          
           
             *
             valorousnesse
             or
             noblenesse
             .
          
           
             q
             warlike
             .
          
           
             *
             their
             images
             of
             honour
             set
             vp
             or
             statues
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             military
             attire
             ,
             or
             the
             attire
             of
             souldiers
             .
          
           
             q
             valour
             or
             manhood
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             lose
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             name
             of
             fortitude
             .
          
           
             q
             mind
             or
             courage
             .
          
           
             q
             labours
             .
          
           
             q
             want
             of
             iustice
             .
          
           
             *
             good
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             owne
             commodities
             [
             or
             a
             mans
             priuate
             gain
             ]
          
           
             *
             is
             in
             fault
             [
             or
             is
             to
             bereckoned
             faulty
             ]
          
           
             q
             not
             the
             propertie
             of
             vertue
             .
          
           
             q
             fiercenesse
             .
          
           
             q
             repelling
             all
             humanitie
             .
          
           
             q
             valour
             therefore
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             to
             be
             a
             vertue
             .
          
           
             *
             contending
             .
          
           
             *
             in
             defence
             of
             equitie
             .
          
           
             q
             wilie
             traines
             and
             naughtie
             dealing
             .
          
           
             q
             That
             therefore
             of
             Plato
             is
             worthy
             .
          
           
             q
             remoued
             .
          
           
             q
             craftinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             prepared
             .
          
           
             q
             inforced
             or
             thrust
             forward
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             the
             own
             couetousnesse
             or
             desire
             of
             gaine
             .
          
           
             q
             profit
             .
          
           
             q
             rash
             or
             lewde
             hardinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             manhood
             .
          
           
             q
             valiant
             and
             noble
             minded
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             simple
             .
          
           
             q
             friends
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             the
             middle
             praise
             of
             Iustice
             
          
           
             q
             this
             
          
           
             *
             very
             soone
             .
          
           
             q
             obstinacie
             .
          
           
             q
             as
             it
             is
             in
             Plato
             .
          
           
             q
             prince
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             alone
             .
          
           
             q
             you
             shall
             earnestly
             desire
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             excell
             all
             .
          
           
             *
             belongeth
             properly
             .
          
           
             *
             abide
             that
             they
             should
             be
             ouercomn
             or
             bridled
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             any
             publike
             &
             lawfull
             right
             .
          
           
             q
             giuers
             of
             great
             gifts
             .
          
           
             q
             makers
             of
             factions
             .
          
           
             q
             but
             by
             how
             much
             that
             is
             more
             difficult
             ,
             by
             so
             much
             [
             it
             is
             ]
             more
             famous
             .
          
           
             *
             season
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             want
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             who
             doe
             ,
             but
             who
             driue
             away
             iniurie
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             put
             .
          
           
             q
             himselfe
             to
             be
             chiefe
             .
          
           
             q
             himselfe
             to
             be
             chiefe
             .
          
           
             q
             whoso
             .
          
           
             q
             errour
             .
          
           
             q
             vnskilfull
             multitude
             .
          
           
             q
             he
             is
             not
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             great
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             inforced
             or
             eged
             on
             .
          
           
             q
             doings
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             is
             indeed
             a
             very
             slippery
             place
             
          
           
             q
             labours
             being
             vndertaken
             and
             perils
             gone
             into
             or
             a●…chiued
             .
          
           
             q
             magnanimity
             .
          
           
             q
             prosperous
             and
             aduerse
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             performing
             hard
             matters
             .
          
           
             q
             altogether
             .
          
           
             q
             contempt
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             perswaded
             to
             a
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             a
             man
             to
             owe
             to
             admire
             ,
             wish
             or
             to
             desire
             earnestly
             nothing
             but
             that
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             and
             to
             yeeld
             to
             none
             ,
             neither
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             no.
             
          
           
             q
             passion
             or
             affection
             .
          
           
             q
             affected
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             doe
             .
          
           
             q
             matters
             .
          
           
             q
             vehemently
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             life
             do
             belong
             .
          
           
             q
             splendour
             or
             shining
             brightness
             .
          
           
             q
             dignitie
             .
          
           
             q
             also
             .
          
           
             *
             stands
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             that
             is
             [
             or
             consists
             ]
             therein
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             despising
             worldly
             vanities
             .
          
           
             q
             same
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             seene
             .
          
           
             q
             perturbation
             or
             vexation
             of
             minde
             .
          
           
             q
             account
             small
             ,
             or
             make
             small
             reckoning
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             picked
             out
             ,
             or
             most
             notable
             or
             choise
             .
          
           
             q
             very
             famous
             .
          
           
             *
             steadfast
             .
          
           
             q
             firme
             reason
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             being
             many
             and
             diuers
             are
             conuersant
             [
             or
             fall
             out
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             fortune
             [
             or
             condition
             ]
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             you
             depart
             nothing
             .
          
           
             q
             state
             .
          
           
             q
             nothing
             from
             .
          
           
             q
             agreeable
             or
             likely
             .
          
           
             q
             him
             to
             be
             broken
             
          
           
             q
             couetous
             desire
             .
          
           
             q
             broken
             .
          
           
             q
             him
             to
             be
             ouercomn
             of
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             q
             i●…uincible
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             labour
             .
          
           
             q
             shunned
             .
          
           
             q
             fled
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             nothing
             is
             of
             ●…o
             strict
             and
             little
             a
             courage
             .
          
           
             q
             nothing
             honest
             
          
           
             q
             commendable
             .
          
           
             q
             magnificent
             .
          
           
             q
             contemne
             .
          
           
             q
             imploy
             it
             vnto
             .
          
           
             q
             libertie
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             couragious
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             Neither
             verely
             [
             are
             ]
             empires
             to
             be
             earnestly
             desired
             ,
             &
             rather
             not
             to
             be
             receiued
             sometimes
             ,
             or
             now
             and
             then
             to
             be
             layed
             downe
             .
          
           
             *
             passion
             or
             disquietnesse
             of
             minde
             .
          
           
             q
             sicknesse
             of
             mind
             .
          
           
             q
             pleasure
             of
             mind
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             quietnesse
             of
             minde
             may
             be
             preserued
             and
             voidness
             of
             care
             .
          
           
             q
             stedfastnesse
             and
             also
             dignitie
             .
          
           
             q
             quietnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             remooued
             .
          
           
             *
             common
             affaires
             
          
           
             q
             fled
             or
             got
             themselues
             away
             .
          
           
             q
             idlenesse
             ,
             quietnesse
             or
             ease
             .
          
           
             q
             In
             these
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             far
             the
             princes
             or
             chiefe
             .
          
           
             q
             others
             also
             constant
             or
             vpright
             .
          
           
             q
             beare
             .
          
           
             q
             princes
             .
          
           
             q
             some
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             fields
             or
             desert
             places
             ,
             or
             the
             fielden
             countrie
             .
          
           
             q
             matter
             belonging
             to
             their
             family
             or
             priuate
             businesse
             .
          
           
             q
             The
             same
             thing
             hath
             bin
             propounded
             to
             these
             which
             also
             [
             hath
             bin
             ]
             to
             kings
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             they
             might
             not
             obey
             any
             man
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             vse
             liberty
             .
          
           
             q
             so
             as
             you
             will.
             
          
           
             q
             of
             them
             who
             are
             couetous
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             ruling
             or
             to
             be
             great
             .
          
           
             q
             with
             those
             (
             whom
             I
             spake
             )
             leading
             the
             quiet
             life
             [
             or
             idle
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             themselues
             to
             bee
             able
             to
             obtaine
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             both
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             with
             a
             little
             .
          
           
             q
             In
             which
             indeed
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             to
             be
             contemned
             altogether
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             q
             the
             idle
             or
             free
             from
             great
             business
             
          
           
             q
             fitted
             themselues
             to
             the
             common-weale
             .
          
           
             q
             doe
             worthily
             or
             goe
             through
             with
             
          
           
             q
             fruitfull
             or
             beneficiall
             to
             the
             kinde
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             apt
             .
          
           
             q
             greatnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             peraduenture
             it
             may
             be
             yeelded
             to
             those
             not
             going
             to
             take
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             taken
             in
             hand
             or
             meddled
             with
             the
             commonweale
             ,
             viz.
             to
             deale
             in
             such
             matters
             .
          
           
             *
             applied
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             also
             to
             those
             .
          
           
             q
             imbecillity
             of
             their
             health
             .
          
           
             q
             gone
             backe
             [
             or
             departed
             ]
             from
             the
             common
             weale
             .
          
           
             q
             graunted
             .
          
           
             *
             authority
             or
             libertie
             .
          
           
             *
             commendation
             .
          
           
             q
             cause
             .
          
           
             q
             themselues
             to
             despise
             .
          
           
             q
             admire
             
          
           
             q
             bearing
             office
             .
          
           
             q
             I
             thinke
             it
             to
             be
             giuen
             to
             those
             not
             only
             not
             for
             praise
             ,
             but
             also
             for
             a
             fault
             .
          
           
             q
             The
             iudgement
             of
             whom
             ,
             in
             that
             they
             contemne
             glory
             and
             coūt
             it
             for
             nothing
             ,
             is
             a
             thing
             difficult
             to
             be
             done
             not
             to
             allowe
             or
             approue
             .
          
           
             q
             thinke
             .
          
           
             q
             trauels
             and.
             
          
           
             q
             offences
             .
          
           
             *
             hauing
             repulses
             .
          
           
             q
             are
             little
             constant
             to
             themselues
             .
          
           
             q
             broken
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             constantly
             enough
             .
          
           
             q
             magistracies
             or
             gouernments
             .
          
           
             q
             obtained
             .
          
           
             q
             gouerned
             by
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             helps
             of
             dispatch
             of
             businesse
             by
             nature
             .
          
           
             q
             cast
             away
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             citie
             .
          
           
             q
             magnificence
             .
          
           
             q
             contempt
             .
          
           
             q
             I
             speake
             of
             oft
             .
          
           
             q
             quietnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             voidnesse
             of
             care
             .
          
           
             q
             added
             or
             practised
             to
             them
             going
             to
             take
             the
             common
             wealth
             .
          
           
             q
             wot
             not
             .
          
           
             q
             yea
             much
             more
             I
             suppose
             .
          
           
             q
             carefull
             .
          
           
             q
             and.
             
          
           
             q
             leade
             their
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             how
             much
             not
             so
             many
             things
             in
             their
             life
             lie
             open
             ,
             which
             fortune
             may
             strike
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             by
             how
             much
             they
             lesse
             need
             many
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             shall
             fall
             out
             .
          
           
             *
             enterprises
             
          
           
             q
             meet
             to
             be
             compassed
             .
          
           
             q
             them
             who
             manage
             the
             common-weale
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             quiet
             or
             priuate
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             how
             much
             both
             greatnesse
             of
             courage
             &
             freedom
             from
             griefs
             is
             more
             to
             be
             added
             to
             these
             
          
           
             q
             to
             performe
             a
             businesse
             .
          
           
             q
             consider
             that
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             how
             it
             may
             haue
             a
             faculty
             or
             abilitie
             to
             be
             effected
             .
          
           
             q
             same
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             considered
             .
          
           
             q
             be
             out
             of
             hope
             .
          
           
             q
             sluggishnesse
             ,
             or
             lacke
             of
             courage
             .
          
           
             q
             or
             trust
             ouermuch
             
          
           
             q
             added
             .
          
           
             q
             goe
             into
             them
             or
             goe
             in
             hand
             with
             them
             or
             vndertake
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             teacheth
             .
          
           
             q
             arguments
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             valiant
             .
          
           
             *
             in
             businesses
             belonging
             to
             the
             citie
             then
             to
             the
             warre
             .
          
           
             *
             martiall
             feates
             .
          
           
             q
             verie
             many
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             things
             belonging
             to
             war
             ,
             viz.
             martiall
             feats
             .
          
           
             *
             citie
             causes
             or
             matters
             .
          
           
             q
             diminished
             or
             abated
             .
          
           
             q
             mindes
             or
             courages
             .
          
           
             q
             military
             seruice
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             q
             truely
             .
          
           
             q
             matters
             belonging
             to
             the
             citie
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             famous
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             bee
             commended
             by
             right
             or
             rightfully
             or
             iustly
             .
          
           
             *
             Solons
             .
          
           
             *
             famous
             or
             noble
             .
          
           
             q
             Iudges
             which
             determined
             weightie
             matters
             concerning
             the
             commonwealth
             
          
           
             q
             this
             counsell
             of
             Solon
             .
          
           
             *
             thought
             .
          
           
             *
             commendable
             .
          
           
             q
             profited
             or
             did
             good
             once
             onely
             .
          
           
             q
             shall
             profit
             the
             citie
             for
             euer
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             lawes
             of
             the
             Athenians
             [
             are
             preserued
             ]
             by
             this
             counsell
             ,
             the
             institutions
             of
             the
             elders
             are
             preserued
             by
             this
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             truly
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             village
             of
             Mars
             where
             the
             Areopagites
             ●…at
             in
             iudgement
             or
             counsell
             .
          
           
             q
             Themistocles
             to
             haue
             bin
             helped
             .
          
           
             *
             Solon
             .
          
           
             q
             managed
             .
          
           
             q
             counsell
             or
             direction
             .
          
           
             q
             constituted
             or
             appointed
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             same
             thing
             
          
           
             q
             concerning
             .
          
           
             q
             valorous
             acts
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             empire
             is
             thought
             to
             haue
             bin
             inlarged
             to
             the
             Lacedemonians
             .
          
           
             q
             compared
             to
             the
             lawes
             ,
             &c.
             not
             in
             the
             least
             part
             .
          
           
             *
             order
             .
          
           
             q
             moreouer
             they
             had
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             vpon
             these
             occasions
             .
          
           
             q
             prepared
             or
             forward
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             valiant
             for
             these
             same
             causes
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             being
             children
             or
             when
             I
             was
             a
             childe
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             yeelde
             or
             giue
             place
             .
          
           
             q
             nor
             Q.
             C.
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             were
             conuersant
             or
             imploied
             .
          
           
             q
             Q.
             C.
             seemed
             to
             giue
             place
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             weapons
             or
             wars
             do
             little
             auaile
             .
          
           
             q
             counsell
             .
          
           
             q
             an
             emperour
             or
             commander
             .
          
           
             q
             did
             profit
             more
             
          
           
             q
             cutting
             downe
             ,
             destroying
             ,
             beating
             downe
             or
             sacking
             .
          
           
             q
             then
             P.
             N.
             being
             a
             priuate
             [
             man
             ]
             did
             ]
             at
             the
             same
             time
             when
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             Although
             this
             thing
             in
             truth
             is
             not
             onely
             of
             the
             domesticall
             reason
             ,
             [
             or
             a
             ciuill
             matter
             ]
             for
             it
             toucheth
             also
             the
             warlike
             [
             or
             belongeth
             to
             martiall
             feats
             ]
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             hand
             .
          
           
             q
             citie
             counsell
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             best
             .
          
           
             q
             me
             to
             be
             wont
             .
          
           
             q
             inuaded
             ,
             set
             vpon
             or
             touched
             .
          
           
             *
             Let
             wars
             giue
             place
             to
             peace
             ,
             let
             the
             laurell
             branch
             [
             or
             garland
             ]
             be
             graunted
             to
             the
             oratour
             .
          
           
             q
             weapons
             or
             wars
             ,
             because
             weapons
             are
             a
             signe
             of
             war.
             
          
           
             q
             gowne
             put
             for
             peace
             whereof
             it
             is
             a
             signe
             ,
             or
             for
             ciuill
             magistracy
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             laurell
             branch
             a
             signe
             of
             eloquence
             or
             a
             reward
             thereof
             .
          
           
             *
             passe
             ouer
             .
          
           
             q
             other
             [
             men
             ]
             .
          
           
             q
             armed
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             goune
             or
             magistracy
             in
             the
             citie
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             gouerning
             or
             when
             I
             gouerned
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             greater
             perill
             .
          
           
             q
             slidden
             speedily
             out
             ,
             &c.
             by
             our
             counsell
             and
             diligence
             fell
             .
          
           
             q
             Therefore
             what
             so
             great
             a
             matter
             in
             war
             was
             euer
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             For
             (
             sonne
             Mark
             )
             I
             may
             boast
             with
             you
             ,
          
           
             *
             who
             are
             to
             be
             the
             inheritor
             or
             heyre
             of
             my
             glory
             and
             imitator
             of
             my
             acts
             .
          
           
             q
             flowing
             full
             .
          
           
             *
             gaue
             me
             this
             commendation
             .
          
           
             q
             many
             hearing
             .
          
           
             *
             audience
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             he
             said
             .
          
           
             q
             himselfe
             to
             beare
             away
             in
             vaine
             .
          
           
             *
             had
             he
             not
             had
             
          
           
             *
             meanes
             .
          
           
             q
             triumph
             .
          
           
             q
             domesticall
             fortitudes
             ,
             or
             courage
             at
             home
             .
          
           
             *
             militarie
             exploits
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             labour
             and
             study
             is
             to
             be
             put
             .
          
           
             *
             reputation
             ,
             credit
             .
          
           
             q
             lofty
             and
             great
             .
          
           
             *
             wrought
             .
          
           
             q
             strength
             .
          
           
             q
             so
             affected
             .
          
           
             q
             sustaining
             or
             abiding
             trauell
             .
          
           
             q
             search
             for
             ,
             or
             earnestly
             require
             .
          
           
             q
             deuising
             .
          
           
             q
             being
             gowned
             or
             robed
             .
          
           
             q
             vndertaken
             .
          
           
             q
             counsell
             .
          
           
             q
             war
             of
             Carthage
             .
          
           
             q
             being
             dead
             .
          
           
             q
             reason
             or
             wisedome
             of
             decerning
             or
             decreeing
             is
             to
             be
             desired
             more
             ,
             or
             of
             .
          
           
             *
             ending
             the
             warre
             .
          
           
             q
             fortitude
             of
             striuing
             .
          
           
             q
             flight
             of
             fighting
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             the
             reason
             of
             profit
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             let
             war
             be
             taken
             in
             hand
             so
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             t
             is
             of
             a
             valiant
             and
             constant
             minde
             .
          
           
             *
             resolute
             .
          
           
             q
             troubled
             in
             sharp
             matters
             .
          
           
             *
             vtterly
             out
             of
             order
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             cast
             downe
             from
             the
             degree
             or
             staire
             .
          
           
             q
             vse
             the
             counsell
             of
             a
             present
             minde
             .
          
           
             q
             depart
             .
          
           
             *
             wisedome
             .
          
           
             q
             this
             is
             of
             a
             [
             great
             ]
             minde
             or
             courage
             ,
             that
             also
             of
             a
             great
             wit.
             
          
           
             q
             to
             perceiue
             by
             casting
             things
             to
             come
             .
          
           
             q
             appoint
             .
          
           
             q
             happen
             or
             betide
             ,
             on
             either
             part
             .
          
           
             q
             commit
             any
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             should
             be
             said
             I
             had
             not
             thought
             ;
             or
             had
             I
             thought
             of
             such
             a
             matter
             ▪
             I
             had
             done
             thus
             or
             thus
             .
          
           
             q
             trusting
             to
             or
             leaning
             vpon
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             conuersant
             rashly
             in
             the
             edge
             or
             forefront
             of
             the
             battel
             .
          
           
             q
             skirmis●…
             with
             the
             enemy
             with
             hand
             
          
           
             q
             outragious
             or
             fierce
             .
          
           
             q
             like
             vnto
             beasts
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             *
             must
             preferre
             death
             .
          
           
             q
             seruitude
             or
             bondage
             .
          
           
             q
             crueltie
             and
             also
             rashnesse
             [
             to
             be
             ]
             far
             off
             frō
             the
             dutie
             of
             a
             worthie
             stomack
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             or
             touching
             the
             ouerturning
             &
             spoiling
             of
             riches
             ,
             that
             is
             greatly
             to
             be
             considered
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             any
             thing
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             is
             [
             the
             part
             ]
             of
             .
          
           
             *
             a
             noble
             minde
             .
          
           
             q
             matters
             being
             tossed
             or
             ended
             .
          
           
             q
             saue
             the
             common
             sort
             .
          
           
             q
             retaine
             right
             and
             honest
             things
             in
             each
             fortune
             .
          
           
             q
             vndertaken
             of
             a
             valiant
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             martiall
             matters
             or
             affaires
             ,
             to
             ciuill
             .
          
           
             *
             dangerous
             .
          
           
             *
             subtile
             .
          
           
             q
             counsels
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             bright
             .
          
           
             q
             cogitations
             or
             counsels
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             must
             neuer
             at
             all
             .
          
           
             q
             commit
             for
             flight
             of
             perill
             .
          
           
             q
             cowardous
             ,
             and
             timorous
             .
          
           
             q
             but.
             
          
           
             q
             that
             also
             is
             to
             be
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             offer
             not
             our selues
             to
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             going
             vnto
             or
             aduenturing
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             custome
             [
             or
             guise
             ]
             of
             Physicians
             is
             to
             be
             imitated
             .
          
           
             q
             doe
             lightly
             cure
             .
          
           
             q
             men
             being
             sicke
             lightly
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             vse
             pe●…ilous
             &
             doubtfull
             cures
             .
          
           
             *
             sorer
             sicknesses
             .
          
           
             q
             wherefore
             to
             wish
             an
             aduerse
             [
             or
             boysterous
             ]
             tempest
             in
             a
             calme
             ,
             is
             of
             a
             mad
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             helpe
             the
             tempest
             [
             or
             make
             shift
             in
             a
             tempest
             ]
             by
             any
             meanes
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             matter
             beeing
             dispatched
             ,
             then
             good
             the
             matter
             being
             doubtfull
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             the
             doing
             of
             things
             .
          
           
             *
             great
             attempts
             .
          
           
             q
             are
             called
             into
             daunger
             .
          
           
             *
             reputation
             and
             fauour
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             q
             vnto
             our
             owne
             perils
             then
             common
             [
             dangers
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             concerning
             or
             about
             honour
             .
          
           
             q
             had
             .
          
           
             q
             had
             .
          
           
             *
             substance
             .
          
           
             q
             but
             also
             their
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             would
             not
             make
             the
             least
             losse
             [
             or
             hazard
             ]
             of
             their
             glory
             ,
             not
             the
             commonweale
             requiring
             .
          
           
             q
             egregiously
             or
             very
             worthily
             .
          
           
             q
             at
             the
             last
             .
          
           
             q
             obeyed
             not
             the
             counsell
             of
             them
             
          
           
             *
             transport
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             Lacedemonians
             ,
             that
             nauy
             being
             lost
             ,
             to
             be
             able
             to
             prepare
             another
             .
          
           
             *
             make
             forth
             .
          
           
             q
             himselfe
             not
             to
             be
             able
             to
             flie
             .
          
           
             q
             reproach
             or
             shame
             .
          
           
             q
             indeede
             .
          
           
             q
             meane
             or
             meetely
             ●…ore
             plague
             .
          
           
             q
             blowe
             .
          
           
             q
             wealth
             .
          
           
             q
             fell
             downe
             or
             were
             spent
             .
          
           
             q
             skirmished
             or
             combated
             .
          
           
             q
             matter
             or
             wealth
             to
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             pausing
             or
             prolonging
             of
             time
             .
          
           
             q
             put
             not
             before
             mens
             speeches
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             glorie
             of
             the
             man
             is
             famous
             both
             after
             &
             more
             .
          
           
             q
             offending
             or
             misdoing
             .
          
           
             q
             citie
             businesses
             .
          
           
             *
             neuer
             so
             good
             .
          
           
             q
             speake
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             They
             that
             shall
             gouerne
             the
             common
             weale
             ,
             let
             them
             altogether
             [
             or
             euer
             ]
             keepe
             two
             precepts
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             citizens
             .
          
           
             q
             forgetfull
             .
          
           
             q
             care
             for
             or
             look
             to
             
          
           
             q
             defend
             [
             or
             maintaine
             ]
             any
             part
             ,
             they
             forsake
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             q
             wardship
             or
             custodie
             of
             a
             childe
             .
          
           
             q
             procuration
             or
             administration
             .
          
           
             q
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             gouernment
             of
             others
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             gouernment
             is
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             But
             they
             that
             prouide
             for
             part
             of
             the
             citizens
             ,
             and
             neglect
             part
             .
          
           
             q
             citie
             .
          
           
             q
             happeneth
             .
          
           
             q
             people-pleasers
             .
          
           
             q
             studious
             of
             euerie
             best
             [
             or
             greatest
             ]
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             fewe
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             q
             discord
             or
             breaches
             .
          
           
             q
             pestiferous
             or
             sore
             .
          
           
             q
             principalitie
             or
             dominion
             .
          
           
             q
             follow
             after
             or
             pursue
             .
          
           
             *
             but.
             
          
           
             q
             it
             wholly
             .
          
           
             q
             call
             .
          
           
             q
             so
             cleaue
             altogether
             .
          
           
             q
             so
             long
             as
             ,
             or
             whilst
             .
          
           
             q
             may
             .
          
           
             q
             grieuously
             offend
             any
             one
             .
          
           
             *
             That
             it
             is
             contrary
             to
             the
             duty
             [
             or
             condition
             ]
             of
             a
             valiant
             minde
             ,
             to
             contend
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             magnanimous
             [
             man
             ]
             or
             one
             of
             a
             high
             minde
             .
          
           
             q
             Ambition
             no
             doubt
             [
             or
             verely
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             honours
             .
          
           
             q
             whereof
             .
          
           
             q
             said
             .
          
           
             q
             them
             who
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             doe
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…emblablely
             or
             euen
             in
             like
             maner
             .
          
           
             *
             holde
             [
             or
             guide
             ]
             the
             helme
             .
          
           
             *
             Plato
             .
          
           
             q
             commaunded
             .
          
           
             Al.
             doth
             teach
             .
          
           
             q
             thinke
             them
             aduersaries
             .
          
           
             *
             take
             vp
             armes
             or
             armour
             .
          
           
             q
             iudgement
             or
             aduice
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             a
             one
             the
             dissension
             was
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             To
             moderate
             anger
             is
             the
             property
             of
             fortitude
             .
          
           
             q
             indeede
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             heard
             .
          
           
             q
             grieuously
             ,
             exceedingly
             ,
             vehemently
             .
          
           
             q
             at
             our
             enemies
             .
          
           
             *
             couragious
             or
             generous
             .
          
           
             q
             worthie
             or
             beseeming
             .
          
           
             q
             famous
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             easinesse
             to
             be
             appeased
             ,
             &
             gentleness
             
          
           
             q
             in
             free
             people
             or
             cities
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             equalitie
             or
             equity
             of
             lawe
             .
          
           
             *
             mildenesse
             .
          
           
             q
             loftinesse
             of
             minde
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             is
             said
             .
          
           
             *
             tearm
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             anger
             at
             either
             .
          
           
             q
             commers
             vnseasonablely
             ,
             or
             crauers
             without
             shame
             viz.
             impudent
             askers
             .
          
           
             q
             weywardnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             mildnesse
             and
             mercy
             .
          
           
             *
             are
             .
          
           
             *
             allowed
             .
          
           
             q
             cause
             of
             the
             common-weale
             or
             good
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             ordered
             .
          
           
             q
             wee
             must
             temper
             our selues
             especially
             from
             anger
             in
             punishing
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             both
             all
             punishment
             .
          
           
             q
             taunting
             reproch
             or
             contempt
             .
          
           
             q
             neither
             to
             bee
             referred
             to
             the
             commoditie
             of
             him
             who
             punisheth
             any
             .
          
           
             q
             chastiseth
             in
             words
             .
          
           
             *
             behoofe
             .
          
           
             q
             lest
             the
             punishment
             be
             greater
             then
             the
             fault
             ,
             and
             lest
             some
             be
             punished
             for
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             be
             not
             indeede
             called
             ,
             [
             or
             spoken
             to
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             Also
             anger
             is
             to
             be
             prohibited
             [
             or
             auoided
             ]
             in
             punishing
             .
          
           
             *
             goeth
             about
             to
             take
             punishment
             .
          
           
             q
             measure
             .
          
           
             q
             ouermuch
             .
          
           
             q
             mediocritie
             .
          
           
             *
             Peripatetiks
             .
          
           
             q
             pleaseth
             .
          
           
             *
             iustly
             or
             well
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             to
             be
             profitably
             giuen
             of
             nature
             .
          
           
             q
             affection
             of
             angrynesse
             .
          
           
             *
             cases
             .
          
           
             q
             refused
             .
          
           
             q
             they
             that
             are
             ouer
             
          
           
             q
             be
             like
             of
             lawes
             .
          
           
             q
             led
             or
             drawne
             
          
           
             *
             wrath
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             a
             valorous
             man
             
          
           
             q
             arrogant
             ,
             disdainfull
             ,
             proud
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             prosperous
             things
             ,
             nor
             to
             be
             east
             downe
             in
             aduerse
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             also
             let
             vs
             flie
             greatly
             pride
             ,
             disdainfulnes
             ,
             &
             arrogancy
             in
             prosperous
             〈◊〉
             and
             flowing
             to
             our
             will.
             
          
           
             q
             a
             part
             of
             inconstancie
             to
             beare
             aduerse
             things
             ,
             so
             prosperous
             immoderately
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             an
             euen
             proportion
             [
             or
             equalnesse
             ]
             in
             all
             the
             life
             
          
           
             q
             and
             the
             same
             forehead
             .
          
           
             q
             famous
             or
             notable
             .
          
           
             q
             receiued
             .
          
           
             q
             excelled
             or
             gone
             beyonde
             .
          
           
             *
             Alexander
             .
          
           
             *
             noble
             exploites
             ,
             or
             prowesse
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             haue
             bin
             superiour
             .
          
           
             q
             facilitie
             or
             gennesse
             and
             humanity
             
          
           
             q
             great
             .
          
           
             q
             filthie
             or
             dishonest
             .
          
           
             q
             giue
             precepts
             or
             teach
             well
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             by
             how
             much
             we
             are
             superiours
             [
             or
             higher
             ]
             we
             carry
             our selues
             more
             sub●…isly
             by
             so
             much
             .
          
           
             *
             demeane
             .
          
           
             q
             Indeed
             Panetius
             saith
             .
          
           
             q
             Africanus
             his
             hearer
             [
             or
             scholar
             ]
             to
             haue
             bin
             wont
             to
             say
             .
          
           
             q
             are
             wont
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             deliuer
             to
             tamers
             [
             or
             horsebreakers
             ]
             horses
             vaunting
             with
             fierceness
             for
             their
             often
             contentions
             of
             battels
             .
          
           
             q
             vse
             .
          
           
             *
             readier
             .
          
           
             *
             headie
             ,
             headstrōg
             .
          
           
             q
             trusting
             too
             much
             to
             [
             or
             ouerweening
             of
             ]
             themselues
             to
             owe
             to
             be
             brought
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             into
             the
             circuite
             of
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             weaknesse
             .
          
           
             *
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             q
             varietie
             or
             inconstancie
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             also
             we
             must
             vse
             most
             of
             all
             the
             counsell
             of
             our
             friendes
             in
             our
             most
             high
             prosper●…tie
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             a
             greater
             authoritie
             is
             to
             bee
             giuen
             to
             them
             then
             before
             .
          
           
             q
             those
             same
             .
          
           
             *
             clawed
             with
             flattery
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             such
             as
             we
             may
             be
             praised
             by
             by
             right
             .
          
           
             *
             arise
             .
          
           
             q
             opinions
             .
          
           
             q
             conuersant
             [
             or
             intangled
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             in
             the
             greatest
             errours
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             truly
             these
             matters
             hitherto
             .
          
           
             q
             vacation
             or
             freedome
             from
             businesse
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             that
             .
          
           
             *
             taken
             thus
             ,
             that
             the.
             
          
           
             q
             things
             or
             deeds
             .
          
           
             q
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             administration
             .
          
           
             q
             lieth
             open
             or
             reacheth
             most
             largely
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             to
             be
             ,
             and
             haue
             beene
             .
          
           
             *
             priuate
             .
          
           
             q
             trace
             or
             trie
             out
             .
          
           
             q
             take
             in
             hand
             .
          
           
             *
             enterprises
             .
          
           
             q
             containe
             .
          
           
             *
             placed
             or
             set
             .
          
           
             q
             houshould
             businesse
             goods
             domesticall
             or
             priuate
             estate
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             heaping
             it
             vp
             indeed
             by
             euerie
             way
             .
          
           
             *
             barring
             .
          
           
             *
             if
             at
             any
             time
             need
             should
             require
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             substance
             or
             goods
             .
          
           
             q
             gotten
             well
             .
          
           
             q
             neither
             by
             no
             filthie
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             filthie
             .
          
           
             q
             then
             that
             it
             sheweth
             itselfe
             profitable
             to
             verie
             many
             ,
             so
             that
             worthie
             .
          
           
             q
             afterwards
             .
          
           
             q
             discretion
             .
          
           
             q
             sparing
             .
          
           
             q
             neither
             let
             it
             lie
             ,
             or
             neither
             that
             it
             lie
             open
             to
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             It
             is
             lawfull
             for
             a
             man
             obseruing
             these
             prescripts
             to
             liue
             .
          
           
             q
             magnifically
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             couragiously
             or
             stoutly
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             the
             life
             of
             men
             
          
           
             q
             affections
             or
             lusts
             
          
           
             q
             conuersant
             or
             occupied
             .
          
           
             q
             throte
             ,
             and
             parts
             about
             the
             secrets
             .
          
           
             q
             head
             .
          
           
             q
             comlinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             Tully
             deliuereth
             diuinely
             ,
             how
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             drawne
             .
          
           
             q
             honesty
             .
          
           
             *
             action
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             one
             part
             of
             honesty
             remaining
             .
          
           
             q
             shamefastnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             quieting
             of
             the
             perturbations
             .
          
           
             q
             That
             [
             comlines
             ]
             is
             contained
             in
             this
             place
             .
          
           
             q
             force
             of
             this
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             what
             a
             difference
             there
             is
             of
             honestie
             and
             comlinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             easily
             .
          
           
             q
             vnderstood
             .
          
           
             q
             explaned
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             then
             appeareth
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             .
          
           
             q
             There
             is
             a
             double
             decorum
             .
          
           
             *
             ariseth
             of
             or
             attendeth
             vpon
             temperance
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             .
          
           
             q
             agreement
             .
          
           
             q
             agreement
             .
          
           
             q
             concord
             .
          
           
             q
             vniuersall
             world
             .
          
           
             q
             becommeth
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             must
             dispute
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             both
             it
             becommeth
             one
             .
          
           
             q
             both
             .
          
           
             *
             a
             man
             should
             doe
             aduisedly
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             see
             and
             to
             defend
             in
             euerie
             matter
             that
             which
             is
             true
             .
          
           
             q
             and.
             
          
           
             q
             it
             doth
             as
             much
             disgrace
             to
             erre
             [
             or
             misse
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             taken
             [
             or
             distraught
             ]
             in
             minde
             .
          
           
             q
             There
             is
             a
             like
             reason
             of
             fortitude
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             seemeth
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             what
             .
          
           
             *
             otherwise
             .
          
           
             *
             after
             a
             certaine
             hidden
             sort
             .
          
           
             q
             may
             be
             in
             readinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             thing
             that
             becommeth
             .
          
           
             q
             vnderstoode
             .
          
           
             q
             cogitation
             .
          
           
             *
             in
             verie
             deede
             .
          
           
             *
             comlinesse
             and
             beautie
             .
          
           
             q
             parted
             .
          
           
             q
             speake
             .
          
           
             q
             also
             it
             is
             indeede
             confused
             or
             mingled
             .
          
           
             q
             cogitation
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…nd
             the.
             
          
           
             q
             double
             .
          
           
             q
             double
             .
          
           
             q
             meane
             .
          
           
             q
             comlinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             conuersant
             or
             exercised
             or
             hath
             to
             doe
             .
          
           
             q
             subiect
             to
             this
             ,
             viz.
             a
             speciall
             comlinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             almost
             or
             for
             most
             part
             to
             be
             defined
             thus
             .
          
           
             q
             That
             thing
             to
             be
             comly
             .
          
           
             *
             mans
             excellency
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             which
             thing
             .
          
           
             *
             is
             different
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             which
             part
             is
             subiect
             vnto
             the
             generall
             ,
             they
             define
             it
             thus
             ,
             that
             .
          
           
             *
             comly
             appearance
             
          
           
             q
             thinke
             .
          
           
             q
             these
             things
             to
             be
             so
             ,
             or
             thus
             meāt
             .
          
           
             q
             vnderstood
             .
          
           
             q
             moe
             things
             are
             wont
             to
             be
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             But
             then
             we
             say
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             which
             is
             decent
             .
          
           
             q
             worthie
             or
             befitting
             euery
             person
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             shall
             hat
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             them
             to
             haue
             bin
             iust
             .
          
           
             q
             applauses
             [
             or
             clapping
             of
             hands
             ]
             are
             stirred
             vp
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             speech
             is
             worthie
             the.
             
          
           
             q
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             may
             b●…e
             .
          
           
             q
             And.
             
          
           
             q
             a
             pers●…
             great
             ex●…
             surmou●…
             ther
             cre●…
             
          
           
             q
             see
             .
          
           
             *
             wicked
             sort
             .
          
           
             q
             settlednesse
             .
          
           
             q
             shamefastnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             neglect
             ▪
             
          
           
             *
             〈◊〉
             what
             maner
             
          
           
             q
             ca●…
             .
          
           
             q
             me●…
             
          
           
             *
             it
             is
             b●…ht
             to
             pass●…
             
          
           
             ●…or
             
          
           
             q
             this
             comlinesse
             
          
           
             q
             beauty
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             members
             or
             limmes
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             this
             same
             th●…
             
          
           
             q
             plesant
             grace
             or
             comlinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             mooueth
             .
          
           
             q
             shineth
             out
             or
             bright
             .
          
           
             *
             the
             good
             liking
             .
          
           
             q
             and.
             
          
           
             *
             measure
             .
          
           
             q
             Therefore
             a
             certaine
             reuerence
             is
             to
             be
             giuen
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             euery
             best
             [
             or
             chiefe
             ]
             man.
             
          
           
             *
             of
             the
             rest
             of
             meaner
             degree
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             it
             is
             not
             onely
             [
             the
             part
             ]
             of
             an
             arrogant
             man
             but
             also
             dissolute
             ,
             to
             neglect
             what
             euery
             one
             〈◊〉
             of
             him
             .
          
           
             q
             retchlesse
             or
             out
             of
             all
             order
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             differeth
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             differeth
             .
          
           
             Al.
             in
             hauing
             a
             respect
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             shamefastnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             The
             parts
             of
             iustice
             are
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             to
             wrong
             any
             by
             violence
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             giue
             offence
             to
             
          
           
             q
             force
             .
          
           
             q
             most
             throughly
             seene
             .
          
           
             q
             vnderstood
             or
             plaine
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             a
             one
             that
             thing
             is
             .
          
           
             *
             affirme
             to
             be
             decent
             .
          
           
             q
             Comlinesse
             to
             be
             
          
           
             q
             to
             auaile
             .
          
           
             *
             kindes
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             the
             dutie
             which
             is
             .
          
           
             q
             drawne
             from
             it
             
          
           
             *
             followeth
             first
             .
          
           
             q
             agreeablenesse
             .
          
           
             q
             goe
             awrie
             .
          
           
             Al.
             And
             〈◊〉
             both
             followeth
             that
             which
             is
             .
          
           
             q
             sharpe
             ,
             and
             quick
             sighted
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             agreeable
             to
             the
             fellowship
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             vehement
             .
          
           
             q
             force
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             in
             this
             .
          
           
             q
             are
             apt
             ,
             or
             befitting
             nature
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             q
             primary
             ,
             or
             chief
             
          
           
             q
             is
             double
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             put
             or
             placed
             in
             appetite
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             is
             in
             Greek
             
          
           
             q
             snatcheth
             or
             haleth
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             consisteth
             ]
             in
             reason
             .
          
           
             q
             fled
             .
          
           
             q
             And.
             
          
           
             q
             be
             without
             .
          
           
             q
             he
             cannot
             giue
             a
             proueable
             cause
             .
          
           
             *
             almost
             the
             definition
             .
          
           
             *
             almost
             the
             definition
             .
          
           
             q
             effect
             [
             or
             bring
             to
             passe
             this
             ]
          
           
             *
             desires
             bee
             ruled
             by
             reason
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             .
          
           
             *
             leaue
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             dastardlinesse
             ,
             or
             lacke
             of
             courage
             .
          
           
             q
             voide
             of
             .
          
           
             *
             trouble
             or
             passion
             
          
           
             q
             all
             moderation
             shall
             shine
             bright
             .
          
           
             q
             appetites
             .
          
           
             q
             goe
             too
             far
             astray
             .
          
           
             q
             further
             .
          
           
             q
             coueting
             .
          
           
             q
             passe
             ouer
             or
             exceede
             .
          
           
             q
             bounde
             .
          
           
             *
             forsake
             .
          
           
             q
             cast
             away
             or
             set
             aside
             .
          
           
             q
             Of
             which
             motions
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             mindes
             are
             troubled
             ,
             but
             also
             the
             bodies
             .
          
           
             *
             euen
             .
          
           
             *
             in
             the
             verie
             faces
             .
          
           
             q
             gesture
             ,
             leap
             or
             skip
             .
          
           
             q
             stations
             or
             hehauiours
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             is
             vnderstood
             
          
           
             q
             all
             appetites
             to
             be
             
          
           
             q
             drawne
             in
             or
             pluckt
             in
             ,
             asswaged
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             all
             heede
             and
             diligence
             to
             be
             stirred
             vp
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             all
             heede
             and
             diligence
             to
             be
             stirred
             vp
             .
          
           
             q
             venturously
             o●…
             by
             chance
             .
          
           
             q
             vnadu●…sedly
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             neither
             are
             we
             
          
           
             q
             to
             play
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…est
             .
          
           
             q
             those
             [
             viz.
             ]
             sport
             or
             iesting
             .
          
           
             q
             rests
             .
          
           
             q
             then
             .
          
           
             q
             satisfied
             .
          
           
             q
             iesting
             or
             pastime
             
          
           
             q
             not
             immoderate
             .
          
           
             *
             honest
             .
          
           
             *
             merrie
             .
          
           
             q
             giue
             .
          
           
             q
             strange
             from
             the
             actions
             of
             honestie
             .
          
           
             q
             let
             some
             light
             of
             an
             honest
             wit
             appeare
             .
          
           
             q
             witty
             conceitednesse
             .
          
           
             q
             There
             is
             altogether
             a
             double
             kinde
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             illiberall
             or
             homely
             .
          
           
             *
             saucy
             ,
             wanton
             .
          
           
             q
             vngratious
             or
             wicked
             .
          
           
             q
             baudy
             or
             dishonest
             .
          
           
             *
             conceited
             .
          
           
             q
             Atticks
             .
          
           
             *
             Philosophers
             of
             Socrates
             sect
             .
          
           
             *
             well
             stored
             or
             full
             fraught
             .
          
           
             q
             many
             things
             spoken
             pleasantly
             and
             wittily
             of
             many
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             short
             and
             witty
             sentences
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             an
             honest
             and
             an
             vnhonest
             iesting
             .
          
           
             q
             vnhonest
             [
             or
             base
             ]
             is
             easie
             .
          
           
             q
             beseeming
             a
             free
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             time
             .
          
           
             q
             with
             a
             remisse
             or
             a
             milde
             minde
             .
          
           
             *
             if
             vncleannesse
             of
             the
             ma●…ter
             ,
             being
             increased
             with
             filt●…inesse
             of
             words
             .
          
           
             q
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             T●…
             be
             a
             certaine
             measure
             ●…uen
             of
             honest
             play
             .
          
           
             q
             playing
             or
             recreation
             .
          
           
             q
             poure
             out
             or
             spend
             all
             too
             much
             
          
           
             q
             lift
             vp
             with
             too
             much
             pleasure
             ,
             or
             too
             merry
             .
          
           
             q
             minister
             vnto
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             playing
             .
          
           
             q
             required
             .
          
           
             q
             studies
             .
          
           
             *
             meete
             for
             beasts
             .
          
           
             q
             added
             most
             sparingly
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             euerie
             question
             of
             dutie
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             readinesse
             .
          
           
             *
             the
             nature
             of
             cattel
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             beasts
             .
          
           
             q
             with
             their
             whole
             sway
             .
          
           
             *
             is
             fed
             with
             learning
             .
          
           
             *
             study
             out
             or
             inquire
             some
             matter
             .
          
           
             *
             a
             little
             more
             ready
             
          
           
             *
             beastly
             kinde
             .
          
           
             q
             there
             are
             certaine
             .
          
           
             q
             erect
             or
             lifted
             vp
             from
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             carried
             ,
             ouertaken
             
          
           
             q
             appetite
             .
          
           
             *
             modesty
             or
             bashfulnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             vnderstood
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             pleasure
             ,
             &c.
             to
             be
             .
          
           
             *
             befitting
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             attributeth
             somwhat
             vnto
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             measure
             of
             inioying
             it
             ,
             to
             be
             holden
             diligently
             of
             him
             .
          
           
             q
             therefore
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             diet
             ,
             &c.
             must
             be
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             also
             .
          
           
             Al.
             dignitie
             of
             nature
             there
             is
             in
             man.
             
          
           
             *
             lauish
             out
             in
             riot
             or
             run
             to
             riot
             .
          
           
             *
             nicely
             .
          
           
             q
             honest
             .
          
           
             q
             sparingly
             .
          
           
             *
             temperately
             .
          
           
             q
             seuerely
             or
             strictly
             .
          
           
             *
             as
             it
             is
             common
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             becommeth
             .
             ]
          
           
             *
             in
             regard
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             person
             [
             or
             condition
             ]
             of
             euery
             one
             eyther
             giuen
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             aduise
             or
             consideration
             .
          
           
             q
             Also
             we
             must
             vnderstand
             .
          
           
             *
             haue
             on
             vs
             as
             it
             were
             [
             or
             sustaine
             ]
             two
             persons
             .
          
           
             *
             estates
             or
             conditions
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             that
             .
          
           
             *
             preheminence
             or
             dignitie
             .
          
           
             q
             excell
             .
          
           
             q
             drawne
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             q
             attributed
             .
          
           
             q
             dissimilitudes
             .
          
           
             q
             preuaile
             or
             excell
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             run
             .
          
           
             *
             some
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             wrastle
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…ormes
             ,
             shapes
             or
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             dignit●…e
             to
             be
             in
             som●…
             ,
             comlinesse
             in
             others
             .
          
           
             *
             differences
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             sonne
             of
             Lucius
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             q
             in
             the
             same
             times
             
          
           
             q
             there
             〈◊〉
             a
             singular
             seueritie
             in
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             much
             mirth
             in
             Caius
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             Scipio
             his
             familiar
             .
          
           
             *
             more
             seeking
             of
             honour
             .
          
           
             *
             more
             sorrowfull
             or
             full
             of
             discontent
             ,
             or
             auster●…
             .
          
           
             q
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             dissembler
             .
          
           
             *
             a
             pleasant
             ●…ter
             or
             jiber
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             highest
             authoritie
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             [
             the
             Captains
             ]
             of
             the
             Carthaginians
             .
          
           
             q
             crafty
             .
          
           
             q
             easily
             to
             conceale
             ,
             holde
             his
             peace
             ,
             diss●…mble
             ,
             ●…rap
             ,
             preuent
             the
             counsels
             of
             the
             enemies
             .
          
           
             q
             who
             fained
             himselfe
             to
             be
             mad
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             his
             life
             might
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             do
             better
             seruice
             to
             the
             cōmōwealth
             .
          
           
             Al.
             sometime
             or
             in
             time
             to
             come
             .
          
           
             q
             nothing
             to
             be
             done
             ,
             [
             as
             ]
             of
             a
             secret
             plot
             ,
             by
             laying
             in
             waite
             .
          
           
             *
             aime
             at
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             most
             patient
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             see
             another
             man
             to
             effect
             by
             [
             his
             ]
             speeches
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             great
             authoritie
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             many
             .
          
           
             *
             obserued
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             the
             sonne
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             same
             thing
             to
             haue
             bin
             .
          
           
             q
             his
             father
             ,
             euen
             him
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             haue
             had
             no
             gentle
             [
             or
             curteous
             ]
             maner
             of
             speech
             ,
             or
             no
             pleasing
             grace
             .
          
           
             q
             being
             the
             most
             ●…euere
             of
             the
             Philosophers
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             haue
             bin
             both
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             verie
             greatly
             to
             be
             defended
             .
          
           
             *
             faulty
             .
          
           
             q
             but
             yet
             the
             pro
             per.
             
          
           
             q
             the
             vniuersall
             nature
             ,
             or
             belonging
             to
             all
             .
          
           
             q
             other
             studies
             more
             weightie
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             ●…et
             vs
             measure
             .
          
           
             q
             owne
             studies
             .
          
           
             q
             auaileth
             it
             to
             resist
             nature
             .
          
           
             q
             follow
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             what
             sort
             .
          
           
             q
             Minerua
             tho
             god●…
             of
             wisedome
             and
             all
             good
             sciences
             being
             vowilling
             
          
           
             *
             against
             nature
             .
          
           
             q
             If
             there
             be
             any
             thing
             at
             all
             .
          
           
             q
             euennesse
             .
          
           
             *
             carriage
             .
          
           
             *
             and
             also
             .
          
           
             *
             follow
             .
          
           
             *
             let
             passe
             .
          
           
             *
             kind
             of
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             inculcating
             ,
             thrusting
             in
             or
             beating
             vpon
             ,
             or
             repeating
             now
             and
             then
             .
          
           
             q
             mocked
             or
             laughed
             at
             by
             verie
             good
             right
             .
          
           
             q
             so
             we
             ought
             to
             bring
             no
             disagreement
             [
             or
             variance
             ]
             into
             our
             actions
             and
             all
             our
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             force
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             procure
             death
             to
             himselfe
             ,
             viz.
             to
             kill
             himselfe
             .
          
           
             *
             quarrell
             .
          
           
             *
             for
             M.
             Cato
             .
             was
             not
             in
             one
             quarrell
             ,
             the
             rest
             in
             another
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             giuen
             [
             or
             imputed
             ]
             for
             a
             fault
             [
             or
             a
             reproach
             ]
             to
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             q
             killed
             .
          
           
             *
             lesse
             austere
             .
          
           
             q
             easie
             .
          
           
             q
             strengthned
             .
          
           
             q
             purpose
             &
             counsell
             taken
             to
             die
             rather
             ,
             then
             that
             the
             face
             of
             the
             tyrant
             was
             to
             be
             looked
             on
             .
          
           
             q
             suffered
             .
          
           
             q
             long
             continued
             wandering
             .
          
           
             q
             serued
             or
             became
             seruiceable
             .
          
           
             *
             faire
             spoken
             .
          
           
             q
             indured
             the
             spitefull
             taunts
             of
             ,
             &c.
             at
             home
             .
          
           
             *
             reproachfull
             or
             spitefull
             speeches
             .
          
           
             q
             seruants
             &
             handmaids
             or
             wenches
             .
          
           
             *
             once
             .
          
           
             q
             with
             what
             courage
             he
             is
             reported
             .
          
           
             *
             times
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             things
             wee
             beholding
             .
          
           
             q
             meete
             .
          
           
             *
             what
             gifts
             .
          
           
             q
             neither
             to
             be
             desirous
             to
             trie
             .
          
           
             q
             other
             mens
             things
             may
             becom
             .
          
           
             *
             for
             euery
             ones
             pr●…
             〈◊〉
             ●…ts
             do
             〈◊〉
             of
             all
             become
             him
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             owne
             of
             euerie
             one
             .
          
           
             q
             Therefore
             let
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             make
             .
          
           
             q
             good
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             players
             in
             comedies
             &
             enterludes
             .
          
           
             q
             wisedome
             .
          
           
             q
             comedies
             .
          
           
             *
             inioy
             [
             or
             delight
             in
             ]
             their
             voice
             ,
             viz.
             who
             haue
             excellent
             voice●…
             .
          
           
             q
             chuse
             .
          
           
             q
             chused
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             often
             .
          
           
             q
             Therefore
             vnto
             what
             things
             we
             shall
             be
             most
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             we
             shall
             labour
             chiefly
             in
             those
             .
          
           
             q
             thrust
             vs
             forth
             or
             driue
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             of
             our
             wit.
             
          
           
             q
             all
             care
             ,
             meditation
             and
             diligence
             is
             to
             be
             giuen
             .
          
           
             q
             doe
             .
          
           
             q
             as
             little
             vncomlily
             
          
           
             q
             that
             we
             may
             follow
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             we
             may
             flie
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             gotten
             to
             our selues
             .
          
           
             q
             iudgement
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             there
             is
             a
             third
             person
             adiovned
             vnto
             those
             two
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             aboue
             .
          
           
             q
             putteth
             or
             casteth
             on
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             fashion
             or
             frame
             .
          
           
             q
             iudgement
             .
          
           
             q
             nobilities
             .
          
           
             q
             wealth
             .
          
           
             q
             being
             placed
             in
             fortune
             [
             or
             in
             the
             power
             of
             fortune
             ]
          
           
             q
             are
             gouerned
             by
             the
             times
             .
          
           
             q
             will.
             
          
           
             *
             what
             calling
             we
             will
             follow
             .
          
           
             q
             will.
             
          
           
             q
             another
             or
             some
             had
             rather
             .
          
           
             *
             And.
             
          
           
             q
             haue
             excelled
             or
             ●…in
             notable
             in
             any
             commendation
             .
          
           
             *
             〈◊〉
             for
             the
             most
             part
             .
          
           
             q
             praise
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             son
             of
             Publius
             
          
           
             q
             the
             son
             of
             Paulus
             .
          
           
             q
             militarie
             businesse
             or
             feats
             of
             armes
             .
          
           
             q
             certaine
             or
             sundry
             
          
           
             q
             some
             their
             owne
             .
          
           
             *
             auncestors
             .
          
           
             q
             Timotheus
             Conons
             sonne
             did
             .
          
           
             *
             whereas
             .
          
           
             q
             then
             his
             father
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             praise
             .
          
           
             *
             added
             .
          
           
             q
             commeth
             to
             pass
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             imitation
             of
             parents
             being
             omitted
             or
             let
             passe
             .
          
           
             q
             trade
             or
             determination
             .
          
           
             q
             scarce
             knowne
             or
             base
             .
          
           
             *
             appoint
             to
             attempt
             .
          
           
             *
             enterprises
             .
          
           
             q
             do
             become
             .
          
           
             q
             comprehend
             .
          
           
             q
             thought
             .
          
           
             q
             purpose
             or
             appointment
             .
          
           
             *
             be
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             .
          
           
             *
             consultation
             or
             aduice
             .
          
           
             q
             youth
             which
             is
             from
             12.
             or
             14.
             to
             25.
             or
             30.
             
          
           
             q
             to
             which
             the
             greatest
             weaknesse
             of
             counsell
             is
             .
          
           
             q
             most
             slenderness
             .
          
           
             q
             determineth
             .
          
           
             q
             passing
             his
             age
             or
             liuing
             .
          
           
             q
             he
             hath
             loued
             most
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             q
             then
             .
          
           
             q
             could
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             Prodicus
             saith
             
          
           
             q
             Hercules
             .
          
           
             q
             began
             to
             haue
             a
             beard
             ,
             or
             came
             to
             maturitie
             or
             ripenesse
             of
             yeares
             .
          
           
             q
             course
             or
             trade
             of
             life
             each
             will
             follow
             
          
           
             q
             to
             haue
             gone
             forth
             .
          
           
             q
             solitarie
             place
             or
             wildernesse
             .
          
           
             *
             long
             and
             much
             with
             himselfe
             .
          
           
             q
             should
             be
             .
          
           
             *
             fallout
             .
          
           
             q
             bred
             of
             the
             seede
             of
             Iupiter
             .
          
           
             q
             euerie
             one
             .
          
           
             *
             allured
             .
          
           
             q
             determinations
             .
          
           
             *
             instructed
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             are
             led
             or
             doe
             incline
             .
          
           
             *
             customes
             .
          
           
             q
             maner
             .
          
           
             *
             after
             the.
             
          
           
             q
             most
             wish
             for
             
          
           
             q
             fairest
             .
          
           
             q
             Some
             notwithstanding
             haue
             followed
             a
             right
             course
             of
             life
             ,
             whether
             by
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             But
             that
             is
             the
             most
             rare
             kinde
             of
             those
             men
             .
          
           
             *
             indued
             .
          
           
             q
             greatnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             also
             .
          
           
             q
             aduising
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             whole
             counsell
             or
             aduice
             .
          
           
             q
             recalled
             .
          
           
             q
             owne
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             search
             out
             in
             all
             things
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             maner
             .
          
           
             *
             wherto
             euerie
             one
             is
             naturally
             inclined
             .
          
           
             q
             becommeth
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             greater
             care
             by
             much
             of
             that
             matter
             is
             to
             bee
             added
             ,
             in
             determining
             our
             whole
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             be
             constant
             to
             our selues
             in
             the
             continuance
             of
             our
             life
             ,
             nor
             to
             halt
             in
             any
             dutie
             .
          
           
             q
             force
             .
          
           
             *
             consideration
             .
          
           
             q
             kinde
             .
          
           
             q
             nature
             is
             .
          
           
             *
             surer
             .
          
           
             *
             stable
             .
          
           
             q
             it selfe
             mortall
             or
             mortalitie
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             q
             immortall
             nature
             
          
           
             q
             all
             counsell
             ,
             or
             the
             whole
             course
             of
             his
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             stedfastnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             himselfe
             haue
             erred
             .
          
           
             *
             his
             course
             of
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             it
             may
             fal
             out
             .
          
           
             *
             may
             .
          
           
             q
             helpe
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             little
             and
             little
             and
             foot
             by
             foot
             ,
             or
             〈◊〉
             and
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             or
             〈◊〉
             .
             〈◊〉
             or
             〈◊〉
             or
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             as
             it
             were
             stitch
             by
             stitch
             
          
           
             q
             suddenly
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             the
             kinde
             of
             our
             life
             being
             changed
             ,
             we
             must
             care
             by
             all
             reason
             .
          
           
             q
             counsell
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             said
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             auncestors
             〈◊〉
             be
             imitated
             .
          
           
             *
             follow
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             be
             not
             .
          
           
             *
             〈◊〉
             ,
             that
             we
             seek
             〈◊〉
             ●…o
             follow
             them
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             against
             our
             nature
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             they
             can
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             sonne
             of
             the
             elder
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             this
             ●…on
             to
             Pau●…
             〈◊〉
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             infirmitie
             of
             his
             health
             .
          
           
             *
             other
             Affricanus
             sonne
             .
          
           
             q
             was
             like
             his
             father
             ▪
             
          
           
             *
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             make
             orations
             or
             〈◊〉
             to
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             q
             make
             warre
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             shall
             be
             his
             duty
             
          
           
             *
             he
             can
             .
          
           
             q
             faithfulnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             the
             end
             ,
             that
             that
             thing
             may
             be
             lesse
             required
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             the
             best
             inheritance
             is
             left
             from
             the
             fathers
             to
             the
             children
             ,
             and
             better
             then
             all
             patrimonie
             [
             or
             liuelihood
             or
             childspart
             ]
             [
             viz.
             ]
             the
             glorie
             of
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             shame
             ,
             disgrace
             or
             di●…paragement
             .
          
           
             q
             iudge
             an
             vniust
             thing
             [
             or
             dishonest
             ]
             and
             a
             fault
             .
          
           
             q
             are
             not
             giuen
             obefitting
             .
          
           
             q
             there
             are
             some
             [
             ●…uties
             ]
             of
             young
             men
             ,
             others
             of
             olde
             ,
             somthing
             also
             is
             to
             be
             said
             of
             this
             distinction
             .
          
           
             *
             young
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             the
             Duty
             ]
             of
             a
             young
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             ●…eane
             vnto
             .
          
           
             q
             entring
             age
             ,
             or
             the
             tender
             yeares
             .
          
           
             q
             ordered
             &
             guided
             
          
           
             *
             experience
             .
          
           
             q
             driuen
             away
             or
             weaned
             .
          
           
             *
             pleasures
             .
          
           
             *
             patiently
             induring
             toyle
             both
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             florish
             or
             be
             of
             chiefe
             strength
             ,
             or
             they
             may
             be
             most
             fit
             for
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             also
             .
          
           
             *
             wits
             .
          
           
             *
             betake
             .
          
           
             q
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             q
             shamefastnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             shal
             be
             more
             〈◊〉
             
          
           
             q
             their
             elders
             will
             be
             presen
             ,
             or
             amongst
             them
             .
          
           
             *
             times
             .
          
           
             q
             become
             especially
             
          
           
             *
             But
             for
             old
             men
             ,
             labours
             of
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             lessened
             .
          
           
             q
             doe
             seeme
             .
          
           
             q
             their
             diligence
             must
             be
             giuen
             .
          
           
             q
             helpe
             as
             much
             as
             they
             can
             ,
             or
             assits
             verie
             much
             .
          
           
             *
             olde
             men
             are
             to
             beware
             of
             nothing
             more
             .
          
           
             q
             slothfulnesse
             .
          
           
             *
             But
             as
             for
             riot
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             both
             filthie
             ,
          
           
             q
             and
             also
             most
             foule
             to
             olde
             age
             .
          
           
             q
             also
             come
             vnto
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             euill
             or
             inconuenience
             .
          
           
             q
             conceiueth
             .
          
           
             *
             disgrace
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             intemperance
             of
             young
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             impudent
             .
          
           
             q
             become
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             strange
             or
             besides
             the
             matter
             .
          
           
             *
             concerning
             ,
             or
             touching
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             vnderstand
             himselfe
             to
             beare
             
          
           
             q
             and
             to
             owe.
             
          
           
             q
             dignitie
             and
             honour
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             keepe
             lawes
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             describe
             or
             set
             downe
             .
          
           
             q
             those
             things
             to
             be
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             trust
             or
             fidelitie
             .
          
           
             q
             with
             an
             equall
             &
             like
             lawe
             with
             the
             citizens
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             and
             base
             
          
           
             q
             li●…ting
             vp
             himself
             .
          
           
             q
             will
             or
             desire
             .
          
           
             *
             which
             concerne
             peace
             and
             honestie
             .
          
           
             *
             esteeme
             .
          
           
             q
             one
             of
             another
             countrie
             inhabiting
             in
             the
             citie
             ,
             a
             ●…ner
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             inquire
             [
             or
             ask
             buf●…ly
             ]
             nothing
             of
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             all
             .
          
           
             *
             more
             busie
             〈◊〉
             is
             〈◊〉
             ,
             or
             o●…er
             medling
             .
          
           
             *
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             So
             almost
             .
          
           
             q
             sought
             out
             .
          
           
             q
             becommeth
             .
          
           
             q
             apt
             ,
             〈◊〉
             ,
             or
             agree●…ble
             .
          
           
             *
             doth
             so
             much
             become
             .
          
           
             q
             doing
             or
             performing
             .
          
           
             *
             consultation
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             is
             comly
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             seene
             .
          
           
             q
             forme
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             put
             .
          
           
             q
             well
             fauourednesse
             
          
           
             q
             adorning
             or
             garnishing
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             action
             .
          
           
             *
             expresse
             .
          
           
             *
             conceiued
             .
          
           
             *
             allowed
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             fewe
             words
             .
          
           
             q
             also
             .
          
           
             q
             Certaine
             parts
             of
             the
             bodie
             to
             bee
             shewed
             ,
             vncomly
             :
             also
             certaine
             things
             either
             to
             be
             done
             dishonestly
             ,
             openly
             ;
             or
             to
             be
             named
             openly
             .
          
           
             q
             In
             the
             beginning
             verie
             nature
             .
          
           
             *
             regard
             or
             consideration
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             readinesse
             that
             our
             .
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             fauour
             ,
             face
             or
             physnomy
             .
          
           
             q
             honest
             .
          
           
             q
             vnoomly
             .
          
           
             *
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             diligent
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             all
             men
             ,
             who
             are
             of
             a
             sound
             〈◊〉
             remoue
             from
             the
             eies
             those
             things
             which
             nature
             hath
             hid
             .
          
           
             q
             obey
             .
          
           
             *
             necessitie
             of
             nature
             .
          
           
             q
             secretly
             .
          
           
             q
             necessarie
             or
             base
             .
          
           
             *
             tearm
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             that
             .
          
           
             q
             closely
             or
             in
             a
             secret
             place
             .
          
           
             q
             filthie
             to
             speak
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             open
             acting
             or
             doing
             of
             .
          
           
             q
             shamelesnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             nor
             the
             speech
             [
             is
             voide
             of
             ]
             filthinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             heard
             .
          
           
             *
             find
             fault
             with
             &
             mocke
             or
             〈◊〉
             at
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             those
             things
             to
             b●…
             〈◊〉
             [
             or
             shameful
             ]
             in
             words
             .
          
           
             *
             vnhonest
             .
          
           
             q
             as
             it
             is
             a
             thing
             dishonest
             indeed
             to
             rob
             [
             or
             goe
             a
             theeuing
             ,
             ]
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             deceiue
             or
             cosin
             .
          
           
             q
             reported
             [
             or
             told
             ]
             not
             obscenely
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             giue
             he
             inde●…
             for
             children
             .
          
           
             q
             obscene
             in
             name
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             moe
             things
             are
             disputed
             by
             the
             same
             ▪
             Philosoph●…rs
             ▪
             to
             that
             sentence
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             shamefastnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             flie
             .
          
           
             q
             abhorreth
             from
             [
             or
             cannot
             receiue
             so
             much
             as
             ]
             the
             approbation
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             pleasing
             .
          
           
             *
             gate
             .
          
           
             *
             comlinesse
             .
          
           
             *
             faults
             .
          
           
             q
             fled
             .
          
           
             q
             effeminate
             [
             or
             womanish
             ]
             and
             nice
             or
             wanton
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             not
             any
             thing
             ●…ard
             [
             or
             rude
             ]
             or
             carter-like
             .
          
           
             *
             stage
             players
             .
          
           
             q
             fit
             for
             them
             ,
             dissolute
             [
             or
             left
             loosly
             ]
             to
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             shamefastnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             discipline
             .
          
           
             *
             some
             .
          
           
             q
             opened
             .
          
           
             q
             be
             beholden
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             indeed
             after
             our
             maner
             .
          
           
             q
             ripenesse
             of
             age
             .
          
           
             q
             washed
             .
          
           
             q
             shamefastnesse
             or
             bashfulnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             retained
             .
          
           
             q
             forme
             or
             fauour
             .
          
           
             q
             either
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             decked
             or
             preserued
             .
          
           
             q
             amiablenesse
             or
             comlinesse
             .
          
           
             q
             dignitie
             .
          
           
             q
             adorning
             or
             tricking
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             worthie
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             beauty
             .
          
           
             q
             wrastler-like
             motions
             .
          
           
             *
             too
             too
             .
          
           
             q
             odious
             .
          
           
             q
             some
             .
          
           
             *
             〈◊〉
             players
             .
          
           
             *
             follies
             .
          
           
             q
             simple
             .
          
           
             q
             There
             is
             to
             be
             added
             besides
             .
          
           
             q
             countrie-like
             and
             inhumane
             negligence
             .
          
           
             *
             we
             must
             haue
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             too
             so●…t
             slownesses
             ,
             or
             too
             much
             nicenesse
             .
          
           
             q
             going
             or
             gate
             .
          
           
             *
             pageants
             borne
             in
             triumphs
             or
             shewes
             to
             be
             seene
             .
          
           
             q
             either
             that
             we
             take
             vp
             .
          
           
             q
             swiftnesses
             .
          
           
             q
             are
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             breathings
             are
             moued
             .
          
           
             q
             countenances
             are
             changed
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             faces
             are
             writhen
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             great
             signification
             is
             made
             ,
             no
             constancie
             to
             be
             presēt
             .
          
           
             *
             studie
             .
          
           
             *
             affections
             .
          
           
             q
             depart
             not
             .
          
           
             q
             perturbations
             or
             moodes
             .
          
           
             q
             amazednesse
             .
          
           
             q
             attent
             .
          
           
             *
             keeping
             .
          
           
             q
             double
             .
          
           
             q
             cogitation
             .
          
           
             *
             vnderstanding
             .
          
           
             q
             co●…uersant
             or
             exercised
             .
          
           
             *
             stitreth
             a
             man
             to
             be
             doing
             .
          
           
             q
             Therefore
             wee
             must
             care
             or
             prouide
             .
          
           
             q
             vse
             our
             cogitation
             vnto
             the
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             giue
             .
          
           
             *
             two
             sorts
             of
             speech
             .
          
           
             *
             cloquent
             .
          
           
             q
             daily
             .
          
           
             q
             there
             is
             great
             〈◊〉
             of
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             double
             .
          
           
             q
             contention
             .
          
           
             q
             talke
             .
          
           
             *
             eloquent
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             let
             it
             be
             giuen
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             iudgements
             ,
             assemblies
             [
             or
             solemne
             meetings
             ]
             the
             Senate
             house
             .
          
           
             q
             speech
             let
             it
             be
             vsed
             in
             circles
             [
             or
             cōmon
             meetings
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             disputations
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…amiliar
             [
             friends
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             [
             or
             〈◊〉
             ●…pon
             ]
             feasts
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             rhetorician●…
             giue
             m●…ny
             precepts
             concerning
             vehement
             speech
             .
          
           
             *
             wot
             .
          
           
             q
             these
             also
             may
             be
             
          
           
             q
             But
             maisters
             [
             or
             teachers
             ]
             are
             found
             for
             the
             studies
             of
             learners
             .
          
           
             q
             full
             with
             the
             company
             of
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             will
             appertaine
             to
             talke
             .
          
           
             the
             vtterer
             ,
             or
             to
             vtter
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             we
             follow
             two
             things
             in
             our
             voice
             .
          
           
             q
             both
             of
             them
             is
             to
             be
             required
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             of
             men
             speaking
             .
          
           
             q
             presly
             &
             mildely
             [
             will
             increase
             ]
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             vse
             an
             exquisite
             iudgement
             of
             letters
             ,
             or
             pronouncing
             .
          
           
             q
             but
             and
             others
             .
          
           
             q
             sound
             .
          
           
             q
             expressed
             nor
             oppressed
             .
          
           
             q
             obscure
             .
          
           
             *
             vnpleasant
             or
             too
             much
             affected
             .
          
           
             q
             fainting
             .
          
           
             q
             shrill
             .
          
           
             q
             plentifull
             .
          
           
             *
             pleasant
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             the
             opinion
             concerning
             Catuli
             ,
             of
             well
             speaking
             ,
             was
             not
             lesse
             .
          
           
             q
             ouercame
             .
          
           
             q
             salt
             .
          
           
             q
             ouercame
             the
             contention
             .
          
           
             q
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             must
             labour
             therfore
             .
          
           
             q
             becommeth
             .
          
           
             *
             guided
             ,
             ordered
             or
             directed
             .
          
           
             *
             familiar
             talke
             .
          
           
             *
             milde
             ,
             and
             not
             at
             all
             obstinate
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             pleasant
             grace
             .
          
           
             q
             let
             him
             exclude
             .
          
           
             q
             come
             .
          
           
             q
             now
             and
             then
             .
          
           
             q
             see
             .
          
           
             q
             adde
             .
          
           
             q
             seueritie
             or
             grauity
             
          
           
             q
             foreset
             .
          
           
             q
             declare
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             bee
             in
             his
             maners
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             spoken
             studiously
             of
             the
             absent
             ,
             for
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             detracting
             .
          
           
             q
             either
             by
             a
             mocke
             or
             seuerely
             ,
             or
             reproachfully
             or
             con●…umeliously
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             [
             common
             ]
             speeches
             are
             had
             for
             the
             most
             part
             .
          
           
             q
             Therefore
             our
             diligence
             is
             to
             bee
             giuen
             .
          
           
             q
             although
             our
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             vnto
             these
             things
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             shall
             be
             present
             .
          
           
             q
             marke
             .
          
           
             q
             haue
             delight
             .
          
           
             q
             measurable
             mean
             or
             good
             fashion
             .
          
           
             q
             commaunded
             .
          
           
             q
             perturba●…ions
             .
          
           
             q
             ouer
             great
             stirrings
             .
          
           
             q
             not
             obeying
             reason
             .
          
           
             *
             greedie
             desire
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…lothfulnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             must
             care
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             confer
             speech
             .
          
           
             q
             happen
             or
             come
             by
             chance
             .
          
           
             q
             That
             is
             also
             to
             be
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             irefully
             .
          
           
             q
             this
             kinde
             of
             chastising
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             not
             at
             any
             time
             but
             vpon
             necessitie
             .
          
           
             q
             let
             anger
             be
             farre
             away
             .
          
           
             q
             discreetly
             or
             aduisedly
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             for
             a
             great
             part
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             lawfull
             to
             vse
             
          
           
             q
             grauitie
             being
             adioyned
             .
          
           
             *
             austeritie
             be
             added
             .
          
           
             q
             reproachfull
             ●…peech
             bee
             repelled
             .
          
           
             q
             same
             thing
             of
             bitternesse
             which
             chiding
             hath
             .
          
           
             q
             vndertaken
             .
          
           
             *
             sake
             .
          
           
             q
             right
             .
          
           
             *
             braules
             or
             quarrels
             .
          
           
             q
             vnbefitting
             vs
             ,
             vnfashionable
             .
          
           
             *
             keepe
             .
          
           
             q
             repell
             angrinesse
             .
          
           
             *
             perturbation
             .
          
           
             *
             a
             matter
             vnbefitting
             or
             vnbeseeming
             .
          
           
             *
             Thraso
             in
             Terence
             .
          
           
             q
             laughing
             at
             o●…
             scorning
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             building
             vp
             edifices
             .
          
           
             q
             all
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             will
             it
             in
             verie
             deede
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             pleaseth
             or
             it
             liketh
             vs
             ,
             that
             the
             house
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             occupying
             it
             .
          
           
             q
             description
             .
          
           
             q
             accommodated
             or
             fitted
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             diligent
             care
             is
             to
             be
             added
             or
             vsed
             
          
           
             q
             dignitie
             .
          
           
             *
             handsomnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             to
             haue
             bin
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             who
             was
             made
             the
             first
             Consull
             of
             that
             familie
             .
          
           
             q
             famous
             [
             or
             gorgeous
             ]
             and
             full
             of
             dignitie
             .
          
           
             q
             visited
             commonly
             
          
           
             q
             to
             giue
             the
             voice
             in
             election
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             newe
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             hauing
             demolished
             or
             th●…owne
             downe
             this
             ,
             ●…ade
             an
             〈◊〉
             to
             his
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             ●…nd
             so
             ▪
             
          
           
             *
             the
             Emperour
             .
          
           
             q
             this
             the
             sonne
             of
             a
             chiefe
             and
             famous
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             ignominy
             and
             calamity
             .
          
           
             q
             adorned
             .
          
           
             *
             by
             .
          
           
             q
             honested
             or
             adorned
             .
          
           
             q
             honested
             or
             honored
             .
          
           
             q
             other
             things
             .
          
           
             *
             in
             a
             noble
             mans
             house
             .
          
           
             q
             famous
             .
          
           
             *
             intertained
             .
          
           
             q
             multitude
             .
          
           
             *
             all
             sorts
             .
          
           
             q
             there
             is
             to
             be
             ●…ad
             a
             care
             of
             largenesse
             or
             widenesse
             .
          
           
             q
             ample
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             made
             .
          
           
             q
             if
             it
             be
             but
             little
             ▪
             frequented
             .
          
           
             q
             much
             frequented
             .
          
           
             q
             them
             that
             passe
             by
             
          
           
             q
             vnequall
             or
             vnme●…te
             .
          
           
             q
             Al.
             which
             same
             thing
             it
             is
             lawfull
             to
             say
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             our
             times
             .
          
           
             q
             especially
             if
             your selfe
             build
             or
             bee
             a
             builder
             .
          
           
             *
             exceed
             not
             .
          
           
             q
             cost
             .
          
           
             *
             gorgeousnesse
             or
             statelinesse
             .
          
           
             *
             much
             hurt
             commeth
             euen
             by
             the
             example
             .
          
           
             *
             the
             most
             men
             do
             imitate
             studiously
             the
             deed●…
             &c.
             of
             the
             chiefe
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             part
             .
          
           
             q
             chiefe
             .
          
           
             q
             magnificence
             [
             or
             sumptuousnesse
             ]
             of
             his
             farme
             houses
             .
          
           
             q
             Of
             which
             things
             doubtlesse
             a
             meane
             is
             to
             be
             v●…ed
             .
          
           
             q
             recalled
             .
          
           
             *
             keeping
             a
             mean.
             
          
           
             q
             Al.
             to
             euerie
             vse
             ,
             &
             handsomn●…sse
             or
             conueniencie
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             [
             we
             haue
             prosecuted
             ]
             these
             things
             hitherto
             .
          
           
             q
             are
             to
             be
             obserued
             
          
           
             q
             And.
             
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             vndertaken
             .
          
           
             q
             kept
             .
          
           
             *
             fit
             to
             preserue
             duties
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             then
             that
             it
             be
             considered
             .
          
           
             q
             effect
             .
          
           
             *
             lesse
             .
          
           
             *
             payne
             .
          
           
             q
             be
             vndertaken
             .
          
           
             q
             Al.
             that
             those
             things
             which
             appertaine
             to
             an
             honest
             shew
             be
             moderated
             by
             dignitie
             .
          
           
             q
             dignity
             .
          
           
             q
             no●…
             to
             proceede
             any
             further
             .
          
           
             q
             appetite
             to
             obey
             .
          
           
             q
             furthermore
             wee
             must
             speake
             .
          
           
             q
             science
             or
             skill
             .
          
           
             q
             name
             .
          
           
             *
             expound
             .
          
           
             q
             modestie
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             in
             .
          
           
             q
             vnderstood
             a
             preseruation
             .
          
           
             q
             modestie
             or
             moderation
             .
          
           
             *
             moderation
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             science
             .
          
           
             q
             placing
             or
             disposing
             .
          
           
             q
             owne
             .
          
           
             q
             force
             or
             property
             .
          
           
             q
             placing
             or
             disposition
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             framing
             or
             ordering
             things
             .
          
           
             *
             fit
             .
          
           
             q
             Also
             they
             say
             ,
             place
             to
             be
             of
             the
             action
             ,
             opportunitie
             of
             the
             time
             .
          
           
             *
             the
             seasonable
             [
             or
             fit
             ]
             time
             of
             an
             action
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             called
             in
             Latine
             occasio
          
           
             q
             it
             commeth
             to
             passe
             .
          
           
             q
             times
             to
             do
             a
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             But.
             
          
           
             q
             we
             aske
             in
             this
             place
             .
          
           
             *
             and
             other
             like
             vertues
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             these
             .
          
           
             *
             And
             so
             .
          
           
             *
             spoken
             .
          
           
             *
             properties
             .
          
           
             q
             spake
             a
             good
             while
             agoe
             .
          
           
             q
             shamefastenesse
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             the
             approbation
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             becommeth
             .
          
           
             q
             becommeth
             not
             .
          
           
             *
             we
             are
             therefore
             to
             keepe
             such
             an
             order
             .
          
           
             q
             vsed
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             all
             things
             be
             fit
             and
             agreeable
             among
             themselues
             ,
             as
             in
             a
             constant
             oration
             ,
             so
             in
             the
             life
             .
          
           
             *
             fit
             .
          
           
             q
             seuere
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             bring
             in
             any
             speech
             meet
             for
             a
             feast
             ,
             or
             delicate
             .
          
           
             q
             his
             collegue
             or
             fellow
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             they
             had
             talked
             of
             the
             common
             Dutie
             .
          
           
             q
             and
             a
             faire
             boy
             passed
             by
             ,
             by
             chāce
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             for
             .
          
           
             q
             abstaining
             or
             forbearing
             .
          
           
             q
             And.
             
          
           
             q
             in
             the
             approbation
             of
             wrastlers
             ,
             or
             where
             wrastlers
             are
             allowed
             or
             tried
             .
          
           
             q
             wanted
             .
          
           
             q
             muse
             .
          
           
             q
             deuise
             any
             matter
             more
             attentiuely
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             same
             thing
             
          
           
             q
             for
             the
             ignorance
             of
             the
             time
             .
          
           
             q
             humanitie
             .
          
           
             q
             pleading
             place
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             street
             .
          
           
             q
             peruer●…enesse
             .
          
           
             *
             soone
             or
             plainly
             .
          
           
             q
             but
             what
             faults
             seeme
             to
             be
             small
             ,
             neither
             can
             be
             vnderstood
             of
             many
             ,
             we
             must
             decline
             from
             these
             more
             diligently
             .
          
           
             *
             most
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             instruments
             with
             strings
             ,
             as
             harp
             or
             lute
             .
          
           
             q
             pipes
             .
          
           
             q
             differ
             ,
             disagree
             or
             be
             out
             of
             tune
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             wont
             to
             be
             marked
             .
          
           
             *
             cunning
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             must
             liue
             so
             in
             [
             our
             ]
             life
             ,
             or
             to
             demeane
             our selues
             .
          
           
             q
             least
             peraduenture
             any
             thing
             iarre
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             how
             much
             a
             consent
             [
             or
             concord
             ]
             of
             actions
             .
          
           
             *
             tunes
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             eares
             of
             musicians
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             least
             things
             .
          
           
             *
             quicke
             .
          
           
             *
             censurers
             or
             correctors
             of
             vices
             .
          
           
             q
             looking
             or
             stedfast
             beholding
             or
             fixing
             .
          
           
             q
             either
             by
             the
             remission
             or
             contraction
             of
             the
             eye-browes
             ,
             by
             heauinesse
             or
             dumpishnesse
             ,
             by
             mirth
             ,
             by
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             contention
             and
             submission
             .
          
           
             *
             what
             is
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             disagreeth
             .
          
           
             *
             amisse
             or
             inconuenient
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             a
             one
             .
          
           
             q
             I
             know
             not
             by
             what
             meanes
             .
          
           
             q
             And
             so
             they
             are
             corrected
             most
             easily
             in
             learning
             .
          
           
             q
             imitate
             for
             the
             cause
             of
             amending
             [
             them
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             to
             adde
             learned
             men
             ,
             or
             also
             those
             who
             are
             skilfull
             by
             practice
             ,
             to
             chuse
             those
             things
             ,
             which
             may
             bring
             doubt
             ,
             and
             to
             search
             diligently
             concerning
             euerie
             kinde
             of
             duty
             ,
             what
             liketh
             them
             
          
           
             q
             is
             wont
             almost
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…ature
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             *
             iudgeth
             .
          
           
             *
             why
             each
             man
             thinks
             so
             ,
             or
             what
             their
             reason
             is
             .
          
           
             q
             they
             who
             frame
             signes
             or
             make
             pictures
             .
          
           
             q
             euerie
             one
             desireth
             his
             work
             to
             be
             considered
             of
             the
             common
             people
             .
          
           
             q
             reprehended
             .
          
           
             *
             examine
             .
          
           
             *
             missed
             or
             faulty
             therein
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             th●…●…udgement
             
          
           
             q
             corrected
             .
          
           
             q
             but
             what
             things
             are
             done
             .
          
           
             q
             by
             custome
             .
          
           
             q
             institutions
             .
          
           
             q
             nothing
             is
             to
             be
             giuen
             in
             precepts
             concerning
             them
             :
             for
             these
             verie
             things
             are
             precepts
             .
          
           
             q
             led
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             [
             vsuall
             ]
             maner
             and
             ciuill
             custome
             .
          
           
             *
             freedome
             of
             doing
             and
             speaking
             as
             they
             thought
             best
             .
          
           
             q
             whole
             reason
             [
             o●…
             guise
             ]
             of
             the
             Cyniks
             is
             to
             be
             vtterly
             cast
             out
             [
             or
             refused
             ]
          
           
             q
             an
             enemy
             to
             shamefastnesse
             .
          
           
             q
             there
             can
             be
             nothing
             right
             ,
             nor
             any
             thing
             honest
             .
          
           
             q
             And.
             
          
           
             *
             attend
             vpon
             or
             marke
             .
          
           
             *
             honour
             .
          
           
             q
             thinking
             or
             meaning
             well
             .
          
           
             q
             affected
             [
             or
             graced
             ]
             with
             any
             honour
             or
             dignitie
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             haue
             olde
             age
             in
             high
             estimation
             .
          
           
             *
             [
             we
             ought
             also
             ]
             to
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             haue
             a
             magistracie
             [
             or
             be
             in
             authoritie
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             to
             haue
             a
             choice
             [
             or
             difference
             ]
             of
             a
             citizen
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             priuately
             [
             or
             as
             a
             priuate
             person
             ]
             or
             publikely
             [
             as
             a
             publike
             person
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             To
             the
             sum
             [
             or
             summarily
             ]
             that
             I
             may
             not
             deale
             of
             euery
             one
             .
          
           
             q
             reconcilement
             and
             consociation
             of
             the
             whole
             kinde
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             arts
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             gaines
             .
          
           
             q
             liberall
             ,
             meet
             for
             a
             free
             man
             [
             or
             an
             honest
             man.
             ]
          
           
             q
             occupations
             and
             gaines
             [
             or
             maner
             of
             gaining
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             liberall
             .
          
           
             q
             we
             haue
             receiued
             these
             things
             almost
             .
          
           
             q
             gaines
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             run
             into
             the
             hate
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             q
             customers
             taking
             tole
             of
             hauens
             .
          
           
             q
             all
             who
             serue
             for
             hire
             or
             wages
             .
          
           
             q
             whose
             labour
             and
             not
             their
             arts
             are
             bought
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             the
             very
             hire
             in
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             wages
             .
          
           
             q
             obligation
             or
             presse-money
             .
          
           
             q
             bondage
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             thought
             .
          
           
             *
             of
             the
             baser
             sort
             .
          
           
             q
             they
             sell
             straight
             way
             as
             by
             retayle
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             they
             profit
             nothing
             .
          
           
             q
             verie
             greatly
             .
          
           
             q
             neither
             in
             truth
             is
             there
             any
             thing
             more
             filthie
             then
             vanitie
             .
          
           
             q
             workemen
             or
             crafts-men
             .
          
           
             q
             are
             imployed
             in
             a
             base
             art
             [
             or
             trade
             ]
          
           
             *
             workehouse
             .
          
           
             q
             any
             ingenuous
             thing
             .
          
           
             *
             Trinkermen
             .
          
           
             *
             it
             please
             you
             .
          
           
             *
             list
             .
          
           
             *
             makers
             of
             sweet
             oyles
             ,
             or
             perfumers
             .
          
           
             *
             players
             at
             playes
             ●…
             standing
             on
             hazard
             .
          
           
             q
             arts
             .
          
           
             *
             great
             gaine
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             art
             of
             building
             or
             carpentrie
             .
          
           
             q
             honest
             .
          
           
             *
             for
             whose
             degree
             they
             are
             conuenient
             
          
           
             q
             thought
             .
          
           
             q
             copious
             ,
             well
             fraught
             .
          
           
             q
             conueying
             to
             vs.
             
          
           
             q
             imparting
             it
             to
             many
             without
             vanity
             or
             vaine
             wordes
             .
          
           
             *
             satisfied
             .
          
           
             q
             deepe
             .
          
           
             *
             change
             or
             be
             changed
             into
             lands
             and
             possessions
             to
             settle
             thereon
             .
          
           
             q
             into
             fields
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             deserue
             due
             commendation
             .
          
           
             *
             verie
             iustly
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             nothing
             of
             all
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             gotten
             .
          
           
             q
             till
             age
             of
             the
             ground
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             plentifull
             .
          
           
             q
             sweet
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             free
             man.
             
          
           
             *
             whereof
             .
          
           
             q
             spoken
             things
             cnow
             .
          
           
             q
             in
             Cato
             the
             elder
             or
             the
             elder
             Cato
             .
          
           
             *
             may
             fetch
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             things
             shall
             appertaine
             to
             this
             place
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             seemeth
             expounded
             sufficiently
             .
          
           
             q
             be
             drawne
             or
             proceede
             .
          
           
             q
             are
             of
             honestie
             .
          
           
             q
             But
             a
             contention
             of
             those
             very
             things
             which
             are
             honest
             ,
             may
             oft
             fall
             out
             .
          
           
             q
             whether
             of
             two
             honest
             things
             is
             the
             honester
             .
          
           
             q
             which
             place
             is
             pretermitted
             by
             Panetius
             .
          
           
             q
             floweth
             or
             streameth
             .
          
           
             q
             parts
             or
             fount
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             common
             societie
             .
          
           
             *
             valorousnesse
             or
             couragio●…snesse
             .
          
           
             *
             temperance
             .
          
           
             q
             necessarie
             that
             these
             be
             compared
             oft
             together
             in
             chusing
             dutie
             .
          
           
             q
             It
             pleaseth
             therefore
             ,
             those
             duties
             to
             be
             more
             apt
             to
             nature
             .
          
           
             q
             drawne
             .
          
           
             q
             common
             societie
             .
          
           
             q
             drawne
             or
             deriued
             .
          
           
             *
             proued
             .
          
           
             q
             if
             that
             life
             shall
             happen
             to
             a
             wise
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             flowing
             plenty
             or
             store
             .
          
           
             *
             all
             maner
             of
             substance
             .
          
           
             *
             aduice
             .
          
           
             *
             viewe
             .
          
           
             q
             knowledge
             .
          
           
             q
             be
             so
             great
             .
          
           
             q
             cannot
             .
          
           
             *
             haue
             the
             sight
             of
             a
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             hee
             would
             depart
             out
             of
             life
             ,
             or
             wish
             to
             die
             .
          
           
             *
             tearme
             or
             name
             .
          
           
             q
             sapientia
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             we
             vnderstand
             another
             certaine
             prudence
             ,
             which
             the
             Greekes
             call
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             science
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             earnestly
             desired
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             fled
             .
          
           
             q
             science
             of
             heauenly
             and
             worldly
             things
             ,
             or
             things
             belonging
             to
             Gods
             and
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             common
             conuersing
             o●…
             intercourse
             ,
             or
             fellowship
             .
          
           
             *
             that
             vertue
             .
          
           
             *
             as
             certainely
             it
             is
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             necessary
             that
             dutie
             to
             be
             the
             greatest
             which
             is
             drawne
             from
             communitie
             .
          
           
             q
             viewe
             [
             or
             consideration
             .
             ]
          
           
             *
             naturall
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             is
             in
             a
             certaine
             maner
             .
          
           
             q
             ●…ame
             and
             begun
             [
             onely
             .
             ]
          
           
             q
             doing
             of
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             doing
             is
             seene
             especially
             .
          
           
             q
             commodities
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             *
             this
             communitie
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             best
             man.
             
          
           
             q
             in
             verie
             deede
             .
          
           
             q
             desirous
             .
          
           
             q
             through
             seeing
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             perill
             &
             danger
             of
             [
             his
             ]
             countrie
             which
             he
             might
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             should
             be
             brought
             sodainly
             to
             him
             handling
             [
             o●…
             treating
             vpon
             ]
             and
             viewing
             matters
             most
             worthie
             [
             his
             ]
             knowledge
             .
          
           
             q
             knowledge
             .
          
           
             q
             cast
             away
             .
          
           
             q
             those
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             himself
             to
             be
             able
             
          
           
             q
             And
             the
             same
             man
             would
             do
             this
             thing
             
          
           
             q
             parent
             .
          
           
             q
             it
             is
             vnderstood
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             duties
             of
             iustice
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             auncient
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             preferred
             or
             put
             before
             .
          
           
             q
             Also
             they
             them selues
             .
          
           
             q
             occcupied
             o●…
             imployed
             .
          
           
             q
             yet
             haue
             not
             .
          
           
             q
             gone
             backe
             or
             departed
             .
          
           
             *
             to
             make
             them
             the
             better
             citizens
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             a
             follower
             of
             Pithagoras
             ,
             or
             a
             Pitha
             goreā
             philosopher
             .
          
           
             *
             Epaminondas
             of
             Thebes
             .
          
           
             *
             Siracusa
             .
          
           
             q
             many
             [
             haue
             taught
             ]
             many
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             soeuer
             thing
             
          
           
             q
             come
             vnto
             it
             ,
             instructed
             and
             adorned
             by
             teachers
             and
             learning
             .
          
           
             q
             Neither
             onely
             they
             liuing
             and
             present
             do
             instruct
             and
             teach
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             for
             neither
             .
          
           
             q
             place
             .
          
           
             q
             pretermitted
             or
             ouer-passed
             by
             them
             
          
           
             q
             apperaine
             to
             the
             lawes
             ,
             which
             [
             might
             appertain
             ]
             to
             the
             maners
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             gouernment
             .
          
           
             *
             quiet
             studies
             for
             our
             businesse
             or
             commodity
             .
          
           
             q
             do
             cōfer
             especially
             
          
           
             Al.
             their
             prudence
             and
             vnderstanding
             .
          
           
             *
             vtter
             the
             minde
             plentifully
             .
          
           
             *
             discreetly
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             thinke
             [
             or
             conceiue
             ]
             most
             sharply
             without
             eloquence
             .
          
           
             q
             because
             cogitation
             [
             or
             conceipt
             is
             〈◊〉
             or
             imployed
             ]
             〈◊〉
             in
             it selfe
             ,
             but
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             those
             〈◊〉
             whom
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             〈◊〉
             
          
           
             q
             are
             not
             gathered
             together
             ●…or
             the
             cause
             of
             framing
             hony
             combs
             .
          
           
             q
             but
             whereas
             they
             are
             congregable
             [
             or
             soone
             assembled
             ]
             ●…
             by
             nature
             they
             fashion
             [
             th●…ir
             ]
             comb●…
             
          
           
             *
             of
             an
             assembling
             ▪
             or
             sociable
             nature
             ,
             do
             adde
             the
             cunning
             of
             doing
             and
             deuising
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             defending
             .
          
           
             q
             of
             the
             societie
             of
             mankinde
             .
          
           
             q
             touch
             or
             be
             ioyned
             with
             .
          
           
             q
             communitie
             and
             neighbourhood
             .
          
           
             *
             beastlinesse
             .
          
           
             *
             beastly
             .
          
           
             q
             consociation
             .
          
           
             q
             certaine
             .
          
           
             q
             therefore
             this
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             be
             for
             the
             necessitie
             .
          
           
             q
             bring
             to
             passe
             .
          
           
             *
             ornament
             of
             life
             .
          
           
             q
             afforded
             or
             found
             .
          
           
             q
             diuine
             rod.
             
          
           
             q
             of
             the
             best
             wit
             [
             or
             of
             an
             excellent
             wit.
             ]
          
           
             q
             all
             businesses
             omitted
             or
             ▪
             set
             aside
             .
          
           
             q
             place
             or
             bestowe
             .
          
           
             q
             he
             would
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             maintaine
             the
             coniunction
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             is
             contained
             .
          
           
             q
             That
             preaduenture
             may
             be
             asked
             .
          
           
             q
             especially
             apt
             .
          
           
             q
             modestie
             .
          
           
             q
             It
             pleaseth
             not
             .
          
           
             q
             certaine
             things
             .
          
           
             q
             filthie
             .
          
           
             q
             for
             the
             cause
             of
             preseruing
             of
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             some
             .
          
           
             q
             foule
             .
          
           
             q
             filthie
             or
             dishonest
             .
          
           
             q
             Not
             any
             man
             therefore
             shall
             vndertake
             these
             things
             for
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             commonweale
             .
          
           
             q
             them
             to
             be
             vndertaken
             .
          
           
             *
             sake
             .
          
           
             q
             hath
             it selfe
             more
             commodiously
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             time
             cannot
             happen
             .
          
           
             *
             benefit
             or
             further
             
          
           
             q
             such
             kinde
             of
             Duties
             to
             excell
             especially
             ,
             which
             is
             kept
             in
             the
             societie
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             q
             considerate
             dealing
             ▪
             
          
           
             q
             to
             doe
             aduisedly
             
          
           
             *
             better
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             deuise
             or
             think
             of
             ,
             or
             ponder
             wisely
             
          
           
             q
             And
             indeed
             let
             these
             things
             [
             suffice
             ]
             hitherto
             .
          
           
             q
             the
             place
             it selfe
             is
             set
             open
             .
          
           
             q
             a
             difficult
             thing
             .
          
           
             *
             perceiue
             .
          
           
             q
             what
             is
             to
             be
             preferred
             of
             euerie
             one
             or
             what
             [
             duty
             ]
             is
             to
             be
             preferred
             before
             euerie
             other
             .
          
           
             q
             that
             the
             communitie
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             *
             whereby
             it
             may
             may
             be
             knowne
             what
             one
             is
             aboue
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             *
             so
             as
             .
          
           
             *
             next
             .
          
           
             q
             furthermore
             the
             rest
             are
             due
             to
             others
             by
             degrees
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             Al.
             some
             .
          
           
             q
             disputed
             briefly
             ,
             or
             handled
             shortly
             .
          
           
             q
             men
             to
             be
             wont
             .
          
           
             q
             to
             doubt
             that
             thing
             .
          
           
             q
             two
             honest
             things
             being
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             set
             before
             them
             .
          
           
             q
             more
             honest
             .
          
           
             q
             [
             common
             ]
             place
             .
          
           
             q
             omitted
             of
             &c.
             
          
           
             q
             goe
             forwarde
             to
             those
             things
             which
             remaine
             .
          
           
             *
             the
             residue
             of
             duties
             .